FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP
S-3, 1997-02-04
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: PHYSIO CONTROL INTERNATIONAL CORP \DE\, SC 13G/A, 1997-02-04
Next: EQCC HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1995-4, 8-K, 1997-02-04




  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 4, 1997
                                             REGISTRATION NO. 333-______     

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                  Delaware                           Applied For             
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
                                         (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
                                (203) 625-2700
 (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)


                            CHARLES A. FORBES, JR.
                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
                                (203) 625-5673
   (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                               WITH A COPY TO:


  JOHN C. ANDERSON, ESQ.                                 STEPHEN B. ESKO, ESQ.
FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.                           Brown & Wood LLP
  600 STEAMBOAT ROAD                                    One World Trade Center
GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830                          New York, New York  10048


       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     From time to time on or after the effective date of the registration
statement, as determined by market conditions.
                                                    
                        ---------------------------

     IF THE ONLY SECURITIES  BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE  BEING OFFERED
PURSUANT  TO  DIVIDEND  OR  INTEREST  REINVESTMENT  PLANS,  PLEASE CHECK  THE
FOLLOWING BOX. / /
     IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED
ON  A DELAYED OR CONTINUOUS  BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE  415 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. /X/
     IF THIS FORM IS FILED TO  REGISTER ADDITIONAL SECURITIES FOR AN OFFERING
PURSUANT  TO RULE 462(B) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING
BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION STATEMENT  NUMBER OF THE EARLIER
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF THIS FORM IS A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 462(C)
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT
REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE EARLIER EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF DELIVERY OF  THE PROSPECTUS IS EXPECTED  TO BE MADE PURSUANT  TO RULE
434, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX./ /

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Proposed             Proposed
                                                        Amount              Maximum               Maximum            Amount of
             Title of Each Class of                     to be            Offering Price          Aggregate          Registration
           Securities to Be Registered                Registered           Per Unit*          Offering Price*           Fee

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>                   <C>      				
Asset Backed Securities . . . . . . . . . . . .     $1,000,000,000            100%            $1,000,000,000        $303,030.31


</TABLE>


     *  Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be  necessary to delay its  effective date until the  Registrant
shall  file  a   further  amendment  which  specifically   states  that  this
Registration Statement  shall thereafter become effective  in accordance with
Section  8(a)  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  or  until the  Registration
Statement  shall become  effective on  such  date as  the Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

     Pursuant to Rule  429 of the Securities and  Exchange Commission's Rules
and  Regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Prospectus
and  Prospectus  Supplement  contained in  this  Registration  Statement also
relates  to Registrant's  registration statement  No. 333-10273 as previously
filed by the Registrant on Form S-3.

   Information  contained herein is  subject to  completion or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy  be  accepted prior  to the  time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.   This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation  of an offer  to buy nor  shall there  be any sale  of these
securities in any State  in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would  be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the  securities laws of
any such State.
    

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 4, 1997
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED __________, 1997)

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

   $___________ (APPROXIMATE) CLASS A, (    %) (VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE)
                  ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-___

  DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE ON THE __TH DAY OF EACH MONTH, COMMENCING ON _______
__, 199_

     The  Series  199_-___   Certificates  will  consist   of  the  Class   A
Certificates  (the "Senior Certificates"), one or more classes of subordinate
certificates (the "Subordinate  Certificates"), and the Class  R Certificates
(the  "Residual  Certificates").  The  Senior  Certificates,  the Subordinate
Certificates  and  the  Residual Certificates  are  collectively  referred to
herein  as  the  "Certificates." Only  the  Senior  Certificates  are offered
hereby.

     The Certificates will represent the entire beneficial ownership interest
in a trust fund  (the "Trust Fund") to be  created pursuant to a Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, dated  as of __________ __, 199_,  among Financial Asset
Securities Corp. (the  "Depositor"), (              ), as  servicer (referred
to herein as "(          )", the "Seller"  or the "Servicer," as applicable),
and (            ), as trustee (the  "Trustee"). The Trust Fund will  consist
primarily of a  pool of certain  (adjustable rate) (fixed  rate) home  equity
(revolving credit line) loans made or to be made in the future (the "Mortgage
Loans") secured (partially)(primarily) by second deeds  of trust or mortgages
on   residential  properties  (or,   in  certain  limited   cases,  mixed-use
properties)  that are  primarily  one-  to  four-family  properties  (each  a
"Mortgaged Property"), the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and
certain other property relating to such mortgage loans.   (The Mortgage Loans
will be subject  to monthly mortgage rate  adjustments based upon changes  in
the average  of the  prime rate  published in  The Wall  Street Journal  (the
"Index"), as described herein under "The Mortgage Pool.")

     The Trust  Fund is  subject to  optional termination  under the  limited
circumstances  described herein. Any such  optional termination may result in
an  early retirement of the Senior Certificates offered hereby. Distributions
to Certificateholders will be made on the ___th day of each month or, if such
___th  day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter (each,
a "Distribution Date"), commencing in _________ 199_.

     The Senior Certificates will have an initial aggregate principal balance
of approximately $___________ and will  evidence in the aggregate an  initial
beneficial  ownership interest of approximately ____%  in the Trust Fund. The
remaining beneficial ownership  interest in the Trust Fund  will be evidenced
by the Subordinate Certificates and the Residual Certificates. The rights  of
the Subordinate Certificateholders  to receive distributions with  respect to
the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  subordinated  to  the  rights  of  the Senior
Certificateholders to the extent described herein. 

     Except  for  certain  representations  and  warranties relating  to  the
Mortgage Loans, (          )'s  obligations with respect to  the Certificates
are limited to its contractual servicing obligations. The Senior Certificates
evidence interests in the Trust Fund only and are payable solely from amounts
received with respect thereto. The  Senior Certificates do not constitute  an
obligation   of  or   an   interest  in   the  Depositor,   the   Trustee  or
(             ),  or any  of their  respective  affiliates, and  will not  be
insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN  THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE  INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE  S-8 HEREIN AND
IN THE PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.

 THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
 THE RELATED TRUST FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS
                        OF THE DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER 
  OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED HEREIN.  NEITHER
                                 THE SENIOR 
   CERTIFICATES NOR THE LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
                                   AGENCY.



   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
        THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRE-
               SENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                            M A R K E T S,  I N C.
                             --------------------


___________ __, 199_

     THE YIELD TO  INVESTORS ON THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES WILL  BE SENSITIVE IN
VARYING  DEGREES TO, AMONG  OTHER THINGS,  THE RATE  AND TIMING  OF PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS (INCLUDING  PREPAYMENTS) OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS  (AND TO THE LEVEL OF
THE  INDEX). THE YIELD TO  MATURITY OF THE SENIOR  CERTIFICATES MAY VARY FROM
THE  ANTICIPATED YIELD  TO THE  EXTENT SUCH  CERTIFICATES ARE PURCHASED  AT A
DISCOUNT OR PREMIUM AND TO THE EXTENT THE RATE AND TIMING OF PAYMENTS THEREON
IS SENSITIVE  TO PREPAYMENTS.  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS OF THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES
SHOULD CONSIDER,  IN  THE  CASE  OF ANY  SUCH  CERTIFICATES  PURCHASED  AT  A
DISCOUNT, THE RISK  THAT A LOWER THAN ANTICIPATED  RATE OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD AND,
IN THE CASE OF ANY SENIOR CERTIFICATES PURCHASED  AT A PREMIUM, THE RISK THAT
A  FASTER THAN  ANTICIPATED RATE  OF PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS COULD  RESULT IN  AN
ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD.

     An election  will be  made to  treat  the Trust  Fund as  a real  estate
mortgage investment conduit (the "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.

     Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc.  (the "Underwriter") intends  to make a
secondary market in the  Senior Certificates but has no obligation  to do so.
There is currently no secondary market for the Senior Certificates and  there
can be  no assurance that such a market will  develop or, if it does develop,
that it will continue.
                            ______________________

     The Senior Certificates  are being offered by the  Underwriter from time
to time  in negotiated  transactions or  otherwise  at varying  prices to  be
determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to  the Depositor are expected to be
approximately $____________, plus accrued interest, before deducting issuance
expenses payable by the Depositor.

     The Senior Certificates are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior
sale, when,  as  and if  delivered to  and accepted  by  the Underwriter  and
subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel. It is  expected that
delivery of the Senior Certificates will  be made against payment therefor on
or about _______ __, 199_, at  the offices of the Underwriter, 600  Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
                            ______________________

     This Prospectus Supplement  does not contain complete  information about
the offering of the Senior Certificates.  Additional information is contained
in  the Prospectus  and  purchasers are  urged to  read both  this Prospectus
Supplement and the  Prospectus in full. Sales of  the Senior Certificates may
not be  consummated unless  the purchaser has  received both  this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus.

     Until  ninety days  after the  date of  this Prospectus  Supplement, all
dealers  effecting transactions  in the  Senior Certificates, whether  or not
participating in this  distribution, may be required to  deliver a Prospectus
Supplement and  the Prospectus.  This is  in addition  to  the obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus Supplement  and the Prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     This Summary  of Terms is qualified in its  entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the  accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms  used in this Summary
of  Terms are  defined elsewhere  in  this Prospectus  Supplement  or in  the
Prospectus.

Title of Certificates    Asset  Backed  Certificates, Series  199__-___  (the
                         "Certificates"),   consisting   of   the   Class   A
                         Certificates  (the  "Senior Certificates"),  one  or
                         more  classes   of  subordinate   certificates  (the
                         "Subordinate   Certificates")   and  the   Class   R
                         Certificates (the "Residual Certificates"). Only the
                         Senior Certificates are offered hereby.

The Depositor            Financial Asset Securities  Corp. (the "Depositor"),
                         a  Delaware  corporation,  and an  indirect  limited
                         purpose finance  subsidiary of  National Westminster
                         Plc and  an affiliate of Greenwich  Capital Markets,
                         Inc. (the "Underwriter"). See "The Depositor" in the
                         Prospectus and "Method of Distribution" herein. None
                         of the Depositor, National Westminster Plc or any of
                         their  affiliates or any other person or entity will
                         insure or  guarantee or otherwise be  obligated with
                         respect to the Certificates.


Servicer and Seller      (        ) ("(        )") will serve as the Servicer
                         (in such capacity,  the "Servicer"). See  "Servicing
                         of   Mortgage  Loans--The   Servicer"  herein.   The
                         Mortgage  Loans were  originated  by (        )  and
                         were   acquired  by  the  Depositor  pursuant  to  a
                         purchase  agreement,  dated  ______  (the  "Purchase
                         Agreement"),  between (     ),  as  seller, and  the
                         Depositor, as purchaser.

Cut-off Date             _______ __, 199_.

Closing Date             On or about ____________ __, 199_.

Trustee                  (             ),  a (                ),  not in  its
                         individual capacity but solely as trustee  on behalf
                         of the Certificateholders (the "Trustee").

Description of Certificates

     A. General               The Certificates will  be issued pursuant to  a
                              Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  dated as  of
                              ________ __,  199_ (the "Pooling  and Servicing
                              Agreement"), among the  Depositor, the Servicer
                              and the Trustee.

                              The  Senior  Certificates,  together  with  the
                              Subordinate  Certificates   and  the   Residual
                              Certificates,   will   represent   the   entire
                              beneficial ownership interest  in a trust  fund
                              (the  "Trust") whose assets include:  a pool of
                              (adjustable)   (fixed)    rate   home    equity
                              (revolving credit  line) loans  made (or  to be
                              made in  the  future)  (the  "Mortgage  Loans")
                              under  certain  home equity  (revolving  credit
                              line) loan  agreements (the  "Loan Agreements")
                              and  secured  (partially)(primarily)  by second
                              (deeds  of  trust) (mortgages)  on  residential
                              properties  (or,  in   certain  limited  cases,
                              mixed-use properties)  that are  primarily one-
                              to  four-family   properties  (the   "Mortgaged
                              Properties"); the collections in respect of the
                              Mortgage Loans received after the Cut-Off Date;
                              property that secured a Mortgage Loan which has
                              been acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
                              foreclosure;  (a  surety  bond  or  letter   of
                              credit);  an  assignment   of  the  Depositor's
                              rights under the Purchase Agreement (as defined
                              below); rights  under certain  hazard insurance
                              policies covering the Mortgaged Properties; and
                              certain other property, as described more fully
                              herein.

     B. Distributions         Distributions on  the Senior  Certificates will
                              be made on  the ___th day of each  month or, if
                              such  day is not  a business day,  on the first
                              business day  thereafter, commencing  on ______
                              __,   199_  (each,   a  "Distribution   Date").
                              Distributions on each Distribution Date will be
                              made to Certificateholders of record as of  the
                              last business  day of  the month  preceding the
                              month  of  such   Distribution  Date  (each,  a
                              "Record   Date"),   except   that   the   final
                              distribution on the Senior Certificates will be
                              made only upon presentment and surrender of the
                              Senior Certificates at the  office or agency of
                              the Trustee in New York, New York.


                              Distributions  on the  Mortgage  Loans will  be
                              applied  to  the   payment  of  principal   and
                              interest on the Certificates in accordance with
                              the priorities  described below. The  rights of
                              the Subordinate Certificateholders and Residual
                              Certificateholders  to   receive  distributions
                              with   respect  to   the  Mortgage   Loans  are
                              subordinated  to  the  rights   of  the  Senior
                              Certificateholders  to  the   extent  described
                              herein. 

                              1. Interest         Interest   will,   to   the
                                                  extent funds  are available
                                                  therefor,  be  paid  on the
                                                  Senior  Certificates in  an
                                                  amount equal to one month's
                                                  interest       at       the
                                                  Pass-Through  Rate  on  the
                                                  Certificate       Principal
                                                  Balance  thereof,  together
                                                  with  any  Unpaid  Interest
                                                  Shortfall    with   respect
                                                  thereto.  See  "Description
                                                  of    the    Certificates--
                                                  Distributions" herein.

                              2. Principal        On each  Distribution Date,
                                                  Certificateholders  of  the
                                                  Senior Certificates will be
                                                  entitled  to   receive,  as
                                                  payments  of principal,  to
                                                  the   extent   funds    are
                                                  available   therefor  after
                                                  distributions  of  interest
                                                  on the Senior Certificates,
                                                  the Class A  Formula Amount
                                                  for such Distribution Date.
                                                  Certificateholders  of such
                                                  Certificates  also will  be
                                                  entitled  to   receive  any
                                                  Unpaid   Liquidation   Loss
                                                  Amounts.  See  "Description
                                                  of    the    Certificates--
                                                  Distributions" herein.

Pass-Through Rate             The   Pass-Through   Rate  for   a   particular
                              Distribution Date will be equal to (____%) (the
                              weighted average of  the Net Loan Rates  of the
                              Mortgage  Loans).  The  Net Loan  Rate  for any
                              Mortgage Loan will be equal to the Loan Rate of
                              such  Mortgage Loan  on the  first  day of  the
                              month preceding the  month of such Distribution
                              Date, less  ____% per annum servicing  fee rate
                              (the   "Servicing  Fee   Rate").  The   initial
                              Pass-Through  Rate for  the first  Distribution
                              Date  for  the  Certificates in  _____  199_ is
                              expected to  be approximately ____%).  See "The
                              Mortgage Pool--General" herein.

The Mortgage Loans            The Mortgage  Loans are  (partially)(primarily)
                              secured by second  deeds of trust  or mortgages
                              on Mortgaged  Properties.   The Mortgage  Loans
                              were originated by (   ) and on or prior to the
                              Closing  Date, (   )    will sell  the Mortgage
                              Loans to  the Depositor pursuant to  a purchase
                              agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement").    The
                              aggregate Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of the
                              Mortgage  Loans is  $___________ (the  "Cut-Off
                              Date Pool Balance").

                              The  combined   loan-to-value  ratio   of  each
                              Mortgage  Loan,  computed  using  (the  maximum
                              amount the  borrower was permitted to draw down
                              under the related  Loan Agreement (the  "Credit
                              Limit")) and taking into account the amounts of
                              any   related   senior  mortgage   loans   (the
                              "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not exceed
                              __%  as  of  the Cut-Off  Date.    The weighted
                              average  Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio  of  the
                              Mortgage  Loans  was  ____% as  of  the Cut-Off
                              Date.   See  "THE  MORTGAGE  LENDING  PROGRAM--
                              Underwriting   Procedures   Relating   to   the
                              Mortgage Loans" herein.

                              Interest  on  each  Mortgage  Loan  is  payable
                              monthly  and  computed on  the  related average
                              daily  outstanding Principal  Balance for  each
                              billing cycle  at a (fixed)(variable)  rate per
                              annum (the "Loan Rate")  equal (to ___%)(at any
                              time (subject to minimum and maximum rates,  as
                              described herein under "The Mortgage 
                              Lending  Program--Mortgage  Loan   Terms,"  and
                              further    subject    to    applicable    usury
                              limitations)  to the sum of (i) (the prime rate
                              published in  the "Money Rates" section  of The
                              Wall Street Journal generally on the Monday  of
                              the week in  which such Loan Rate  adjusts (or,
                              if no  rate is published  on such day,  then on
                              the  next  succeeding calendar  day on  which a
                              prime  rate  is  published),   rounded  to  the
                              nearest  (   )  percent)  and  (ii)  a   margin
                              generally  within the  range of  ___% to  ___%.
                              The  Loan   Rate  is   subject  to   adjustment
                              (      ).)  With respect to each Mortgage Loan,
                              a  "billing   cycle"  is  the   calendar  month
                              preceding a Due Date.  Interest accrued at such
                              rate will be  due on the Due Date  in the month
                              following  the close of the billing cycle.  (As
                              to each Mortgage Loan, the Due Date is the __th
                              day  of the month.)  The Cut-Off Date Principal
                              Balances  ranged  from  zero  to  $_______  and
                              averaged $_______.   (Credit  Limits under  the
                              Mortgage Loans as  of the  Cut-Off ranged  from
                              approximately  $_____ to  $______ and  averaged
                              $______.)  Each Mortgage Loan was originated in
                              the period from _______  to _________, (and, as
                              of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              Credit  Limit  Utilization   Rate  (as  defined
                              herein) was  approximately  ___%).    See  "THE
                              MORTGAGE LENDING  PROGRAM" and  "DESCRIPTION OF
                              THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Servicing                     (        ) will serve as the Servicer under the
                              Pooling and  Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer
                              will be  responsible for  the servicing  of the
                              Mortgage Loans  and will receive  from interest
                              collected  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  a  monthly
                              servicing fee  on each  Mortgage Loan equal  to
                              the Principal Balance thereof multiplied by the
                              Servicing   Fee   Rate   (such   product,   the
                              "Servicing  Fee"). See  "Servicing of  Mortgage
                              Loans--Servicing  Compensation  and  Payment of
                              Expenses" herein.

                              (The  Servicer   is  obligated  to   make  cash
                              advances   ("Advances")    with   respect    to
                              delinquent   payments  of   principal  of   and
                              interest  on any  Mortgage Loan  to  the extent
                              described herein. The Trustee will be obligated
                              to  make any such Advance if the Servicer fails
                              in  its  obligation  to do  so,  to  the extent
                              provided   in   the   Pooling   and   Servicing
                              Agreement. See  "Servicing of  Mortgage Loans--
                              Advances" herein.)

Optional Termination          On any Distribution Date on which the aggregate
                              Principal   Balance  of   the  Mortgage   Loans
                              included in the Trust Fund (the "Pool Principal
                              Balance")  is   less  than  __%  of   the  Pool
                              Principal Balance of  the Mortgage Loans  as of
                              the Cut-off Date  (the "Cut-off Date  Principal
                              Balance"), the Servicer will have the option to
                              purchase, in whole, the Mortgage Loans  and the
                              REO Property,  if any,  remaining in  the Trust
                              Fund.  See "Description  of the  Certificates--
                              Optional Termination" herein.

Federal Income Tax
  Considerations              An election  will be  made to  treat the  Trust
                              Fund  as  a  "real  estate mortgage  investment
                              conduit" (the  "REMIC") for federal  income tax
                              purposes.    The    Senior    and   Subordinate
                              Certificates    will    constitute     "regular
                              interests"  in  the  REMIC  and  the   Residual
                              Certificates will constitute  the sole class of
                              "residual interests" in  the REMIC. The  Senior
                              Certificates  may be issued  at a  premium. See
                              "Certain  Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences"
                              herein and in the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations          The  acquisition of  a Senior Certificate  by a
                              pension  or  other  employee  benefit  plan  (a
                              "Plan")  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement
                              Income  Security   Act  of  1974,   as  amended
                              ("ERISA"), could, in some  instances, result in
                              a prohibited transaction or other violation  of
                              the  fiduciary  responsibility   provisions  of
                              ERISA and Code Section 4975. Certain exemptions
                              from the  prohibited transaction  rules granted
                              under  Prohibited  Transaction  Class Exemption
                              83-1 and under Prohibited Transaction Exemption
                              90-59 could be applicable to the acquisition of
                              Senior   Certificates.   Any   Plan   fiduciary
                              considering  whether  to  purchase  any  Senior
                              Certificates on behalf of a Plan should consult
                              with its counsel regarding the applicability of
                              the provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Legal Investment              The  Senior  Certificates will  not  constitute
                              "mortgage related  securities" for  purposes of
                              the Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act
                              of 1984 ("SMMEA") because some of the Mortgages
                              securing   Mortgage   Loans   are   not   first
                              mortgages.  Accordingly, many institutions with
                              legal authority to invest in   comparably rated
                              securities based solely on  first mortgages may
                              not  be legally  authorized  to invest  in  the
                              Senior Certificates.  See "Legal Investment" in
                              the Prospectus.

Ratings                       It is a condition of the issuance of the Senior
                              Certificates  that  they be  rated  "(    )" by
                              (            )  ("(     )")  and (       )   by
                              (           ) ("(       )"  and, together  with
                              (       ),   the  "Rating   Agencies").     The
                              security  ratings  of the  Senior  Certificates
                              should be evaluated  independently from similar
                              ratings  on  other   types  of  securities.   A
                              security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                              sell or hold  securities and may be  subject to
                              revision  or withdrawal  at  any  time  by  the
                              Rating Agencies. See "Ratings" herein.



                                 RISK FACTORS

     (Cash Flow Considerations.   During the first (  )-year draw down period
under the  related Loan  Agreements fort the  Mortgage Loans,  collections on
such Mortgage Loans may  vary because, among other things,  borrowers are not
required to make monthly payments of principal.  With respect to  some of the
Mortgage  Loans, during  the second  (  )-year draw  down period,  no monthly
payments of principal  are required.  Collections  on the Mortgage Loans  may
also vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.)

     (General credit risk  may also be greater to  Certificateholders than to
holders of instruments representing interests in level payment first mortgage
loans since no payment of principal  generally is required until after either
a five- or ten-year interest  only period under the related Loan  Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the receipt of related proceeds  by Certificateholders could occur.  Further,
liquidation expenses (such as legal  fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance
and   preservation  expenses)   will   reduce   the   proceeds   payable   to
Certificateholders  and thereby reduce  the security for  the Mortgage Loans.
In  the  event  any of  the  Mortgaged  Properties fail  to  provide adequate
security  for the related Mortgage Loans, Certificateholders could experience
a loss.)

     Prepayment  Considerations.  All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in
whole or in part at any time without penalty.  Home equity loans, such as the
Mortgage Loans,  have been originated  in significant volume only  during the
past few years  and neither the  Depositor nor the  Servicer is aware  of any
publicly available  studies or statistics  on the rate of  prepayment of such
loans.  Generally, home equity loans are not viewed by borrowers as permanent
financing.  Accordingly, the Mortgage  Loans may experience a higher  rate of
prepayment than traditional loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be
affected by a wide variety  of factors, including general economic condition,
interest  rates,  the  availability of  alternative  financing  and homeowner
mobility.  In addition, substantially all of the Mortgage Loans  contain due-
on-sale provisions and the Servicer intends to enforce such provisions unless
(i) such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or (ii) the Servicer,
in a  manner  consistent with  reasonable  commercial practice,  permits  the
purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to  assume the Mortgage Loan.  To
the extent permitted by applicable law, such assumption will  not release the
original borrower  from its  obligation under any  such Mortgage  Loan.   See
"CERTAIN   LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF   THE  LOANS--`Due-on-Sale'  Clauses"   in  the
Prospectus.

     Legal Considerations.  The Mortgage Loans are secured  by deeds of trust
or  mortgages  (which generally  are  second  mortgages).   With  respect  to
Mortgage  Loans that  are secured  by first mortgages,  the Servicer  has the
power under certain  circumstances to consent to  a new mortgage lien  on the
Mortgaged Property having  priority over such Mortgage Loan.   Mortgage Loans
secured by second  mortgages are entitled  to proceeds  that remain from  the
sale of the related Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loan
and prior  statutory  liens have  been satisfied.   In  the  event that  such
proceeds are  insufficient to  satisfy  such loans  and  prior liens  in  the
aggregate, the Trust and,  accordingly, the Certificateholders, bear  (i) the
risk  of delay  in  distributions  while a  deficiency  judgment against  the
borrower  is obtained and  (ii) the risk  of loss if  the deficiency judgment
cannot be  obtained or is not realized  upon.  See "CERTAIN  LEGAL ASPECTS OF
THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to  the Purchase Agreement will  be treated as a  sale of the Mortgage Loans.
The Seller will warrant that such transfer  is either a sale of its  interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest therein.  In the event of  an insolvency of the Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage  Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Certificates and possible reductions in the amount thereof could occur.   The
Depositor  will warrant  in  the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement that  the
transfer of  its interest  in  the Mortgage  Loans to  the Trust  is a  valid
transfer and assignment of such interest.

     In the  event  of  a  bankruptcy or  insolvency  of  the  Servicer,  the
bankruptcy trustee  or receiver may have the power  to prevent the Trustee or
the Certificateholders from appointing a successor Servicer.

     (Servicer's Ability  to Change  the Terms  of the  Mortgage Loans.   The
Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Loan Agreement, provided that
such   changes  (i)   do   not   adversely  affect   the   interest  of   the
Certificateholders, and (ii)  are consistent with prudent  business practice.
There can be no  assurance that changes in applicable law  or the marketplace
for home equity loans or prudent business practice will not result in changes
in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.)

     (Delinquent Mortgage Loans.  The Trust will include Mortgage Loans which
are __ or fewer days delinquent.  The Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of  such
delinquent Mortgage Loans was $______________.)


                         THE MORTGAGE LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the "Seller"  or the "Servicer")  under its
mortgage lending program.  The  Seller first offered (adjustable rate) (fixed
rate)  home equity  (revolving credit  line) loans  ("home equity  loans") in
19__.  As of (_____________), (____________) owned and serviced approximately
$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by properties located in __________ (the "Seller Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each home  equity loan was  originated after a  review by the  Seller in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the applicant's ability to assume  and repay such home equity loans
and the  adequacy of the  real property which  serves as collateral  for such
home  equity loans.  The maximum (Principal Balance)(Credit Limit) for a home
equity loan provided by the Seller was $__________.

     Each  applicant  for a  home  equity loan  was required  to  complete an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in  the loan application  demonstrated that there  was sufficient
income  and equity to  justify making a  home equity loan and  the Seller (a)
received a  satisfactory  independent  credit  bureau report  on  the  credit
history of  the borrower  and (b) obtained,  in the case  of all  home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged  Property or for all home equity loans originated as of __________,
a satisfactory  appraisal completed  on forms approved  by FNMA, and  if such
information met  the Seller's  underwriting  standards, the  Seller issued  a
commitment  subject  to  satisfaction of  certain  other  conditions.   These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals  of the Mortgaged  Properties were  performed by  a qualified
appraiser  or an  independent third-party, fee-based  appraiser who  had been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It  is  the Seller's  policy to  require a  title policy  insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with the  intended  lien position.   (Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value  Ratios, it  is the Seller's  policy not  to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.)

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans which the Seller obtained  full documentary support and was not
greater  than  __%  for  loans  for which  limited  documentary  support  was
obtained.

     After   obtaining  all  applicable   employment,  credit   and  property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the  property existed  and whether  the prospective  borrower  had sufficient
monthly income available to support the payments of interest (at the  current
Index Rate) in addition to  any senior mortgage loan payments  (including any
escrows for property  taxes and hazard insurance premiums)  and other monthly
credit obligations based  on the prospective borrower's  debt-to-gross income
ratio.  The "debt-to-gross income  ratio" is the ratio of (a) certain  of the
borrower's debt  obligations which include:   (i) the monthly  first mortgage
payment plus  taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments  with a term  of
more than ten  months; (iii) five percent of the total revolving obligations;
(iv) monthly  alimony and child support  obligations; and (v) the  payment on
the home equity loan (calculated at  the Credit Limit and current prime  rate
plus margin for such home equity loan) to (b) the borrower's gross verifiable
monthly  income.   The debt-to-gross  income ratio  generally did  not exceed
(________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by signing a Loan Agreement, rescission statement, and mortgage
which secured the repayment of principal of and interest on the  related home
equity  loan.   The original  mortgage was then  recorded in  the appropriate
county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A  borrower may access a home equity loan  by writing a check.)  On all
home equity  loans, there  is (a ten-year)  draw down period  as long  as the
borrower is not in default under the loan agreement.  Home  equity loans bear
interest at  a variable rate which may change  bi-weekly.  (Home equity loans
may be subject to a maximum per annum interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of  
% per annum and in all  cases, are  subject to applicable  usury
limitations.)   See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF  THE LOANS--Applicability of
Usury Laws"  in the Prospectus. (The daily  periodic rate on the  home
equity loans (the "Loan  Rate") is the sum of the  Index Rate plus  a spread
(the  "Margin") which generally  ranges between ____% and ____%, divided by
365 days or 366 days, as applicable.)

     (The "Index Rate"  is based on (the  "prime rate" published in  The Wall
Street Journal every  second Monday rounded to the nearest  one-eighth of one
percent or if not published on any  such date, as next published in the  Wall
Street Journal.)  The  annual percentage rate for any monthly  period will be
based on the Prime  Rate in effect the Monday  on which the rate may  change.
(If a prime  rate range  is published in  The Wall Street  Journal, then  the
midpoint (average) of that range will be used.)  There are no limitations  on
increases or decreases (except for those home equity loans which have Maximum
Rates).   Only the home  equity loans that  have Maximum Rates of  ____% also
have annual adjustment  caps of  __% as  to both increases  and decreases  in
their Loan Rates.)

     (Billing  statements are  mailed monthly.)   The  statement  details all
debits and credits and specifies  the minimum payment due (and the  available
credit  line).  Notice of changes in the applicable Loan Rate are provided by
the Seller to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     (The Loan Agreements  and Disclosure Statement  further provide that  if
publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be changed
upon  notification in  accordance with  such  Loan Agreements  and Disclosure
Statements.)

     The right to obtain additional credit  may be suspended or terminated or
the  borrower may be  required to pay  the entire balance  due plus all other
accrued but unpaid  charges immediately, if  the borrower fails  to make  any
required payment by the due date, (if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit), if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if  the borrower dies or becomes  incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any judgment,  lien, attachment  or  an execution  is issued  against the
Mortgaged  Property,  the  borrower  fails to  obtain  and  maintain required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or  does not  maintain the  property.   (In addition,  the right  to
obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may be
reduced, if the value  of the Mortgaged Property decreases for  any reason to
less than 80% of the original appraised value, if the borrower is  in default
under the home  equity loan, if government  action impairs the  Seller's lien
priority or  if a regulatory  agency has  notified the Seller  that continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the  periods shown for the home equity loans  indicated on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following tables.    The  data presented  in  the following  tables  are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss  experience of the Mortgage Loans will be  similar to that set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        As of _________
                                                                               _____
                                                               Number of
                                                                  Loans        Amount

<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Amount Outstanding at                                                   
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

</TABLE>

                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   For the Year
                                                                                   Ending ________
<S>                                                                              <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost  of maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's  real estate secured (revolving  credit line) loans and applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each  billing cycle, other than the first billing cycle,
the servicing  compensation to  be paid  to the  Servicer in  respect of  its
servicing activities relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid to it  from
interest collections in  respect of the Mortgage  Loans and will be  equal to
____%  per  annum (the  "Servicing  Fee  Rate")  on the  aggregate  Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each such billing cycle
(the "Servicing Fee").  With respect to the first billing cycle, the Servicer
will  receive  from such  collections  ___ of  the amount  calculated  in the
preceding sentence.  All assumption fees, late payment charges and other fees
and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained  by the
Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Mortgage  Loans  were originated  pursuant  to loan  agreements  and
disclosure statements (the "Loan Agreements") and are secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust, most of  which are second mortgages or second deeds of trust,
on  Mortgaged Properties.   The  Mortgaged Properties  securing the  Mortgage
Loans consist primarily  of residential  properties (or,  in certain  limited
cases, mixed-use properties) that are one to four-family properties.  (All of
the  Mortgaged Properties  are owner  occupied.)   Mixed-use  properties will
consist of structures  of not more  than three stories  which include one  to
four residential dwellings  units and space used for  retail, professional or
other  commercial uses.  Such  uses, which will not involve  more than 50% of
the space in the structure, may include  doctor, dentist or law offices, real
estate agencies, boutiques,  newsstands, convenience stores or  other similar
types of uses intended to cater to individual customers.  The  properties may
be located in  suburban or metropolitan districts.   Any such non-residential
use will  be in compliance  with local zoning  laws and regulations.   See"--
Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off Date  Pool Balance  is $___________, which  is equal to  the
aggregate Principal  Balances of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance  was $_______,  the minimum  Mortgage Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________, (the minimum Loan Rate and  the maximum Loan Rate on the Cut-
Off Date were  ____% and  ____% per  annum, respectively,)  and the  weighted
average  Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was  ____% per annum.  (As of the Cut-
Off Date, the  weighted average Credit Limit Utilization  Rate was ____%, the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was zero and the maximum  Credit Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined by dividing the Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by  the Credit Limit  of the related  Loan Agreement.)   The weighted average
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of  the Mortgage Loans was ____% as  of the Cut-
Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The  Depositor has compiled  the following additional  information as of
the Cut-Off Date  with respect to  the Mortgage Loans  to be included in  the
Trust.



                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to the Trust  all of its  right, title and interest  in and to  each Mortgage
Loan (including  its right to purchase any Additional Balances arising in the
future),  related  Loan  Agreements, mortgages  and  other  related documents
(collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  including all collections received
on or with  respect to each such  Mortgage Loan on or after  the Cut-Off Date
pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights and obligations under the
Purchase Agreement.    The Trustee,  concurrently  with such  transfer,  will
deliver the Certificates.  Each Mortgage  Loan transferred to the Trust  will
be identified on  a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan Schedule")  delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Such schedule will
include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage
Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     (The Pooling and Servicing Agreement  will require that, within the time
period specified therein, the Seller deliver  to the Trustee (or a custodian,
as the Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in blank
and the Related  Documents.  In lieu  of delivery of original  mortgages, the
Seller may deliver trust and correct copies thereof which have been certified
as  to authenticity  by the  appropriate county  recording office  where such
mortgage is recorded.)

     Under  the terms  of the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  the Seller,
acting at the Depositor's request, will have (__ days after the Closing Date)
to prepare and record assignments  of the mortgages related to  each Mortgage
Loan in favor of the Trustee (unless opinions of counsel satisfactory  to the
Rating Agencies are  delivered to the Trustee to the  effect that recordation
of such assignments is not required in the  relevant jurisdictions to protect
the interests of the Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days of the Closing Date, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or  Related Document
is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not cured
within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the Depositor
by the Trustee, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase the  Mortgage Loan
and to deposit the  Repurchase Price into the Collection Account.   Upon such
retransfer, the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan will be deducted from
the Pool Balance.  In lieu of  any such repurchase, the Seller may substitute
an Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan.   Any such repurchase  or substitution
will  be considered a payment in full  of such Mortgage Loan.  The obligation
of the Seller to accept  a transfer of a Defective Mortgage Loan  is the sole
remedy  regarding any  defects in  the Mortgage  Loans and  Related Documents
available to the Trustee or the Certificateholders.

     With respect  to any Mortgage  Loan, the "Repurchase Price"  is equal to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described  above plus  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon  to the  date of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute  Mortgage Loan" is a  mortgaged loan substituted
by the Seller for  a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on  the date of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not 5% more  or less than the Principal Balance
relating to  such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (ii) (have  a Loan Rate  not less
than the Loan Rate  of the Defective  Mortgage Loan and not  more than 1%  in
excess of the Loan Rate of  such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii)  have  a Loan
Rate based on the  same Index with adjustments to such Loan  Rate made on the
same Interest Rate Adjustment  Date as that of  the Defective Mortgage  Loan;
(iv) have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage
Loan  and not  more than  100 basis  points higher  than the  Margin  for the
Defective Mortgage Loan); (v) have a mortgage of the same  or higher level of
priority as the mortgage relating to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a
remaining term  to maturity not  more than six  months earlier and  not later
than the  remaining term to  maturity of  the Defective Mortgage  Loan; (vii)
comply with each  representation and warranty  as to  the Mortgage Loans  set
forth in  the  Purchase Agreement  (deemed  to be  made  as  of the  date  of
substitution);  and (viii) satisfy  certain other conditions specified in the
Purchase  Agreement.   To the  extent the  Principal  Balance of  an Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loan is  less than the Principal  Balance of the  related
Defective Mortgage Loan, the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the
Collection  Account  equal  to   such  difference  ("Substitution  Adjustment
Amounts").


     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and  the Loan  Rate).   In addition,  the Seller  will represent  and
warrant, on the  Closing Date, that, among  other things: (i) at  the time of
transfer to the  Depositor, the Seller has transferred or assigned all of its
right, title  and interest in each  Mortgage Loan and  the Related Documents,
free of any lien (subject to certain exceptions); and (ii) each Mortgage Loan
was  generated  under  a  Loan  Agreement  that  complied,  at  the  time  of
origination, in all material respects with applicable state and federal laws.
Upon  discovery of  a breach of  any such  representation and  warranty which
materially and adversely  affects the interests of  the Certificateholders in
the Mortgage Loan and Related Documents, the Seller  will have a period of 60
days after discovery or notice of the breach to effect a cure.  If the breach
cannot be  cured within the  60-day period, the  Seller will be  obligated to
repurchase or  substitute the Defective  Mortgage Loan from  the Trust.   The
same procedure and limitations that are set forth above for the repurchase or
substitution of  Defective Mortgage  Loans will  apply to the  transfer of  a
Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted because  of a
breach  of  a representation  or  warranty  in  the Purchase  Agreement  that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders.

     Mortgage  Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The  Senior Certificates  offered hereby  will be  issued pursuant  to a
Pooling  and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of ______  __, 199_ (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee.
Set forth below are  summaries of the specific terms  and provisions pursuant
to which the Senior Certificates will  be issued. The following summaries  do
not purport  to be complete  and are subject to,  and are qualified  in their
entirety  by  reference to,  the  provisions  of  the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  When particular  provisions  or  terms used  in  the Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  are  referred  to,  the  actual  provisions  (including
definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference.

     The  Series   199_-___  Certificates  will   consist  of  the   Class  A
Certificates (the "Senior Certificates"), one  or more classes of subordinate
certificates  (collectively, the "Subordinate Certificates"), and the Class R
Certificates  (the "Residual  Certificates").  The Senior  Certificates,  the
Subordinate  Certificates  and  the Residual  Certificates  are  collectively
referred to  herein as the  "Certificates." Only the Senior  Certificates are
offered hereby.

     The  Senior  Certificates  will have  an  initial  Certificate Principal
Balance of approximately $_______________, and will evidence in the aggregate
an initial beneficial ownership interest  of approximately ____% in the Trust
Fund. The remaining  beneficial ownership interest in the Trust  Fund will be
evidenced by the Subordinate Certificates and the Residual  Certificates. The
rights   of   the    Subordinate   Certificateholders   and   the    Residual
Certificateholders  to receive  distributions with  respect  to the  Mortgage
Loans will be  subordinated to the rights of the Senior Certificateholders to
the extent described herein. 

     The Senior Certificates will be  issuable in fully registered form only.
The Senior  Certificates will  be issued in  minimum dollar  denominations of
$(1,000)  and  integral  multiples  of  $(1)  in  excess  thereof.  A  single
Certificate may be issued  in an amount different  than described above.  The
assumed final maturity date of the  Senior Certificates is ________ __, ____,
which is  the Distribution  Date immediately  following the latest  scheduled
maturity date of any Mortgage Loan in the Mortgage Pool.


BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(, or  Cedel
Bank, soci t   anonyme, ("CEDEL") or  the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") (in
Europe))  if they  are participants  of such  systems, or  indirectly through
organizations  which  are  participants  in  such  systems.   The  Book-Entry
Certificates will  be  issued in  one or  more certificates  which equal  the
aggregate  principal  balance of  the  Certificates  and  will  initially  be
registered in  the name  of  Cede &  Co., the  nominee of  DTC.   (CEDEL  and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective  depositaries which in turn  will hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.    Citibank N.A.  will act  as  depositary for  CEDEL and  the Brussels,
Belgium  Branch of  Morgan Guarantee Trust  Company of  New York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the Book-Entry  Certificates in  minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples in excess  thereof.  Except as described  below, no person
acquiring  a Book-Entry  Certificate  (each, a  "beneficial  owner") will  be
entitled to receive  a physical certificate representing  such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").   Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are
issued,   it  is  anticipated  that  the   only  "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates will be Cede &  Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate Owners will
not be Certificateholders as  that term is used in the  Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE LOANS;  DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT AND  DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall establish and maintain  on behalf of the  Servicer an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to  the investment provision  described in the  following paragraphs,
upon receipt  by the  Servicer of amounts  in respect  of the  Mortgage Loans
(excluding amounts representing  the Servicing  Fee, administrative  charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the  restoration or  repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement) maturing no later than one Business Day
prior to the date  on which the amount on  deposit therein is required to  be
deposited  in  the Distribution  Account  or  on  such Distribution  Date  if
approved by the Rating Agencies.

     The Trustee  will establish an account (the "Distribution Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution to Certificateholders on a Distribution  Date.  The Distribution
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible Account"  is an  account that  is ((i)  maintained with  a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating by the  Rating Agencies, (ii)
one or more  accounts with a depository institution  which accounts are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account maintained with  the Trustee or  an affiliate of  the Trustee in  its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced by  a  letter  from each  Rating  Agency to  the  Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates).

     Eligible   Investments  are  specified  in  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and are  limited  to investments  which meet  the criteria  of the
Rating Agencies from time to time as being consistent with their then current
ratings of the Certificates.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     General. Distributions  on the Senior  Certificates will be made  by the
Trustee on the __th day  of each month, or if such day is not a business day,
on the first business day thereafter, commencing on _______ __, 199_ (each, a
"Distribution Date"),  to the  persons in whose  names such  Certificates are
registered at the  close of business on  the last business  day of the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date (the "Record Date").

     Distributions on  each Distribution Date will be made by check mailed to
the address of  the person entitled thereto  as it appears on  the applicable
Certificate  Register  or, in  the  case  of  a Certificateholder  who  holds
Certificates  with  an  aggregate initial  Certificate  Principal  Balance of
$___________  or more  and who  has  so notified  the Trustee  in  writing in
accordance  with the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  by wire  transfer in
immediately available  funds to  the account of  such Certificateholder  at a
bank  or  other  depository  institution  having  appropriate  wire  transfer
facilities; provided, however, that  the final distribution in  retirement of
the  Senior Certificates will be made  only upon presentment and surrender of
such  Certificates at  the Corporate  Trust  Office of  the Trustee.  On each
Distribution  Date, a Certificateholder of  a Senior Certificate will receive
such Certificateholder's  Percentage Interest of  the amounts required  to be
distributed  with  respect  to  the  Senior  Certificates.   The  "Percentage
Interest" evidenced by a Senior Certificate will equal the percentage derived
by  dividing the  denomination of  such Senior  Certificate by  the aggregate
denominations of all Senior Certificates.

DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall maintain  a distribution  account (the  "Distribution
Account") on  behalf of the  Certificateholders. The Trustee  shall, promptly
upon  receipt, deposit  in the  Distribution Account  and retain  therein the
following:

          (i)  the  aggregate  amount  remitted  by  the  Servicer  from  the
     Certificate Account;

          ((ii) all Advances;) and

          (iii)  any amount  required  to  be deposited  by  the Servicer  in
     connection with any losses on Permitted Investments.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The  Trustee  shall withdraw  funds  from the  Distribution  Account for
distribution  to Certificateholders as described below under "--Allocation of
Available  Funds" and  may  from  time  to time  make  withdrawals  from  the
Distribution Account for the following purposes:

          (i) to pay to the Servicer as servicing compensation earnings on or
     investment  income  with  respect  to   funds  in  or  credited  to  the
     Distribution Account;

          (ii) to withdraw any  amount deposited in the  Distribution Account
     and not required to be deposited therein; and

          (iii)  to clear  and terminate  the Distribution  Account  upon the
     termination of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


ALLOCATION OF AVAILABLE FUNDS.

     General.  Distributions to  Certificateholders  will  be  made  on  each
Distribution  Date  in an  amount  equal to  the amount  of  Available Funds.
"Available Funds" as  of any Distribution Date,  is the sum of  the following
amounts:

          (i) the aggregate  amount on deposit in the  Certificate Account as
     of  the close  of  business on  the immediately  preceding Determination
     Date; and

          (ii) Advances with respect to such Distribution Date,

less the sum of:

               (x) the portion thereof representing (A) Principal Prepayments
          and Liquidation Proceeds received after the last day of the related
          Prepayment  Period and  (B)  all  Scheduled  Payments  or  portions
          thereof  received in respect of scheduled principal and interest on
          the Mortgage Loans due after the preceding Due Date, and

               (y) amounts  permitted to  be withdrawn  from the  Certificate
          Account  pursuant   to  clauses   (i)-(vii),  inclusive   under  "-
          -Withdrawals from the Certificate Account" above.

     On  each  Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee   shall  withdraw  from  the
Distribution Account  the Available Funds  and make distributions  thereof as
described below and to the extent of Available Funds:

     (i)  to the Senior Certificateholders, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
     interest accrued  during  the related  Interest  Accrual Period  at  the
     applicable Pass-Through  Rate for the Senior Certificates  on the Senior
     Certificate   Principal  Balance   immediately  prior  to   the  related
     Distribution Date, reduced  by such Class' pro rata  share of shortfalls
     in  interest  due  to  prepayments   on  the  Mortgage  Loans  for  such
     Distribution Date and (b) any  Unpaid Interest Shortfall with respect to
     such Class;

     (ii) to the  Senior Certificateholders, an  amount equal to the  Class A
     Principal Formula  Amount to  reduce the  Certificate Principal  Balance
     thereof to zero; and 

     (iii)  to the Servicer, Nonrecoverable Advancesnot previously reimbursed.

     As  more fully  described in  the Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, the
remaining  Available  Funds for  such  Distribution  Date,  if any,  will  be
distributed  to  the  Certificateholders  of  the  Subordinate  and  Residual
Certificates.

     Definitions. 

     The  "Pass-Through Rate"  for any  Distribution Date  is defined  in the
Summary  of  Terms   above.  The  "Unpaid  Interest  Shortfall"   as  to  any
Distribution Date  is  the amount,  if any,  by which  the  aggregate of  the
Interest Shortfalls for a Class  of Certificates for prior Distribution Dates
exceeds  the aggregate  of the  amounts paid on  prior Distribution  Dates to
Certificateholders  of  Certificates   of  such  Class  as   Unpaid  Interest
Shortfalls.  The "Interest  Shortfall" as  to  any Distribution  Date is  the
amount, if any, by  which the amount paid to Certificateholders of a Class of
Certificates on  such Distribution Date  is less than  the amount  of current
interest required to be paid to the Certificateholders of such Class  on such
Distribution Date.

     The "Class A Principal Formula  Amount" with respect to any Distribution
Date  is an  amount equal to  the sum  of (i) the  Class A  Percentage of the
aggregate of  the principal portion of each  Scheduled Payment due during the
related  Due Period,  whether or  not received; (ii)  the Class  A Prepayment
Percentage of the  aggregate of Principal  Prepayments for such  Distribution
Date; (iii)  with respect  to unscheduled  recoveries allocable  to principal
(including  insurance  proceeds)  of  any  Mortgage  Loan which  was  finally
liquidated during the related Prepayment Period, the lesser of  (A) the Class
A Prepayment  Percentage of such  recovery attributable to principal  of such
Mortgage Loan  and (B)  the Class  A Percentage times  the related  Principal
Balance; and (iv) any Unpaid Principal Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     The "Class  A Percentage" with  respect to any Distribution  Date equals
the  percentage  equivalent of  a  fraction the  numerator  of  which is  the
Certificate Principal Balance of the  Senior Certificates and the denominator
of which  is the  Pool Principal Balance.  The "Pool Principal  Balance" with
respect  to any  Distribution  Date  equals the  aggregate  of the  Principal
Balances of  the Mortgage  Loans outstanding  on the  Due Date  in the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     The "Class  A Prepayment Percentage"  with respect  to any  Distribution
Date is 100%; provided, however, that the Class A Prepayment Percentage for a
Distribution Date occurring  in or after  _______ 199_ will  be equal to  the
Class A Percentage for such Distribution Date if:

          (a) the percentage, for the preceding Distribution Date, determined
     by dividing

               (i)  the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balances  of  the
          Subordinate Certificates by

               (ii) the Pool Principal Balance

     is equal to or greater than __%; and

          (b) (i)  either 
               (A)  aggregate  Realized  Losses  do not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the  Subordinate
               Certificates,  and no  more  than __%  of  the Mortgage  Loans
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 61 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); or
               (B)  aggregate  Realized  Losses  do not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance of  the  Subordinate
               Certificates;  and  (ii)   at  least  one  of   the  following
               conditions is satisfied: (1) no  more than __% of the Mortgage
               Loans  (measured by  Principal Balance)  are 61  days or  more
               delinquent   (or  are  in  foreclosure  or  converted  to  REO
               Properties)  or (2)  no more  than __%  (or ____%,  if certain
               additional  tests   are  met  regarding   recent  performance)
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 91 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); and

          (c) no  Rating Agency has  reduced the original rating  assigned to
     the Senior Certificates  due to a perceived deterioration  in the credit
     quality of the Mortgage Loans;

or certain other criteria more  fully described in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement are met.

     The  "Certificate  Principal  Balance"  with  respect  to  the  Class  A
Certificates, as of  any Distribution Date, will be equal  to the Certificate
Principal Balance  thereof on  the  Closing Date  (the "Original  Certificate
Principal Balance") minus all distributions of principal with respect thereto
on previous Distribution Dates.

     A "Principal  Prepayment" with respect  to any Distribution Date  is any
mortgagor payment  or other recovery of principal on  a Mortgage Loan that is
received in advance of  its scheduled Due Date  and is not accompanied  by an
amount  as to  interest representing  scheduled interest due  on any  date or
dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

     The  "Unpaid Liquidation Loss  Amount" with respect  to any Distribution
Date is  the amount calculated  under clause  (iii)(B) of  the definition  of
"Class A Formula  Amount" for all Liquidated Loans  for the Distribution Date
following the Prepayment  Period during which such Mortgage  Loans or related
REO Properties became Liquidated Loans, less the  sum of (a) the aggregate of
amounts actually distributed pursuant to clause (iii) of such definition with
respect to such  Liquidated Loans on any  such Distribution Date and  (b) the
aggregate   of   Unpaid   Liquidation  Loss   Amounts   distributed   to  the
Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates on any prior Distribution Date.

     The "Unpaid  Principal Shortfall" with respect to  any Distribution Date
is the amount,  if any, by which  previous distributions of principal  of the
Senior Certificates are less than the aggregate Class A  Formula Amounts (net
of amounts under clause  (iv) of the definition of "Class  A Formula Amount")
distributed on prior Distribution Dates.

     The "Principal  Balance" of  any Mortgage Loan  or related  REO Property
equals (i) as  of the Cut-off Date,  the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance, and
(ii) as of any  other date, the Cut-off Date Principal Balance  minus the sum
of (a) the  principal portion of the  Scheduled Payments due with  respect to
such Mortgage Loan or REO Property during each Due Period ending prior to the
most recent Distribution Date which were received or with respect to which an
Advance was made,  and (b)  all Principal  Prepayments with  respect to  such
Mortgage Loan  or REO Property,  and all Liquidation  Proceeds to  the extent
applied  by the  Servicer as  recoveries  of principal  with respect  to such
Mortgage  Loan  or REO  Property,  which  were  distributed on  any  previous
Distribution Date, and  (c) any Realized Loss with  respect thereto allocated
for any previous Distribution Date.

     A "Realized  Loss" (i) with respect to  any defaulted Mortgage Loan that
is finally liquidated (a  "Liquidated Loan"), is the amount  of loss realized
equal to the  portion of the Principal Balance remaining after application of
all  amounts recovered  (net  of  amounts reimbursable  to  the Servicer  for
related Advances, expenses and Servicing Fees) towards interest and principal
owing on the  Mortgage Loan and (ii)  with respect to certain  Mortgage Loans
the principal balances or the scheduled payments of principal and interest of
which have been reduced in connection with bankruptcy proceedings, the amount
of such reduction.


SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

     The rights of the Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates and
the Residual  Certificates  to  receive distributions  with  respect  to  the
Mortgage Loans will be subordinated  to such rights of the Certificateholders
of the Senior Certificates to  the extent described below. This subordination
is  intended   to  enhance   the  likelihood  of   regular  receipt   by  the
Certificateholders  of the  Senior Certificates  of  the full  amount of  the
monthly  distributions  due  them,  and  to  afford  such  Certificateholders
protection  against  Realized  Losses.    The   protection  afforded  to  the
Certificateholders  of  Senior  Certificates by  means  of  the subordination
feature  will   be   accomplished  by   the   preferential  right   of   such
Certificateholders  to receive,  prior to  any distribution  being made  on a
Distribution Date in respect of the Subordinate Certificates, the amounts due
them on each Distribution Date out of Available Funds on deposit on such date
in  the  Certificate  Account  and,  if  necessary,  by  the  right  of  such
Certificateholders  to receive  future  distributions  with  respect  to  the
Mortgage   Loans   that   would   otherwise  have   been   payable   to   the
Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates.

     Unless reduced  by  cash  flow  deficiencies  due  to  delinquencies  or
liquidation  losses,  the   entitlement  of  the  Senior  Certificates  to  a
disproportionate percentage (100%  unless certain tests are  satisfied as set
forth  in the definition of  Class A Prepayment  Percentage) of all Principal
Prepayments will  have the  effect of accelerating  the amortization  of such
Class from what it would have been  if such amounts had been distributed  pro
rata on the basis of the Certificate Principal Balances of all of the Classes
of Certificates.  Any such acceleration will increase  the relative interests
of the Subordinate Certificates in the Trust Fund and the protection afforded
to the  Senior Certificates  afforded thereby.  If, however, as  a result  of
losses on the Mortgage  Loans, the Pool Principal  Balance becomes less  than
the  aggregate Certificate Principal Balance of  the Senior Certificates, the
protection afforded  by the subordination  feature will be exhausted  and the
Senior Certificateholders will  thereafter bear all losses  and delinquencies
in respect of the Mortgage Loans.

     On  each   Distribution  Date,  the  Certificateholders  of  Subordinate
Certificates will be entitled to distributions of principal and interest from
Available  Funds,  if  any,  remaining   in  the  Certificate  Account  after
distribution  to  the  Senior  Certificateholders  of  amounts   representing
principal and interest described above under "Distributions." 

EXAMPLE OF DISTRIBUTIONS

     The  following chart  sets  forth  an example  of  distributions on  the
Certificates for the first month of the Trust Fund's existence:

____ _              Cut-off Date.

____ _ - ____  (A)  Prepayment  Period.   The  Servicer   receives  Principal
                    Prepayments  and interest  thereon to  the  date of  such
                    prepayment.  For   succeeding  Distribution   Dates,  the
                    Prepayment  Period will  commence  on  the  __th  of  the
                    preceding calendar month and end on the __th of the month
                    of such Distribution Date.

____ __        (B)  Record Date (the last business day of the month preceding
                    the month of the related Distribution Date).

____ __        (C)  Due Date  (the first calendar  day of the month  in which
                    the related Distribution Date occurs). Scheduled Payments
                    of principal and  interest on the Mortgage  Loans are due
                    from Mortgagors.

Through ____ __ (D) The Servicer receives  Scheduled Payments due on  ____ __
                    during this period.

____ __        (E)  Determination  Date (the  __th day  of  each month).  The
                    Trustee determines  the amount of principal  and interest
                    (including the amount, if any,  of Advances to be made by
                    the Servicer) to be distributed  to Certificateholders on
                    the following Distribution Date.

____ __        (F)  Distribution Date.

Succeeding monthly periods follow the pattern of (A) through (F), except that
the Prepayment Period is as indicated in the description above.
________________
(A)  Principal Prepayments received during this period will be distributed to
     Certificateholders on ____  __, 199_. When a Mortgage Loan is prepaid in
     full, interest  on the amount  prepaid is  collected only from  the last
     scheduled Due Date  to the date  of prepayment.  Interest in respect  of
     Principal Prepayments received during the period from the second through
     the __th  day of  a month  will be paid  to the  Servicer as  additional
     servicing compensation. With  respect to Prepayment Interest  Shortfalls
     resulting from Principal Prepayments received during the period from the
     __th through the last day of a calendar month, the Servicer  will reduce
     its Servicing Fee for such month and make a corresponding deposit in the
     Certificate  Account,  in  each  case  to  the  extent  described  under
     "Servicing  of Mortgage Loans--Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection
     with Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans" herein.

(B)  Distributions of principal and interest on ____ __, 199_ will be made to
     Senior  Certificateholders of  record at  the close  of business  on the
     Record Date.

(C)  Scheduled Payments  are due  on this  date and,  when received, will  be
     passed  through on  the  related Distribution  Date,  with the  interest
     adjusted to the applicable Net Loan Rates.

(D)  Scheduled Payments due on ____ _, 199_ will be deposited by the Servicer
     in  the Certificate  Account within  one Business  Day of  receipt. Such
     payments will include the scheduled principal payments, plus interest at
     the applicable Net Loan Rates on the Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

(E)  As of the  close of  business on  __________ __, 199_  the Trustee  will
     determine the amount of principal and interest (including the amount, if
     any,  of Advances  to be  made  by the  Servicer) which  will  be passed
     through  to Senior Certificateholders. The  Trustee will be obligated to
     distribute those Scheduled Payments due on ____ _,  199_ which have been
     received on or before ___________ __, 199_ (or which were the subject of
     an Advance), as  well as all Principal Prepayments  received on Mortgage
     Loans  during the  related Prepayment  Period (the Cut-off  Date through
     ____  __, 199_).  In the  event a  Prepayment Interest  Shortfall occurs
     during such Prepayment  Period, the Servicing  Fee otherwise payable  to
     the Servicer  for such month  shall, to  the extent  of such  Prepayment
     Interest  Shortfall, be  deposited by  the  Servicer in  the Certificate
     Account for distribution to Certificateholders on ____ __, 199_.

(F)  The  Trustee will make  distributions to Certificateholders  on the __th
     day of the month in which the related Due Date occurs, or if such day is
     not a business day, on the next business day.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     On  each   Distribution  Date,   the  Trustee  will   forward  to   each
Certificateholder a statement generally setting forth:

          (i) the amount of the related distribution to Certificateholders of
     such   Class   of  Certificates   allocable  to   principal,  separately
     identifying the aggregate  amount of any Principal  Prepayments included
     therein,  any Unpaid Principal  Shortfall included in  such distribution
     and any remaining Unpaid Principal Shortfall after giving effect to such
     distribution;

          (ii) the amount  of such distribution to Certificateholders of such
     Class  of  Certificates  allocable  to  interest,  any  Unpaid  Interest
     Shortfall  included  in  such  distribution  and  any  remaining  Unpaid
     Interest Shortfall after giving effect to such distribution;

          (iii) if the  distribution to the Certificateholders  of such Class
     of Certificates is less than the full amount that would be distributable
     to  such Certificateholders  if there  were  sufficient funds  available
     therefor,  the amount  of the  shortfall and  the allocation  thereof as
     between principal and interest;

          (iv)  the   Certificate  Principal   Balance  of   each  Class   of
     Certificates  after giving  effect to the  distribution of  principal on
     such Distribution Date;

          (v) the Pool Principal Balance for the following Distribution Date;

          (vi) the Class A Percentage for the following Distribution Date;

          (vii)  the related amount of the Servicing Fees paid to or retained
     by the Servicer;

          (viii)  the Pass-Through Rate  for such Class  of Certificates with
     respect to the current Due Period;

          ((ix) the amount  of Advances included in the  distribution on such
     Distribution Date and the aggregate amount of Advances outstanding as of
     the close of business on such Distribution Date;)

          (x) the number  and aggregate principal  amounts of Mortgage  Loans
     (A)  delinquent (exclusive of Mortgage Loans in foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30
     days, (2) 31 to 60  days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4)  91 or more days and
     (B) in  foreclosure and delinquent (1) 1 to 30  days, (2) 31 to 60 days,
     (3)  61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or  more days, as of the close of business
     on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date;

          (xi) with  respect to any Mortgage Loan that became an REO Property
     during the  preceding  calendar month,  the  loan number  and  Principal
     Balance  of  such Mortgage  Loan  as of  the  close of  business  on the
     Determination  Date preceding  such Distribution  Date and  the date  of
     acquisition thereof;

          (xii) the total number and  principal balance of any REO Properties
     as of  the close of  business on  the Determination Date  preceding such
     Distribution Date;

          (xiii)   the  Class  A  Prepayment  Percentage  for  the  following
     Distribution Date;

          (xiv) the aggregate amount of  Realized Losses incurred during  the
     preceding calendar month; and

          (xv) the Unpaid Liquidation Loss Amount. 

     In addition, within  a reasonable period of  time after the end  of each
calendar year, the Trustee will prepare and deliver to each Certificateholder
of   record  during  the  previous   calendar  year  a  statement  containing
information  necessary  to  enable Certificateholders  to  prepare  their tax
returns. Such statements will not have been examined and reported upon  by an
independent public accountant.

AMENDMENT

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the
Servicer and the Trustee, without  the consent of Certificateholders, for any
of  the purposes  set  forth  under "The  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement--
Amendment"  in  the  Prospectus.  In  addition,  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer and the  Trustee with
the consent of the Certificateholders of a Majority in Interest of each Class
of Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  affected thereby for the  purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any  manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of  the Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement or  of modifying  in any
manner the rights of the  Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment may (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
payments required to be distributed on any Certificate without the consent of
the  Certificateholder of  such  Certificate; (ii)  adversely  affect in  any
material  respect the  interests of  the Certificateholders  of any  Class of
Certificates in a manner other than as described in clause (i) above, without
the  consent   of  the  Certificateholders  of  Certificates  of  such  Class
evidencing as to such Class Percentage Interests aggregating at least 66%; or
(iii)  reduce the  aforesaid percentage  of  aggregate outstanding  principal
amounts of  Certificates of each  Class, the Certificateholders of  which are
required  to consent  to  any  such amendment,  without  the  consent of  the
Certificateholders of all Certificates of such Class.


OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans  and  REO Properties  in  the Mortgage  Pool and  thereby  effect early
retirement of the Certificates, subject to the Pool Principal Balance of such
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at  the time of repurchase being less  than
or equal to __  of the Cut-off Date  Principal Balance thereof. In the  event
the  Servicer  exercises such  option,  the purchase  price  distributed with
respect to each Certificate will be  100% of its then outstanding Certificate
Principal Balance  and  in the  case  of a  Senior Certificate,  one  month's
interest thereon at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate plus any unpaid accrued
interest.  Any repurchase of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties may result
in an early retirement of the Senior Certificates.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED LOANS

     As to any Mortgage  Loan which is  delinquent in payment  by 91 days  or
more, the Servicer may, at its  option, purchase such Mortgage Loan from  the
Trust  Fund at a  price equal to  100% of the  Principal Balance thereof plus
accrued  interest thereon  at  the applicable  Net Loan  Rate  from the  date
through which interest  was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to
the first day of the month in which such amount is to be distributed.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Events of Default  will consist of: (i)  any failure by the  Servicer to
deposit  in the  Certificate  Account the  required amounts  or remit  to the
Trustee any  payment (other  than an Advance  required to  be made  under the
terms of the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement) which continues unremedied for
five business  days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the
Servicer by the Trustee  or the Depositor or to the  Servicer and the Trustee
by the Certificateholders of Certificates having  not less than 25% of the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates; (ii) any failure  by the
Servicer to observe or  perform in any material respect any  other of its
covenants or agreements in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which
continues unremedied  for 60 days after the giving of written  notice of 
such failure  to the  Servicer by the  Trustee or  the Depositor, or to the 
Servicer and the  Trustee by the Certificateholders  of Certificates
evidencing not less than  25% of the Voting Rights  evidenced by the 
Certificates; (iii)  insolvency, readjustment  of  debt, marshalling  of
assets and liabilities  or similar proceedings, and certain actions  by or
on behalf  of the Servicer  indicating its  insolvency or  inability to  pay
its obligations or (vi)  any failure of  the Servicer to  make any Advance 
which continues unremedied  for the period  of one business  day after the 
date on which telecopied notice of such failure,  requiring the same to be 
remedied, shall  have been  given to the  Servicer by  the Trustee.  As of
any  date of determination,   99%  of   the  Voting   Rights  will   be 
allocated   among Certificateholders of the Class A and Subordinate 
Certificates in proportion to  the Certificate  Principal Balances of  their
respective  Certificates on such  date;  and   Certificateholders  of  the 
Residual   Certificates  will collectively be entitled  to 1% of the  Voting
Rights. Voting Rights  will be allocated among  the Certificates of each 
such Class in accordance  with the respective Percentage Interests.

RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     So long as an Event of Default under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
remains unremedied,  the Trustee  may, and upon  the receipt  of instructions
from  Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not  less than  25% of  the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates, the Trustee shall, terminate all
of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  and  in and  to the  Mortgage  Loans, whereupon  the  Trustee will
succeed  to all  of  the  responsibilities, duties,  and  liabilities of  the
Servicer under the  Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including the obligation
to make Advances.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an Event of
Default arising from the  Servicer's failure to make an  Advance as described
in clause (vi) in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall terminate all of
the rights  and obligations of the  Servicer under the Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement and  in and  to the Mortgage  Loans as  described in  the preceding
sentence.

     No  Certificateholder, solely  by  virtue  of  such  Certificateholder's
status as  a Certificateholder,  will have  any right  under the Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect  thereto, unless
such Certificateholder previously has given  to the Trustee written notice of
default and  unless the  Certificateholders of  Certificates having not  less
than 25% of the Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates have made written
request  to the  Trustee to  institute  such proceeding  in its  own  name as
Trustee thereunder and have offered  to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the Trustee  for ___  days has  neglected or  refused to  institute any  such
proceeding.

THE TRUSTEE

     (             )  will be  the Trustee  under the  Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement.   The  Depositor  and   (        )  may  maintain   other  banking
relationships in  the ordinary  course of business  with the  Trustee. Senior
Certificates  may be surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
located    at    (___________________________________    _____),   Attention:
(__________ Series  199_-___) or at such  other addresses as the  Trustee may
designate from time to time.


                YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

(DELAY IN DISTRIBUTIONS; INDEX LAG

     The effective yield  to the holders  of the Senior Certificates  will be
lower than  the yield  otherwise produced  by  the applicable  rate at  which
interest is passed  through to such  holders and the  purchase price of  such
Certificates because  monthly  distributions  will  not be  payable  to  such
holders until the __th day (or following business day) of the month following
the  month in  which  interest accrues  on  the Mortgage  Loans (without  any
additional distribution  of interest or  earnings thereon in respect  of such
delay). (In addition, the Loan  Rate applicable for any Adjustment  Date will
be the most recent Index announced 45 days prior to each Adjustment Date. See
"The Mortgage Pool" herein.))

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  may purchase from the Trust Fund  a Mortgage Loan which is
delinquent in payment 91  days or more. The purchase price  for such Mortgage
Loan shall  be equal to  100% of the  Principal Balance thereof  plus accrued
interest thereon at the applicable Net Loan Rate from the date  through which
interest was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to  the first day
of the month  in which such amount  is to be distributed. To  the extent such
rights are exercised,  prepayments allocated to the  Senior Certificates will
increase.

(LIMITATION ON ADJUSTMENTS

     Although   each   of  the   Mortgage   Loans   bears  interest   at   an
(fixed)(adjustable) Loan Rate,  the monthly adjustments of the  Loan Rate for
any Mortgage  Loan will not exceed  the Periodic Rate  Cap and the  Loan Rate
will in no event exceed the  Maximum Rate for such Mortgage Loan,  regardless
of the level  of interest rates generally  or the rate otherwise  produced by
the Index  and the  Gross  Margin. (In  addition,  such adjustments  will  be
subject to rounding to the nearest one-eighth of 1%.))


                               USE OF PROCEEDS


     The Depositor  will apply  the net proceeds  of the  sale of  the Senior
Certificates (together with the net proceeds  of the sale of the  Subordinate
Certificates) against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     An  election will be  made to  treat the  Trust Fund  as a  "real estate
mortgage investment conduit" (a "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes. The
Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  will constitute "regular  interests" in
the REMIC and  the Residual Certificates  will constitute the  sole class  of
"residual interests" in the REMIC.

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

     The Senior  Certificates may be  issued at  a premium.  For purposes  of
determining  the amount and  rate of accrual  of original issue  discount and
market  discount,  the  Depositor  intends  to  assume  that  there  will  be
prepayments  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  at  a  rate  equal  to  __%   CPR.  No
representation is made as  to whether the Mortgage Loans will  prepay at that
rate or any  other rate. See "Yield, Prepayment  and Maturity Considerations"
herein and  "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences" in the  Prospectus. If
the Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates are treated as holding such
Certificates at a premium,  such Certificateholders should consult their  tax
advisors regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be
employed.

     As   is  described  more   fully  under  "Certain   Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences"  in  the  Prospectus, the  Senior  Certificates  will represent
qualifying assets  under Sections 593(d), 856(c)(5)(A)  and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v)
of the Code, and net interest  income attributable to the Senior Certificates
will  be "interest  on obligations  secured  by mortgages  on real  property"
within the  meaning of Section  856(c)(3)(B) of the  Code, to the  extent the
assets of the  Trust Fund are assets  described in such sections.  The Senior
Certificates will  represent qualifying  assets under  Section 860G(a)(3)  if
acquired by a REMIC within the prescribed time periods of the Code.

     The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100% of the net income derived
from  "prohibited  transactions"  (the  "Prohibited  Transactions  Tax").  In
general,  subject to certain  specified exceptions, a  prohibited transaction
means the disposition of a Mortgage Loan, the receipt of income from a source
other  than a  Mortgage  Loan  or certain  other  permitted investments,  the
receipt  of compensation for  services, or  gain from  the disposition  of an
asset  purchased  with the  payments  on  the  Mortgage Loans  for  temporary
investment pending  distribution on the  Certificates. It is  not anticipated
that the Trust  Fund will engage in  any prohibited transactions in  which it
would recognize a material amount of net income.

     In addition,  certain contributions to  a Trust Fund  that elects  to be
treated as a REMIC made after the day on which such Trust  Fund issues all of
its interests could result in the imposition of a tax on the Trust Fund equal
to  100% of the value of the  contributed property (the "Contributions Tax").
The Trust Fund  will not accept contributions  that would subject it  to such
tax.

     In addition, a Trust Fund that elects to be treated as a  REMIC may also
be subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income
from foreclosure property," determined by  reference to the rules  applicable
to real  estate investment  trusts.  "Net income  from foreclosure  property"
generally  means gain  from  the sale  of a  foreclosure property  other than
qualifying rents  and other  qualifying income for  a real  estate investment
trust. It is  not anticipated that the  Trust Fund will recognize  net income
from foreclosure property subject to federal income tax.

     Where any  Prohibited Transactions  Tax, Contributions Tax,  tax on  net
income from foreclosure  property or state or  local income or  franchise tax
that may  be imposed on the REMIC arises out of a breach of the Servicer's or
the  Trustee's  obligations,  as the  case  may  be,  under  the Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement  and in respect  of compliance with then  applicable law,
such tax will be borne by  the Servicer or Trustee in either case  out of its
own funds. In the event that either the Servicer or the Trustee,  as the case
may  be, fails  to pay or  is not  required to pay  any such  tax as provided
above, such  tax will be borne  by the Certificateholders of  the Subordinate
Certificates. It is not anticipated  that any material state or local  income
or franchise tax will be imposed on the Trust Fund.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to  acquire any of the
Senior  Certificates should  consult with  its  counsel with  respect to  the
potential  consequences under the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"), and  the Code,  of the  Plan's  acquisition and
ownership of such Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
Section 406  of  ERISA prohibits  "parties in  interest" with  respect to  an
employee  benefit plan  subject to ERISA  and the  excise tax  provisions set
forth under Section  4975 of  the Code  (a "Plan") from  engaging in  certain
transactions  involving  such Plan  and  its  assets  unless a  statutory  or
administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code
imposes  certain  excise  taxes on  prohibited  transactions  involving plans
described under  that  Section;  ERISA  authorizes the  imposition  of  civil
penalties  for  prohibited  transactions involving  plans  not  covered under
Section 4975 of the Code.

     Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in  the Senior Certificates without regard to  the
ERISA considerations described  herein and in the Prospectus,  subject to the
provisions of other applicable federal and state  law. Any such plan which is
qualified and  exempt from taxation under  Sections 401(a) and 501(a)  of the
Code may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth
in Section 503 of the Code.

     Except  as noted  above, investments  by  Plans are  subject to  ERISA's
general  fiduciary  requirements,  including  the requirement  of  investment
prudence and diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be
made in accordance with the  documents governing the Plan. A fiduciary  which
decides to invest  the assets  of a  Plan in the  Senior Certificates  should
consider, among other factors, the  extreme sensitivity of the investments to
the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc., an  administrative exemption  (Prohibited Transaction Exemption  90-59;
Exemption  Application  No. D-8374)  (the  "Exemption") from  certain  of the
prohibited transaction rules  of ERISA and the related  excise tax provisions
of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding
and the  subsequent resale  by Plans of  certificates in  pass-through trusts
that consist  of certain receivables,  loans and other obligations  that meet
the conditions  and requirements of  the Exemption. The Exemption  applies to
mortgage loans such as the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund.

     Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for the  Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the  certificates  by a  Plan is  on terms
     (including  the  price  for  the  certificates) that  are  at  least  as
     favorable to the  Plan as they would  be in an arm's  length transaction
     with an unrelated party;

          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired
     by the Plan are not subordinated  to the rights and interests  evidenced
     by other certificates of the trust fund;

          (3) the certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at
     the time of  such acquisition that is  one of the three  highest generic
     rating  categories from Standard  & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"), Moody's
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps Inc. ("D&P") or Fitch
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

          (4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);

          (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
     underwriters in  connection with  the distribution  of the  certificates
     represents  not more than  reasonable compensation for  underwriting the
     certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the seller
     pursuant to the assignment of the loans to the trust fund represents not
     more than  the fair market value of such loans;  the sum of all payments
     made to and  retained by the servicer and any  other servicer represents
     not more than  reasonable compensation for such  person's services under
     the agreement pursuant to which  the loans are pooled and reimbursements
     of such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan investing  in  the  certificates is  an  "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

               (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets
          of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

               (ii) certificates  in such  other investment  pools must  have
          been rated in  one of the three  highest rating categories  of S&P,
          Moody's, Fitch  or D&P for  at least one  year prior to  the Plan's
          acquisition of certificates; and

               (iii)  certificates   evidencing  interests   in  such   other
          investment pools must have been  purchased by investors other  than
          Plans for  at least  one year  prior to  any Plan's acquisition  of
          certificates.

     Moreover,    the    Exemption     provides    relief    from     certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan  fiduciary causes a Plan  to acquire certificates  in a trust  as to
which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is  an obligor on the receivables held
in the trust provided  that, among other requirements, (i) in the  case of an
acquisition in connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least
fifty percent of each  class of certificates in which Plans  have invested is
acquired by persons independent of  the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary
(or its affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five  percent or less of the
fair market value of the obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's
investment in certificates  of any Class does not  exceed twenty-five percent
of all  of the certificates  of that  Class outstanding  at the  time of  the
acquisition;  and  (iv) immediately  after  the  acquisition,  no  more  than
twenty-five  percent of  the assets of  the Plan  with respect to  which such
person is a  fiduciary are invested in certificates  representing an interest
in one or more  trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity.
The  Exemption  does  not  apply  to  Plans  sponsored  by  the  Seller,  the
Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer,  any obligor with respect to Mortgage
Loans included in the  Trust Fund constituting more than five  percent of the
aggregate  unamortized principal balance of the assets  in the Trust Fund, or
any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

     The  Underwriter  believes   that  the  Exemption  will  apply   to  the
acquisition  and holding  of the  Senior Certificates  by Plans and  that all
conditions  of the  Exemption  other than  those within  the  control of  the
investors will be met. In addition, as of the date hereof, there is no single
Mortgagor that  is the obligor  on 5% of the  Mortgage Loans included  in the
Trust Fund by aggregate  unamortized principal balance  of the assets of  the
Trust Fund.

     Prospective  Plan investors  should consult  with  their legal  advisors
concerning the  impact of ERISA and the Code,  the applicability of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption, and the potential consequences
in  their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Senior
Certificates.  Moreover, each Plan  fiduciary should determine  whether under
the general fiduciary  standards of investment prudence  and diversification,
an investment in the Senior Certificates is  appropriate for the Plan, taking
into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of
the Plan's investment portfolio.

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement  between the  Depositor and  the Underwriter  (an affiliate  of the
Depositor),  the Depositor  has agreed  to sell to  the Underwriter,  and the
Underwriter  has   agreed  to  purchase   from  the  Depositor,   the  Senior
Certificates. Distribution  of the  Senior Certificates will  be made  by the
Underwriter  from time  to time  in negotiated  transactions or  otherwise at
varying prices to  be determined at the time of sale.  In connection with the
sale of  the  Senior Certificates,  the  Underwriter may  be  deemed to  have
received  compensation  from  the  Depositor  in  the  form  of  underwriting
discounts.

     The  Depositor has been  advised by the  Underwriter that  it intends to
make  a market in  the Senior Certificates  but has  no obligation to  do so.
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Senior Certificates
will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

     The Depositor has  agreed to indemnify the Underwriter  against, or make
contributions  to the  Underwriter  with  respect  to,  certain  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon  for the Depositor and for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition  of the issuance of the Senior  Certificates that they
be rated "(   )" by  (   ) and (   ) by (        ) (together with (    ), the
"Rating Agencies").

     The ratings  assigned  by Duff  & Phelps  Credit Rating  Co. ("D&P")  to
securities address  the likelihood  of  the receipt  by the  holders of  such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of the mortgages and its analysis of the structure of the transaction  as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The  ratings assigned  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P. ("Fitch")  to
securities address the likelihood of the  receipt of all distributions on the
assets by the related holders of securities under  the agreements pursuant to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers, structural and  legal aspects associated with such securities, and
the  extent to which the payment  stream on the pool  is adequate to make the
payments required by  such securities.  Fitch  ratings on such securities  do
not, however, constitute  a statement regarding  frequency of prepayments  of
the assets.

     The ratings assigned by  Moody's Investors Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the  receipt by holders of securities of
all distributions to which such holders of securities  are entitled.  Moody's
ratings on securities  do not represent  any assessment of the  likelihood or
rate  of principal prepayments.   The ratings do  not address the possibility
that holders  of securities might suffer a lower  than anticipated yield as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of  The  McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc.  ("Standard &  Poor's"),  to securities
address the likelihood of the receipt  of all distributions on the assets  by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to  which  the payment  stream  on such  pool  is adequate  to  make payments
required by such  securities.  Standard & Poor's ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the related assets.   The letter "r" attached  to a Standard &  Poor's rating
highlights  derivative, hybrid  and  certain other  types of  securities that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                          <C>
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER  PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE                   
ANY INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON
AS HAVING  BEEN AUTHORIZED BY  THE DEPOSITOR OR  THE UNDERWRITER.
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND  THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT  CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE  TO WHICH THEY RELATE                            $__,___,___,___
OR AN  OFFER TO SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO  BUY, TO
ANY  PERSON   IN  ANY  JURISDICTION   WHERE  SUCH  AN   OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE  UNLAWFUL.   NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF ANY  TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.                                                            $______
                                                                                       ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                            PAGE

                      PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Summary of Terms                                            S-3
Risk Factors                                                S-7
The Mortgage Lending Program                                S-8
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans                             S-10                    FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
Description of the Mortgage Loans                           S-11                               (DEPOSITOR)
Description of the Certificates                             S-13
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations               S-22
Use of Proceeds                                             S-22                       ---------------------------
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences                     S-22
ERISA Considerations                                        S-23                          PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Underwriting                                                S-25                             (      , 199 )
Legal Matters                                               S-25
Ratings                                                     S-25                       ---------------------------


                            PROSPECTUS
                                                                                     GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K            2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference                2
Available Information                                          2
Reports to Securityholders                                     3
Summary of Terms                                               4
Risk Factors                                                  12
The Trust Fund                                                17
Use of Proceeds                                               22
The Depositor                                                 22
Loan Program                                                  22 
Description of the Securities                                 24
Credit Enhancement                                            33
Yield and prepayment Considerations                           38 
The Agreements                                                41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans                            54
Certain Federal Income Tax Consideration                      66
State Tax Consideration                                       85
ERISA Considerations                                          88
Legal Investment                                              88 
Method of Distribution                                        89
Legal Matters                                                 90
Financial Information                                         90
Rating                                                        90


</TABLE>


   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to  buy  be accepted  prior  to the  time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to  sell or
the solicitation  of an offer  to buy nor  shall there be  any sale of  these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 4, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED ___________, 1997)

                                $_____________
                        HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
       $___________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 199_-_
    $__________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-_

     The Home Equity Loan  Trust 199__ (the "Trust") will  be formed pursuant
to  a trust agreement to be dated as  of ______, 199_ (the "Trust Agreement")
and  entered into  by  Financial Asset  Securities  Corp. (the  "Depositor"),
________________ and _____________,  as owner trustee (the  "Owner Trustee").
The Trust will  issue $___________ aggregate principal amount  of Home Equity
Loan Asset Backed Notes (the  "Notes").  The Notes will be issued pursuant to
an indenture to be dated as of __________ __, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between
the Trust and  ____________, as indenture trustee  (the "Indenture Trustee").
The Trust  will also issue  $____________ aggregate principal amount  of Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Certificates" and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities").

     The Trust  will consist of  certain (adjustable rate) (fixed  rate) home
equity revolving  credit line  loans made or  to be made  in the  future (the
"Mortgage Loans") secured  (primarily) by second deeds of  trust or mortgages
on residential properties  that are primarily one- to four-family properties,
the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and certain other property
relating to such mortgage loans.  (In addition, the Securities will  have the
benefit  of an  irrevocable  and  unconditional  limited  financial  guaranty
insurance  policy (the "Policy")  issued by ______________  (the "Certificate
Insurer") covering (describe).)

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Notes will be made on the
_________ day of each  month or, if such date is not a  Business Day, then on
the  succeeding  Business Day  (each  a "Distribution  Date"),  commencing on
________, 199_ to the extent described  herein.  Interest will accrue on  the
Notes at a  rate (the "Note Rate") equal  to ___% per annum  from the Closing
Date to  the first Distribution Date and  at (a floating rate  equal to LIBOR
(as defined herein) plus ___% per annum) (___% per annum) thereafter.

     The  Certificates will represent  fractional undivided interests  in the
Trust.   Distribution of  principal and interest on  the Certificates will be
made on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Interest will
accrue on the Certificates at a rate  (the "Pass-Through Rate") equal to ___%
per annum  from the  Closing Date to  the first Distribution  Date and  at (a
floating  rate  equal  to  LIBOR  plus  ___%  per  annum)  (___%  per  annum)
thereafter.

     Payments of interest and principal on the Notes will have equal priority
with payments of  principal and interest (and  will be made pro  rata) on the
Certificates.

     There is currently no market for the Securities offered hereby and there
can be  no assurance that such  a market will  develop or if it  does develop
that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.

     FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE  INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.
                             ____________________

THE SECURITIES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR  OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,  OWNER TRUSTEE,
INDENTURE TRUSTEE  OR ANY  AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT  TO THE  EXTENT PROVIDED
HEREIN.   THE SECURITIES  ARE NOT INSURED  OR GUARANTEED BY  ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     The  Securities offered hereby  will be  purchased by  Greenwich Capital
Markets,  Inc.  (and       )  ((collectively,)  the "Underwriter")  from  the
Depositor and will, in each case, be offered by the Underwriter  from time to
time to the public in negotiated  transactions or otherwise at varying prices
to  be  determined at  the  time of  sale.    The aggregate  proceeds  to the
Depositor from the  sale of the Notes  are expected to be  $_____________ and
from  the sale  of the  Certificates  are expected  to be  $__________ before
deducting expenses payable by the Depositor of $_______.

     The Securities  are offered  subject to  prior sale  and subject  to the
Underwriters'  right to reject  orders in whole  or in part.   It is expected
that the Notes will be delivered in book-entry form through the facilities of
The Depository Trust Company, (Cedel Bank, societe anonyme, and the Euroclear
System) on or about _______, 199_.  The Securities will be offered in (Europe
and) the United States of America.

                             ____________________

     Until  ninety days  after the  date of  this Prospectus  Supplement, all
dealers   effecting  transactions   in  the   Securities,   whether  or   not
participating in this  distribution, may be required to  deliver a Prospectus
Supplement  and  Prospectus  to  investors.    This  is in  addition  to  the
obligation  of  dealers  acting  as  Underwriters  to  deliver  a  Prospectus
Supplement  and  Prospectus  with  respect  to  their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.
                             ____________________

     Each Series of  Securities offered hereby constitute part  of a separate
Series of Asset Backed Securities being offered by Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. from time to time  pursuant to the Prospectus dated  _________ __, 1996.
This Prospectus  Supplement does not  contain complete information  about the
offering  of the  Securities.   Additional  information is  contained in  the
Prospectus and  investors are urged  to read both this  Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus in full.  Sales  of the Securities may not be  consummated
unless the  purchaser has  received both this  Prospectus Supplement  and the
Prospectus.

                             ____________________

                       GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.


_______________, 199_




                                   SUMMARY

     The following summary  of certain pertinent information  is qualified in
its entirety by reference to  the detailed information appearing elsewhere in
this  Prospectus  Supplement and  in  the accompanying  Prospectus.   Certain
capitalized  terms used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement or in the Prospectus.

Trust               Home  Equity  Loan  Trust  199_-_  (the  "Trust"  or  the
                         "Issuer"),  a  Delaware business  trust  established
                         pursuant to the Trust Agreement (as defined herein),
                         dated as  of ___,  199_ (the  "Cut-Off Date").   The
                         property  of the  Trust  will  include:  a  pool  of
                         (adjustable) (fixed) rate home equity loan revolving
                         credit line loans  made or to be made  in the future
                         (the  "Mortgage Loans"),  under certain  home equity
                         revolving credit line  loan agreements (the  "Credit
                         Line Agreements") and secured (primarily) by  second
                         (deeds   of   trust)  (mortgages)   on   residential
                         properties that  are primarily  one- to  four-family
                         properties   (the   "Mortgaged   Properties");   the
                         collections  in   respect  of  the   Mortgage  Loans
                         received  after  the  Cut-Off  Date;  property  that
                         secured a Mortgage  Loan which has been  acquired by
                         foreclosure  or  deed  in lieu  of  foreclosure;  (a
                         surety bond or  letter of credit); an  assignment of
                         the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement;
                         rights  under  certain   hazard  insurance  policies
                         covering the Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                         property, as described more fully herein.

                         The Trust will include  the unpaid principal balance
                         of each  Mortgage Loan as  of the Cut-Off  Date (the
                         "Cut-Off Date Principal Balance") plus any additions
                         thereto as a result of new advances made pursuant to
                         the   applicable   Credit    Line   Agreement   (the
                         "Additional Balances") during the life of the Trust.
                         With respect to any date, the "Pool Balance" will be
                         equal  to the aggregate of the Principal Balances of
                         all Mortgage Loans as of such date.   The "Principal
                         Balance" of a Loan (other than a Liquidated Loan) on
                         any  day  is  equal to  its  Cut-Off  Date Principal
                         Balance, plus (i) any Additional Balances in respect
                         of such  Mortgage Loan,  minus (ii)  all collections
                         credited  against  the  Principal  Balance  of  such
                         Mortgage Loan in accordance  with the related Credit
                         Line Agreement  prior to  such day.   The  Principal
                         Balance  of  a  Liquidated  Loan   after  the  final
                         recovery  of related  Liquidation Proceeds  shall be
                         zero.

Securities Offered       (i)  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset  Backed  Notes,  (the
                              "Notes");  and  (ii)  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset
                              Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates" and,
                              together  with  the Notes,  the  "Securities").
                              Each Security represents  the right to  receive
                              payments  of  interest  at  the  variable  rate
                              described below, payable  monthly, and payments
                              of principal  at such  time and  to the  extent
                              provided below.

Depositor           Financial Asset Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation,
                         and an  indirect limited purpose  finance subsidiary
                         of National  Westminster  Plc and  an  affiliate  of
                         Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

Servicer            __________ (the  "Servicer").  The Servicer  will service
                         the Mortgage Loans pursuant to a Servicing Agreement
                         dated _________ 1,  199_ between the Issuer  and the
                         Servicer.

Indenture           The Notes will  be issued pursuant to  an indenture dated
                         as of _________, 199_ (the "Indenture")  between the
                         Trust and  ________________________ in  its capacity
                         as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").  The
                         Indenture  Trustee  will allocate  distributions  of
                         principal  and interest to holders of the Notes (the
                         "Noteholders") in accordance with the Indenture.

Trust Agreement     Pursuant  to a  trust agreement  dated as of  ________ 1,
                         199_ (the  "Trust Agreement"), among  the Depositor,
                         ________ and  _________________ in  its capacity  as
                         owner trustee (the "Owner  Trustee"), the Trust will
                         issue  the  Certificates  in  an  initial  aggregate
                         amount  of  $__________.     The  Certificates  will
                         represent  fractional  undivided  interests  in  the
                         Trust.

The Mortgage Loans  The  Mortgage Loans  are  (primarily) secured  by  second
                         deeds of trust or mortgages on Mortgaged Properties.
                         The Mortgage Loans were originated by (  ) and on or
                         prior  to the  Closing  Date, (   )   will  sell the
                         Mortgage  Loans  to  the  Depositor  pursuant  to  a
                         purchase agreement (the "Purchase  Agreement").  The
                         aggregate Cut-Off  Date  Principal  Balance  of  the
                         Mortgage  loans is  $___________ (the  "Cut-Off Date
                         Pool Balance").

                    The combined loan-to-value  ratio of each Mortgage  Loan,
                         computed using the maximum  amount the borrower  was
                         permitted to draw down under the related Credit Line
                         Agreement  (the  "Credit  Limit")  and  taking  into
                         account the  amounts of any  related senior mortgage
                         loans (the  "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not
                         exceed  __% as of  the Cut-Off  Date.   The weighted
                         average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage
                         Loans was  ____% as of  the Cut-Off Date.   See "THE
                         HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM--Underwriting Procedures
                         Relating to the Mortgage Loans" herein.

                    Interest on  each Mortgage  Loan is  payable monthly  and
                         computed on  the related  average daily  outstanding
                         Principal  Balance  for  each  billing  cycle  at  a
                         variable rate per  annum (the "Loan Rate")  equal at
                         any time (subject  to minimum and maximum  rates, as
                         described herein  under  "THE  HOME  EQUITY  LENDING
                         PROGRAM--Mortgage Loan  Terms," and  further subject
                         to applicable usury  limitations) to the sum  of (i)
                         (the prime  rate  published  in  the  "Money  Rates"
                         section  of The Wall Street Journal generally on the
                         Monday  of the week in  which such Loan Rate adjusts
                         (or, if  no rate is  published on such day,  then on
                         the  next succeeding calendar  day on which  a prime
                         rate is published), rounded to the nearest 1/8 of  1
                         percent)  and (ii)  a  margin  generally within  the
                         range of ___% to ___%.  The Loan Rate is subject  to
                         adjustment (       ).  With respect to each Mortgage
                         Loan,  a  "billing  cycle"  is  the  calendar  month
                         preceding a Due Date.  Interest accrued at such rate
                         will be due  on the Due Date in  the month following
                         the  close  of  the  billing cycle.    (As  to  each
                         Mortgage Loan, the  Due Date is the __th  day of the
                         month.)  The Cut-Off  Date Principal Balances ranged
                         from $______  to  $_______  and  averaged  $_______.
                         Credit Limits  under the  Mortgage Loans  as of  the
                         Cut-Off ranged from approximately  $_____ to $______
                         and  averaged  $______.    Each  Mortgage  Loan  was
                         originated in  the period from _______ to _________,
                         and,  as of the  Cut-Off Date, the  weighted average
                         Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  (as defined  herein)
                         was  approximately  ___%.    See  "THE  HOME  EQUITY
                         LENDING PROGRAM"  and "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  MORTGAGE
                         LOANS" herein.

Collections         All collections on  the Mortgage Loans will  be allocated
                         by   the  Servicer  in   accordance  with  the  Loan
                         Agreements between  amounts collected in  respect of
                         interest   ("Interest   Collections")   and  amounts
                         collected  in   respect  of   principal  ("Principal
                         Collections"   and   collectively    with   Interest
                         Collections, the "Collections").   The Servicer will
                         generally deposit  Collections distributable  to the
                         Holders  in an account  established for such purpose
                         under  the  Servicing   Agreement  (the  "Collection
                         Account").    See  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   SERVICING
                         AGREEMENT--Allocation  and  Collection"  herein  and
                         "THE  AGREEMENTS--Payments  on  Loans;  Deposits  to
                         Security Account"  and "--Collection  Procedures" in
                         the Prospectus.

Description of the Securities

     A.   Distributions  On  each  Distribution  Date,   collections  on  the
                              Mortgage Loans will be applied in the following
                              order of priority:

                          (i) to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

                       (ii)   as payment for the accrued interest due and any
                              overdue   accrued   interest   (with   interest
                              thereon) on  the respective  Security Principal
                              Balances of the Notes and the Certificates;

                      (iii)   as principal on the Securities, the excess
                              of Principal  Collections over  Additional
                              Balances  created  during   the  preceding
                              Collection  Period,  such   amount  to  be
                              allocated    between    the    Notes   and
                              Certificates,  pro  rata, based  on  their
                              respective Security Principal Balances;

                       (iv)   as principal on the  Securities, as payment for
                              any  Liquidation Loss  Amounts on  the Mortgage
                              Loans;

                        (v)   as payment for the premium on the Policy;

                       (vi)   to  reimburse prior draws  made on  the Policy;
                              and

                      (vii)   any remaining amounts to the Depositor.

                         As to any Distribution Date, the "Collection Period"
                              is the  calendar month  preceding the month  of
                              such Distribution Date.

                         "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect  to any
                              Liquidated  Mortgage   Loan,  the   unrecovered
                              Principal  Balance thereof  at  the end  of the
                              related   Collection  Period   in  which   such
                              Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan
                              after giving  effect  to  the  Net  Liquidation
                              Proceeds in connection therewith.

     B.   Note Rate      Interest  will   accrue  on   the  unpaid   Security
                              Principal Balance of the Notes at the per annum
                              rate  (the "Note Rate") equal to ___% per annum
                              from the Closing Date to the first Distribution
                              Date and thereafter interest will accrue on the
                              Notes   from   and  including   the   preceding
                              Distribution Date to but excluding such current
                              Distribution Date  (each, an  "Interest Accrual
                              Period") at (a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as
                              defined herein)  plus ___%) (___%).   (Interest
                              will be calculated  on the basis of  the actual
                              number of days in each  Interest Accrual Period
                              divided by 360.)  A  failure to pay interest on
                              any  Notes   on  any  Distribution   Date  that
                              continues for five days constitutes an Event of
                              Default under the Indenture.

     C.   Pass-Through Rate
                         Interest will accrue on the unpaid Principal Balance
                              of  the Certificates at the per annum rate (the
                              "Pass-Through  Rate") equal  to ___%  per annum
                              from the Closing Date to the first Distribution
                              Date and thereafter interest will accrue on the
                              Certificates for  each Interest  Accrual Period
                              at  (a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined
                              herein) plus ___%)  (___%).  (Interest  will be
                              calculated on the basis of the actual number of
                              days in each Interest Accrual Period divided by
                              360.)    A  failure  to  pay  interest  on  any
                              Certificates  on  any  Distribution  Date  that
                              continues for five days constitutes an Event of
                              Default under the Trust Agreement.

     D.   Distribution Date
                         The ____ day of each month or,  if such day is not a
                              Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day,
                              commencing  with _______,  199_.   A  "Business
                              Day" is any day other than a Saturday or Sunday
                              or another day on which banking institutions in
                              New  York,  New  York  (and  ____________)  are
                              authorized or obligated by  law, regulations or
                              executive order to be closed.

     E.   Record Date    The  last day preceding  a Distribution Date  or, if
                              the   Securities  are   no  longer   Book-Entry
                              Securities, the last day of the month preceding
                              a Distribution Date.

     F.   Final Scheduled
          Distribution Dates  With    respect     to    the     Certificates,
                                   ___________________.   To  the extent  not
                                   previously  paid,  the  Security Principal
                                   Balance  of the Notes  will be due  on the
                                   Distribution   Date   in   _______,  199_.
                                   Failure to pay  the full principal balance
                                   of 

                         Notes  on or before  the applicable  final scheduled
                         payment dates constitutes an  Event of Default under
                         the Indenture.


     G.   Form and Registration         The  Securities  will   initially  be
                                             delivered  in  book-entry   form
                                             ("Book-Entry       Securities").
                                             Holders of  such Securities  may
                                             elect  to  hold  their interests
                                             through  The   Depository  Trust
                                             Company ("DTC"), (in  the United
                                             States, or  Cedel Bank,  soci t 
                                             anonyme,   ("Cedel")    or   the
                                             Euroclear  System ("Euroclear"),
                                             in  Europe).    Transfers within
                                             DTC  (, Cedel  or Euroclear,  as
                                             the  case may  be,)  will be  in
                                             accordance with the  usual rules
                                             and operating procedures  of the
                                             relevant system.  So long as the
                                             Securities     are    Book-Entry
                                             Securities, such Securities will
                                             be  evidenced  by  one  or  more
                                             securities  registered  in   the
                                             name of Cede & Co.  ("Cede"), as
                                             the  nominee of  DTC (or  one of
                                             the     relevant    depositaries
                                             (collectively,   the   "European
                                             Depositaries")).    Cross-market
                                             transfers     between    persons
                                             holding  directly or  indirectly
                                             through DTC(,  on the  one hand,
                                             and    counterparties    holding
                                             directly  or indirectly  through
                                             Cedel  or   Euroclear,  on   the
                                             other,) will be  effected in DTC
                                             through       Citibank      N.A.
                                             ("Citibank") or  Morgan Guaranty
                                             Trust   Company   of   New  York
                                             ("Morgan"),     the     relevant
                                             depositaries   of    Cedel   and
                                             Euroclear,   respectively,   and
                                             each a  participating member  of
                                             DTC.      The   Securities  will
                                             initially be  registered in  the
                                             name of Cede.  The interests  of
                                             such Holders will be represented
                                             by book  entries on  the records
                                             of DTC and participating members
                                             thereof.     No   Holder  of   a
                                             Security  will  be  entitled  to
                                             receive   a    definitive   note
                                             representing    such    person's
                                             interest,  except  in  the event
                                             that    Securities   in    fully
                                             registered,   certificated  form
                                             ("Definitive   Securities")  are
                                             issued under the limited circum-
                                             stances       described       in
                                             "DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES--
                                             Book-Entry    Registration    of
                                             Securities"  in the  Prospectus.
                                             All    references    in     this
                                             Prospectus     Supplement     to
                                             Securities reflect the rights of
                                             Holders  of such  Notes only  as
                                             such  rights  may  be  exercised
                                             through     DTC      and     its
                                             participating  organizations for
                                             so long  as such  Securities are
                                             held by DTC.   See "RISK FACTORS
                                             --     Book-Entry    Securities"
                                             herein.

     H.   Denominations       The  Securities  will  be   issued  in  minimum
                                   denominations of $(________)  and integral
                                   multiples thereof.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)
      Issuer        _________________ (the "(Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)
                         Issuer").  See "THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY BOND)
                         ISSUER" herein.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)       On  the Closing Date, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                              Bond) Issuer  will issue a  (letter of  credit)
                              (surety bond) (the "(Letter of Credit)  (Surety
                              Bond)") in favor of the Owner Trustee on behalf
                              of the  Trust.    In the  event  that,  on  any
                              Distribution Date, available amounts on deposit
                              in  the Collection Account  with respect to the
                              preceding Collection Period are insufficient to
                              provide for the payment of the amount  required
                              to  be  distributed  to  the  Holders  and  the
                              Servicer on such Distribution Date, the Trustee
                              will  draw  on the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                              Bond),  to the extent of the (Letter of Credit)
                              (Surety  Bond)  Amount  for  such  Distribution
                              Date, in  an amount  equal to  such deficiency.
                              See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES--The (Letter
                              of Credit)  (Surety Bond)  and "--Distributions
                              on   the   Securities"   herein   and   "CREDIT
                              ENHANCEMENT" in the Prospectus.

((Letter of Credit) 
     (Surety Bond) 
      Amount        The amount available under the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                         Bond)  (the   "(Letter  of  Credit)   (Surety  Bond)
                         Amount") for the initial Distribution  Date will  be
                         $         .  For each  Distribution Date thereafter,
                         the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond)  Amount will
                         equal the lesser of (i)     % of the Pool Balance as
                         of  the first day of the preceding Collection Period
                         (after giving effect to any amounts distributed with
                         respect  to principal of  the Mortgage Loans  on the
                         Distribution  Date   occurring  in   such  preceding
                         Collection Period) and  (ii) the (Letter of  Credit)
                         (Surety Bond)  Amount  as of  the first  day of  the
                         preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn
                         under the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) during
                         such preceding  Collection Period, plus  any amounts
                         paid  to the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer
                         on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding
                         Collection Period up  to the amount of  any previous
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Servicing      The Servicer will  be responsible for servicing,  managing and
                    making  collections  on  the  Mortgage  Loans.    On  the
                    ________ business  day, but  no later  than the  ________
                    calendar day, of  each month (the  "Determination Date"),
                    the  Servicer  will calculate,  and instruct  the Trustee
                    regarding, the amounts  to be paid, as  described herein,
                    with  respect to  the related  Collection  Period to  the
                    Holders.    See "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE SECURITIES--Distri-
                    butions on  the Securities"  herein.   The Servicer  will
                    receive  a monthly servicing  fee in the  amount of ____%
                    per annum (the "Servicing Fee Rate"), of the related Pool
                    Balance and certain other amounts, as servicing compensa-
                    tion from  the  Trust.   See "SERVICING  OF THE  MORTGAGE
                    LOANS--Servicing  Compensation and  Payment of  Expenses"
                    herein.  In  certain limited circumstances, the  Servicer
                    may  resign or  be  removed, in  which  event either  the
                    Trustee  or a third-party  servicer will be  appointed as
                    successor Servicer.  See "SERVICING OF THE LOANS--Certain
                    Matters  Regarding the  Servicer"  and "THE  AGREEMENTS--
                    Events of Default;  Rights Upon Events of Default" in the
                    Prospectus.

(Final Payment of Principal;
     Termination         The  Trust will terminate  on the  Distribution Date
                              following      the      earlier      of     (i)
                              _________________________  and  (ii)  the final
                              payment  or  other  liquidation  of  the   last
                              Mortgage  Loan  and  Private  Security  in  the
                              Trust.  The  Mortgage Loans will be  subject to
                              optional repurchase  by  the  Servicer  on  any
                              Distribution Date  after the  Principal Balance
                              is reduced  to an amount less than  or equal to
                              $        ((5)%   of   the   initial   Principal
                              Balance).   The repurchase price will  be equal
                              to the sum of the outstanding Principal Balance
                              and accrued and unpaid interest  thereon at the
                              weighted average  of the Loan Rates through the
                              day preceding the final Distribution Date.  See
                              "DESCRIPTION   OF    THE   SECURITIES--Optional
                              Termination"  herein   and  "THE   AGREEMENTS--
                              Termination;  Optional   Termination"  in   the
                              Prospectus.)

Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences        In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel (as defined  herein), for
                         federal income tax purposes,  the Securities will be
                         characterized as indebtedness, and  the Trust should
                         be characterized as  an owner trust and  will not be
                         characterized as an  association (or publicly traded
                         partnership) taxable as a corporation.   Each holder
                         of a Security, by the acceptance of a Security, will
                         agree  to treat the Security as indebtedness and the
                         Trust as an owner trust for federal, state and local
                         income  and franchise  tax  purposes.   See "CERTAIN
                         FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES" and  "STATE  TAX
                         CONSEQUENCES" herein and "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                         CONSIDERATIONS"  and "STATE  TAX CONSIDERATIONS"  in
                         the   Prospectus  concerning   the  application   of
                         federal, state and local tax laws.

Legal Investment              The  Securities will  not constitute  "mortgage
                              related   securities"  for   purposes  of   the
                              Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act  of
                              1984 ("SMMEA"),  because some of  the Mortgages
                              securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  are  not  first
                              mortgages.  Accordingly, many institutions with
                              legal authority  to invest in  comparably rated
                              securities based solely on  first mortgages may
                              not  be legally  authorized  to  invest in  the
                              Certificates.        See    "LEGAL   INVESTMENT
                              CONSIDERATIONS" herein  and "LEGAL  INVESTMENT"
                              in the Prospectus.

ERISA          Generally, plans that are subject to the requirements of ERISA
                    and the Code  are permitted to purchase  instruments like
                    the  Notes that are  debt under applicable  state law and
                    have no "substantial  equity features" without  reference
                    to the  prohibited transaction requirements  of ERISA and
                    the Code.   In the  opinion of ERISA Counsel  (as defined
                    herein), the  Notes will  be  classified as  indebtedness
                    without substantial  equity features for  ERISA purposes.
                    However, if the  Notes are deemed to  be equity interests
                    and no statutory, regulatory  or administrative exemption
                    applies, the Trust  will hold plan assets by  reason of a
                    Plan's  investment in the  Notes.  Accordingly,  any Plan
                    fiduciary considering  whether to  purchase the  Notes on
                    behalf   of  a  Plan  should  consult  with  its  counsel
                    regarding the applicability  of the  provisions of  ERISA
                    and  the Code  and the  availability  of any  exemptions.
                    Under  current  law  the  purchase  and  holding  of  the
                    Certificates by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan
                    (a  "Plan")  subject  to   the  fiduciary  responsibility
                    provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                    of   1974,  as  amended   ("ERISA"),  may  result   in  a
                    "prohibited transaction" within the meaning  of ERISA and
                    the   Code  or   other   violation   of   the   fiduciary
                    responsibility  provisions of ERISA  and Section  4975 of
                    the  Code.    (Consequently,   Certificates  may  not  be
                    transferred  to  a  proposed transferee  that  is  a Plan
                    subject   to  ERISA  or  that  is  described  in  Section
                    4975(e)(1) of the  Code, or a person acting  on behalf of
                    any such Plan or using the assets of such plan unless the
                    Owner  Trustee and the  Depositor receive the  opinion of
                    counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Owner  Trustee and
                    the Depositor to the effect that the purchase and holding
                    of such Certificate will not  result in the assets of the
                    Trust being deemed to be "plan assets" for ERISA purposes
                    and will not be  a prohibited transaction under ERISA  or
                    Section  4975 of the  Code.)  See  "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"
                    herein and in the Prospectus.

Rating         It is a condition to the issuance  of the Securities that they
                    be rated _________ by at least ____ nationally recognized
                    statistical   rating   organizations  (each   a   "Rating
                    Agency").  In general, ratings address credit risk and do
                    not  address the likelihood  of prepayments.   A security
                    rating  is not  a  recommendation to  buy,  sell or  hold
                    securities.

                                 RISK FACTORS

(CASH FLOW CONSIDERATIONS

     During the  first (  )-year  draw down period  under the  related Credit
Line Agreements  for the Mortgage  Loans, collections on such  Mortgage Loans
may vary  because, among  other things,  borrowers are not  required to  make
monthly payments  of principal.  With respect to  some of the Mortgage Loans,
during  the  second  (  )-year  draw  down period,  no  monthly  payments  of
principal are required.   Collections on the Mortgage Loans may also vary due
to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.

     General credit risk  may also be greater  to Holders than to  holders of
instruments  representing interests  in level  payment  first mortgage  loans
since no payment of principal generally isrequired until after either a five-
 or ten-year interest  only period under the related  Credit Line Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the receipt of  related proceeds  by Holders  could occur if  the (Letter  of
Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider were  unable to  perform on  its obligations
under the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond).  Further,  liquidation expenses
(such  as legal  fees, real  estate taxes,  and maintenance  and preservation
expenses) will reduce the proceeds payable  to Holders and thereby reduce the
security  for  the Mortgage  Loans.    In  the  event any  of  the  Mortgaged
Properties fail to provide adequate  security for the related Mortgage Loans,
Holders  could experience  a loss  if  the (Letter  of Credit)  (Surety Bond)
provider were  unable to perform its obligations under the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond).)

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated in significant  volume only during the past few  years and neither
the Depositor nor  the Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or
statistics on  the rate of prepayment of such  loans.  Generally, home equity
loans are not  viewed by borrowers as permanent  financing.  Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be  affected by a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative  financing and homeowner mobility.   In addition,
substantially  all of the  Mortgage Loans contain  due-on-sale provisions and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent with reasonable commercial practice,  permits the purchaser of the
related  Mortgaged  Property to  assume  the Mortgage  Loan.   To  the extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower from  its obligation  under any such  Mortgage Loan.   See  "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The Mortgage Loans  are secured by  deeds of trust  or mortgages  (which
generally are  second mortgages).   With respect to  Mortgage Loans that  are
secured  by  first  mortgages,  the  Servicer has  the  power  under  certain
circumstances to  consent to a  new mortgage  lien on the  Mortgaged Property
having priority over  such Mortgage Loan.   Mortgage Loans secured by  second
mortgages are entitled to  proceeds that remain from the sale  of the related
Mortgage Property after any related  senior mortgage loan and prior statutory
liens have been satisfied.  In the event that such proceeds  are insufficient
to  satisfy such loans and  prior liens in the  aggregate (and the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) provider is unable to perform its obligations under the
(Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) or if  the coverage  under the  (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) is exhausted)  the Trust and, accordingly, the Holders,
bear (i)  the risk  of delay  in  distributions while  a deficiency  judgment
against the borrower is  obtained and (ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency
judgment cannot be  obtained or  is not  realized upon.   See "CERTAIN  LEGAL
ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to the Purchase  Agreement will be treated  as a sale of the  Mortgage Loans.
The Seller will warrant that  such transfer is either a sale  of its interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest therein.  In the  event of an insolvency of the Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage  Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Securities and  possible reductions in the  amount thereof could occur.   The
Depositor  will  warrant in  the  Trust Agreement  that the  transfer  of its
interest in  the  Mortgage  Loans  to  the Trust  is  a  valid  transfer  and
assignment of such interest.

     If a conservator, receiver  or trustee were appointed for the Seller, or
if  certain other  events relating  to the  bankruptcy or  insolvency of  the
Seller  were to occur,  Additional Balances would  not be  transferred by the
Seller to the  Trust pursuant to the  Purchase Agreement (as assigned  by the
Depositor  to the Trust).   In such an  event, an Event  of Default under the
Pooling and  Servicing Agreement and  Indenture would commence and  the Owner
Trustee  would attempt  to sell  the Mortgage  Loans (unless  Holders holding
Securities evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of each of
the Security  Principal Balance  of the Notes  and the  Certificates instruct
otherwise), thereby causing early  payment of the Security Principal  Balance
of the Notes and the Certificates.

     In  the  event of  a  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of the  Servicer,  the
bankruptcy trustee  or receiver may have the power  to prevent the Trustee or
the Holders from appointing a successor Servicer.

SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer  may  agree to  changes  in  the terms  of  a  Credit Line
Agreement,  provided  that such  changes  (i)  do  not adversely  affect  the
interest  of the  Holders,  and  (ii) are  consistent  with prudent  business
practice.  There  can be no assurance  that changes in applicable  law or the
marketplace  for home  equity loans  or  prudent business  practice will  not
result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust  will include  Mortgage  Loans  which are  89  or fewer  days
delinquent.  The  Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of  such delinquent Mortgage
Loans was $______________.)


                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The  Issuer, Home  Equity Loan Trust  199_, is  a business  trust formed
under the laws of the State  of Delaware pursuant to the Trust  Agreement for
the  transactions  described  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement.    The  Trust
Agreement constitutes the "governing instrument"  under the laws of the State
of Delaware relating  to business trusts.   After  its formation, the  Issuer
will  not engage  in  any activity  other  than  (i) acquiring,  holding  and
managing the Mortgage  Loans and the other  assets of the Trust  and proceeds
therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (iii) making payments
on the Notes and the Certificates and  (iv) engaging in other activities that
are  necessary, suitable  or convenient  to accomplish  the foregoing  or are
incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The  property of the  Trust will consist  of:  (i)  each of the Mortgage
Loans that  are _________;  (ii) collections on  the Mortgage  Loans received
after the Cut-Off  Date; (iii) Mortgaged Properties relating  to the Mortgage
Loans that are acquired by foreclosure  or deed in lieu of foreclosure;  (iv)
the Collection Account and the  Distribution Account (excluding net  earnings
thereon); (v) the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond); and (vi) an assignment of
the Depositor's rights under the  Purchase Agreement, including all rights of
the Depositor to purchase Additional Balances.

     The Trust's  principal offices are  in __________, Delaware, in  care of
________________________, as Owner Trustee, at (                      ).


                  THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer)


                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM


     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the  "Seller" or the "Servicer")  under its
home equity lending program.   The Seller first offered adjustable rate  home
equity revolving credit  line loans  ("home equity  loans") in 19__.   As  of
(_____________), (____________) owned and serviced approximately  $__________
aggregate  principal  amount  of  outstanding home  equity  loans  secured by
properties located in __________ under  home equity credit lines (the "Seller
Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each  home equity loan  was originated after  a review by  the Seller in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the  applicant's ability to assume and repay such home equity loans
and  the adequacy of  the real property  which serves as  collateral for such
home equity loans.  The maximum Credit  Limit for a home equity loan provided
by the Seller was $__________.

     Each  applicant  for a  home  equity loan  was required  to  complete an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in the  loan application demonstrated  that there was  sufficient
income and equity to  justify making a  home equity loan  and the Seller  (a)
received  a  satisfactory  independent  credit bureau  report  on  the credit
history of  the borrower  and (b) obtained,  in the  case of all  home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged  Property or for all home equity loans originated as of __________,
a satisfactory  appraisal completed  on forms approved  by FNMA, and  if such
information  met the  Seller's  underwriting standards,  the Seller  issued a
commitment  subject  to satisfaction  of  certain  other  conditions.   These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals of the  Mortgaged Properties  were performed  by a  qualified
appraiser or  an independent third-party,  fee-based appraiser  who had  been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It  is  the Seller's  policy to  require a  title policy  insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value  Ratios, it  is the Seller's  policy not  to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans  which the Seller obtained full documentary support and was __%
for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After   obtaining  all  applicable   employment,  credit   and  property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the property  existed and  whether  the prospective  borrower had  sufficient
monthly  income available to support the  payments of interest at the current
prime rate  plus the applicable margin based on  the credit limit in addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes and  hazard insurance premiums)  and other  monthly credit  obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  debt-to-gross  income  ratio.    The
"debt-to-gross  income ratio" is  the ratio of (a)  certain of the borrower's
debt obligations which include:  (i) the monthly first mortgage  payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home equity loan to (b) the borrower's gross  verifiable monthly income.
The debt-to-gross income ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage  which secured the  repayment of  principal of  and interest  on the
related home equity  loan.  The  original mortgage was  then recorded in  the
appropriate county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     A borrower  may access a home  equity loan by  writing a check.   On all
home equity  loans, there is  (a ten-year)  draw down period  as long  as the
borrower is not in default under the  loan agreement.  Home equity loans bear
interest at a  variable rate which may  change bi-weekly.  Home  equity loans
may be subject to a maximum per annum interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of  
  % per annum  and in all cases, are subject to applicable usury limitations.
See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--Applicability of Usury Laws"  in the
Prospectus.  The  daily periodic  rate on  the home equity  loans (the  "Loan
Rate") is  the sum  of  the Index  Rate plus  a spread  (the "Margin")  which
generally ranges between ____% and ____%, divided by 365 days or 366 days, as
applicable.

     The  "Index Rate" is  based on (the  prime rate published  in the "Money
Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal generally on the Monday of the week
in which  such Loan Rate adjusts  (or, if no  rate is published on  such day,
then on the next succeeding calendar day on which a prime rate is published),
rounded to the nearest 1/8 of 1 percent.)  The annual percentage rate for any
bi-weekly  period will be  based on the  Prime Rate  in effect the  Monday on
which the rate may  change.  (If a prime rate range is  published in The Wall
Street  Journal, then  the midpoint  (average) of  that range will  be used.)
There are  no limitations on  increases or  decreases (except for  those home
equity loans which have Maximum Rates).  Only the home equity loans that have
Maximum  Rates of ____% also  have annual adjustment  caps of __%  as to both
increases and decreases in their Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and credits  and specifies the minimum  payment due and the  available credit
line.   Notice of changes  in the  applicable Loan Rate  are provided  by the
Seller to  the Borrower with  such statements.  All  payments are due  by the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements  and Disclosure  Statements further  provide
that if publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be
changed upon notification in accordance  with such Credit Line Agreements and
Disclosure Statements.

     The right to obtain  additional credit may be suspended or terminated or
the borrower  may be required  to pay the  entire balance due  plus all other
accrued  but unpaid charges  immediately, if the  borrower fails  to make any
required payment by the due date, if the total outstanding  principal balance
including  all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit, if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if the borrower  dies or becomes incompetent,  if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any judgment,  lien  or attachment  or  execution is  issued against  the
Mortgaged  Property,  the borrower  fails  to  obtain and  maintain  required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the property.  In addition, the right to obtain
additional  credit may  be  suspended or  a borrower's  Credit  Limit may  be
reduced, if the value  of the Mortgaged Property decreases for  any reason to
less than 80% of the original appraised value, if the borrower is in  default
under  the home equity loan,  if government action  impairs the Seller's lien
priority or  if a  regulatory agency has  notified the Seller  that continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods shown for  the home equity loans indicated on  the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following  tables.   The  data  presented in  the  following  tables are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience of the  Mortgage Loans will be similar to  that set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              As of _________
                                                                                                   _____
                                                                                 Number of
                                                                                   Loans                             Amount
<S>                                                                              <C>                                 <C>
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                        $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                        _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                        $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                      %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                      %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                      %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

</TABLE>

                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           For the Year
                                                                                                          Ending ________
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost  of maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real  estate secured  revolving credit  line loans and  applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation  to be paid to the Servicer  in respect of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans and will  be equal
to  ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee Rate")  on the  aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as of  the first day of  each such Collection
Period (the "Servicing  Fee").  With respect to the  first Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections  ___ of the amount calculated
in the  preceding sentence.   All assumption fees,  late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the  extent collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Holders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Mortgage  Loans  were originated  pursuant  to loan  agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the "Credit  Line  Agreements") and  are  secured by
mortgages or  deeds of trust,  most of which  are second mortgages  or second
deeds of  trust, on Mortgage  Properties.  The Mortgaged  Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans  consist primarily of residential properties  that are one
to  four-family properties.    ____  of the  Mortgaged  Properties are  owner
occupied.  See "--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The  Cut-Off Date Pool  Balance is $___________,  which is  equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances  of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the Cut-Off Date, the Mortgage Loans were not more than
89 days delinquent and had a Loan Rate  of at least ____% per annum.   The
average  Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance  was $_______,  the minimum
Mortgage Cut-Off Date Principal Balance was zero, the maximum Cut-Off Date
Principal Balance was $_________, the minimum Loan Rate and the  maximum
Loan Rate on the  Cut-Off Date were ____% and ____%  per annum,
respectively, and the weighted average Loan  Rate on the Cut-Off Date was
____%  per annum. As of  the Cut-Off Date, the  weighted average Credit
Limit  Utilization Rate was ____%, the minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate
was zero and the maximum Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  was ______%.   The
"Credit  Limit Utilization Rate" is  determined by  dividing the  Cut-Off 
Date Principal  Balance of  a Mortgage  Loan by the Credit Limit of the
related Credit Line Agreement.  The weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value
Ratio of the Mortgage Loans was ____% as of the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The Depositor has  compiled the following  additional information as  of
the Cut-Off  Date with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans to be included  in the
Trust.

                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time  of issuance of the Securities,  the Depositor will transfer
to the  Trust all of its  right, title and  interest in and to  each Mortgage
Loan (including its right  to purchase any Additional Balances arising in the
future),   related  Credit  Line  Agreements,  mortgages  and  other  related
documents  (collectively, the "Related Documents"), including all collections
received on or with respect  to each such Mortgage Loan on or  after the Cut-
Off  Date pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights and obligations
under  the Purchase  Agreement.   The Owner  Trustee, concurrently  with such
transfer, will deliver the Securities.  Each Mortgage Loan transferred to the
Owner Trust will be  identified on a schedule (the "Mortgage  Loan Schedule")
delivered to  the Owner Trustee  pursuant to  the Purchase  Agreement.   Such
schedule will include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of
each Mortgage Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     The Purchase  Agreement  will  require  that,  within  the  time  period
specified therein, the Seller deliver  to the Owner Trustee (or a  custodian,
as the Owner Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in
blank and the Related Documents.  In lieu of delivery of  original mortgages,
the Seller  may deliver  trust and  correct copies  thereof  which have  been
certified as to authenticity by the appropriate county recording office where
such mortgage is recorded.

     Under  the terms of  the Purchase Agreement,  the Seller, acting  at the
Depositor's request,  will have (__ days  after the Closing  Date) to prepare
and record  assignments of  the mortgages  related to  each Mortgage Loan  in
favor of  the Owner Trustee (unless  opinions of counsel satisfactory  to the
Rating  Agencies and  the  Certificate  Insurer are  delivered  to the  Owner
Trustee and the  Certificate Insurer to  the effect that recordation  of such
assignments  is not  required in  the relevant  jurisdictions to  protect the
interests of the Owner Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days  of the Closing Date,  the Owner Trustee will  review the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan  or Related
Document is  found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is
not cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the
Depositor by the Owner  Trustee, the Seller will  be obligated to  repurchase
the Mortgage  Loan and to  deposit the  Repurchase Price into  the Collection
Account.  Upon such retransfer,  the Principal Balance of such Mortgage  Loan
will be  deducted from the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any such repurchase, the
Seller  may  substitute an  Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage  Loan.   Any  such
repurchase or  substitution will  be considered  a payment  in  full of  such
Mortgage  Loan.   The obligation  of the  Seller to  accept  a transfer  of a
Defective  Mortgage  Loan is  the sole  remedy regarding  any defects  in the
Mortgage Loans  and Related Documents  available to the Owner  Trustee or the
Holders.

     With respect to any  Mortgage Loan, the "Repurchase  Price" is equal  to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described above  plus  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon to  the date  of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Seller  for a  Defective Mortgage Loan  which must, on  the date  of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not 5% more or less than the Principal  Balance
relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the Loan Rate of the  Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than  1% in excess
of the Loan Rate  of such Defective  Mortgage Loan; (iii)   have a Loan  Rate
based on the same Index with  adjustments to such Loan Rate made on  the same
Interest Rate Adjustment  Date as that  of the Defective Mortgage  Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and  not more than 100 basis points  higher than the Margin for the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating to  the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have  a remaining
term to  maturity not  more than six  months earlier and  not later  than the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply  with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Purchase Agreement (deemed to be  made as of the date of  substitution);  and
(viii) satisfy certain other conditions specified  in the Purchase Agreement.
To the extent the Principal  Balance of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage  Loan
is less than  the Principal Balance  of the related Defective  Mortgage Loan,
the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the Collection Account equal
to such difference ("Substitution Adjustment Amounts").

     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Owner  Trustee  with  respect  to  each Mortgage  Loan  (e.g.,  Cut-Off  Date
Principal Balance and the Loan Rate).  In addition, the Seller will represent
and  warrant, on the Closing Date, that, among  other things: (i) at the time
of transfer  to the Depositor, the Seller has  transferred or assigned all of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in  each  Mortgage Loan  and  the  Related
Documents, free of  any lien (subject  to certain exceptions); and  (ii) each
Mortgage Loan was generated  under a Credit Line Agreement  that complied, at
the time of origination, in all  material respects with applicable state  and
federal  laws.   Upon discovery of  a breach  of any such  representation and
warranty which materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Holders
in the Related  Mortgage Loan and Related  Documents, the Seller will  have a
period of 60 days after  discovery or notice of the breach to  effect a cure.
If the breach cannot  be cured within the  60-day period, the Seller will  be
obligated to  repurchase or substitute  the Defective Mortgage Loan  from the
Trust.  The same  procedure and limitations that are set forth  above for the
repurchase  or substitution  of Defective  Mortgage Loans  will apply  to the
transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted
because of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Purchase Agreement
that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Holders.

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to  the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING AGREEMENT

     The Servicer shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Owner Trustee
an account (the  "Collection Account") for the  benefit of the Holders.   The
Collection  Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein).  Subject
to  the investment  provision  described in  the  following paragraphs,  upon
receipt  by  the  Servicer  of  amounts in  respect  of  the  Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts representing  administrative charges, annual  fees, taxes,
assessments, credit  insurance charges, insurance  proceeds to be  applied to
the restoration  or repair  of a Mortgaged  Property or  similar items),  the
Servicer  will deposit  such amounts in  the Collection Account.   Amounts so
deposited  may be  invested  in  Eligible Investments  (as  described in  the
Servicing Agreement)  maturing no later  than one  Business Day prior  to the
date on which  the amount on deposit therein  is required to be  deposited in
the  Distribution Account  or on such  Distribution Date  if approved  by the
Rating Agencies.    Not later  than  the fifth  Business  Day prior  to  each
Distribution Date (the  "Determination Date"), the  Servicer will notify  the
Owner Trustee and the  Indenture Trustee of the amount of  such deposit to be
included in funds available for the related Distribution Date.

     The Owner Trustee  and the Indenture Trustee will  establish one or more
accounts  (the  "Security  Account")  into which  will  be  deposited amounts
withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account  for distribution  to  Holders on  a
Distribution  Date.   The  Security  Account  will  be an  Eligible  Account.
Amounts on deposit therein will  be invested in Eligible Investments maturing
on or before the Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible Account"  is an  account  that is  (i)  maintained with  a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating  by the Rating Agencies, (ii)
one  or more accounts with a  depository institution which accounts are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance  Fund  ("BIF")   of  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance  Corporation
established by such fund  with a minimum long-term  unsecured debt rating  of
____, (iii) a  segregated trust account maintained with the  Owner Trustee or
an Affiliate of the Owner Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise
acceptable to each  Rating Agency as evidenced  by a letter from  each Rating
Agency  to the Owner Trustee,  without reduction or  withdrawal of their then
current ratings of the Securities.

     Eligible Investments are  specified in the  Servicing Agreement and  are
limited to  investments which meet  the criteria of the  Rating Agencies from
time to  time as  being consistent  with their  then current  ratings of  the
Securities.

ALLOCATIONS AND COLLECTIONS

     All collections  on the  Mortgage Loans will  generally be  allocated in
accordance  with  the Credit  Line  Agreements between  amounts  collected in
respect of interest and amounts collected in respect of principal.  As to any
Distribution Date, "Interest  Collections" will be equal to  the aggregate of
the  amounts collected  during the related  Collection Period,  including Net
Liquidation Proceeds  (as defined below),  allocated to interest  pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Line Agreements.

     As to  any Distribution Date,  "Principal Collections" will be  equal to
the  sum of (i)  the amounts collected during  the related Collection Period,
including Net Liquidation  Proceeds, and allocated  to principal pursuant  to
the  terms of the Credit Line Agreements and (ii) any Substitution Adjustment
Amounts.   "Net  Liquidation Proceeds"  with respect  to a Mortgage  Loan are
equal  to the  aggregate of  all amounts  received upon  liquidation of  such
Mortgage  Loan, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, reduced by
related expenses, but not including the portion, if any, of such  amount that
exceeds  the  Principal  Balance of  the  Mortgage  Loan at  the  end  of the
Collection  Period immediately preceding the Collection  Period in which such
Mortgage  Loan became  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan plus  accrued and  unpaid
interest thereon through the date of liquidation.

     With  respect to  any date,  the  "Pool Balance"  will be  equal  to the
aggregate of the  Principal Balances of all  Mortgage Loans as of  such date.
The Principal Balance  of a Mortgage Loan  (other than a  Liquidated Mortgage
Loan) on any day is equal to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance thereof, plus
(i) any Additional Balances  in respect of such Mortgage Loan  minus (ii) all
collections credited against  the Principal Balance of such  Mortgage Loan in
accordance  with the related  Credit Line Agreement  prior to such  day.  The
Principal  Balance of  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan after  final recovery  of
related Liquidation Proceeds shall be zero.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The  Servicing Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer maintain  certain
hazard insurance on the Mortgaged  Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans.
While  the terms  of the  related  Credit Line  Agreements generally  require
borrowers to maintain certain hazard insurance, the Servicer will not monitor
the maintenance of such insurance.

     The  Servicing  Agreement  requires  the Servicer  to  maintain  for any
Mortgaged Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure of a
Mortgage Loan, or  by deed in lieu of such foreclosure, hazard insurance with
extended coverage  in  an amount  equal  to the  lesser  of (a)  the  maximum
insurable value of such Mortgaged Property or (b) the outstanding  balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus  the outstanding balance on any  mortgage loan senior
to  such  Mortgage  Loan at  the  time  of foreclosure  or  deed  in  lieu of
foreclosure, plus accrued interest and  the Servicer's good faith estimate of
the related liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.  The
Servicing Agreement provides that the  Servicer may satisfy its obligation to
cause  hazard policies  to  be  maintained by  maintaining  a blanket  policy
insuring against losses on such Mortgaged Properties.  If such blanket policy
contains a deductible clause,  the Servicer will be  obligated to deposit  in
the Collection Account  the sums which would have been  deposited therein but
for such clause.  The  Servicer will initially satisfy these requirements  by
maintaining a  blanket policy.  As set forth  above, all amounts collected by
the Servicer  (net of any  reimbursements to the  Servicer) under any  hazard
policy (except for amounts to be applied  to the restoration or repair of the
Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.

     In  general, the  standard form  of  fire and  extended coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the improvements on the  property
by  fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke,  windstorm  and hail,  and the  like,
strike  and  civil  commotion,  subject  to  the  conditions  and  exclusions
specified in  each policy.   Although the  policies relating to  the Mortgage
Loans  will be  underwritten by  different  insurers and  therefore will  not
contain identical terms and conditions,  the basic terms thereof are dictated
by state laws  and most of such policies typically do  not cover any physical
damage resulting from  the following:  war, revolution, governmental actions,
floods and other water-related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes,
landslides and mudflows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents,
insects or  domestic animals, theft  and, in  certain cases  vandalism.   The
foregoing list is  merely indicative of certain kinds  of uninsured risks and
is not intended to be all-inclusive or an exact description of  the insurance
policies relating to the Mortgaged Properties.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer will  foreclose upon  or otherwise  comparably convert  to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into default when  in accordance with  applicable servicing procedures  under
the Servicing  Agreement, no  satisfactory arrangements can  be made  for the
collection of  delinquent payments.   In connection with such  foreclosure or
other  conversion,  the Servicer  will  follow  such  practices as  it  deems
necessary  or advisable  and as are  in keeping with  its general subordinate
mortgage servicing activities, provided the  Servicer will not be required to
expend  its own  funds in  connection with  foreclosure or  other conversion,
correction of default on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any
property  unless,  in  its  sole judgment,  such  foreclosure,  correction or
restoration will  increase net  Liquidation Proceeds.   The Servicer  will be
reimbursed out  of Liquidation  Proceeds for  advances of  its  own funds  as
liquidation expenses before  any Net Liquidation Proceeds  are distributed to
Holders or the (Transferor)(Seller).  "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect
to a Mortgage Loan is the  amount received upon liquidation of such  Mortgage
Loan reduced by related  expenses, which may  include the amount advanced  in
respect of  a senior  mortgage, up  to the  unpaid Principal  Balance of  the
Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the Servicer will receive from interest collections in respect of the
Mortgage Loan a  portion of such interest collections as  a monthly Servicing
Fee  in the  amount equal to  ___% per  annum ("Servicing  Fee Rate")  on the
aggregate Principal Balances  of the Mortgage  Loans as of  the first day  of
each such Collection  Period.  All assumption fees,  late payment charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the extent  collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing  Agreement, including, without limitation, payment  of the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties, such right of reimbursement being prior to the rights of  Holders
to receive any related Net Liquidation Proceeds.


                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

     The  Notes  will  be  issued  pursuant to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of
___________,  199_, between  the  Trust  and  _______________,  as  Indenture
Trustee.   The Certificates will  be issued pursuant  to the  Trust Agreement
dated  as  of ______________,  199_,  among  the Depositor,  __________,  and
______________, as Owner Trustee.   The following summaries  describe certain
provisions of the  Securities, Indenture and Trust Agreement.   The summaries
do not purport  to be complete  and are  subject to, and  qualified in  their
entirety  by reference to,  the provisions of  the applicable  agreement.  As
used  herein,  "Agreement" shall  mean  either  the  Trust Agreement  or  the
Indenture, as the context requires.

     The  Securities will be  issued in  fully registered,  certificated form
only.   The Securities will  be freely transferrable and  exchangeable at the
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, with respect to the Certificates
or the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes.

BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior  Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will hold  their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC")  in the United States(, or CEDEL
or  Euroclear  (in Europe))  if  they are  participants of  such  systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective  depositaries which in  turn will hold such  positions in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.   Citibank  N.A. will  act as  depositary for  CEDEL  and the  Brussels,
Belgium Branch  of Morgan  Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the  Book-Entry Certificates  in minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples of  $1 in excess thereof.   Except as described  below, no
person acquiring a Book-Entry Certificate  (each, a "beneficial owner")  will
be entitled  to receive a physical certificate  representing such Certificate
(a "Definitive Certificate").   Unless and until Definitive Certificates  are
issued,  it  is   anticipated  that  the  only   "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate Owners will
not be Certificateholders as that term  is used in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     On each  Distribution Date,  collections on the  Mortgage Loans  will be
applied in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

          (ii) as payment  for  the  accrued interest  due  and  any  overdue
     accrued interest  on the  respective Security  Principal Balance  of the
     Notes and the Certificates;

          (iii)     as principal on  the Securities, the excess  of Principal
     Collections  over  Additional  Balances  created  during  the  preceding
     Collection Period,  such amount  to be allocated  between the  Notes and
     Certificates  pro rata,  based on  their  respective Security  Principal
     Balances;

          (iv) as principal on the Securities, as payment for any Liquidation
     Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

          (v)  as payment for the  premium for the (Letter of  Credit)(Surety
     Bond);

          (vi) to reimburse prior draws made on the (Letter of Credit)(Surety
     Bond); and

          (vii)     any remaining amounts to the Depositor.

     As to  any Distribution  Date, the "Collection  Period" is  the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect to  any Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance thereof at the end  of the Collection
Period in which such  Mortgage Loan became  a Liquidated Mortgage Loan  after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith.

INTEREST

     Note  Rate.   Interest  will  accrue on  the  unpaid Security  Principal
Balance
       -------- of  the Notes at the per annum rate  (the "Note Rate") equal 
to __% per annum from the Closing Date to the first  Distribution  Date  and 
thereafter   interest  will  accrue  on  the  Notes  from  and including the 
preceding Distribution Date to but excluding  such current Distribution Date 
(each,  an "Interest Accrual Period") at  (a  floating rate  equal  to LIBOR  
(as defined herein)  plus __%) (__%).   (Interest will  be calculated on the
basis of  the actual number of days in each Interest Accrual Period by 360.)
A  failure  to  pay interest on  any  Notes on any  Distribution  Date  that 
continues for five days constitutes an Event of Default under the Indenture.

     Pass-Through  Rate.    Interest  will  accrue  on  the  unpaid  Security
Principal 
          --------------- Balance  of the Certificates at the  per annum rate 
(the "Pass-Through  Rate")  equal to  __% per annum from the Closing  Date to 
the  first  Distribution  Date  and  thereafter  interest will  accrue on the  
Certificates for  each Interest Accrual Period at  (a floating  rate equal to 
LIBOR (as defined  herein) plus __%) (__%).  (Interest  will be calculated on
the  asis  of  the  actual  number  of days in  each Interest  Accrual Period 
divided by 360.)   A failure to  pay  interest  on  any  Certificates on  any 
Distribution  Date  that  continues  for  five  days  constitutes an Event of 
Default under the Trust Agreement.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Trust will terminate on  the Distribution Date following the earlier
of  (i)  _________________________  and  (ii)  the  final  payment  or  other
liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust.  The Mortgage Loans  will
be subject to optional  repurchase by the Servicer  on any Distribution  Date
after the  Principal Balance is  reduced to an  amount less than or  equal to
$        ((5)% of the initial Principal  Balance).  The repurchase price will
be equal to  the sum  of the  outstanding Principal Balance  and accrued  and
unpaid interest thereon at the weighted average of the Loan Rates through the
day preceding the final Distribution Date.


                                THE DEPOSITOR

     Financial  Asset  Securities   Corp.,  the  Depositor,  is   a  Delaware
corporation organized on August 2, 1995 for the limited purpose of acquiring,
owning  and  transferring Mortgage  Assets and  selling interests  therein or
bonds secured thereby.  It is an indirect  limited purpose finance subsidiary
of National  Westminster Plc and  an affiliate of Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc.  Greenwich Capital  Markets, Inc. is a registered  broker dealer engaged
in  the  United States  government  securities  and related  capital  markets
business.   The  Depositor maintains  its principal  office at  600 Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.


                                THE INDENTURE

     The following  summary describes  certain terms of  the Indenture.   The
summary does not purport to  be complete and is subject to,  and qualified in
its  entirety by  reference to, the  provisions of  the Indenture.   Whenever
particular sections or defined  terms of the Indenture are  referred to, such
sections or defined  terms are thereby incorporated herein by reference.  See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE  NOTES" herein for a summary of  certain additional terms
of the Indenture.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     The Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder, at such Noteholder's
request,  at its  address listed  on the  Note Register  maintained with  the
Indenture  Trustee a  report setting  forth certain  amounts relating  to the
Notes.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     With respect to the Notes, "Events of  Default" under the Indenture will
consist  of: (i)  a default  for five  days  or more  in the  payment of  any
interest  on any Note; (ii) a  default in the payment  of the principal of or
any installment of  the principal of any  Note when the same  becomes due and
payable; (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any  covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture and the continuation of any such
default for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Trust by
the  Indenture Trustee  or to  the  Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee  by the
holders of at  least 25% in principal  amount of the Notes  then outstanding;
(iv) any representation or warranty made by the Trust in the  Indenture or in
any certificate delivered pursuant thereto  or in connection therewith having
been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach not
having been cured  within 30 days after notice thereof is  given to the Trust
by the Indenture  Trustee or to the  Trust and the  Indenture Trustee by  the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding; or (v)
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or liquidation of the
Trust.  (The amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the
Indenture will generally be limited  to amounts available to be deposited  in
the Collection Account.  Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Notes
generally will not result in the occurrence of an  Event of Default until the
final scheduled Distribution Date  for such Notes.)  If there is  an Event of
Default with respect to a Note due  to late payment or nonpayment of interest
due on a Note, additional interest will accrue on such unpaid interest at the
interest rate on the Note (to the extent lawful) until such interest is paid.
Such additional  interest on unpaid  interest shall be  due at the  time such
interest is  paid.  If there  is an Event of  Default due to late  payment or
nonpayment of principal on  a Note, interest will continue to  accrue on such
principal at the interest rate on the Note until such principal is  paid.  If
an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes,
the Indenture Trustee or  holders of a majority in principal  amount of Notes
then  outstanding may declare the  principal of such  Notes to be immediately
due  and payable.   Such  declaration  may, under  certain circumstances,  be
rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding.   If the Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default
with respect  thereto,  the Indenture  Trustee may  institute proceedings  to
collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust  property or exercise remedies as a
secured party.   If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the  Notes, the Indenture Trustee will be  under no obligation to exercise
any of the  rights or powers under the Indenture at  the request or direction
of any  of the  holders of  the Notes,  if the  Indenture Trustee  reasonably
believes it  will not be  adequately indemnified against the  costs, expenses
and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request.
Subject  to  the  provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations
contained in the Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal  amount of
the outstanding Notes  will have  the right  to direct the  time, method  and
place  of conducting any proceeding or  any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee,  and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may,  in certain cases,  waive any default with  respect thereto,
except  a default  in the payment  of principal  or interest or  a default in
respect of  a covenant or provision of the  Indenture that cannot be modified
without the waiver  or consent of all  the holders of the  outstanding Notes.
No holder of  a Note  will have the  right to  institute any proceeding  with
respect to  the Indenture, unless  (i) such holder  previously has given  the
Indenture Trustee written notice of a  continuing Event of Default, (ii)  the
holders of  not less than  25% in principal  amount of the  outstanding Notes
have  made  written  request  to  the Indenture  Trustee  to  institute  such
proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders
have offered the Indenture  Trustee reasonable indemnity, (iv) the  Indenture
Trustee  has for  60 days  failed  to institute  such proceeding  and  (v) no
direction  inconsistent with  such  written  request has  been  given to  the
Indenture Trustee during  the 60-day period by  the holders of a  majority in
principal amount of  the Notes.  In  addition, the Indenture Trustee  and the
Noteholders, by accepting the Notes, will covenant  that they will not at any
time  institute against  the Trust  any bankruptcy,  reorganization or  other
proceeding  under any  federal or  state  bankruptcy or  similar  law.   With
respect to the Trust, neither the Indenture  Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in
its  individual capacity,  nor any  holder of  a Certificate  representing an
ownership  interest  in  the  Trust  nor  any  of  their  respective  owners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors
or assigns will, in  the absence of an express agreement  to the contrary, be
personally liable  for the  payment of the  principal of  or interest  on the
Notes or for the agreements of the Trust contained in the Indenture. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

     The Indenture will  provide that the Trust  may not consolidate  with or
merge  into any other  entity, unless (i)  the entity formed  by or surviving
such  consolidation  or merger  is  organized under  the laws  of  the United
States, any  state or the  District of Columbia,  (ii) such  entity expressly
assumes  the Trust's obligation  to make due  and punctual payments  upon the
Notes and the performance or observance of  any agreement and covenant of the
Trust under the  Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing immediately after such  merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust
has been advised that the ratings of the Securities then in effect  would not
be reduced or withdrawn  by any Rating Agency as  a result of such merger  or
consolidation  and (v) the  Trust has received  an opinion of  counsel to the
effect that such consolidation or merger  would have no material adverse  tax
consequence to  the Trust  or to  any Noteholder  or Certificateholder.   The
Trust will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly permitted  by the
Indenture, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of  the  Trust, (ii)  claim any  credit  on or  make  any deduction  from the
principal and  interest payable in respect  of the Notes  (other than amounts
withheld under the Code or applicable state  law) or assert any claim against
any present or former holder of Notes because of the  payment of taxes levied
or assessed  upon the Trust, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part,
(iv) permit the validity or effectiveness of  the Indenture to be impaired or
permit any  person to  be released  from  any covenants  or obligations  with
respect to the Notes under the Indenture except as may be expressly permitted
thereby  or (v)  permit any  lien, charge  excise, claim,  security interest,
mortgage  or other  encumbrance to be  created on  or extend to  or otherwise
arise  upon or burden  the assets of  the Trust or  any part  thereof, or any
interest therein  or the proceeds thereof.   The Trust may not  engage in any
activity other than  as specified under "The  Trust" herein.  The  Trust will
not  incur, assume  or  guarantee any  indebtedness  other than  indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture.

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

     The Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee a
written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT

     The Indenture  Trustee  will  be  required  to mail  each  year  to  all
Noteholders  a  report  relating  to   any  change  in  its  eligibility  and
qualification  to  continue as  Indenture  Trustee under  the  Indenture, any
amounts advanced by  it under the  Indenture, the amount,  interest rate  and
maturity date of any indebtedness owing by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee
in its individual capacity, any change  in the property and funds  physically
held  by the  Indenture  Trustee as  such and  any  action taken  by  it that
materially affects the Notes  and that has not been previously  reported, but
if no such changes have occurred, then no report shall be required.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the Notes upon the delivery to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation  of all
the  Notes or,  with certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with the  Indenture
Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

     With the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes  then outstanding, the  Trust and the  Indenture Trustee may  execute a
supplemental  indenture  to  add  provisions  to, change  in  any  manner  or
eliminate any  provisions of,  the Indenture, or  modify (except  as provided
below)  in any manner the rights of  the Noteholders.  Without the consent of
the  holder   of  each  outstanding   Note  affected  thereby,   however,  no
supplemental indenture will:  (i) change the  due date of any  installment of
principal of or interest on any Note  or reduce the principal amount thereof,
the  interest rate  specified thereon  or the  redemption price  with respect
thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which
any  Note  or any  interest  thereon is  payable;  (ii) impair  the  right to
institute suit  for the  enforcement of certain  provisions of  the Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the
outstanding Notes, the  consent of the holders  of which is required  for any
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any  waiver of  compliance with  certain provisions  of the  Indenture or  of
certain defaults  thereunder and  their consequences as  provided for  in the
Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the
voting of Notes held  by the Trust, the  Depositor or an affiliate of  any of
them; (v) decrease  the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
required to amend the sections of  the Indenture which specify the applicable
percentage of aggregate principal amount of the  Notes necessary to amend the
Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vi) permit the creation of
any lien  ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with
respect  to any  of the  collateral  for the  Notes or,  except  as otherwise
permitted  or  contemplated in  the  Indenture,  terminate  the lien  of  the
Indenture on  any such collateral  or deprive the  holder of any Note  of the
security afforded  by the lien of the Indenture.  The Trust and the Indenture
Trustee may also  enter into supplemental  indentures, without obtaining  the
consent  of the Noteholders, for  the purpose of,  among other things, adding
any provisions  to  or changing  in  any manner  or  eliminating any  of  the
provisions of the Indenture or of  modifying in any manner the rights  of the
Noteholders;  provided that  such action  will not  materially and  adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder.

VOTING RIGHTS

     At all times, the voting rights  of Noteholders under the Indenture will
be  allocated among the  Notes pro rata in  accordance with their outstanding
principal balances.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

     Neither the  Depositor, the Indenture Trustee nor  any director, officer
or employee  of the  Depositor or  the Indenture  Trustee will  be under  any
liability to the Trust or the related Noteholders for any action taken or for
refraining  from  the taking  of any  action  in good  faith pursuant  to the
Indenture or  for errors  in judgment;  provided, however,  that none of  the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Depositor  and  any  director,  officer or  employee
thereof  will be  protected against  any liability  which would  otherwise be
imposed  by reason  of willful malfeasance,  bad faith  or negligence  in the
performance of duties or  by reason of reckless disregard  of obligations and
duties under the Indenture.  Subject to  certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent
of the Indenture Trustee shall be indemnified by the Trust and  held harmless
against  any   loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred   in  connection  with
investigating, preparing to defend  or defending any legal action,  commenced
or threatened,  relating to the Indenture  other than any  loss, liability or
expense  incurred  by reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad faith  or  gross
negligence in the performance of its duties under such Indenture or by reason
of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Indenture.  Any
such indemnification by the Trust will reduce the amount distributable to the
Noteholders.  All persons into which  the Indenture Trustee may be merged  or
with which it may be consolidated or any person resulting from such merger or
consolidation  shall be  the successor  of the  Indenture Trustee  under each
Indenture.

                             THE TRUST AGREEMENT

     The  following summary describes  certain terms of  the Trust Agreement.
The summary does not  purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified
in its  entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the Trust  Agreement.
Whenever  particular sections  or defined  terms of  the Trust  Agreement are
referred to, such  sections or defined terms are  thereby incorporated herein
by reference.   See "DESCRIPTION OF THE  SECURITIES" herein for a  summary of
certain additional terms of the Trust Agreement.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

     Concurrently with each  distribution to the Holders of the Certificates,
the Servicer will forward to  the Owner Trustee for mailing to such  Holder a
statement setting forth other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the amount, if  any, of overdue accrued interest included in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the  amount,   if   any,  of   the  aggregate   unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans as to  which the minimum monthly  payment is delinquent for  30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the  book value of any real estate  which is acquired by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v) above, the  amounts shall be  expressed as a  dollar amount per  Security
with a $1,000 denomination.

     Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer will be
required  to  forward  to  the  Owner  Trustee  a  statement  containing  the
information set forth in clauses  (iii) and (viii) above aggregated  for such
calendar year.  

AMENDMENT

     The  Trust  Agreement may  be  amended by  the  Depositor and  the Owner
Trustee, without consent of the Holders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement any provision  or for the purpose  of adding any provisions  to or
changing in any  manner or eliminating  any of the  provisions thereof or  of
modifying in any manner  the rights of such Holders; provided,  however, that
such action  will not, as evidenced by an  opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the Owner Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests  of
any Holders.   The Trust Agreement may  also be amended by  the Depositor and
the Owner Trustee with  the consent of the holders of Certificates evidencing
at least a majority in principal  amount of then outstanding Certificates and
Holders owning Voting Interests (as herein defined) aggregating not less than
a majority of  the aggregate Voting Interests  for the purpose of  adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Trust Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

     "Insolvency  Event"  means, with  respect  to  any  Person, any  of  the
following events or  actions; certain events  of insolvency, readjustment  of
debt,  marshalling of  assets  and liabilities  or  similar proceedings  with
respect to  such Person  and certain  actions by  such Person  indicating its
insolvency, reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to
pay its obligations.   Upon termination of the Trust, the Owner Trustee shall
direct the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the  Trust (other
than  the Collection  Account) in  a  commercially reasonable  manner and  on
commercially reasonable terms.  The  proceeds from any such sale, disposition
or liquidation of  the Mortgage Loans will  be treated as collections  on the
Mortgage Loans and deposited in the Collection Account.   The Trust Agreement
will provide that  the Owner Trustee  does not have the  power to commence  a
voluntary  proceeding in  bankruptcy with  respect to  the Trust  without the
unanimous  prior approval  of all  Holders (including  the Depositor)  of the
Trust and  the delivery to  the Owner Trustee  by each Holder  (including the
Depositor) of  a certificate certifying  that the Holder  reasonably believes
that the Trust is insolvent.

LIABILITY OF THE DEPOSITOR

     Under  the  Trust Agreement,  the  Depositor  will  agree to  be  liable
directly  to an injured  party for the  entire amount of  any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Holder
in the capacity of  an investor with respect to the Trust)  arising out of or
based on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement.

VOTING INTERESTS

     As  of any  date, the  aggregate principal  balance of  all Certificates
outstanding will  constitute the voting  interest of the Issuer  (the "Voting
Interests"),  except  that,  for purposes  of  determining  Voting Interests,
Certificates owned by the Issuer or its affiliates (other than the Depositor)
will be  disregarded and deemed  not to be  outstanding, and except  that, in
determining whether the  Owner Trustee is protected in  relying upon any such
request,  demand, authorization, direction,  notice, consent or  waiver, only
Certificates that  the  Owner  Trustee  knows  to be  so  owned  will  be  so
disregarded.  Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good  faith may
be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes  to the satisfaction of
the  Owner  Trustee  the pledgor's  right  so  to act  with  respect  to such
Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or its affiliates.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

     Neither the  Depositor, the Owner  Trustee nor any director,  officer or
employee of the Depositor or the Owner Trustee will be under any liability to
the Trust or the related Holders for any action  taken or for refraining from
the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or for
errors  in judgment; provided,  however, that none of  the Owner Trustee, the
Depositor and  any director,  officer or employee  thereof will  be protected
against any liability which  would otherwise be imposed by  reason of willful
malfeasance, bad  faith or  negligence in  the performance  of  duties or  by
reason  of reckless  disregard  of  obligations and  duties  under the  Trust
Agreement.  Subject to certain limitations set  forth in the Trust Agreement,
the Owner  Trustee and any director, officer, employee  or agent of the Owner
Trustee shall be indemnified by the Trust and held harmless against any loss,
liability or expense incurred in connection with investigating,  preparing to
defend or  defending any legal  action, commenced or threatened,  relating to
the Trust  Agreement other than  any loss,  liability or expense  incurred by
reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  in  the
performance of its duties under such Trust Agreement or by reason of reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties under  the Trust Agreement.  Any such
indemnification  by the  Trust will  reduce the  amount distributable  to the
Holders.  All  persons into which  the Owner  Trustee may be  merged or  with
which it may  be consolidated  or any  person resulting from  such merger  or
consolidation shall  be the successor  of the Owner Trustee  under each Trust
Agreement.


                           ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     The _________________, in its capacity as Administrator, will enter into
the Administration Agreement with the Trust and the Owner Trustee pursuant to
which  the  Administrator  will  agree,   to  the  extent  provided  in  such
Administration Agreement, to provide notices and perform other administrative
obligations required by the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.


                            THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     (   ) is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  The mailing address
of the Indenture Trustee is (   ), Attention: Corporate Trust Department.


                              THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     (   )  is  the Owner  Trustee under  the Trust  Agreement.   The mailing
address  of  the  Owner  Trustee   is  (    ),  Attention:  Corporate   Trust
Administration.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will  be applied by the
Depositor towards the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans. 


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     On  January  27,  1994,  the   Internal  Revenue  Service  issued  final
regulations ("final  OID regulations")  relating to  original issue  discount
("OID").   The discussion under  "Certain Federal  Income Tax  Consequences--
Taxation of  Debt Securities" in the  Prospectus applies with respect  to the
final OID regulations.

     Prospective  purchasers   should   see  "CERTAIN   FEDERAL  INCOME   TAX
CONSEQUENCES"  in the  Prospectus  for  a discussion  of  the application  of
certain federal  income  and  state  tax  laws to  the  Trust  Fund  and  the
Securities.


                            STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Certain
Federal  Income Tax Consequences" herein, potential investors should consider
the  state  income  tax  consequences  of  the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the Securities offered  hereunder.  State  income tax law may
differ  substantially  from  the  corresponding  federal  tax law,  and  this
discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws  of
any  state.   Therefore, potential  investors  should consult  their own  tax
advisors  with respect to the various  tax consequences of investments in the
Securities offered hereunder.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

     The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA")  and  Section 4975  of  the  Code  impose certain  restrictions  on
employee benefit plans subject  to ERISA or plans or arrangements  subject to
Section 4975 of the Code ("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest
or disqualified persons  ("parties in interest") with respect  to such Plans.
Certain employee benefit  plans, such as governmental plans  and church plans
(if no  election has been  made under  section 410(d) of  the Code),  are not
subject to  the  restrictions of  ERISA,  and assets  of  such plans  may  be
invested  in  the  Securities  without  regard  to  the  ERISA considerations
described below, subject to other applicable federal and state law.  However,
any  such governmental or church plan which is qualified under section 401(a)
of  the Code and  exempt from  taxation under section  501(a) of  the Code is
subject to the prohibited transaction rules  set forth in section 503 of  the
Code.  Any  Plan fiduciary which proposes  to cause a Plan to  acquire any of
the Securities should consult with its counsel with respect  to the potential
consequences  under  ERISA, and  the  Code,  of  the Plan's  acquisition  and
ownership of the  Securities.  See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"  in the Prospectus.
Investments  by   Plans  are  also  subject  to   ERISA's  general  fiduciary
requirements,   including  the   requirement  of   investment   prudence  and
diversification  and the  requirement that  a Plan's  investments be  made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. 

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

GENERAL

     Section  406 of ERISA  prohibits parties in  interest with respect  to a
Plan from engaging in certain transactions (including loans) involving a Plan
and its assets unless  a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the
transaction.  Section 4975  of the Code imposes certain excise  taxes (or, in
some cases,  a civil penalty  may be assessed  pursuant to section  502(i) of
ERISA)   on  parties  in  interest  which  engage  in  non-exempt  prohibited
transactions.

PLAN ASSET REGULATION

     The  United States  Department  of  Labor  ("Labor")  has  issued  final
regulations concerning  the definition  of what constitutes  the assets  of a
Plan for purposes of ERISA  and the prohibited transaction provisions  of the
Code (the "Plan Asset  Regulation").  The Plan Asset Regulation describes the
circumstances  under which the  assets of an  entity in which  a Plan invests
will be considered  to be "plan  assets" such that  any person who  exercises
control over  such assets  would be subject  to ERISA's  fiduciary standards.


Under the  Plan Asset Regulation,  generally when a  Plan invests in  another
entity,  the  Plan's  assets  do  not  include,  solely  by  reason  of  such
investment, any of  the underlying assets of  the entity.  However,  the Plan
Asset Regulation provides that, if a Plan acquires an "equity interest" in an
entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security" (as defined therein) nor
a security  issued by an  investment company registered under  the Investment
Company Act of  1940, the assets of the  entity will be treated  as assets of
the   Plan   investor   unless   certain   exceptions    apply.      If   the
(Notes/Certificates) were  deemed to be  equity interests  and no  statutory,
regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the Trust could be considered
to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the Notes.  Such plan
assets would include an undivided interest  in any assets held by the  Trust.
In such  an event, the Trustee and other  persons, in providing services with
respect to the  Trust's assets, may  be parties in  interest with respect  to
such Plans, subject to the fiduciary responsibility  provisions of Title I of
ERISA,  including the  prohibited transaction  provisions of  Section 406  of
ERISA, and Section 4975  of the Code  with respect to transactions  involving
the  Trust's assets.   (Under  the Plan  Asset  Regulation, the  term "equity
interest" is defined  as any interest in  an entity other than  an instrument
that is treated as indebtedness under "applicable local law" and which has no
"substantial equity features." Although the  Plan Assets Regulation is silent
with respect to the question of which law constitutes "applicable  local law"
for this purpose, Labor  has stated that these determinations  should be made
under the state  law governing interpretation of the  instrument in question.
In the preamble  to the Plan Assets  Regulation, Labor declined to  provide a
precise definition of what features  are equity features or the circumstances
under which such features would  be considered "substantial," noting that the
question of whether  a plan's interest has substantial  equity features is an
inherently factual  one, but  that  in making  a  determination it  would  be
appropriate to take  into account whether the equity features are such that a
Plan's investment would be a practical  vehicle for the indirect provision of
investment management services.  Brown  & Wood ("ERISA Counsel") has rendered
its  opinion  that the  Notes  will  be  classified as  indebtedness  without
substantial equity features  for ERISA purposes.  ERISA  Counsel's opinion is
based upon the terms of the Notes, the opinion of Tax Counsel  that the Notes
will be  classified as debt instruments  for federal income tax  purposes and
the  ratings which have been assigned to the  Notes.  However, if contrary to
ERISA Counsel's opinion  the Notes are deemed  to be equity interests  in the
Trust and no  statutory, regulatory or administrative  exemption applies, the
Trust  could  be considered  to  hold  plan  assets  by reason  of  a  Plan's
investment in the Notes.)

THE UNDERWRITER'S EXEMPTION

     Labor has granted to Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Underwriter")
an  administrative exemption  (Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 90-59  (the
"Exemption"))   which  exempts  from   the  application  of   the  prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA  and the related excise tax provisions  of Section
4975 of  the Code transactions  relating to:  (i) the  acquisition, sale  and
holding  by Plans  of  certificates  representing  an undivided  interest  in
certain  asset  backed  pass-through   trusts  with  respect  to  which   the
Underwriter or  any of its affiliates is the  sole underwriter or the manager
or  co-manager  of  the  underwriting  syndicate;  and  (ii)  the  servicing,
operation  and management of such asset  backed pass-through trusts, provided
that the general  conditions and certain  other conditions set  forth in  the
Exemption  are satisfied.    The  Exemption will  apply  to the  acquisition,
holding  and resale  of  the  (Notes/Certificates) by  a  Plan provided  that
certain conditions (some of which are described below) are met.

     Among  the conditions that must be  satisfied for the Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the (Notes/Certificates)  by a Plan  is on
     terms (including  the price  for the (Notes/Certificates))  that are  at
     least as favorable  to the  Plan as  they would  be in  an arm's  length
     transaction with an unrelated party;


          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced by  the (Notes/Certificates)
     acquired by the  Plan are not subordinated  to the rights  and interests
     evidenced by other (Notes/Certificates) of the trust;

          (3)  the  (Notes/Certificates) acquired by the Plan have received a
     rating at the time of such acquisition that is one of the  three highest
     generic rating  categories from  either Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,
     Moody's Investors  Service, Inc, Duff  & Phelps Inc. or  Fitch Investors
     Service, Inc.;

          (4)  the trustee must  not be an affiliate of  the Underwriter, the
     Trustee,  any Servicer, any obligor  with respect to  assets held in the
     Trust  Fund  constituting  more  than  five  percent  of  the  aggregate
     unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust;

          (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
     Underwriters   in    connection   with   the    distribution   of    the
     (Notes/Certificates) represents  not more  than reasonable  compensation
     for  underwriting the (Notes/Certificates); the sum of all payments made
     to and retain by  the Issuer pursuant to the assignment  of the Mortgage
     Loans to the Trust Fund represents  not more than the fair market  value
     of  such Mortgage Loans; the sum of all payments made to and retained by
     the servicer  represents not more than reasonable  compensation for such
     person's   services  under  a   pooling  and  servicing   agreement  and
     reimbursements  of  such  person's  reasonable  expenses  in  connection
     therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan   investing  in   the  (Notes/Certificates)  is   an
     "accredited investor"  as defined in  Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation  D of
     the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

     The  Underwriter   believes  that  the  Exemption  will   apply  to  the
acquisition and  holding of  the (Notes/Certificates) by  Plans and  that all
conditions  of the  Exemption  other than  those  within the  control  of the
investors will be met.

REVIEW BY PLAN FIDUCIARIES

     Any    Plan   fiduciary    considering   whether    to   purchase    any
(Notes/Certificates)  on behalf  of a  Plan should  consult with  its counsel
regarding  the applicability of  the fiduciary responsibility  and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other
things, before  purchasing any  (Notes/Certificates), a  fiduciary of  a Plan
should make its own determination as to  whether the Trust, as obligor on the
(Notes/Certificates),  is a party in  interest with respect  to the Plan, the
availability of the  exemptive relief provided in the  Plan Asset Regulations
and   the  availability  of  any  other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.
Purchasers  should analyze  whether  the  decision may  have  an impact  with
respect to purchases of the (Notes/Certificates).


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     The appropriate characterization  of the Securities under  various legal
investment restrictions, and  thus the ability of investors  subject to these
restrictions   to  purchase  Securities,   may  be  subject   to  significant
interpretive  uncertainties.   All investors  whose  investment authority  is
subject  to legal  restrictions should  consult their  own legal  advisors to
determine whether, and  to what extent, the Securities  will constitute legal
investments for them.  The Depositor makes no representation as to the proper
characterization   of  the  Securities  for  legal  investment  or  financial
institution regulatory purposes, or as to the ability of particular investors
to  purchase Securities under applicable legal  investment restrictions.  The
uncertainties described  above  (and any  unfavorable  future  determinations
concerning   legal   investment    or   financial   institution    regulatory
characteristics of the Securities) may  adversely affect the liquidity of the
Securities.

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement, the  Depositor has  agreed to sell  to Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc. (the "Underwriter"), and the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor, the Securities.  The Underwriter  is obligated to purchase all the
Securities  offered  hereby  if  any  are purchased.    Distribution  of  the
Securities will be  made by the Underwriter  from time to time  in negotiated
transactions or otherwise at varying prices  to be determined at the time  of
sale.  Proceeds  to the Depositor are  expected to be  $________________ from
the sale of  the Notes and  $___________ from the  sale of the  Certificates,
before  deducting  expenses payable  by  the  Depositor  of $_________.    In
connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities,  the Underwriter may
be deemed to  have received compensation  from the Depositor  in the form  of
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions.  

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities  Act  of 1933,  or  contribute  payments  the Underwriter  may  be
required to make  in respect thereof.   The Depositor is an  affiliate of the
Underwriter.  The Underwriter is an affiliate of the Depositor.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities will be passed upon
for  the Depositor  by  Brown & Wood  LLP, New  York,  New York  and for  the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition to issuance  that each Class of the Notes be  rated be
rated not lower than "_________" by (         ) and _______ by (    ).  It is
a condition to issuance that the Certificates be rated at least "___" by (   
) and "___"  by (   ).   A securities rating addresses  the likelihood of the
receipt  by  Certificateholders  and  Noteholders  of  distributions  on  the
Mortgage Loans.   The rating  takes into consideration the  structural, legal
and tax aspects associated with the  Certificates and Notes.  The ratings  on
the  Securities  do   not,  however,  constitute  statements   regarding  the
possibility that Certificateholders or Noteholders might realize a lower than
anticipated yield.   A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell
or  hold securities and may be subject  to revision or withdrawal at any time
by  the assigning  rating organization.    Each securities  rating should  be
evaluated independently of similar ratings on different securities.

     The  ratings assigned  by Duff  &  Phelps Credit  Rating Co.  ("D&P") to
securities  address the  likelihood of  the receipt  by  the holders  of such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of the mortgages and its  analysis of the structure of the transaction as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The  ratings  assigned by  Fitch  Investors Service,  L.P.  ("Fitch") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all  distributions on the
assets by the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant  to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers,  structural and legal aspects associated with such securities, and
the extent to  which the payment stream  on the pool is adequate  to make the
payments required by  such securities.   Fitch ratings on such  securities do
not,  however, constitute a  statement regarding frequency  of prepayments of
the assets.

     The ratings assigned by Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders  of securities of
all distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled.   Moody's
ratings on  securities do not represent  any assessment of  the likelihood or
rate of principal prepayments.   The ratings do  not address the  possibility
that holders of securities might suffer  a lower than anticipated yield as  a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies, Inc.  ("Standard  & Poor's"),  to  securities
address the likelihood of  the receipt of all distributions on  the assets by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to which  the  payment stream  on  such pool  is  adequate to  make  payments
required by such securities.  Standard  & Poor's ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the  related assets.  The  letter "r" attached to a  Standard & Poor's rating
highlights derivative,  hybrid and  certain  other types  of securities  that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER  PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE
ANY INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON
AS HAVING  BEEN AUTHORIZED BY  THE DEPOSITOR OR  THE UNDERWRITER.
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND  THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT  CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE  TO WHICH THEY RELATE                            $__,___,___,___
OR AN  OFFER TO SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO  BUY, TO
ANY  PERSON   IN  ANY  JURISDICTION   WHERE  SUCH  AN   OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE  UNLAWFUL.   NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF ANY  TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.
                                                                                      HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
                                                                                     $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
                                                                                           ASSET BACKED NOTES
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                            $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
                                                                                       ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                                                             PAGE

                      PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                                                 
Summary                                                     S-3
Risk Factors                                                S-11
The Trust                                                   S-12
The (Letter of Credit)(Surety Bond) Issuer                  S-13
The Home Equity Lending Program                             S-13
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans                             S-15
Description of the Mortgage Loans                           S-16
Description of the Servicing Agreement                      S-18                    FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
Description of the Securities                               S-21                               (DEPOSITOR)
The Depositor                                               S-22
The Indenture                                               S-22
The Trust Agreement                                         S-25
Administration Agreement                                    S-27                       ---------------------------
The Indenture Trustee                                       S-28
The Owner Trustee                                           S-28                          PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Use of Proceeds                                             S-28                            (      , 199 )
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences                     S-28
State Tax Consequences                                      S-28                       ---------------------------
ERISA Considerations                                        S-28
Legal Investment Considerations                             S-30
Underwriting                                                S-31
Legal Matters                                               S-31                    GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Ratings                                                     S-31

                            PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K           2
Incorporation of Ceratin Documents by Reference               2
Available Information                                         2
Reports of Securityholders                                    3
Summary of Terms                                              4
Risk Factors                                                 12
The Trust Fund                                               17
Use of Proceeds                                              22
The Depositor                                                22
Loan Program                                                 22
Description of the Securities                                24
Credit Enhancement                                           33
Yield and Prepayment Considerations                          38
The Agreements                                               41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans                           54
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations                    66
State Tax Considerations                                     85
ERISA Considerations                                         85
Legal Investment                                             88
Method of Distribution                                       89
Legal Matters                                                90
Financial Information                                        90
Rating                                                       90


</TABLE>




   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to  buy  be accepted  prior  to the  time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to  sell or
the solicitation  of an offer  to buy nor  shall there by  any sale of  these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 4, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ___________, 1997)

         HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

                        ( __________________________ )
                           TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER

     The Home Equity  Loan Asset  Backed Certificates,  Series 199__-__  (the
"Certificates") will evidence in the aggregate the entire beneficial interest
in the Home Equity Loan Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust") to be formed pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement  among Financial Asset Securities Corp., as
Depositor, (                             ), as Transferor and Servicer, and (
                       ), as Trustee.   The property of the  Trust will include
(i) certain  home equity revolving  credit line loans (the  "Mortgage Loans")
secured by (first  or)(second) (deeds  of trust)  (mortgages) on  residential
properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties, the collections
in respect of  such Mortgage Loans,  and certain  other property relating  to
such  Mortgage Loans(, including the benefit  of a (Letter of Credit) (Surety
Bond)  as  described  more  fully   herein)  and  (ii)  certain  pass-through
certificates  (the "Private  Securities") representing  fractional, undivided
interests in  the Mortgage  Loans.   The Servicer  will service the  Mortgage
Loans, and the  Transferor will own the  undivided interest in the  Trust not
represented by the Certificates.

     All of the Mortgage Loans will be acquired by Financial Asset Securities
Corp. (the "Depositor") from (                    ).  The aggregate undivided
interest in the Trust represented by the Certificates will initially be equal
to  $__________,   which  as  of   ______,  199_  (the  "Cut-Off   Date")  is
approximately ___%  of  the outstanding  Principal Balances  of the  Mortgage
Loans.

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made
on  the ____ day of each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the
succeeding   Business   Day  (each,   a   "Distribution  Date"),   commencing
_____________.  On each Distribution Date holders of the Certificates will be
entitled to receive, from and to the limited extent of funds available in the
Distribution  Account  (as  defined herein),  distributions  with  respect to
interest and principal calculated as set  forth herein.  The Certificates are
not guaranteed by the Depositor, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer or
any affiliate thereof.

     There is  currently no  market for the  Certificates offered  hereby and
there can  be no  assurance that such  a market  will develop  or if it  does
develop that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS"  ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.
                                                 
                                     ----------------

THE  CERTIFICATES DO  NOT  REPRESENT  AN INTEREST  IN  OR OBLIGATION  OF  THE
DEPOSITOR,  THE  SERVICER,  THE  TRANSFEROR,  THE TRUSTEE  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, EXCEPT AS SET  FORTH HEREIN.  NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES
NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE  INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY
OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR  HAS   THE
SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY   OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE
PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Price to               Underwriting         Proceeds to
                                                                       Public(1)              Discount(2)        the Depositor(3)
<S>                                                                    <C>                    <C>                <C>
Per Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

</TABLE>




(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from _____________________.
(2) The  Depositor has  agreed to indemnify  the Underwriter  against certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as
amended.
(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $___________.
                                                  
                                    ------------------

The  Certificates  are offered  subject  to  receipt  and acceptance  by  the
Underwriter, to prior sale and to the Underwriter's right to reject any order
in  whole or  in part and  to withdraw,  cancel or  modify the  offer without
notice.   It is expected  that delivery of  the Certificates will  be made in
book-entry form  through  the facilities  of The  Depository Trust  Company,(
Cedel  Bank,  societe   anonyme,  and   the  Euroclear  System)  on  or  about
____________, 199__.   The Certificates will be  offered in (Europe) and  the
United States of America.
                                                  
                                    -----------------

                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                                MARKETS, INC.

____________, 1996

                                                          
                            ------------------------------

THE  CERTIFICATES WILL  CONSTITUTE A  SEPARATE  SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES BEING
OFFERED BY THE DEPOSITOR PURSUANT TO ITS PROSPECTUS DATED (_________, 199__),
OF WHICH  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IS  A PART  AND WHICH ACCOMPANIES  THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.    THE  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  IMPORTANT   INFORMATION
REGARDING  THIS OFFERING  WHICH  IS  NOT  CONTAINED HEREIN,  AND  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IN
FULL.



                                   SUMMARY 

The following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety  by reference  to  the
detailed  information appearing  elsewhere  herein  and  in  the  Prospectus.
Certain capitalized  terms used in the  Summary are defined elsewhere  in the
Prospectus Supplement  or in the Prospectus.  Reference  is made to the Index
of Defined Terms herein and the Index  of Defined Terms in the Prospectus for
the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

Trust                    Home Equity Loan  Trust 199__-__ (the  "Trust") will
                         be  formed  pursuant  to  a  pooling  and  servicing
                         agreement  (the  "Agreement")  to  be  dated  as  of
                         _______, 199__ (the "Cut-Off  Date") among Financial
                         Asset   Securities   Corp.,    as   depositor   (the
                         "Depositor"),    (                          ),    as
                         transferor and servicer (together with any successor
                         in such  capacity, the "Transferor"  and "Servicer",
                         respectively), and (                           ), as
                         trustee  (the "Trustee").  The property of the Trust
                         will include:  a pool of (adjustable-) (fixed-) rate
                         home equity loan revolving credit line loans made or
                         to be  made in  the future  (the "Mortgage  Loans"),
                         under certain home equity revolving credit line loan
                         agreements  (the   "Credit  Line   Agreements")  and
                         secured   by   (first)(second)  (deeds   of   trust)
                         (mortgages)  on  residential   properties  that  are
                         primarily  one-   to  four-family   properties  (the
                         "Mortgaged Properties"); the  collections in respect
                         of  the Mortgage  Loans  received after  the Cut-Off
                         Date;  property that secured  a Mortgage  Loan which
                         has been acquired  by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
                         foreclosure; (a  surety bond or  letter of  credit);
                         certain  pass-through  certificates   (the  "Private
                         Securities")   representing   fractional,  undivided
                         interests in Mortgage  Loans; an  assignment of  the
                         Depositor's  rights  under the  Purchase  Agreement;
                         rights  under  certain   hazard  insurance  policies
                         covering the Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                         property, as described more fully herein.

                    The  Trust will include  the unpaid principal  balance of
                    each Mortgage Loan as of  the Cut-Off Date (the  "Cut-Off
                    Date  Principal Balance") plus any additions thereto as a
                    result  of new advances  made pursuant to  the applicable
                    Credit Line Agreement  (the "Additional Balances") during
                    the  life of the  Trust.  With  respect to any  date, the
                    "Pool  Balance" will  be  equal to  the aggregate  of the
                    Principal Balances of all Mortgage Loans as of such date.
                    The  "Principal  Balance"   of  a  Loan  (other   than  a
                    Liquidated Loan) on any day  is equal to its Cut-Off Date
                    Principal  Balance, plus (i)  any Additional  Balances in
                    respect of such Mortgage Loan, minus (ii) all collections
                    credited against  the Principal Balance  of such Mortgage
                    Loan in accordance with the related Credit Line Agreement
                    prior to such day.  The Principal Balance of a Liquidated
                    Loan  after  the final  recovery  of  related Liquidation
                    Proceeds shall be zero.


Securities Offered       The  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset-Backed  Certificates,
                         Series 199__-__ offered  hereby (the "Certificates")
                         represent  the right to receive payments of interest
                         at   the  (variable)   rate  described   below  (the
                         "Certificate Rate"),  payable monthly,  and payments
                         of principal with respect to the Mortgage Loans, the
                         Private  Securities  or, in  certain  circumstances,
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) to the
                         extent provided  below.    The  aggregate  undivided
                         interest  (the  "Investor  Interest") in  the  Trust
                         represented by the  Certificates as  of the  Cut-Off
                         Date  will  equal  $__________  of  principal   (the
                         "Original  Principal  Balance"),   which  represents
                         approximately  ___%  of the  aggregate  Cut-Off Date
                         Principal Balance,  which will decline  as principal
                         is  paid   to  the  Certificateholders   during  the
                         Amortization  Period, except  as otherwise  provided
                         herein.    The Transferor  will  hold  the remaining
                         undivided  interest (the  "Transferor Interest")  in
                         the  Trust not represented by the Certificates.  The
                         Transferor as of any date shall be the holder of the
                         Transferor  Interest  which  initially will  be  the
                         Depositor.   The  Depositor  intends  to convey  the
                         Transferor  Interest to  (        ) on or  about the
                         Closing  Date.    The  Certificates will  be  issued
                         pursuant  to the Agreement.  The principal amount of
                         the   outstanding   Certificates   (the   "Principal
                         Balance")  on  any  date is  equal  to  the Original
                         Principal  Balance  minus the  aggregate  of amounts
                         actually   distributed    as   principal    to   the
                         Certificateholders.     See   "DESCRIPTION  OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

The Mortgage Loans  The  Mortgage Loans are  secured by (first)(second) deeds
                    of  trust  or  mortgages on  Mortgaged  Properties.   The
                    Mortgage Loans were originated by (  ) and on or prior to
                    the Closing Date,  the Transferor will sell  the Mortgage
                    Loans to the  Depositor pursuant to a  purchase agreement
                    (the "Purchase  Agreement").  The  aggregate Cut-Off Date
                    Principal Balance  of the Mortgage Loans  is $___________
                    (the "Cut-Off Date Pool Balance").

                    The combined loan-to-value ratio  of each Mortgage  Loan,
                    computed  using  the  maximum  amount  the  borrower  was
                    permitted  to draw  down under  the  related Credit  Line
                    Agreement (the  "Credit Limit") and  taking into  account
                    the amounts  of any  related senior  mortgage loans  (the
                    "Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio") did not exceed __% as of
                    the Cut-Off Date.  The weighted average Combined Loan-to-
                    Value Ratio  of the  Mortgage Loans was  ____% as  of the
                    Cut-Off Date.   See  "THE HOME  EQUITY LENDING  PROGRAM--
                    Underwriting Procedures  Relating to the  Mortgage Loans"
                    herein.

                    Interest on  each Mortgage  Loan is  payable monthly  and
                    computed  on  the   related  average  daily   outstanding
                    Principal  Balance for each  billing cycle at  a variable
                    rate  per  annum  (the  "Loan Rate")  equal  at  any time
                    (subject  to  minimum  and maximum  rates,  as  described
                    herein under  "THE HOME EQUITY  LENDING PROGRAM--Mortgage
                    Loan  Terms," and  further  subject  to applicable  usury
                    limitations) to the sum of (i)  (the prime rate published
                    in  the "Money Rates" section of  The Wall Street Journal
                    generally on  the Monday of  the week in which  such Loan
                    Rate adjusts  (or, if no  rate is published on  such day,
                    then on the next succeeding calendar day on which a prime
                    rate is  published),  rounded to  the  nearest 1/8  of  1
                    percent)  (    ) and (ii)  a margin  generally within the
                    range of  ___% to  ___%.   The  Loan Rate  is subject  to
                    adjustment (      ).  With respect to each Mortgage Loan,
                    a "billing cycle" is  the calendar month preceding  a Due
                    Date.  Interest  accrued at such rate will be  due on the
                    Due Date in the month  following the close of the billing
                    cycle.   (As to each  Mortgage Loan, the Due  Date is the
                    ____  day of  the  month.)   The  Cut-Off Date  Principal
                    Balances  ranged  from  zero  to  $_______  and  averaged
                    $_______.   Credit Limits under the Mortgage  Loans as of
                    the Cut-Off ranged from  approximately $_____ to  $______
                    and  averaged $______.  Each Mortgage Loan was originated
                    in the period  from _______ to _________, and,  as of the
                    Cut-Off   Date,  the   weighted   average  Credit   Limit
                    Utilization  Rate (as  defined herein)  was approximately
                    ___%.     See  "THE  HOME  EQUITY  LENDING  PROGRAM"  and
                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

                    During the  term of  the Trust,  all Additional  Balances
                    will be property  of the Trust.  The  aggregate amount of
                    the loan balances  at any time (the  "Pool Balance") will
                    fluctuate from day to day  because the amount of draws by
                    borrowers and  the  amount  of  principal  payments  will
                    usually  differ  on  each day.    Because  the Transferor
                    Interest  represents   the  interest  in  the  Trust  not
                    represented  by  the  Certificates,  the  amount  of  the
                    Transferor Interest  will fluctuate  from day  to day  as
                    draws are  made and principal is paid  under the Mortgage
                    Loans.

                    The  Loan  Balance  of  a  Mortgage Loan  (other  than  a
                    Liquidated  Mortgage Loan)  on  any day  is equal  to its
                    principal  balance  on  the Cut-Off  Date,  plus  (i) any
                    Additional  Balances in  respect of  such Mortgage  Loan,
                    minus (ii) all collections credited against the principal
                    balance  of such  Mortgage Loan  in  accordance with  the
                    related Loan Agreement prior to such day.

                    The  aggregate undivided interest in the Loan Balances in
                    the Trust evidenced by the Certificates will never exceed
                    the Security Principal  Balance regardless of the  amount
                    of the Pool Balance at any time.

                    The principal amount of the outstanding Certificates (the
                    "Security Principal Balance") on any date is equal to the
                    principal balance of the Certificates on the Closing Date
                    minus  the aggregate  of amounts actually  distributed as
                    principal to the Certificateholders.

Private Securities  The  Private  Securities  are  pass-through  certificates
                    representing  beneficial  interests  in  Mortgage  Loans.
                    (The  individual  Mortgage Loans  underlying  the Private
                    Securities are insured or guaranteed by the United States
                    or an  agency or  instrumentality thereof.   The  Private
                    Securities themselves are not so  insured or guaranteed.)
                    Payments on  the Private  Securities will be  distributed
                    directly to the Trustee as  the registered owner of  such
                    Private Securities.

Collections         All collections  on the  Mortgage Loans  and the  Private
                    Securities   will  be   allocated  by  the   Servicer  in
                    accordance  with  the  Loan  Agreements  between  amounts
                    collected in respect of interest ("Interest Collections")
                    and amounts collected in respect of principal ("Principal
                    Collections" and collectively  with Interest Collections,
                    the "Collections").  The Servicer will generally  deposit
                    Collections distributable  to the  Holders in  an account
                    established for  such purpose  under  the Agreement  (the
                    "Collection   Account").     See   "DESCRIPTION  OF   THE
                    CERTIFICATES--Payments  on  Mortgage Loans;  Deposits  to
                    Collection Account  and Distribution Account"  herein and
                    "THE AGREEMENTS--Payments on  Loans; Deposits to Security
                    Accounts"   and   "--Collection    Procedures"   in   the
                    Prospectus.

Denominations       The  Certificates  will   be  offered  for  purchase   in
                    denominations of  $(___) and integral  multiples thereof.
                    The interest in the Trust evidenced by a Certificate (the
                    "Percentage Interest")  will be  equal to  the percentage
                    derived by dividing the denomination of such  Certificate
                    by the Original Security Principal Balance.

Registration of Certificates  The Certificates  will initially  be issued  in
                              book-entry form.   Persons acquiring beneficial
                              ownership   interests   in   the   Certificates
                              ("Certificate Owners") will hold such interests
                              through The  Depository Trust  Company ("DTC"),
                              in the  United States,  or Cedel  Bank, soci t 
                              anonyme,  ("CEDEL")  or  the  Euroclear  System
                              ("Euroclear"),  in  Europe.   Transfers  within
                              DTC,  CEDEL or Euroclear,  as the case  may be,
                              will  be in accordance with the usual rules and
                              operating  procedures of  the relevant  system.
                              So  long  as  the  Certificates are  Book-Entry
                              Certificates   (as   defined    herein),   such
                              Certificates will be  evidenced by one  or more
                              Certificates registered in  the name of Cede  &
                              Co.  ("Cede"), as the nominee of  DTC or one of
                              the  relevant  depositaries  (collectively, the
                              "European    Depositaries").       Cross-market
                              transfers between  persons holding  directly or
                              indirectly  through DTC, on  the one  hand, and
                              counterparties holding  directly or  indirectly
                              through CEDEL or Euroclear, on the other,  will
                              be  effected  in  DTC  through  Citibank,  N.A.
                              ("Citibank") or  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company
                              of   New   York    ("Morgan"),   the   relevant
                              depositaries    of    CEDEL    or    Euroclear,
                              respectively, and  each a  participating member
                              of   DTC.        The    interests    of    such
                              Certificateholders  will   be  represented   by
                              book-entries  on   the  records   of  DTC   and
                              participating members thereof.   No Certificate
                              Owner will be entitled to  receive a definitive
                              certificate    representing    such    person's
                              interest, except  in the event  that Definitive
                              Certificates  (as  defined herein)  are  issued
                              under  the   limited  circumstances   described
                              herein.   All  references  in  this  Prospectus
                              Supplement  to  any  Certificates  reflect  the
                              rights  of  Certificate  Owners  only  as  such
                              rights  may be  exercised through  DTC  and its
                              participating organizations for so long as such
                              Certificates  are  held  by  DTC.    See  "RISK
                              FACTORS--Book-Entry Certificates", "DESCRIPTION
                              OF  THE CERTIFICATES--Book-Entry  Certificates"
                              and "ANNEX I" hereto.

Depositor           The  Depositor of (the  Mortgage Loans) (and  the Private
                    Securities) will be Financial Asset Securities  Corp. The
                    principal executive offices of  the Depositor are located
                    at  600  Steamboat  Road,  Greenwich,  Connecticut  06830
                    (telephone (203) 625-2700).   See "THE DEPOSITOR"  in the
                    Prospectus.

Servicer            The  Servicer of  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the  Private
                    Securities will  be (           ) (the "Servicer").   The
                    principal executive  offices of the Servicer  are located
                    ____________ (telephone (___)  _______).  See  "SERVICING
                    OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Certificate Rate              The  "Certificate   Rate"  applicable   to  any
                              Distribution Date will generally equal the  sum
                              of  ((a) the London  Interbank offered rate for
                              one-month    Eurodollar    deposits   ("LIBOR")
                              appearing on the Telerate Screen Page 3750,  as
                              of the  second LIBOR  Business Day  (as defined
                              herein) prior to  the first day of  the related
                              Interest Period (or  as of  two LIBOR  Business
                              Days prior to the Closing Date, in  the case of
                              the  first  Interest  Period)  and (b)  ____%).
                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will
                              the   amount  of   interest   required  to   be
                              distributed in respect  of the Certificates  on
                              any  Distribution Date  exceed a rate  equal to
                              (____________________).      Interest   on  the
                              Certificates will accrue as described below.

Interest            Interest  will be distributed  monthly on  the __  day of
                    each month or, if such day is  not a business day, on the
                    next  succeeding  business  day  (each,  a  "Distribution
                    Date"),  commencing on  _______, at the  Certificate Rate
                    for  the  related  Interest  Accrual Period  (as  defined
                    below).   The Certificate  Rate for  a Distribution  Date
                    will  equal  (the  arithmetic  mean  of London  Interbank
                    offered quotations for  one-month United States  deposits
                    ("LIBOR")  determined  as  specified  herein,  as  of the
                    second  LIBOR  Business  Day  prior  to  the  immediately
                    preceding Distribution Date (or  as of ___________, 199_,
                    in the case of the first Distribution Date) plus (   ) of
                    1%,   subject  to   a   maximum   rate  described   under
                    "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  CERTIFICATES--Distributions on  the
                    Certificates"  herein) (___% per annum).  Interest on the
                    Certificates  in respect  of any  Distribution  Date will
                    accrue  from the preceding  Distribution Date (or  in the
                    case of the first Distribution Date, from the date of the
                    initial issuance of the Certificates (the "Closing Date")
                    through the  day preceding  such Distribution  Date (each
                    such period, an  "Interest Accrual Period") on  the basis
                    of the (actual number of  days in the Interest Period and
                    a 360-day  year).  Interest payments will  be funded from
                    the portion of the Interest Collections  collected during
                    the immediately preceding calendar month (or, in the case
                    of  the initial Distribution Date, the period from _____,
                    199_  through  the   last  day  of  the   calendar  month
                    immediately  preceding   such  Distribution   Date)  (the
                    "Collection Period") allocable to  the Investor Interest(
                    and, if necessary,  from draws on the  (Letter of Credit)
                    (Surety  Bond)).  See  "DESCRIPTION OF  THE CERTIFICATES"
                    herein and "RISK FACTORS--Credit Enhancement" and "CREDIT
                    ENHANCEMENT" in the Prospectus.

Revolving Period         In  order to maintain the Security Principal Balance
                         at $_______(except in certain limited circumstances)
                         for a  period of approximately ______months from the
                         first day of the month in which the Certificates are
                         issued or for such shorter period as may result from
                         the occurrence  of an Early  Amortization Event,  as
                         described herein (the "Revolving Period"), Principal
                         Collections allocable to the Investor Interest  will
                         be   paid   to  the   Transferor  rather   than  the
                         Certificateholders  so  that  the Certificateholders
                         maintain  the same Investor  Interest in  the Trust.
                         Unless earlier  terminated by  the occurrence  of an
                         Early Amortization Event, the  Revolving Period will
                         end   on  _______.      See   "DESCRIPTION  OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

Principal Payments;
  Amortization Period         Unless an  Early Amortization Event  shall have
                              earlier occurred,  during the  period beginning
                              _____________  and  ending  when  the  Security
                              Principal Balance  has been reduced to  zero or
                              when  the   Trust  otherwise   terminates  (the
                              "Amortization  Period"), Principal  Collections
                              allocated  to  the  Investor Interest  will  no
                              longer  be paid to  the Transferor  but instead
                              will    be   distributed    monthly   to    the
                              Certificateholders as  provided herein  on each
                              Distribution    Date    beginning    with   the
                              Distribution Date  in the  month following  the
                              month   in   which  the   Amortization   Period
                              commences.       See   "DESCRIPTION    OF   THE
                              CERTIFICATES--Early Amortization Events" herein
                              for a discussion of the events which might lead
                              to the early  commencement of the  Amortization
                              Period.   During the  Amortization Period,  the
                              amount  of Principal  Collections allocable  to
                              the   Investor    Interest   (the    "Principal
                              Allocation")  will  equal  the  ratio  of   the
                              Security Principal Balance to the Pool Balance,
                              in each case as of  the end of the last day  of
                              the Revolving Period (the "Investor Percentage"
                              for  such period)  multiplied by  the Principal
                              Collections   received   during   the   related
                              Collection Period.

                    Allocations based upon the Investor Percentage during the
                    Amortization  Period  may  result  in  distributions   of
                    principal  with  respect  to  any  Collection  Period  to
                    Certificateholders in amounts  that are greater  relative
                    to  the  declining  balance  of  the  Security  Principal
                    Balance than  would  be the  case  if no  fixed  Investor
                    Percentage  were  used  to determine  the  percentage  of
                    Principal  Collections  distributed  in  respect  of  the
                    Investor Interest.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES-
                    -Payments  on  Mortgage  Loans;  Deposits  to  Collection
                    Account and Distribution Account" herein.

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)
  Issuer            _________________ (the "(Letter  of Credit) (Surety Bond)
                    Issuer").   See  "THE (LETTER  OF  CREDIT) (SURETY  BOND)
                    ISSUER" herein.)

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)               On  the Closing  Date,  the (Letter  of Credit)
                              (Surety Bond)  Issuer will  issue a  (letter of
                              credit) (surety bond) (the  "(Letter of Credit)
                              (Surety  Bond)")  in favor  of  the  Trustee on
                              behalf of the Trust.  In the event that, on any
                              Distribution Date, available amounts on deposit
                              in the  Collection Account with respect  to the
                              preceding Collection Period are insufficient to
                              provide for the payment  of the amount required
                              to be distributed to the Certificateholders and
                              the  Servicer on  such  Distribution Date,  the
                              Trustee  will draw  on the  (Letter  of Credit)
                              (Surety  Bond), to the extent of the (Letter of
                              Credit)   (Surety   Bond)   Amount   for   such
                              Distribution Date,  in an amount  equal to such
                              deficiency.      See    "DESCRIPTION   OF   THE
                              CERTIFICATES--The  (Letter  of  Credit) (Surety
                              Bond) and "--Distributions on the Certificates"
                              herein   and   "CREDIT  ENHANCEMENT"   in   the
                              Prospectus.)

((Letter of Credit) 
  (Surety Bond) 
  Amount            The amount available under the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                    Bond) (the "(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount") for
                    the initial Distribution Date will be $       .  For each
                    Distribution  Date  thereafter,  the  (Letter of  Credit)
                    (Surety Bond) Amount will equal the  lesser of (i)      %
                    of the Pool Balance  as of the first day of the preceding
                    Collection  Period (after  giving effect  to any  amounts
                    distributed with  respect to  principal  of the  Mortgage
                    Loans  on  the   Distribution  Date  occurring  in   such
                    preceding  Collection  Period)  and (ii)  the  (Letter of
                    Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount as of the first  day of the
                    preceding  Collection  Period,  minus any  amounts  drawn
                    under  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  during such
                    preceding Collection Period, plus any amounts paid to the
                    (Letter  of   Credit)  (Surety   Bond)   Issuer  on   the
                    Distribution Date occurring in  such preceding Collection
                    Period  up to  the amount  of any  previous draws  on the
                    (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Record Date              The last day (of the month) preceding a Distribution
                         Date.

Servicing           The Servicer will be  responsible for servicing, managing
                    and  making collections  on  the  Mortgage  Loans.    The
                    Servicer will deposit  all collections in respect  of the
                    Mortgage Loans into the  Collection Account as  described
                    herein.  Not later than the _______ Business Day prior to
                    each Distribution  Date (the  "Determination Date"),  the
                    Trustee  will  calculate  the  amounts  to  be  paid,  as
                    described  herein,  to  the  Certificateholders  on  such
                    Distribution Date.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES-
                    -Distributions  on  the Certificates."   With  respect to
                    each Collection Period, other  than the first  Collection
                    Period, the Servicer  will  receive  from  payments  in 
                    respect  of interest on  the Mortgage Loans,  on behalf of
                    itself, a portion  of such payments as a monthly servicing
                    fee (the "Servicing Fee") in  the amount of  ____% per
                    annum  (the "Servicing  Fee Rate") on  the Principal Balance
                    of each Mortgage Loan as of the first day of each such
                    Collection Period as to which such a payment was made.  With
                    respect to the first Collection Period, the Servicer will
                    receive from  such collections ______ of the amount
                    calculated in the  preceding  sentence.     See
                    "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE CERTIFICATES--Servicing  Compensation
                    and  Payment   of Expenses" herein.   In certain limited
                    circumstances, the Servicer may resign  or be removed, in
                    which event either the Trustee or  a third-party servicer
                    will  be appointed as  a  successor  Servicer.    See
                    "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE CERTIFICATES--Certain  Matters
                    Regarding  the  Servicer" herein.

Trustee             (                                 ) (the "Trustee"), will
                    act as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders.

Final Payment of
  Principal;
  Termination            The  Trust will  terminate on the  Distribution Date
                         following  the earlier of  (i) the reduction  of the
                         Security Principal Balance to  zero and after  which
                         there is no  unreimbursed Security Principal Balance
                         Loss  Deduction Amount and (ii) the final payment or
                         other  liquidation of  the  last Mortgage  Loan  and
                         Private  Security  in  the   Trust.    The  Investor
                         Interest will be  subject to optional  retransfer to
                         the Transferor on  any Distribution  Date after  the
                         Security Principal Balance is  reduced to an  amount
                         less  than or equal to  $ __________________ ((___)%
                         of  the initial  Security Principal  Balance).   The
                         retransfer price  will be  equal to  the sum  of the
                         outstanding Security  Principal Balance  and accrued
                         and  unpaid interest thereon at the Certificate Rate
                         through  the day  preceding  the final  Distribution
                         Date.    See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE  CERTIFICATES--
                         Termination; Retirement of  the Certificates" herein
                         and    "THE    AGREEMENTS--Terminations;    Optional
                         Termination" in the Prospectus.

Mandatory Retransfer
  of Certain Mortgage
  Loans and
  Private Securities          The Depositor will make certain representations
                              and warranties in the Agreement with respect to
                              the Mortgage  Loans and  Private Securities  in
                              its  capacity as Depositor.   If the Transferor
                              breaches  certain  of its  representations  and
                              warranties with respect to any Mortgage Loan or
                              Private  Security and  such breach,  materially
                              and  adversely  affects  the  interests of  the
                              Trust(,)  (or) the  Certificateholders (or  the
                              (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer) and is
                              not  cured  within  the  specified period,  the
                              Mortgage  Loan  or  Private  Security  will  be
                              removed from the Trust after the expiration  of
                              a specified period  from the date on  which the
                              Transferor becomes aware or receives notice  of
                              such  breach  and  will  be reassigned  to  the
                              Transferor.  SEE  "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFI-
                              CATES--Assignment of Mortgage Loans" herein.

Certain Federal Tax
  Considerations         (Special tax  counsel to  the Transferor  is of  the
                         opinion that,  under existing law,  the Certificates
                         are  properly  characterized  as  debt  for  Federal
                         income  tax purposes.    Under  the  Agreement,  the
                         Transferor and the  Certificateholders will agree to
                         treat the Certificates as  indebtedness for Federal,
                         state and  local income and  franchise tax purposes.
                         See "CERTAIN  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS" in
                         the Prospectus for additional information concerning
                         the application of Federal income tax laws.)

ERISA Considerations          The  acquisition of a  Certificate by a pension
                              or  other  employee  benefit  plan  (a  "Plan")
                              subject  to  the   Employee  Retirement  Income
                              Security  Act  of 1974,  as  amended ("ERISA"),
                              could,   in  some   instances,   result  in   a
                              "prohibited transaction" or  other violation of
                              the  fiduciary  responsibility   provisions  of
                              ERISA   and  Code   Section   4975.     Certain
                              exemptions  from  the   prohibited  transaction
                              rules could be applicable to the acquisition of
                              such   Certificates.     Any   Plan   fiduciary
                              considering whether to purchase any Certificate
                              on behalf  of a  Plan should  consult with  its
                              counsel  regarding  the  applicability  of  the
                              provisions of ERISA  and the Code.   See "ERISA
                              CONSIDERATIONS" herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations         The  Certificates  will   not  constitute  "mortgage
                         related securities"  for purposes  of the  Secondary
                         Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act of  1984 ("SMMEA"),
                         because some of the Mortgages securing  the Mortgage
                         Loans are  not first  mortgages.   Accordingly, many
                         institutions  with  legal  authority  to  invest  in
                         comparably rated  securities based  solely on  first
                         mortgages may not be legally authorized to invest in
                         the   Certificates.       See    "LEGAL   INVESTMENT
                         CONSIDERATIONS" herein and "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the
                         Prospectus.

Certificate Rating       It  is   a  condition   to  the   issuance  of   the
                         Certificates that  they be rated in  the ___________
                         by  at least  two nationally  recognized statistical
                         rating organizations (each  a "Rating Agency").   In
                         general,  ratings  address  credit risk  and  do not
                         address   the  likelihood   of  prepayments.     See
                         "RATINGS" herein  and "RISK  FACTORS--Rating of  the
                         Securities" in the Prospectus.



                                 RISK FACTORS

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated  in significant volume only during the  past few years and neither
the Depositor nor  the Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or
statistics on  the rate of prepayment of such  loans.  Generally, home equity
loans are  not viewed by borrowers as  permanent financing.  Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be  affected by a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative financing  and homeowner mobility.  In  addition,
substantially all  of the Mortgage  Loans contain due-on-sale  provisions and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent  with reasonable commercial practice, permits the purchaser of the
related  Mortgaged Property  to  assume the  Mortgage Loan.    To the  extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower  from its  obligation under any  such Mortgage  Loan.   See "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

(LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The  Mortgage   Loans  are  secured   by  first  and   second  mortgages
(representing  approximately ____% and  ____% of the  Pool Balance as  of the
Cut-Off Date,  respectively).  With respect to Mortgage Loans that are junior
in  priority to  liens having a  first priority  with respect to  the related
Mortgaged Property ("First Liens"), the  Servicer has the power under certain
circumstances  to consent to  a new mortgage lien  on such Mortgaged Property
having priority over such Mortgage Loan in connection with the refinancing of
such First Lien.  Mortgage Loans secured by second mortgages are  entitled to
proceeds that remain  from the sale of  the related Mortgaged  Property after
any  related  senior  mortgage  loan  and prior  statutory  liens  have  been
satisfied.  In the event that such proceeds are insufficient to  satisfy such
loans  and prior  liens  in the  aggregate, the  Trust and,  accordingly, the
Certificateholders,  bear (i)  the risk  of  delay in  distributions while  a
deficiency  judgment against  the borrower is  obtained and (ii)  the risk of
loss if the deficiency  judgment cannot be obtained or is  not realized upon.
See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The  sale of  the Mortgage Loans  from the  Transferor to  the Depositor
pursuant to the  Purchase Agreement will be treated by the Transferor and the
Depositor as  a  sale of  the  Mortgage Loans  for  all purposes  other  than
federal, state  or local income  or franchise  tax purposes.   The Transferor
will warrant that  such transfer is  a sale of  its interest in  the Mortgage
Loans or a grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein.  In
the event of an insolvency of the  Transferor, the receiver of the Transferor
may attempt to recharacterize the sale  of the Mortgage Loans as a  borrowing
by the Transferor secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the receiver
decided to  challenge such transfer,  delays in payments of  the Certificates
and  possible reductions in  the amount thereof  could occur.   The Depositor
will warrant in the Agreement that the transfer of the  Mortgage Loans to the
Trust is a valid transfer and assignment of such interest.)

(SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer may permit an increase in the Credit Limit under a Mortgage
Loan if the  new Credit Limit under  the Mortgage Loan, plus  the outstanding
principal balance of any  related senior loans, does not exceed  (i) __% (__%
for a condominium, townhouse, duplex, or vacation condo/house), if the market
value of  the  Mortgaged Property  is $  _____ or  less,  or __%  (__% for  a
condominium,  townhouse, duplex, or vacation  condo/house), and if the market
value of  the Mortgage Property exceeds $  _________, based upon an appraisal
or the tax assessed value of the Mortgaged Property at the time the  increase
was   requested.  An  increase  in the Credit Limit under a  Mortgage Loan in 
accordance with the  previous  sentence  may  be made  without the consent of  
the Trustee.  Additional Balances arising under a   Mortgage Loan as a result 
of an increase in the Credit Limit will  be  treated  the same  as Additional 
Balances   arising  under a  Mortgage  Loan  for  which  there  has  been  no 
increase in  the  Credit  Limit.  In  addition to such changes, the  Servicer 
may  agree to  other changes in  the  terms  of a  Loan  Agreement,  provided 
that such changes  (i) do not materially  adversely  affect the  interest  of  
the Certificateholders, (ii) are consistent  with prudent business  practice,
(iii) are also being applied to the  comparable segment of home equity credit 
lines being held for the Servicer's own account,  and (iv) do not  change the 
terms of the  Mortgage Loan so as to  change the  terms  for the amortization  
of principal.   There can be  no assurance that  changes  in  applicable  law 
or the marketplace for  home equity loans or prudent business  practice  will  
not result in  changes in the terms  of the Credit  Line.  The  Servicer  may 
also  extend the period  during which draws  under the Mortgage  Loans may be
made.)

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust will  include  Mortgage Loans  which  are ___  days  or fewer
delinquent.   As of  the Cut-Off  Date, the  aggregate Loan  Balance of  such
delinquent Mortgage Loans  was $ ____.   (In addition, the Mortgage  Loans in
all  likelihood  include obligations  of borrowers  who are  or are  about to
become  bankrupt or  insolvent.)   If  there  are not  sufficient funds  from
Interest  Collections  allocated  to  the  Investor  Interest  to  cover  the
Liquidation Loss  Amount for any Collection Period and the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond) Amount has been reduced to zero, the Security Principal Balance
will be reduced, which (unless otherwise  later reimbursed) would result in a
reduction   in   the  aggregate   amount   of  principal   returned   to  the
Certificateholders and in the amount of Interest Collections allocable to the
Investor Interest  and available  to provide  protection against  defaults in
subsequent Collection Periods.)


                 (THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer))


                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the "Transferor"  or the "Servicer")  under
its home  equity lending program.   The Transferor first  offered adjustable-
rate home equity  revolving credit line loans ("home equity  loans") in 19__.
As  of  (_____________),  (____________)  owned  and  serviced  approximately
$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by  properties located in  __________ under home equity  credit lines
(the "Transferor Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     (Each home equity loan  was originated after a review  by the Transferor
in  accordance with  its  established  underwriting  procedures,  which  were
intended to  assess the  applicant's ability  to assume  and repay  such home
equity loans and the adequacy of the real property which serves as collateral
for such home equity  loans.  The maximum Credit Limit for a home equity loan
provided by the Transferor was $__________.

     Each  applicant  for a  home equity  loan  was required  to  complete an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in the  loan application demonstrated  that there was  sufficient
income and equity to justify making a home equity loan and the Transferor (a)
received  a  satisfactory  independent  credit bureau  report  on  the credit
history of the  borrower and  (b) obtained, in  the case  of all home  equity
loans originated  prior to  __________, a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property, or for all home equity loans originated as of __________,
a  satisfactory appraisal completed  on forms approved  by FNMA, and  if such
information  met  the  Transferor's underwriting  standards,  the  Transferor
issued  a commitment  subject to  satisfaction  of certain  other conditions.
These conditions included:  (i) obtaining and reviewing pay stubs, income tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals of the  Mortgaged Properties  were performed  by a  qualified
appraiser or  an independent third-party,  fee-based appraiser  who had  been
previously approved for such assignment by the Transferor.

     It  is the Transferor's policy to require  a title policy insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, it is the Transferor's policy  not to accept a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans for which the  Transferor obtained full documentary support and
__% for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After  obtaining   all  applicable   employment,  credit   and  property
information, the Transferor determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity
in the property  existed and whether the prospective  borrower had sufficient
monthly income available  to support the payments of interest  at the current
prime rate  plus the applicable margin based on  the credit limit in addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes and  hazard insurance premiums)  and other  monthly credit  obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  Debt-to-Gross  Income  Ratio.    The
"Debt-to-Gross Income  Ratio" is the ratio  of (a) certain of  the borrower's
debt obligations which include:  (i) the  monthly first mortgage payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home equity loan to (b)  the borrower's gross verifiable monthly income.
The Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage which  secured the  repayment of  principal of  and interest  on the
related home equity  loan.  The  original mortgage was  then recorded in  the
appropriate county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A borrower  may access a home equity  loan by writing a check.   On all
home equity loans,  there is  (a ten-year) draw  down period as  long as  the
borrower is not in default under the loan agreement.  Home equity loans  bear
interest at a (fixed  rate)(variable rate which may change  bi-weekly).  Home
equity  loans  may be  subject  to a  maximum  per annum  interest  rate (the
"Maximum  Rate") of          % per  annum and  in all  cases, are  subject to
applicable  usury  limitations.    See  "CERTAIN  LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF  LOANS--
Applicability of Usury Laws"  in the Prospectus.  The daily  periodic rate on
the home equity  loans (the "Loan  Rate") is  the sum of  the Index Rate  (as
defined herein) plus  a spread (the "Margin") which  generally ranges between
____% and ____%, divided by 365 days or 366 days, as applicable.

     The  "Index Rate" is  based on (the  "prime rate" published  in The Wall
Street Journal  every second Monday rounded to  the nearest one-eighth of one
percent  or if not published on any such  date, as next published in the Wall
Street Journal) (          ).  The annual  percentage rate for any  bi-weekly
period will be based on the Prime Rate in effect the Monday on which the rate
may change.   (If a prime rate range is published in The Wall Street Journal,
then  the midpoint  (average)  of that  range will  be used.)   There  are no
limitations on  increases or  decreases (except for  those home  equity loans
which  have Maximum  Rates).  Only  the home  equity loans that  have Maximum
Rates of  ____% also have annual adjustment caps of  __% as to both increases
and decreases in their Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and  credits and specifies the  minimum payment due  and the available credit
line.   Notice  of changes in  the applicable  Loan Rate are  provided by the
Transferor to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
(     ) day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements further  provide that if publication  of the
Index Rate  is discontinued, the Index Rate will be changed upon notification
in accordance with such Credit Line Agreements.

     The right to obtain additional credit may be  suspended or terminated or
the borrower  may be required to  pay the entire  balance due plus  all other
accrued but  unpaid charges immediately,  if the borrower  fails to make  any
required payment by  the due date, if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the  Credit Limit, if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material  misrepresentation, if the borrower  dies or becomes incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to any  judgment, lien, attachment or  execution which is  issued against the
Mortgaged Property,  if the  borrower fails to  obtain and  maintain required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the Mortgaged Property.  In addition, the right
to obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may
be reduced, if the value of  the Mortgaged Property decreases for any  reason
to  less than  80% of  the original  appraised value,  if the borrower  is in
default  under  the  home  equity  loan, if  government  action  impairs  the
Transferor's  lien  priority or  if  a  regulatory  agency has  notified  the
Transferor  that continued advances  would constitute  an unsafe  and unsound
practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods shown for the  home equity loans indicated on the  table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following  tables.   The  data  presented in  the  following  tables are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience of the Mortgage  Loans will be similar to that  set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       As of _________
							   ____

                                                Number of
                                                  Loans                        Amount
<S>                                             <C>                            <C>
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                        $              
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . . . 
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .                                        ________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . .                                        $_______

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                               %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . . .                                               %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . . .                                               %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . . . 

</TABLE>

                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           For the Year
                                                                                                          Ending ________
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Agreement.

     With respect  to real  estate secured revolving  credit line  loans, the
general policy of the Servicer  is to initiate foreclosure on  the underlying
property (i) after such  loan is 90 days or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice
of  default on  a  senior  lien is  received  by the  Servicer;  or (iii)  if
circumstances  are discovered  by the  Servicer which  would indicate  that a
potential for loss exists.  Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated  if the
delinquency is cured.  However, under certain circumstances, the Servicer may
elect not to  commence foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  
borrower's  default  is due  to special circumstances which are temporary and 
are  not  expected to last beyond a specified period.  The loans to borrowers 
in  bankruptcy  proceedings will be restructured  in accordance with  law and 
with  a view to  maximizing recovery of such home equity loans, including any  
deficiencies. Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,
short  sale, deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the  home equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the related  Mortgaged Property  will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged Property  and charge-off the  balance of  the home equity  loan
balance which  was  not  recovered  by the  liquidation  proceeds.    If  the
Mortgaged Property was  subject to a senior lien  position, the Servicer will
either satisfy such lien  at the time of the  foreclosure sale or take  other
action  as  deemed  necessary  to  protect the  Servicer's  interest  in  the
Mortgaged  Property.    If in  the  judgment  of the  Servicer,  the  cost of
maintaining  or purchasing  the  senior lien  position  exceeds the  economic
benefit of  such action,  the Servicer will  generally charge-off  the entire
home  equity loan,  seek a money  judgment against  the borrower or  will not
pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's  real estate  secured revolving credit  line loans  and applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation  to be paid to the Servicer  in respect of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans and will  be equal
to ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee  Rate") on  the aggregate  Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans  as of the first  day of each such  Collection
Period (the "Servicing  Fee").  With respect to  the first Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections ___% of the amount calculated
in the preceding  sentence.   All assumption fees,  late payment charges  and
other  fees and  charges, to  the extent  collected from  borrowers, will  be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Mortgage Loans  were  originated pursuant  to  loan agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the "Credit  Line  Agreements") and  are  secured by
mortgages or  deeds of trust,  most of which  are second mortgages  or second
deeds of trust,  on Mortgaged Properties.  The  Mortgaged Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans consist primarily  of residential properties that are one-
to  four-family properties.   (___  of  the Mortgaged  Properties are  owner-
occupied.)  See"--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off  Date Pool  Balance is $___________,  which is equal  to the
aggregate Principal  Balances of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance  was $_______, the  minimum Mortgage  Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________, the minimum Loan  Rate and the maximum Loan Rate on  the Cut-
Off  Date were  ____% and  ____% per  annum, respectively,  and the  weighted
average Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was ____% per annum.  As of the Cut-Off
Date,  the weighted  average Credit  Limit  Utilization Rate  was ____%,  the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization  Rate was zero and the  maximum Credit Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined by dividing the Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by the  Credit Limit  of the  related Credit  Line Agreement.   The  weighted
average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of  the Mortgage Loans was  ____% as of
the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The Depositor  has compiled the  following additional information  as of
the Cut-Off  Date with respect  to the Mortgage Loans  to be included  in the
Trust.


                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


                     PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal payments on the Certificates, the aggregate amount
of distributions  on  the Certificates  and  the  yield to  maturity  of  the
Certificates will be related to the rate and timing of payments  of principal
on the  Mortgage Loans.  The rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans
will in  turn be  affected by the  amortization schedules (which  will change
periodically to  accommodate adjustments to  the Loan Rates) of  the Mortgage
Loans and by  the rate of principal  prepayments (including for this  purpose
prepayments  resulting from refinancing,  liquidations of the  Mortgage Loans
due to defaults, casualties, condemnations  and repurchases by the Transferor
or Servicer).   The Mortgage  Loans may be prepaid  by the Mortgagors  at any
time without a prepayment penalty.  See "The Mortgage Pool" herein.

     Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans (including
any optional purchase  by the Servicer of  a defaulted Mortgage Loan  and any
optional repurchase  of the remaining  Mortgage Loans in connection  with the
termination of the  Trust, in each case  as described herein) will  result in
distributions on the Certificates of  principal amounts which would otherwise
be  distributed over the  remaining terms of  the Mortgage Loans.   Since the
rate of payment  of principal  of the  Mortgage Loans will  depend on  future
events and a variety of factors, no assurance can be given as to such rate or
the rate of principal prepayments.  The extent to which the yield to maturity
of a Certificate  may vary from  the anticipated yield  will depend upon  the
degree to which such Certificate is  purchased at a discount or premium,  and
the  degree  to  which  the  timing  of  payments  thereon  is  sensitive  to
prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans.

     The rate of prepayment on the Mortgage Loans cannot be predicted.   Home
equity loans such  as the Mortgage Loans have been  originated in significant
volume only  during the  past few  years and  neither the  Depositor nor  the
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate
of prepayment of such  Mortgage Loans.  Generally, home equity  loans are not
viewed by borrowers as permanent  financing.  Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans
may experience  a higher rate  of prepayment than traditional  first mortgage
loans.  The prepayment  experience of the Trust with respect  to the Mortgage
Loans may  be  affected by  a  wide variety  of factors,  including  economic
conditions,  prevailing interest rate levels, the availability of alternative
financing and homeowner mobility and changes affecting the deductibility  for
Federal  income tax  purposes  of  interest payments  on  home equity  loans.
Substantially all  of the  Mortgage Loans  contain "due-on-sale"  provisions,
and, with respect  to the  Mortgage Loans,  the Servicer is  required by  the
Agreement  to  enforce  such  provisions,  unless  such  enforcement  is  not
permitted by  applicable law.   The enforcement of a  "due-on-sale" provision
will have  the same effect as a prepayment of the related Mortgage Loan.  See
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

     No assurance can  be given as to the  level of prepayments that  will be
experienced  by the Trust and it can  be expected that a portion of borrowers
will  not  prepay  their Mortgage  Loans  to  any  significant degree.    See
"DESCRIPTION  OF THE CERTIFICATES--Weighted Average Life of the Certificates"
in the Prospectus.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to  the Agreement.  The form of
the Agreement has been filed as  an exhibit to the Registration Statement  of
which this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus is a part.  The following
summaries describe certain provisions of the Agreement.  The summaries do not
purport  to be  complete  and are  subject  to, and  are  qualified in  their
entirety by  reference to, all of the provisions  of the Agreement.  Wherever
particular sections or  defined terms of the Agreement are  referred to, such
sections or defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

GENERAL

     The  Certificates  will  be  issued in  denominations  of  $(1,000)  and
integral multiples  thereof (except that one  Certificate may be issued  in a
denomination  that is not  an integral multiple  of $1000)  and will evidence
specified undivided interests in the Trust.  (Section 6.01)  The  property of
the Trust  will consist of, to the extent provided  in the Agreement:  a pool
of (adjustable)  (fixed) rate  home equity loan  revolving credit  line loans
made or  to be made in the future (the  "Mortgage Loans"), under certain home
equity revolving  credit line loan agreements (the  "Credit Line Agreements")
and secured (primarily) by second (deeds of trust) (mortgages) on residential
properties that are primarily one-  to four-family properties (the "Mortgaged
Properties"); the collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans received after
the  Cut-Off  Date; property  that secured  a  Mortgage Loan  which  has been
acquired  by foreclosure or  deed in lieu  of foreclosure; (a  surety bond or
letter   of  credit);   certain  pass-through   certificates  (the   "Private
Securities")  representing fractional,  undivided  interests in  the Mortgage
Loans, an assignment of the  Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement;
rights  under  certain  hazard  insurance  policies  covering  the  Mortgaged
Properties; and certain other property, as  described more fully herein.  The
Trust will  include the unpaid principal balance of  each Mortgage Loan as of
the Cut-Off  Date (the "Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance") plus  any additions
thereto as a  result of new advances  made pursuant to the  applicable Credit
Line  Agreement (the  "Additional Balances")  during the  life of  the Trust.
Definitive Certificates (as defined  below), if issued, will  be transferable
and exchangeable  at the corporate  trust office  of the Trustee,  which will
initially  act as  Certificate Registrar.    See "--Book-Entry  Certificates"
below.   No service charge will be  made for any registration  of exchange or
transfer  of Certificates,  but  the Trustee  may  require payment  of  a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.  (Section 6.02)

     The aggregate  undivided interest in  the Trust Fund represented  by the
Certificates as of the Closing Date will equal $__________  of principal (the
"Original Principal  Balance"), which  represents approximately  ___% of  the
aggregate  Cut-Off Date  Principal  Balance.   The  principal  amount of  the
outstanding   Certificates  (the  "Certificate  Principal  Balance")  on  any
Distribution  Date is  equal  to  the Original  Principal  Balance minus  the
aggregate   of   amounts   actually   distributed   as   principal   to   the
Certificateholders.  See "--Distributions on  the Certificates" below.   Each
Certificate  represents the  right to  receive  payments of  interest at  the
Certificate Rate and payments of principal as described below.

     The Transferor will  own the  interest (the  "Transferor Interest")  not
represented by the  Certificates.  The Transferor Interest  will represent an
undivided  interest in  the Trust,  including  the right  to receive  certain
percentages  (the  "Transferor  Percentages")  of  Interest  Collections  and
Principal Collections.   The  initial amount of  the Transferor  Interest was
determined,  among other  factors, to  be able  to absorb  reductions in  the
aggregate amount  of  Loan Balances  in the  Trust without  causing an  Early
Amortization  Event, which  would result  in  the early  commencement of  the
Amortization  Period.  There can be no assurance that the Transferor Interest
will be  sufficient for  such purpose.   While  the  Transferor is  obligated
(subject   to  certain  conditions  and  limitations)  to  transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans (to  the extent available) to the Trust,  there can
be no  assurance that sufficient  Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans  will be
available.

     During the Revolving Period, the Security Principal Balance will  remain
constant except  in certain limited  circumstances.  See  "--Distributions on
the Certificates" below.   The Pool Balance,  however, will vary each  day as
principal is  paid on  the Mortgage Loans,  liquidation losses  are incurred,
Additional Balances  are drawn  down by borrowers  under the  Mortgage Loans,
Mortgage Loans  are retransferred  to the Transferor  or Eligible  Additional
Mortgage Loans are transferred to the Trust.  Consequently, the amount of the
Transferor Interest will  fluctuate each day  to reflect  the changes in  the
Pool Balance.  During the Amortization Period, the Security Principal Balance
will  decline  as  the  Investor  Percentage  of  Principal  Collections   is
distributed to the Certificateholders.   As a result, during the Amortization
Period,  the Transferor  Interest  may  increase each  month  to reflect  the
reductions  in the  Security Principal  Balance but  may change  each day  to
reflect the variations in the Pool Balance.

     The   holder   of  a   Certificate   is   referred   to  herein   as   a
"Certificateholder."

BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior  Certificates ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC")  in the United States(, or CEDEL
or Euroclear  (in  Europe)) if  they  are participants  of such  systems,  or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective depositaries  which in turn  will hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.    Citibank N.A.  will act  as  depositary for  CEDEL and  the Brussels,
Belgium  Branch of  Morgan Guarantee Trust  Company of  New York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the Book-Entry  Certificates in  minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples in  excess thereof.  Except as described  below, no person
acquiring  a Book-Entry  Certificate  (each, a  "beneficial  owner") will  be
entitled to receive  a physical certificate representing  such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").   Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are
issued,   it  is  anticipated  that  the   only  "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners will
not be Certificateholders as  that term is used in the  Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to the Trust  all of its right,  title and interest  in and to each  Mortgage
Loan (including  Additional  Balances arising  in  the future),  the  related
mortgage  note,  mortgages  and other  related  documents  (collectively, the
"Related Documents"), including  all payments received on or  with respect to
each  such Mortgage Loan on or  after the Cut-Off Date.   (Section 2.01)  The
Trustee, concurrently  with such transfer, will deliver  the Certificates and
the Transferor Interest to the Depositor.  (Section 2.07)  Each Mortgage Loan
transferred to the Trust will be identified on a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan
Schedule") delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.  Such schedule
will include  information as to  the Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance  of each
Mortgage  Loan,  as  well as  information  with  respect  to  the Loan  Rate.
(Article I.)

     The  Agreement  will  require  that, within  the  time  period specified
therein, the Depositor will  deliver or cause to be delivered  to the Trustee
(or a custodian,  as the Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans
endorsed to  the Trustee and the  Related Documents.  In lieu  of delivery of
original mortgages,  the Depositor may deliver or  cause to be delivered true
and  correct copies thereof which  have been certified  as to authenticity by
the appropriate county recording office where such mortgage is recorded.

     Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement, the  Transferor,  acting  at  the
Depositor's request,  will have ____  days after the Closing  Date to prepare
and record  assignments of  the mortgages related  to each  Mortgage Loan  in
favor of the Trustee (unless  opinions of counsel satisfactory to  the Rating
Agencies and the  Certificate Insurer  are delivered to  the Trustee and  the
Certificate Insurer to the effect that recordation of such assignments is not
required  in the  relevant  jurisdictions  to protect  the  interests of  the
Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).  If the recording information with respect to
any assignment  of Mortgage is  unavailable within ____  days of the  Closing
Date, such assignment will be prepared and recorded promptly after receipt of
such information, but in no event later than one year after the Closing Date.

     Within  ____ days  of  the Closing  Date,  the Trustee  will review  the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents pursuant to the Agreement and if any
Mortgage Loan or  Related Document is found  to be defective in  any material
respect and such defect  is not cured within  90 days following  notification
thereof to  the Transferor and the  Depositor by the Trustee,  the Transferor
will be obligated to either (i) substitute for such Mortgage Loan an Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loan; or (ii) purchase such Mortgage Loan at a price (the
"Purchase Price") equal to the outstanding Principal Balance of such Mortgage
Loan as  of the date  of purchase,  plus the greater  of (i) all  accrued and
unpaid interest thereon  and (ii) 30 days' interest thereon,  computed at the
Loan Rate, net of the  Servicing Fee if the Transferor is the  Servicer, plus
the amount of any unreimbursed Servicing Advances  made by the Servicer.  The
Purchase Price will be deposited in the Collection Account on or prior to the
next  succeeding  Determination  Date  after such  obligation  arises.    The
obligation  of the  Transferor to  repurchase or  substitute for  a Defective
Mortgage Loan is  the sole remedy regarding any defects in the Mortgage Loans
and Related  Documents available  to the Trustee  or the  Certificateholders.
(Section 2.02)

     In connection with the substitution  of an Eligible Substitute  Mortgage
Loan, the Transferor will be required to deposit in the Collection Account on
or  prior to  the next  succeeding Determination  Date after  such obligation
arises  an amount (the "Substitution Adjustment")  equal to the excess of the
Principal Balance of  the related Defective Mortgage Loan,  together with the
greater of  (x) all  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon and  (y) 30  days'
interest thereon, computed at the Loan Rate, net of the Servicing Fee  if the
Transferor is  the Servicer,  plus the amount  of any  unreimbursed Servicing
Advances made by the Servicer  with respect to such Defective Mortgage  Loan,
over the Principal Balance of such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Transferor for  a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or, in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate  Principal Balance), not  in excess of,  and not more  than 5% less
than, the Principal Balance of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan
Rate not less than the Loan Rate  of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more
than 1%  in excess of  the Loan Rate of  such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (iii)
have a Loan Rate  based on the Prime Rate with adjustments  to such Loan Rate
made on the same Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and not more than  100 basis points higher than the Margin  for the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating to  the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have  a remaining
term to maturity  not more than  six months  earlier and not  later than  the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply  with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Agreement (deemed to  be made  as of  the date of  substitution); and  (viii)
satisfy certain other conditions specified in the Agreement.

     The Transferor will  make certain representations  and warranties as  to
the accuracy in all material respects of certain information furnished to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and the Loan  Rate).  In addition, the Transferor  will represent and
warrant,  on the Closing Date,  that, among other things: (i)  at the time of
transfer to the Depositor, the Transferor has transferred or  assigned all of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in  each  Mortgage  Loan  and  the Related
Documents, free  of any lien (subject  to certain exceptions);  and (ii) each
Mortgage Loan complied, at  the time of origination, in all material respects
with applicable state and  federal laws.  Upon discovery  of a breach of  any
such  representation and warranty which materially  and adversely affects the
interests of the Certificateholders in  the related Mortgage Loan and Related
Documents, the Transferor will have a period  of ____ days after discovery or
notice of  the breach to effect a cure.  If the breach cannot be cured within
the ____-day period,  the Transferor will be obligated to  (i) substitute for
such Defective  Mortgage Loan  an Eligible Substitute  Mortgage Loan  or (ii)
purchase such Defective Mortgage Loan from the Trust.  The same procedure and
limitations that  are set  forth above for  the substitution  or purchase  of
Defective  Mortgage  Loans as  a result  of deficient  documentation relating
thereto will apply to  the substitution or purchase  of a Defective  Mortgage
Loan as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Agreement
that    materially   and   adversely    affects   the   interests    of   the
Certificateholders.  (Section 2.04)

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Transferor as described
in the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

     Pursuant to the Agreement, the  Servicer will service and administer the
Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.

(TRANSFERS OF ELIGIBLE ADDITIONAL MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRUST

     If, for each  of (    ) consecutive  business days during  the Revolving
Period, the Transferor Interest for each such date  is less than (  )% of the
Pool Balance, then  not later  than the  (   ) business day  of the  calendar
month beginning at  least (   ) business days after such (     ) business day
thereafter the Transferor will be obligated to transfer to the Trust Eligible
Additional  Mortgage  Loans  (but  only   to  the  extent  available  in  the
(Transferor's)  (Seller's)  portfolio),  which may  be  generated  under home
equity  credit lines in  any billing cycle,  so that, after  giving effect to
such transfer, the  Transferor Interest will equal at  least (      )% of the
Pool Balance on such date.  An  "Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan" is a home
equity loan that, as  of the date of notice by the Transferor to the Trustee,
the Servicer and the (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer of its transfer
to the Trust (the "Notice Date"), was an Eligible  Mortgage Loan and that, as
of  the  Notice  Date,  complies  with  the  representations  and  warranties
described under  "Assignment of Mortgage  Loans" above.  The  Transferor must
satisfy the following conditions, among others, in order to transfer Eligible
Additional Mortgage  Loans to the Trust:  (i)  the Pool Balance, after giving
effect to such transfer, will not exceed  $     ; (ii) the Mortgage Files for
such  Eligible Additional  Mortgage Loans  shall have  been delivered  to the
Trustee (or  a custodian on its behalf); and  (iii) the Transferor shall have
given notice of  the proposed transfer  to each Rating  Agency and no  Rating
Agency has notified the Transferor in writing prior to the transfer date that
such transfer  will result in a  reduction or withdrawal of  its then-current
rating for the Certificates.

     In  addition, the  Transferor may,  at its  election, transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans subject to satisfaction of the conditions described
above.)


(OPTIONAL RETRANSFERS OF MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRANSFEROR

     Subject  to the  conditions specified in  the Agreement,  the Transferor
may, at its option, require the retransfer of one or more Mortgage Loans from
the Trust to it  on the last day of any Collection Period.   The Pool Balance
after giving effect to such retransfer must not be less than the Pool Balance
on  the  Closing  Date.   The  Transferor  will be  required  to  satisfy the
following  conditions, among  others:   (i)  the Transferor  shall reasonably
believe that  such retransfer will not  cause an Early Amortization  Event to
occur; (ii) as of  the (      ) business day prior to  the proposed transfer,
not more than  (   )% (based  on Loan Balances) of the  Mortgage Loans (after
giving effect to the proposed transfer) are  delinquent more than 30 days and
the  weighted average  delinquency of all  of the Mortgage  Loans (before and
after giving effect to the proposed transfer) is not more than 60 days; (iii)
the Depositor shall have represented that  no selection procedures reasonably
believed   by  the  Depositor   to  be  adverse  to   the  interests  of  the
Certificateholders or the  (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer were used
to select the  Mortgage Loans to be  removed; (iv) the Transferor  shall have
received evidence satisfactory  to it that the  reassignment will not,  as of
the date thereof,  prevent the transfer of the Mortgage  Loans (including any
Additional  Balances)  to the  Trust from  being recognized  as a  sale under
generally accepted  accounting principles and shall have received no evidence
that such reassignment will,  as of the  date thereof, prevent such  transfer
from being recognized as a sale for  regulatory purposes; and (v) each Rating
Agency shall have been notified of  the proposed retransfer and prior to  the
date of  retransfer no Rating  Agency has  notified the Depositor  in writing
that such retransfer would  result in a reduction or withdrawal  of its then-
current rating of the Certificates.)


PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE  LOANS; DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT  AND DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee shall  establish and maintain on  behalf of the Servicer  an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to  the investment provision  described in the  following paragraphs,
upon receipt by  the Servicer  of amounts  in respect of  the Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts  representing the  Servicing Fee,  administrative charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the restoration  or  repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Agreement) maturing  no later than one Business Day prior  to the date on
which the  amount  on deposit  therein is  required to  be  deposited in  the
Distribution  Account or on such Distribution  Date if approved by the Rating
Agencies and the Certificate Insurer.

     The  Trustee will  establish an  account  (the "Security  Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution  to Certificateholders  on a  Distribution Date.   The  Security
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible  Account" is  an  account that  is (i)  maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies,  (ii)
one or more accounts with  a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account maintained  with the Trustee  or an affiliate  of the Trustee  in its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced  by  a letter  from  each  Rating Agency  to  the Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Eligible Investments are  specified in the Agreement and  are limited to
investments which meet  the criteria of the Rating Agencies from time to time
as being consistent with their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Investor   Percentage  and  Transferor  Percentage.    Pursuant  to  the
Agreement, the Servicer  will allocate between the Investor  Interest and the
Transferor  Interest all  amounts (including  any  Net Liquidation  Proceeds)
collected  under  the  Mortgage  Loans  on  account  of  interest  ("Interest
Collections"),  all amounts  (including Net  Liquidation Proceeds)  collected
under the Mortgage  Loans on account  of principal ("Principal  Collections")
and the amount of the unrecovered Loan Balance of any Defaulted Mortgage Loan
at  the end of  the Collection Period  in which such  Defaulted Mortgage Loan
became  a  Defaulted  Mortgage  Loan  (the "Liquidation  Loss  Amount").    A
"Defaulted Mortgage  Loan" is a  Mortgage Loan that  has been written  off as
uncollectible by the Servicer.  The Collection Period for a Distribution Date
is the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date or, in the case of the
first  Distribution Date, the  period from the Cut-Off  Date through the last
day of the calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date
occurs.  The Servicer will make each  allocation by reference to the Investor
Percentage and  the Transferor  Percentage applicable in  each case  during a
Collection Period.

     For  convenience,  this  Prospectus Supplement  refers  to  the Investor
Percentage  with respect to  Interest Collections, Principal  Collections and
Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  as  if  the Investor  Percentage  were  the  same
percentage  at all  times in each  case.   The Investor  Percentage may  be a
different percentage for each Collection Period, and will vary primarily as a
result of changes in the Pool Balance.

     The Investor Percentage will be calculated as follows:

     Interest  Collections and  Liquidation  Loss Amounts.    When used  with
respect to  Interest Collections  and Liquidation Loss  Amounts at  any time,
"Investor  Percentage"  means the  percentage  equivalent of  a  fraction the
numerator of which  is the Security Principal Balance  and the denominator of
which  is the Pool  Balance, in each  case as of  the end  of the immediately
preceding Collection Period (or,  in the case of the first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections  during the  Revolving  Period.   When  used with
respect  to  Principal  Collections during  the  Revolving  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security  Principal Balance and the denominator of
which is  the Pool Balance,  in each case  as of the  end of the  immediately
preceding Collection Period (or, in the case of the  first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections during the  Amortization Period.   When used with
respect  to Principal Collections  during the Amortization  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security Principal Balance and the  denominator of
which  is the  Pool Balance,  in each  case as  of the  end of  the Revolving
Period.

     The Transferor Percentage will, in all cases, be equal to 100% minus the
applicable Investor Percentage.

     As a result of the calculations described above, Interest Collections in
each Collection Period  will be allocated to the  Certificateholders based on
the relationship of the Security Principal Balance to the Pool Balance (which
may fluctuate  from  month to  month).    As described  above,  the  Investor
Percentage applied  when allocating Principal Collections is expected to vary
from  month  to month  during  the  Revolving  Period, because  the  Security
Principal Balance  as a  percentage of the  Pool Balance will  fluctuate from
month  to month.   During  the Amortization  Period, however,  the amount  of
Principal Collections allocated  to the Investor Interest will  be determined
by  reference  to a  fixed percentage  which  will be  equal to  the Investor
Percentage  with respect  to Principal  Collections  on the  last day  of the
Revolving Period.

     Deposits in  the Collection Account and  Payments to the Depositor.   On
the Closing Date, the Servicer  will deposit in the Collection Account  funds
in the  amount of  the  Investor Percentage  of Interest  Collections on  the
Mortgage Loans received during the period from the Cut-Off Date to the second
business day  preceding the  Closing Date, but  not in  excess of  the amount
needed  to distribute  the  required  interest on  the  Certificates and  the
Servicing Fee  to be distributed  on the initial  Distribution Date.   On and
after  the  Closing  Date,  the  Servicer  will,  subject  to  the  following
paragraph,  deposit on  a  daily  basis within  two  business days  following
receipt thereof  (i) during each  Collection Period in the  Revolving Period,
the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest  Collections  and  (ii)  during  each
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Investor Percentage of all
Interest Collections and Principal Collections.  The Servicer will pay to the
Transferor within two  business days of  its receipt thereof (i)  during each
Collection Period in  the Revolving Period, the Transferor  Percentage of all
Interest Collections and, if the  Transferor Interest (after giving effect to
any transfers of Additional Balances or Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans to
the  Trust on  such day)  is equal  to or  greater than zero,  the Transferor
Percentage of  all Principal Collections  and the Investor Percentage  of all
Principal  Collections  and  (ii)  during   each  Collection  Period  in  the
Amortization Period, the  Transferor Percentage of Interest  Collections and,
if  the  Transferor  Interest  (after  giving  effect  to  any  transfers  of
Additional Balances  or Eligible  Additional Mortgage Loans  to the  Trust on
such  day) is greater  than zero, the Transferor  Percentage of all Principal
Collections.

     The  Trustee will deposit in  the Security Account  any amounts drawn on
the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) as described below.

     Any  Principal Collections  not paid  to the  Transferor because  of the
limitations  described above  ("Unallocated Principal Collections"),  will be
deposited  and  retained  in  the  Collection  Account  for  payment  to  the
Transferor, during the Revolving Period,  if and when the Transferor Interest
is  greater   than  zero  and,   during  the  Amortization  Period,   to  the
Certificateholders.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES

     On the  (___) day  preceding each Distribution  Date, the  Trustee shall
transfer funds  from the Collection  Account to the Distribution  Account for
the distributions  described below.   Beginning  with  the Distribution  Date
occurring on               ,  distributions on the Certificates  will be made
by the Trustee
out of amounts on deposit in  the Security Account on each Distribution  Date
to the  persons in whose names such Certificates  are registered at the close
of business on the (day prior to each Distribution Date) (the "Record Date"),
except  as  provided in  "Registration  of  Certificates"  below.   The  term
"Distribution Date" means the       day of each month (or if such      day is
not a business day the next succeeding  business day).  Distributions will be
made by  check mailed  (or upon  the request  of  a Certificateholder  owning
Certificates having denominations aggregating at  least $          , by  wire
transfer or otherwise) to the address of the person entitled thereto ((which,
in the case of  Book-Entry Certificates, will be DTC  or its nominee)) as  it
appears on the Certificate Register in amounts calculated as described herein
on the business day (but no later than the        calendar day) of  the month
in which  the related  Distribution Date  occurs (the  "Determination Date").
However, the final  distribution in respect of the Certificates  will be made
only upon presentation and  surrender thereof at the office or  the agency of
the  Trustee specified  in the  notice  to Certificateholders  of such  final
distribution.

     Distributions of  Interest Collections and  Required Amounts.   On  each
Distribution  Date,  the Trustee,  on  behalf  of the  Trust,  shall  pay the
following amounts in the following order of priority to the following persons
from the Investor  Interest of all Interest Collections  collected during the
related Collection Period,  together with the Required Amount,  if any, drawn
on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) for such Distribution Date.

     ((i)   to the Certificateholders,  interest at the Certificate  Rate for
the Interest Accrual Period preceding  such Distribution Date on the Security
Principal Balance outstanding immediately prior to such Distribution Date;

     (ii)   to  the  Certificateholders, any  interest  on  the  Certificates
accrued  in  accordance  with  clause   (i)  that  has  not  been  previously
distributed  to Certificateholders plus,  to the extent  legally permissible,
interest  thereon at the  Certificate Rate applicable  from time to  time (an
"Unpaid Interest Shortfall");

     (iii)  to the  Servicer,  the  Investor Servicing  Fee  for the  related
Interest Accrual  Period and all  accrued and unpaid Investor  Servicing Fees
for previous Interest Periods;

     (iv)   if such  Distribution Date  is in  the Revolving  Period, to  the
Transferor, the Investor Percentage of  the aggregate of all Liquidation Loss
amounts  incurred in  the  preceding  Collection  Period; provided  that  the
Transferor  Interest (after  giving  effect to  any  transfers of  Additional
Balances  and Eligible  Additional Mortgage  Loans  on such  date and  to the
distribution  of such  Liquidation Loss Amount)  is equal to  or greater than
zero;

     (v)   if such  Distribution Date is  in the Amortization  Period, to the
Certificateholders,  the  Investor   Percentage  of  the  aggregate   of  all
Liquidation Loss Amounts incurred in the preceding Collection Period;

     (vi)  to the Certificateholders,  the aggregate of the amounts allocable
pursuant to clause (v) that were not previously distributed pursuant to  such
clause  (each  such  undistributed  amount  being referred  to  herein  as  a
"Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount"); and

     (vii) to  the Certificateholders,  accrued and unpaid  interest on  each
unreimbursed  Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount (such interest
being calculated  at the  Certificate Rate for  each Interest  Accrual Period
during which such unreimbursed amount was outstanding.)

     A Security Principal Balance Loss  Deduction Amount represents a loss of
principal in  respect of Defaulted  Mortgage Loans allocable to  the Investor
Interest and will arise when  the Investor Percentage of Interest Collections
and the Required  Amount are not sufficient to cover such loss, in accordance
with  the priority  of distributions  described  above.   As described  under
"General" above, any  Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amounts which
have  not been  reimbursed,  as  provided herein,  will  reduce the  Security
Principal Balance.

     The Required Amount for each Distribution Date will be the lesser of (i)
the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount and (ii) the amount, if any,  by
which (a) the full amount distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
clauses (i)  through (vii) above  exceeds (b) the Investor  Percentage of the
Interest Collections for the related  Collection Period.  The Required Amount
will be drawn on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

     Distributions of Principal.   On each Distribution Date  after the first
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Trustee will distribute to
the Certificateholders  the  Investor  Percentage  of  Principal  Collections
received in the preceding  Collection Period.  In addition,  the Trustee will
distribute   to  Certificateholders  on  any  Distribution  Date  during  the
Amortization Period any Retransfer Deposit Amount (or drawn on the (Letter of
Credit)   (Surety  Bond)  in  respect  thereof)  received  in  the  preceding
Collection  Period and any Unallocated  Principal Collections then on deposit
in the Distribution Account.  The aggregate distributions of principal to the
Certificateholders will not exceed the Initial Security Principal Balance.

CERTIFICATE RATE

     (The "Certificate Rate" for a Distribution Date will generally equal the
sum of (a) LIBOR and (b) ____% per annum.  Notwithstanding the  foregoing, in
no event will the amount of interest required to be distributed in respect of
the Certificates on any Distribution Date exceed  a rate equal to the average
of the Loan Rates (net  of the Servicing Fee Rate) as of the first day of the
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date, weighted on the basis of
the  Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan as  of such date (adjusted to an
effective  rate reflecting  accrued interest  calculated  on the  basis of  a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).)

     Interest on  the Certificates in  respect of any Distribution  Date will
accrue on  the Principal Balance from the  preceding Distribution Date (or in
the case of the  first Distribution Date, from the Closing  Date) through the
day preceding such Distribution Date  (each such period, an "Interest Accrual
Period") on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

     (Calculation of  LIBOR.  "LIBOR"  with respect to any  Distribution Date
will be determined by  the Trustee and will be equal to the offered rates for
deposits in United States dollars having a  maturity of one month (the "Index
Maturity") commencing  on the  second LIBOR Business  Day (as  defined below)
prior to the  previous Distribution Date, which appear on  the Reuters Screen
LIBO  Page  as of  approximately 11:00  A.M.,  London time,  on such  date of
calculation.  If at least two such offered rates appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO  Page, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the  nearest one-sixteenth of a percent) of  such offered rates.  If fewer
than two such quotations appear, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date
will  be  determined  at  approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London  time,  on  such
determination date  on the  basis of  the rate  at which  deposits in  United
States dollars having  the Index Maturity are  offered to prime banks  in the
London interbank  market by four major  banks in the  London interbank market
selected by the Trustee and in  a principal amount equal to an amount  of not
less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that is representative for a single transaction
in such market at  such time.  The Trustee will  request the principal London
office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least
two  such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (rounded
upwards as  aforesaid) of such quotations.  If  fewer than two quotations are
provided, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date will be the arithmetic
mean  (rounded upwards  as aforesaid)  of the  rates quoted  at approximately
11:00  A.M., New York  City time, on  such determination date  by three major
banks  in New  York, New  York selected  by the Trustee  for loans  in United
States dollars to leading European banks  having the Index Maturity and in  a
principal amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that
is  representative for  a single  transaction in  such market  at such  time;
provided, however, that  if the banks selected  as aforesaid by the  Bank are
not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable
period will be LIBOR in effect for the previous period.)

     (For purposes of  calculating LIBOR, a "LIBOR Business Day"  will be any
Business  Day  on which  dealings in  deposits in  United States  dollars are
transacted in the London interbank market and "Reuters Screen LIBO Page" will
be the  display designated as page "LIBO" on  the Reuters Monitor Money Rates
Service (or  such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks).)

THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY BOND)

     On  the Closing Date, the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer will
issue  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) in favor of the Trustee on behalf
of the Trust  to support payments on the Certificates.  On each Determination
Date,  the Servicer will  determine the amounts  required to be  drawn on the
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond), up to  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)
Amount,  on   the  related   Distribution  Date.     See   "Distributions  on
Certificates" above.

     The amount  available under  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) (the
"(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount") for the initial Distribution Date
will be  $__________.  For each Distribution  Date thereafter, the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount will equal the lesser  of (i) ___% of  the Pool
Balance as of the first day of the preceding Collection Period  (after giving
effect to any  amounts distributed with respect to principal  of the Mortgage
Loans on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding Collection Period)
and (ii)  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount  as of the first day of
the preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn under the (Letter of
Credit)  (Surety Bond)  during  such preceding  Collection  Period, plus  any
amounts  paid  to  the  (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  Issuer  on  the
Distribution Date  occurring in  such preceding Collection  Period up  to the
amount of any previous draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

     As described above,  the Revolving Period will continue  until the close
of business on the last day of  __________ unless an Early Amortization Event
occurs prior thereto.  The term  "Early Amortization Event" refers to any  of
the following events:

          ((a)   failure on the part of the  Servicer or the Depositor (i) to
     make any  payment or deposit  on the  date required under  the Agreement
     within five business days after  such payment or deposit is required  to
     be  made, (ii)  to observe or  perform in  any material  respect certain
     covenants  of the  Servicer  or the  Depositor  or (iii)  to  observe or
     perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
     Servicer or the Depositor set forth  in the Agreement, which failure, in
     each  case,  materially  and  adversely  affects  the interests  of  the
     Certificateholders  and which,  in the case  of clause  (iii), continues
     unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and continues to
     materially  and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders
     for such period;

          (b)   any representation  or warranty made  by the  Servicer or the
     Depositor in the Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material
     respect   when  made,  as  a  result  of  which  the  interests  of  the
     Certificateholders   are  materially   and  adversely   affected,  which
     continues to be  incorrect in any  material respect for  a period of  60
     days  after  written  notice  and  which  continues  to  materially  and
     adversely  affect the  interests  of  the  Certificateholders  for  such
     period; provided, however, that an Early Amortization Event shall not be
     deemed to occur  thereunder if the Depositor has  accepted retransfer of
     the related  Mortgage Loan  or all such  Mortgage Loans,  if applicable,
     during such period  (or such longer period (not to  exceed an additional
     60 days) as the Trustee  may specify) in accordance with the  provisions
     of the Agreement;

          (c)   the Trust  becomes subject to  registration as  an investment
     company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          (d)   if  the  Depositor fails  to transfer  to the  Trust Eligible
     Additional Mortgage Loans by the time it is required to do so;

          (e)  an Event of Default  under the Agreement (as described in  the
     Prospectus under "THE AGREEMENTS--Events of Default") occurs;

          (f)  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount is less than     %
     of the Security Principal Balance; or

          (g)    if  the  average  of the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest
     Collections  for any three  consecutive Collection Periods  is less than
     the  amounts to  be distributed  to Certificateholders  as set  forth in
     subsections (i) through (vii) under "Distributions on the Certificates--
     Distributions of Interest Collections and Required  Amounts"  above  for 
     the three Distribution Dates relating to such Collection Periods.)

     (In the  case of  any event described  in clauses  (a) or (b),  an Early
Amortization  Event  will be  deemed  to  have occurred  only  if, after  the
expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, described in such clauses,
either the Trustee or holders of Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests
aggregating more than 51% or the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer (but
only if the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) is outstanding or the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond) Issuer has not  been fully reimbursed  for all amounts
paid to the Trust by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer), by written
notice to the Depositor and the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by  the
Certificateholders or  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer) declare
that an Early Amortization Event has occurred as of the  date of such notice.
In the case of any event described in clauses (c), (d), (e)  or (f), an Early
Amortization  Event will  be deemed  to have  occurred without any  notice or
other action  on the  part of the  Trustee or  the Certificateholders  or the
(Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer immediately upon the  occurrence of
such event.  On the  date on which an Early  Amortization Event is deemed  to
have  occurred,  the Amortization  Period  will  commence.   In  such  event,
distributions of principal to the  Certificateholders will begin on the first
Distribution Date following  the month in which the  Early Amortization Event
occurs.  If,  because of the occurrence  of an Early Amortization  Event, the
Amortization Period  begins earlier  than __________, the  date on  which the
Amortization Period is  scheduled to commence, Certificateholders  will begin
receiving distributions of  principal earlier than they would  otherwise have
under  the   Agreement,  which  may   shorten  the  final  maturity   of  the
Certificates.)

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Concurrently  with each  distribution  to  the  Certificateholders,  the
Trustee  will  forward to  each Certificateholder  a statement  setting forth
among other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the amount, if any, of overdue accrued interest included  in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the  amount,   if  any,   of   the  aggregate   unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans as to  which the minimum monthly  payment is delinquent  for 30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the book value  of any real estate which  is acquired by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v)  above, the amounts  shall be expressed  as a dollar  amount per Security
with a $1,000  denomination.  Within 60  days after the end  of each calendar
year, the  Trustee will forward  to each Person,  if requested in  writing by
such Person, who was a Certificateholder during the prior calendar year.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES ON MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called
for under  the Mortgage Loans and will, consistent with the Agreement, follow
such collection procedures  as it follows from  time to time with  respect to
the home equity  loans in its servicing portfolio comparable  to the Mortgage
Loans.  Consistent with the above,  the Servicer may in its discretion  waive
any late payment charge or any assumption or  other fee or charge that may be
collected in the ordinary  course of servicing the Mortgage  Loans.  (Section
3.02)

     With respect to  the Mortgage  Loans, the  Servicer may  arrange with  a
borrower a schedule for the payment of interest due  and unpaid for a period,
provided that any such arrangement is consistent with the Servicer's policies
with respect  to the home  equity mortgage loans it  owns or services.   With
respect to Mortgage  Loans that are junior in  priority to a First  Lien on a
Mortgaged Property, the Servicer has the power under certain circumstances to
consent  to a new  mortgage lien on  such Mortgaged  Property having priority
over  such Mortgage  Loan in  connection with the  refinancing of  such First
Lien.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The Servicer will cause to be maintained fire and hazard insurance  with
extended  coverage customary  in the  area  where the  Mortgaged Property  is
located, in  an amount  which is  at least  equal to  the lesser  of (i)  the
outstanding Principal  Balance on  the Mortgage Loan  and any  related senior
lien(s), (ii) the full insurable value of the  premises securing the Mortgage
Loan and (iii) the  minimum amount required to compensate for  damage or loss
on a  replacement cost  basis in each  case in an  amount not less  than such
amount as is  necessary to avoid the  application of any  co-insurance clause
contained  in  the  related  hazard  insurance policy.    Generally,  if  the
Mortgaged Property is  in an area identified  in the Federal Register  by the
Flood Emergency Management Agency as FLOOD ZONE "A", such flood insurance has
been  made available  and  the  Servicer determines  that  such insurance  is
necessary in accordance with accepted second mortgage servicing  practices of
prudent lending institutions, the Servicer will cause to be purchased a flood
insurance policy with a generally  acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount
representing  coverage  not  less  than  the least  of  (a)  the  outstanding
Principal Balance  of the  Mortgage Loan  and the  first lien,  (b) the  full
insurable value  of the  Mortgaged Property,  or  (c) the  maximum amount  of
insurance  available under  the  National  Flood Insurance  Act  of 1968,  as
amended.  The Servicer will also maintain on REO Property, to the extent such
insurance is available,  fire and hazard insurance in  the applicable amounts
described  above,  liability  insurance  and,  to  the  extent  required  and
available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, and the
Servicer  determines  that such  insurance  is necessary  in  accordance with
accepted second mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions,
flood insurance  in an  amount equal  to that  required above.   Any  amounts
collected by the Servicer  under any such policies (other than  amounts to be
applied  to the  restoration or repair  of the  Mortgaged Property, or  to be
released  to  the Mortgagor  in  accordance  with customary  second  mortgage
servicing procedures) will be deposited in the Collection Account, subject to
retention by  the Servicer  to the extent  such amounts  constitute servicing
compensation or to withdrawal pursuant to the Agreement.

     In the event that the Servicer obtains and maintains a blanket policy as
provided  in the  Agreement insuring  against  fire and  hazards of  extended
coverage on all of the  Mortgage Loans, then, to the extent such policy names
the  Servicer as loss payee and  provides coverage in an  amount equal to the
aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loans without coinsurance;
and otherwise  complies with the requirements of  the first paragraph of this
subsection, the  Servicer will be  deemed conclusively to have  satisfied its
obligations with respect to fire and hazard insurance coverage.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will foreclose  upon  or otherwise  comparably convert  to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into default when,  in accordance with applicable  servicing procedures under
the Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the collection of
delinquent   payments.    In  connection  with   such  foreclosure  or  other
conversion, the Servicer will follow such practices as it deems  necessary or
advisable  and  as are  in  keeping  with  its general  subordinate  mortgage
servicing activities,  provided the Servicer  will not be required  to expend
its own funds in connection  with foreclosure or other conversion, correction
of default on a  related senior mortgage loan or restoration  of any property
unless,  in its  sole judgment,  such foreclosure, correction  or restoration
will increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.  (Section 3.06) The Servicer will  be
reimbursed  out of  Liquidation Proceeds  for advances  of  its own  funds as
liquidation  expenses before any Net Liquidation  Proceeds are distributed to
Certificateholders.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to  each Due Period, other  than the first Due  Period, the
Servicer will receive from interest payments in respect of the Mortgage Loans
a portion of such interest payments as a monthly Servicing  Fee in the amount
equal to  ____% per annum ("Servicing Fee Rate")  on the Principal Balance of
each Mortgage  Loan as of the first  day of each such Due  Period as to which
such payment was made.  All  assumption fees, late payment charges and  other
fees and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained by
the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and any paying agent.

     The  Servicer's  right  to   reimbursement  for  unreimbursed  Servicing
Advances  is  limited to  late  collections  on  the related  Mortgage  Loan,
including  Liquidation   Proceeds,  released  mortgaged   property  proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds and such other amounts as may be collected by the Servicer
from the  related Mortgagor  or otherwise  relating to  the Mortgage  Loan in
respect of which such unreimbursed amounts are owed.  The Servicer's right to
reimbursement for  unreimbursed  Monthly Advances  shall be  limited to  late
collections  of interest on any Mortgage Loan and to Liquidation Proceeds and
Insurance Proceeds  on the  related Mortgage Loan.   The Servicer's  right to
such reimbursements is prior to the rights of Certificateholders.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     The Agreement provides  for delivery on  or before the  last day of  the
fifth month following  the end  of the Servicer's  fiscal year, beginning  in
199_, to  the Trustee, the Certificate Insurer and  the Rating Agencies of an
annual statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the effect  that the
Servicer  has  fulfilled   its  material  obligations  under   the  Agreement
throughout the preceding fiscal year,  except as specified in such statement.
(Section 3.10)

     On or before  the last day of  the fifth month following the  end of the
Servicer's fiscal year, beginning in 199_, the Servicer will furnish a report
prepared by  a firm of  nationally recognized independent  public accountants
(who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Depositor) to  the
Trustee,  the Certificate Insurer and the Rating  Agencies to the effect that
such  firm  has  examined  certain  documents and  the  records  relating  to
servicing  of the Mortgage  Loans under the Uniform  Single Audit Program for
Mortgage Bankers and  such firm's conclusion with respect  thereto.  (Section
3.11)

     The Servicer's fiscal year is the calendar year.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The  Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer  may  not resign  from  its
obligations  and duties  thereunder, except  in connection  with a  permitted
transfer of servicing,  unless (i) such duties and obligations  are no longer
permissible  under applicable law  or are in  material conflict  by reason of
applicable law  with any  other  activities of  a type  and nature  presently
carried on  by it  or its  affiliate or  (ii)  upon the  satisfaction of  the
following conditions:   (a) the Servicer has proposed a successor servicer to
the Trustee  in writing  and such proposed  successor servicer  is reasonably
acceptable to the  Trustee; (b)  the Rating  Agencies have  confirmed to  the
Trustee  that the  appointment of  such  proposed successor  servicer as  the
Servicer will  not result in the reduction or  withdrawal of the then current
rating  of the  Certificates; and  (c)  such proposed  successor servicer  is
reasonably acceptable to  the Certificate Insurer.  No  such resignation will
become effective  until the Trustee or  a successor servicer has  assumed the
Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.  (Section 7.04)

     The Servicer  may perform any  of its duties  and obligations under  the
Agreement  through  one or  more  subservicers  or  delegates, which  may  be
affiliates  of  the Servicer.    Notwithstanding  any such  arrangement,  the
Servicer  will   remain  liable  and   obligated  to  the  Trustee   and  the
Certificateholders  for the  Servicer's  duties  and  obligations  under  the
Agreement, without any diminution  of such duties  and obligations and as  if
the Servicer  itself were performing  such duties and obligations.   (Section
7.05)

     The Agreement provides  that the Servicer will indemnify  the Trust Fund
and  the Trustee  from and against  any loss,  liability, expense,  damage or
injury suffered  or  sustained  as a  result  of the  Servicer's  actions  or
omissions in connection with the servicing and administration of the Mortgage
Loans which are not in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.   The
Agreement  provides that  neither the  Depositor nor  the Servicer  nor their
directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability to
the Trust, the Trustee,  the Certificateholders or  any other person for  any
action  taken or  for  refraining  from taking  any  action pursuant  to  the
Agreement.  However, neither the Depositor nor the Servicer will be protected
against any liability  which would otherwise be imposed by  reason of willful
misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of the Depositor or the Servicer in
the performance of  its duties under the  Agreement or by reason  of reckless
disregard of its obligations thereunder.  In addition, the Agreement provides
that the Servicer will not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or
defend  any   legal  action  which   is  not  incidental  to   its  servicing
responsibilities  under  the  Agreement.    The Servicer  may,  in  its  sole
discretion, undertake  any such legal  action which it may  deem necessary or
desirable with  respect to  the Agreement and  the rights  and duties  of the
parties  thereto and  the  interest  of  the  Certificateholders  thereunder.
(Sections 7.03, 7.05, 7.06 and 8.02)

     Any corporation into  which the Servicer may be  merged or consolidated,
or any corporation resulting from  any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which  the Servicer shall  be a party,  or any corporation  succeeding to the
business of the  Servicer shall be the  successor of the  Servicer hereunder,
without the execution or filing of  any paper or any further act on  the part
of any  of the  parties hereto,  anything in  the Agreement  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.  (Section 7.02)

EVENTS OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     "Events of Servicing  Termination" will consist of: (i)  (A) any failure
by the Servicer to make any required Monthly Advance or (B) any other failure
of the Servicer to deposit in the  Collection Account any deposit required to
be  made under  the Agreement,  which  failure continues  unremedied for  one
Business  Day after  the giving  of  written notice  of such  failure  to the
Servicer  by  the  Trustee,  or  to  the  Servicer and  the  Trustee  by  the
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
Fund of  at least 25% of the Certificate  Principal Balance; (ii) any failure
by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material  respect any other
of  its  covenants  or  agreements in  the  Agreement  which,  in each  case,
materially and adversely affects the  interests of the Certificateholders and
continues unremedied for 60  days after the giving of written  notice of such
failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by
the Certificateholders  evidencing an  aggregate, undivided  interest in  the
Trust of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; (iii) any failure
by  the  Servicer to  make  any  required  Servicing Advance,  which  failure
continues unremedied  for a  period of 30  days after  the giving  of written
notice of such failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and
the  Trustee by  the Certificateholders  evidencing  an aggregate,  undivided
interest in  the Trust of at least 25%  of the Certificate Principal Balance;
or (iv)  certain events of  insolvency, readjustment of debt,  marshalling of
assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings relating to the  Servicer and
certain  actions by  the Servicer  indicating  insolvency, reorganization  or
inability to pay its obligations (an "Insolvency Event").

     Upon  the occurrence and continuation beyond the applicable grace period
of the event described in clause (i) (A) above, if any Monthly Advance is not
made by  12:00 Noon New  York Time on  the second  Business Day prior  to the
applicable  Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee or  a  successor  Servicer will
immediately assume the duties of the Servicer.

     Upon  removal or  resignation of the  Servicer, the Trustee  will be the
Successor Servicer (the  "Successor Servicer").   The  Trustee, as  Successor
Servicer, will be  obligated to make Monthly Advances  and Servicing Advances
and certain other advances unless it determines reasonably  and in good faith
that such advances  would not be  recoverable.  If,  however, the Trustee  is
unwilling or  unable to  act as  Successor Servicer,  or if  the majority  of
Certificateholders so requests, the Trustee  may appoint, or petition a court
of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established mortgage loan  servicing
institution having a  net worth of not less than $15,000,000 as the Successor
Servicer in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities, duties
or liabilities of the Servicer.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a delay  in  or failure  of performance
referred  to under  clause (i)  above for  a period  of ten Business  Days or
referred to under clause (ii) above  for a period of 30 Business  Days, shall
not constitute an  Event of Servicing  Termination if such  delay or  failure
could not  be  prevented  by the  exercise  of reasonable  diligence  by  the
Servicer and  such delay or  failure was  caused by  an act of  God or  other
similar occurrence.  Upon the occurrence of any such event the Servicer shall
not be relieved from using  its best efforts to perform its  obligations in a
timely manner in  accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Servicer
shall provide the  Trustee, the Depositor, and the  Certificateholders prompt
notice of  such failure or  delay by it,  together with a description  of its
efforts to so perform its obligations.

RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     So long as an Event  of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either
the  Trustee,   or  Certificateholders  evidencing  an  aggregate,  undivided
interest in the Trust  of at least 51 % of  the Certificate Principal Balance
may  terminate all of  the rights and  obligations of the  Servicer under the
Agreement  and in  and  to the  Mortgage  Loans, whereupon  the Trustee  will
succeed to all  the responsibilities, duties and liabilities  of the Servicer
under   the  Agreement  and   will  be   entitled  to   similar  compensation
arrangements.  In  the event that the  Trustee would be obligated  to succeed
the  Servicer but  is  unwilling or  unable so  to  act, it  may  appoint, or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the  appointment of, a housing
and home  finance institution  or  other mortgage  loan or  home equity  loan
servicer with  all licenses and  permits required to perform  its obligations
under the Agreement and having a net worth of at least $25,000,000 to act  as
successor to the Servicer under the Agreement.  Pending such appointment, the
Trustee will be obligated to act  in such capacity unless prohibited by  law.
Such successor  will be entitled  to receive the  same compensation  that the
Servicer would  otherwise have received  (or such lesser compensation  as the
Trustee and such successor may agree).   (Sections 8.01 and 8.02) A  receiver
or  conservator for the Servicer may be  empowered to prevent the termination
and replacement  of the Servicer if  the only Event of  Servicing Termination
that has occurred is an Insolvency Event.

AMENDMENT

     The Agreement may  be amended from time  to time by the  Transferor, the
Servicer,  the  Depositor and  the Trustee,  but without  the consent  of the
Certificateholders,  to cure  any  ambiguity, to  correct  or supplement  any
provisions therein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions of the
Agreement, to add  to the duties of  the Depositor or the  Servicer to comply
with any requirements imposed  by the Internal Revenue Code or any regulation
thereunder, or to add or amend any provisions of the Agreement as required by
the  Rating  Agencies in  order  to maintain  or  improve any  rating  of the
Certificates (it being understood that, after obtaining the ratings in effect
on the  Closing Date, neither the Depositor, the  Trustee nor the Servicer is
obligated to obtain,  maintain, or  improve any  such rating) or  to add  any
other  provisions with  respect to  matters  or questions  arising under  the
Agreement  which  shall  not  be  inconsistent with  the  provisions  of  the
Agreement, provided that such action will not,  as evidenced by an opinion of
counsel,   materially   and   adversely   affect   the   interests   of   any
Certificateholder; provided,  that any such  amendment will not be  deemed to
materially and adversely  affect the Certificateholders  and no such  opinion
will be  required to  be delivered  if the  person requesting  such amendment
obtains  a letter from  each Rating Agency stating  that such amendment would
not result in a  downgrading of the then current rating  of the Certificates.
The Agreement may  also be amended from  time to time by the  Transferor, the
Servicer,   the   Depositor,   and   the  Trustee,   with   the   consent  of
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of at  least 51%  of the  Certificate Principal  Balance for  the purpose  of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or  eliminating any of the
provisions of the Agreement or  of modifying in any manner the rights  of the
Certificateholders, provided  that no such  amendment will (i) reduce  in any
manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, collections of payments  on the
Certificates or distributions or payments under the Policy which are required
to be made on any Certificate without the consent of the Certificateholder or
(ii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  required to  consent  to  any  such
amendment,  without the  consent  of  the holders  of  all Certificates  then
outstanding.  (Section 11.01)

TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Trust will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later of
(A) payment in full of all amounts  owing to the Certificate Insurer and  (B)
the earliest of  (i) the  Distribution Date on  which the Security  Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation
of the last  Mortgage Loan in the Trust,  (iii) the optional transfer  to the
Servicer of the Mortgage Loans, as described below and (iv)  the Distribution
Date in (____________), on which date the Policy will be available to pay the
outstanding Class A Principal Balance.

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans and REO Properties in the Trust  and thereby effect early retirement of
the Certificates, subject  to the Pool Balance of such Mortgage Loans and REO
Properties at the time  of repurchase being less than or equal to (5%) of the
Pool Balance as  of the Cut-Off Date.   In the  event the Servicer  exercises
such option, the purchase price  distributed with respect to each Certificate
will be 100% of its then outstanding principal  balance (subject to reduction
as provided in  the Agreement if the  purchase price is based in  part on the
appraised value of any REO Properties  and such appraised value is less  than
the Principal  Balance of the related Mortgage Loans  plus (y) the greater of
(i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Mortgage Loans
through the related  Due Period and (ii) 30 days' accrued interest thereon at
the  Loan  Rate,  in  each  case  net of  the  Servicing  Fee  plus  (z)  any
unreimbursed amounts due to the Certificate Insurer under the Agreement and I
and I Payments.

     The termination  of the Trust  will be  effected in a  manner consistent
with applicable federal income tax regulations and the status of the Trust as
a REMIC.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     Any affiliate of  the Transferor  has the  option to  purchase from  the
Trust Fund any Mortgage Loan 90  days or more delinquent at a  purchase price
equal to the  outstanding principal balance of  such Mortgage Loan as  of the
date of purchase, plus the greater of  (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on
such principal balance and  (ii) 30 days' interest on such principal balance,
computed at the Loan Rate.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing, any such affiliate of the Transferor may
only exercise its option with respect to  the Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans
that  have  been  delinquent for  the  longest  period at  the  time  of such
repurchase.

THE TRUSTEE

     (                                             ) with its principal place
of business in  (                  ), has been named Trustee  pursuant to the
Agreement.

     The  commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may have normal
banking relationships with the Depositor and the Servicer.

     The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will be
obligated to  appoint a successor  Trustee, (as  approved by  the (Letter  of
Credit) (Surety Bond)  Provider).  The Depositor may  also remove the Trustee
if the Trustee ceases to be eligible  to continue as such under the Agreement
or  if  the  Trustee   becomes  insolvent.    Upon  becoming  aware  of  such
circumstances,  the  Depositor will  be  obligated  to  appoint  a  successor
Trustee(, as approved by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Provider).  Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a  successor Trustee
will  not  become  effective  until  acceptance of  the  appointment  by  the
successor Trustee.  (Section 9.07)

     No holder of  a Certificate will have  any right under the  Agreement to
institute any  proceeding with  respect to the  Agreement unless  such holder
previously has  given to  the Trustee written  notice of  default and  unless
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of  at  least 51%  of the  Certificate  Principal Balance  have  made written
requests  upon the Trustee  to institute such  proceeding in its  own name as
Trustee thereunder and  have offered to the Trustee  reasonable indemnity and
the Trustee  for  60 days  has neglected  or refused  to  institute any  such
proceeding.   (Section 11.03)   The Trustee  will be  under no  obligation to
exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by the Agreement or to make
any investigation of  matters arising thereunder or to  institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order
or direction of any of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders
have  offered to  the Trustee  reasonable security  or indemnity  against the
cost,  expenses and  liabilities which  may be  incurred therein  or thereby.
(Sections 9.01 and 9.02)

CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     The Trust Fund will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans; (iii) invest
in  securities  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  control;  (iv)  underwrite
securities; (v) except  as provided in the Agreement, engage  in the purchase
and sale (or turnover) of investments; (vi)  offer securities in exchange for
property (except Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or
otherwise reacquire its securities.   See "--Evidence as to Compliance" above
for information regarding reports as  to the compliance by the  Servicer with
the terms of the Agreement.


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     The Mortgage Loans  to be transferred to the Trust by the Depositor will
be purchased  by the  Depositor from  __________________________________ (the
"Transferor") pursuant to  the Purchase Agreement to be  entered into between
the Depositor,  as purchaser of  the Mortgage Loans,  and the  Transferor, as
seller of the  Mortgage Loans.  Under the  Purchase Agreement, the Transferor
will agree to transfer the Mortgage Loans  to the Depositor.  Pursuant to the
Agreement,  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  immediately  transferred  by  the
Depositor to the Trust, and the  Depositor will assign its rights in, to  and
under the Purchase Agreement, to the Trust.   The following summary describes
certain terms of  the form of the Purchase Agreement and  is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the form of Purchase Agreement.

TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     Pursuant  to the  Purchase Agreement,  the Transferor will  transfer and
assign to the  Depositor all of its right,  title and interest in  and to the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents.  The purchase price of the Mortgage
Loans is a specified percentage of the  face amount thereof as of the time of
transfer and is payable by the Depositor, as applicable, in cash.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Transferor will  represent and warrant to the  Depositor that, among
other  things, as  of the  Closing Date,  it is  duly organized  and  in good
standing  and  that it  has  the  authority  to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

     The Transferor will  also represent and warrant to  the Depositor, that,
among  other things,  (a)  the  information with  respect  to the  applicable
Mortgage Loan set forth in the schedule attached to the Purchase Agreement is
true and correct  in all material respects  and (b) immediately prior  to the
sale of the  Mortgage Loans  to the  Depositor, the Transferor  was the  sole
owner  and holder of the Mortgage  Loans free and clear  of any and all liens
and security interests.  The Transferor will make similar representations and
warranties in the Agreement.  The Transferor  will also represent and warrant
to the  Depositor, that,  among other  things, as  of the  Closing Date,  the
Purchase Agreement constitutes  a legal, valid and binding  obligation of the
Transferor.    In the  event  of a  breach  of any  such  representations and
warranties  which  has a  material adverse  effect  on the  interests  of the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer, the Transferor will repurchase
or substitute for  the Mortgage Loans as described  herein under "DESCRIPTION
OF THE CERTIFICATES--Assignment of Mortgage Loans."

     The Transferor has  also agreed to indemnify the Depositor and the Trust
from   and  against  certain  losses,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees) suffered  or sustained pursuant  to the Purchase
Agreement.

ASSIGNMENT TO THE TRUST

     The  Transferor expressly acknowledges  and consents to  the Depositor's
transfer  of its rights  relating to  the Mortgage  Loans under  the Purchase
Agreement  to  the  Trust.    The  Transferor  also  agrees  to  perform  its
obligations under the Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trust.

TERMINATION

     The Purchase Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Trust.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to be received  from the sale of the Certificates  will
be  applied by  the Depositor towards  the purchase  of the  (Mortgage Loans)
(Private Securities).   The (Mortgage Loans)  (Private Securities) will  have
been acquired by the Depositor from the Transferor.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following discussion,  which summarizes certain U.S.  federal income
tax aspects of  the purchase, ownership and disposition  of the Certificates,
is based on  the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"), the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and published rulings and
court decisions in effect as of the  date hereof, all of which are subject to
change,  possibly retroactively.    This discussion  does  not address  every
aspect  of  the U.S.  federal  income  tax  laws  which may  be  relevant  to
Certificate Owners in light of  their personal investment circumstances or to
certain types  of Certificate Owners  subject to special treatment  under the
U.S.  federal  income  tax  laws  (for  example,  banks  and  life  insurance
companies).    Accordingly,  investors  should  consult  their  tax  advisors
regarding U.S. federal, state, local,  foreign and any other tax consequences
to them of investing in the Certificates.

CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS

     Based on the application  of existing law to the  facts as set forth  in
the Agreement and  other relevant documents and assuming  compliance with the
terms  of  the  Agreement  as  in  effect on  the  date  of  issuance  of the
Certificates, Brown & Wood  LLP, special tax  counsel to the Depositor  ("Tax
Counsel"), is of  the opinion that the  Certificates will be treated  as debt
instruments for Federal income  tax purposes as of  such date.   Accordingly,
upon  issuance, the  Certificates will  be  treated as  "Debt Securities"  as
described in the Prospectus.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS"
in the Prospectus.

     The Transferor and the Certificateholders express in the Agreement their
intent  that,  for   applicable  tax  purposes,  the   Certificates  will  be
indebtedness secured  by the Mortgage  Loans.  The Transferor,  the Depositor
and  the  Certificateholders,   by  accepting  the  Certificates,   and  each
Certificate  Owner  by  its  acquisition   of  a  beneficial  interest  in  a
Certificate, have agreed  to treat the Certificates as  indebtedness for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.  However, because different criteria are used to
determine the  non-tax accounting  characterization of  the transaction,  the
Transferor intends to treat this transaction as a sale of an interest  in the
Asset Balances  of the  Mortgage Loans for  financial accounting  and certain
regulatory purposes.

     In general, whether  for U.S. federal income tax  purposes a transaction
constitutes  a sale of property or a loan,  the repayment of which is secured
by property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon the
economic substance of the transaction rather  than its form or the manner  in
which it is labeled.  While the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and  the
courts have set forth several factors to be taken into account in determining
whether the  substance of a  transaction is a  sale of property or  a secured
loan,  the  primary  factor  in  making this  determination  is  whether  the
transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to
the property and has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof.  Tax Counsel
has analyzed  and relied on several factors in  reaching its opinion that the
weight of the  benefits and burdens  of ownership of  the Mortgage Loans  has
been  retained  by  the  Transferor  and  has not  been  transferred  to  the
Certificate Owners.

     In  some instances,  courts have held  that a  taxpayer is bound  by the
particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of the
transaction does not accord with its form.  Tax Counsel has advised that  the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form
of the transaction as reflected in the operative provisions of  the documents
either  accords with  the characterization  of  the Certificates  as debt  or
otherwise makes the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME OF CERTIFICATE OWNERS

     Assuming that the Certificate Owners are holders of debt obligations for
U.S. federal income tax purposes,  the Certificates generally will be taxable
as  Debt Securities.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS" in the
Prospectus.

     While it is  not anticipated that the  Certificates will be issued  at a
greater than  de  minimis  discount, under  Treasury  regulations  (the  "OID
Regulations")  it is  possible that  the Certificates  could nevertheless  be
deemed  to  have been  issued  with original  issue discount  ("OID")  if the
interest  were  not  treated  as  "unconditionally  payable"  under  the  OID
Regulations.  If such regulations were to apply, all of the taxable income to
be recognized  with respect to the Certificates would be includible in income
of Certificate Owners  as OID,  but would  not be includible  again when  the
interest   is  actually   received.     See   "CERTAIN  FEDERAL   INCOME  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS--Taxation  of   Debt  Securities;  Interest   and  Acquisition
Discount" in the  Prospectus for a discussion  of the application of  the OID
rules  if the Certificates are  in fact issued  at a greater  than de minimis
discount  or  are  treated as  having  been  issued with  OID  under  the OID
Regulations.    For purposes  of  calculating  OID,  it  is likely  that  the
Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE  CERTIFICATES AS A PARTNERSHIP  OR ASSOCIATION
TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION

     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the courts or  the IRS.  It
is  possible that the  IRS could assert  that, for purposes of  the Code, the
transaction contemplated by this Prospectus with respect  to the Certificates
constitutes a sale  of the  Mortgage Loans  (or an interest  therein) to  the
Certificate  Owners  and  that   the  proper  classification  of  the   legal
relationship between the Transferor and the Certificate Owners resulting from
this  transaction is  that  of  a partnership  (including  a publicly  traded
partnership), a publicly  traded partnership treated as a  corporation, or an
association taxable as a corporation.  Since Tax Counsel has advised that the
Certificates  will   be  treated  as   indebtedness  in  the  hands   of  the
Certificateholders for U.S. federal income  tax purposes, the Transferor will
not attempt  to comply  with U.S. federal  income tax  reporting requirements
applicable to  partnerships or corporations as such  requirements would apply
if the Certificates were treated as indebtedness.

     If it were determined that this transaction created an entity classified
as  a corporation  (including  a  publicly traded  partnership  taxable as  a
corporation),  the  Trust would  be  subject to  U.S. federal  income  tax at
corporate income tax rates on the income  it derives from the Mortgage Loans,
which would reduce the amounts  available for distribution to the Certificate
Owners.   Cash  distributions to  the Certificate  Owners generally  would be
treated as dividends  for tax  purposes to the  extent of such  corporation's
earnings and profits.

     If the  transaction were treated  as creating a partnership  between the
Certificate Owners  and the Transferor,  the partnership itself would  not be
subject  to U.S. federal income tax (unless  it were to be characterized as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation); rather, the Transferor
and each  Certificate Owner would  be taxed individually on  their respective
distributive shares of the partnership's  income, gain, loss, deductions  and
credits.   The  amount and timing  of items  of income and  deductions of the
Certificate Owner  could differ if  the Certificates were held  to constitute
partnership interests rather than indebtedness.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION AS A TAXABLE MORTGAGE POOL

     In relevant part, Section  7701(i) of the Code provides  that any entity
(or  a portion  of an  entity)  that is  a  "taxable mortgage  pool" will  be
classified as  a taxable  corporation and  will not  be permitted  to file  a
consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return  with  another  corporation.
Subject to  a grandfather provision  for existing entities, any  entity (or a
portion of  any entity) will be a taxable  mortgage pool if (i) substantially
all of  its assets consist  of debt instruments, more  than 50% of  which are
real estate mortgages, (ii)  the entity is the obligor under debt obligations
with two or more maturities, and  (iii) under the terms of the entity's  debt
obligations (or an underlying arrangement), payments on such debt obligations
bear a relationship to the debt instruments held by the entity.

     Assuming that all  of the provisions of  the Agreement, as in  effect on
the date  of issuance, are complied with, Tax  Counsel is of the opinion that
the arrangement created  by the Agreement will not be a taxable mortgage pool
under Section 7701(i)  of the  Code because  only one  class of  indebtedness
secured by the Mortgage Loan is being issued.

     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding  on the IRS or the courts.  If
the IRS were to  contend successfully (or future regulations were to provide)
that the  arrangement created by  the Agreement  is a taxable  mortgage pool,
such arrangement would be subject  to U.S. federal corporate income tax  rate
on  its taxable income generated by ownership of  the Mortgage Loans.  Such a
tax might reduce  amounts available for distributions  to Certificate Owners.
The amount of such tax would depend upon whether distributions to Certificate
Owners  would be  deductible as  interest  expense in  computing the  taxable
income of such an arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.

FOREIGN INVESTORS

     In general, subject to certain exceptions, interest (including OID) paid
on a  Certificate to a  nonresident alien individual, foreign  corporation or
other  non-United States person  is not subject  to U.S.  federal income tax,
provided  that such  interest is not  effectively connected  with a  trade or
business  of the  recipient in  the United States  and the  Certificate Owner
provides the required foreign person information certification.  See "CERTAIN
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" in the
Prospectus.

     If the interests of the Certificate Owners were deemed to be partnership
interests, the  partnership would be required,  on a quarterly  basis, to pay
withholding  tax equal  to the  product, for  each foreign  partner,  of such
foreign partner's distributive share of "effectively connected" income of the
partnership multiplied by the highest rate of tax  applicable to that foreign
partner.    In addition,  such  foreign partner  would  be subject  to branch
profits tax.   Each non-foreign partner would  be required to certify  to the
partnership  that it is  not a  foreign person.   The tax  withheld from each
foreign partner would be credited  against such foreign partner's U.S. income
tax liability.

     If the  Trust were  taxable as a  corporation, distributions  to foreign
persons, to  the extent treated as  dividends, would generally  be subject to
withholding  at  the  rate  of 30%,  unless  such  rate  were  reduced by  an
applicable tax treaty.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     Certain Certificate Owners  may be subject to backup  withholding at the
rate  of  31%  with respect  to  interest  paid on  the  Certificates  if the
Certificate Owners, upon issuance,  fail to supply the Trustee or  his broker
with  his taxpayer  identification  number,  furnish  an  incorrect  taxpayer
identification  number,  fail   to  report  interest,  dividends,   or  other
"reportable payments"  (as defined in  the Code) properly, or,  under certain
circumstances, fail to  provide the  Trustee or his  broker with a  certified
statement,  under penalty  of  perjury,  that he  is  not  subject to  backup
withholding.

     The Trustee  will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued, if
any)  on the  Certificates  (and the  amount of  interest  withheld for  U.S.
federal income taxes,  if any) for  each calendar year,  except as to  exempt
holders  (generally,  holders  that   are  corporations,  certain  tax-exempt
organizations or  nonresident aliens  who provide  certification as  to their
status as nonresidents).  As  long as the only "Certificateholder"  of record
is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Certificate Owners and the IRS  will receive tax
and  other  information  including  the   amount  of  interest  paid  on  the
Certificates  owned from Participants  and Indirect Participants  rather than
from  the  Trustee.   (The  Trustee, however,  will  respond to  requests for
necessary  information  to  enable  Participants,  Indirect Participants  and
certain   other  persons  to  complete   their  reports.)    Each  non-exempt
Certificate Owner  will be required to  provide, under penalty of  perjury, a
certificate on IRS  Form W-9  containing his  or her  name, address,  correct
Federal taxpayer identification number and a statement  that he or she is not
subject to backup withholding.  Should a non-exempt Certificate Owner fail to
provide the required certification, the Participants or Indirect Participants
will be required to  withhold 31% of the  interest (and principal)  otherwise
payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld amount to the  IRS as a credit
against the holder's Federal income tax liability.


                                 STATE TAXES

     The Depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Certificates under the  tax laws of
any state.   Investors considering  an investment in the  Certificates should
consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

     ALL INVESTORS  SHOULD  CONSULT  THEIR OWN  TAX  ADVISORS  REGARDING  THE
FEDERAL, STATE,  LOCAL OR  FOREIGN INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF  THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE CERTIFICATES.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of  the
Certificates should  consult with its  counsel with respect to  the potential
consequences under  the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of  1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and the  Code, of the Plans  acquisition and ownership  of
such Certificates.  See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. ("GCM") Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 90-59 (the  "Exemption") which
exempts from the application of the prohibited transaction rules transactions
relating  to (1)  the  acquisition,  sale and  holding  by  Plans of  certain
certificates  representing  an  undivided interest  in  certain  asset-backed
pass-through trusts, with  respect to which GCM  or any of its  affiliates is
the  sole  underwriter or  the  manager  or  co-manager of  the  underwriting
syndicate;  and  (2)  the  servicing,   operation  and  management  of   such
asset-backed  pass-through trusts, provided  that the general  conditions and
certain  other conditions  set forth  in the  Exemption are  satisfied.   The
Exemption  will  apply  to  the   acquisition,  holding  and  resale  of  the
Certificates by a Plan provided that certain conditions (certain of which are
described below) are met.

     Among the conditions which must be  satisfied for the Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)   The acquisition  of the Certificates  by a  Plan is  on terms
     (including  the  price for  such  Certificates)  that  are at  least  as
     favorable  to the investing  Plan as  they would  be in  an arm's-length
     transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)    The  rights  and interests  evidenced  by  the  Certificates
     acquired by  the Plan are not  subordinated to the rights  and interests
     evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

          (3)  The  Certificates acquired by the Plan  have received a rating
     at the  time of  such acquisition that  is in one  of the  three highest
     generic   rating  categories  from  either  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings
     Services, Moody's Investors  Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps  Credit Rating
     Co. or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;

          (4)    The  sum  of  all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by the
     Underwriter  in connection  with the  distribution  of the  Certificates
     represents not more  than reasonable compensation for  underwriting such
     Certificates;  the  sum of  all  payments made  to and  retained  by the
     Transferors pursuant  to the sale  of the  Mortgage Loans  to the  Trust
     represents not more  than the fair market value  of such Mortgage Loans;
     the sum  of all payments made to and  retained by the Servicer represent
     not more than reasonable compensation for  the Servicers' services under
     the Agreement and reimbursement of the Servicer's reasonable expenses in
     connection therewith;

          (5)   The  Trustee  is not  an  affiliate of  the  Underwriter, the
     Transferor, the Servicer, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) provider,
     any  borrower  whose  obligations  under  one  or  more  Mortgage  Loans
     constitute more than 5%  of the aggregate unamortized principal  balance
     of the  assets in the Trust, or any  of their respective affiliates (the
     "Restricted Group"); and

          (6)   The  Plan investing  in  the Certificates  is an  "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The  Underwriter   believes  that  the  Exemption  will   apply  to  the
acquisition and holding  of the Certificates by Plans and that all conditions
of the Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be
met.

     Any Plan fiduciary  considering whether to purchase any  Certificates on
behalf of  a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability
of  the fiduciary  responsibility and  prohibited  transaction provisions  of
ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other things, before purchasing
any  Certificates,   a  fiduciary  of   a  Plan  subject  to   the  fiduciary
responsibility provisions of ERISA or an employee benefit plan subject to the
prohibited  transaction   provisions  of  the   Code  should  make   its  own
determination as to  the availability of the exemptive relief provided in the
Exemption,  and  also  consider  the  availability  of  any other  prohibited
transaction exemptions.

     Prospective institutional purchasers of  the Certificates should consult
with their  counsel  regarding ERISA  considerations associated  with such  a
purchase.  Purchasers should  analyze whether the decision may have an impact
with respect to purchases of the Certificates.


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     (Although, as  a condition to  their issuance, the Certificates  will be
rated in the highest rating category of each Rating Agency,) the Certificates
will  not  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for purposes  of  the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA"), because not all
of  the   Mortgages  securing  the   Mortgage  Loans  are   first  mortgages.
Accordingly, many institutions  with legal authority to  invest in comparably
rated securities based on first mortgage  loans may not be legally authorized
to  invest in the  Certificates, which because  they evidence  interests in a
pool  that  includes   junior  mortgage  loans  are  not   "mortgage  related
securities" under SMMEA.  See "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the Prospectus.


                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  underwriting
agreement,  dated _________, 199_  (the "Underwriting Agreement"),  among the
Depositor  and Greenwich  Capital  Markets,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter"),  the
Depositor  has agreed  to sell  to the  Underwriter and  the Underwriter  has
agreed to purchase from the Depositor all of the Certificates.

     The  Depositor has been advised  by the Underwriter  that it proposes to
initially  offer the  Certificates to  the public  at the offering  price set
forth herein  and to certain  dealers at  such price less  a discount not  in
excess of _____% of the Certificate denominations.  The Underwriter may allow
and  such dealers  may reallow  a discount  not in  excess of  _____% of  the
Certificate denominations to certain other dealers.  After the initial public
offering, the public offering price,  such concessions and such discounts may
be changed.

     The Depositor is an affiliate of the Underwriter.

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter  against certain  civil  liabilities,  including liabilities
under the Act.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal  matters with respect  to the Certificates will  be passed
upon for  the Depositor by Brown &  Wood LLP, New York, New  York and for the
Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a  condition to issuance that  the Certificates be rated  at least
(          )  by  at  least  two  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organizations.

     A  securities  rating  addresses  the   likelihood  of  the  receipt  by
Certificateholders of distributions on the  Mortgage Loans.  The rating takes
into  consideration  the  characteristics  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
structural,  legal and  tax aspects  associated with  the Certificates.   The
ratings on the Certificates do  not, however, constitute statements regarding
the likelihood  or frequency  of prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Loans or  the
possibility  that Certificateholders might  realize a lower  than anticipated
yield.

     (The ratings assigned to the Certificates will depend primarily upon the
creditworthiness  of the  (Letter of  Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider.   Any
reduction in a rating assigned to the claims-paying ability of the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond) provider below  the ratings initially assigned  to the
Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more of the ratings assigned
to the Certificates.)

     The ratings  assigned by  Duff &  Phelps Credit  Rating  Co. ("D&P")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by the certificateholders of
all distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction structure.
D&P's  ratings reflect its  analysis of the  riskiness of the  assets and its
analysis of the  structure of the transaction  as set forth in  the operative
documents.   D&P's  ratings  do  not  address the  effect  on  yield  on  the
certificates  attributable to  prepayments or  recoveries  on the  underlying
assets.

     The ratings  assigned  by Fitch  Investors  Service, L.P.  ("Fitch")  to
certificates address  the likelihood of  the receipt of all  distributions on
the mortgage  loans by  the related  certificateholders under  the agreements
pursuant to  which such certificates are  issued.  Fitch's ratings  take into
consideration the  credit quality of  the related pool, including  any credit
support   providers,  structural  and  legal  aspects  associated  with  such
certificates, and  the extent  to which  the payment  stream on  the pool  is
adequate to make the payments  required by such certificates.   Fitch ratings
on such  certificates  do  not,  however, constitute  a  statement  regarding
frequency of prepayments of the assets.

     The ratings assigned  by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") to
certificates  address the likelihood of  the receipt by certificateholders of
all distributions  to which  such certificateholders  are entitled.   Moody's
ratings on certificates do not represent any  assessment of the likelihood or
rate of  principal prepayments.   The ratings do not  address the possibility
that  certificateholders might  suffer a  lower than  anticipated yield  as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of The McGraw-Hill  Companies ("Standard & Poor's"), to  certificates address
the likelihood  of the  receipt of  all distributions  on the  assets by  the
related  certificateholders under  the  agreements  pursuant  to  which  such
certificates are issued.   Standard & Poor's ratings  take into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers,  structural and legal  aspects associated with  such certificates,
and the extent to which the payment stream on such  mortgage pool is adequate
to make payments required by such certificates.  Standard & Poor's ratings on
such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency
of prepayments on the related assets.  The letter "r" attached to  a Standard
&  Poor's rating  highlights derivative,  hybrid and  certain other  types of
certificates that Standard  & Poor's believes may  experience high volatility
or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence
of an "r" symbol in the rating of a class of certificates should not be taken
as  an  indication that  such  certificates  will  exhibit no  volatility  or
variability in total return.

     A  securities rating  is  not a  recommendation  to  buy, sell  or  hold
securities  and may be subject  to revision or withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning rating organization.   Each securities  rating should be  evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.


                            INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
                            ---------------------

Terms                                                                    Page
- -----                                                                    ----

Accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Additional Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Adjustment Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3
Amortization Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Assignment of Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Beneficial owner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
BIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Billing cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Book-Entry Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13, S-21, S-20
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
CEDEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Certificate Owners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Certificate Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19
Certificate Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-27
Certificateholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-25
Citibank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-6, S-23
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit Utilization Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-18
Credit Line Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-17, S-19
Cut-Off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1, S-3, S-4, S-18
Cut-Off Date Pool Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Cut-Off Date Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
D&P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Defaulted Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Defective Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Definitive Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-25
Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-7, S-25
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Early Amortization Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-28
Eligible Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-23
Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11, S-40
Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
European Depositaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-21, S-6, S-20
Events of Servicing Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
First Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-12
Fitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
GCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Index Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Index Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Interest Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Interest Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
Investor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Investor Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8, S-24
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
LIBOR Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Liquidation Loss Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Loan Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-15
Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Maximum Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Moody's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Morgan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Mortgage Loan Schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Mortgage related securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11
Mortgaged Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Notice Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
Original Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-19
Percentage Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-5
Prime rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Principal Allocation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-4
Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Private Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Purchase Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Registration of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Relevant Depositary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Restricted Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Reuters Screen LIBO Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Revolving Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
SAIF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Security Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Security Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount  . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-13
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17
Servicing Fee Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17, S-31
SMMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11, S-42
Standard & Poor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Substitution Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Successor Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Transferor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-13, S-36
Transferor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-20
Transferor Percentages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Transferor Portfolio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-10
Unallocated Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Unpaid Interest Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-28
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9


                                   ANNEX I




<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
NO  DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY  INFORMATION OR TO  MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE
CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE PROSPECTUS  IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE  BY THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
THE  PROSPECTUS AND,  IF  GIVEN  OR  MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
REPRESENTATIONS  MUST   NOT  BE  RELIED   UPON  AS   HAVING  BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY  THE  UNDERWRITER.   NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR   ANY  SALE  MADE   HEREUNDER  SHALL   UNDER  ANY                            $(_____________)
CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT  THERE  HAS BEEN  NO                              (APPROXIMATE)
CHANGE SINCE  THE DATE  HEREOF.  THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND
THE  PROSPECTUS  DO NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION BY                            HOME EQUITY LOAN
ANYONE IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN  WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION                              ASSET BACKED
IS  NOT AUTHORIZED  OR IN WHICH  THE PERSON MAKING  SUCH OFFER OR                      CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__
SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED  TO DO SO OR TO  ANYONE TO WHOM IT
IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH SOLICITATION.
                         _______________

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                       PAGE
                                                                                
Summary                                                S-3
Risk Factors                                           S-12                          FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
The Home Equity Lending Program                        S-13                                      DEPOSITOR
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans                        S-16
Description of the Mortgage Loans                      S-18
Prepayment and Yield Considerations                    S-18                              (______________________)
Description of the Certificates                        S-19                               TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER
Description of the Purchase Agreement                  S-36
Use of Proceeds                                        S-37
ERISA Considerations                                   S-37
Legal Investment Considerations                        S-42
Underwriting                                           S-42
Legal Matters                                          S-42
Ratings                                                S-42


                           PROSPECTUS
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                     _________________________________
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K       2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference           2                                 
Available Information                                     2                                 PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Reports to Securityholders                                3                                  [_________, 199_]
Summary Terms                                             4                                  
Risk Factors                                             12
The Trust Fund                                           17                         __________________________________
Use of Proceeds                                          22
The Depositor                                            22
Loan Program                                             22
Description of the Securities                            24
Credit Enhancement                                       33
Yield and Prepayment Considerations                      38
The Agreements                                           41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans                       54
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations                66
State Tax Considerations                                 85
ERISA Considerations                                     85
Legal Investment                                         88
Method of Distribution                                   89
Legal Matters                                            90
Financial Information                                    90
Rating                                                   90

</TABLE>



  PROSPECTUS
                            Asset Backed Securities
                              (Issuable in Series)
                        FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                   Depositor
                              -------------------

       This Prospectus relates to  the issuance of Asset  Backed Certificates
  (the "Certificates") and the Asset Backed Notes  (the "Notes" and, together
  with the Certificates, the  "Securities"), which may be  sold from time  to
  time  in  one  or  more  series  (each,  a  "Series")  by  Financial  Asset
  Securities Corp. (the "Depositor") on terms determined at the  time of sale
  and  described in  this Prospectus and  the related  Prospectus Supplement.
  The  Securities of a Series  will evidence beneficial  ownership of a trust
  fund (a "Trust Fund").   As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
  the Trust Fund for a  Series of Securities will include certain assets (the
  "Trust Fund Assets") which will primarily consist  of (i) closed-end and/or
  revolving home equity loans (the "Home Equity  Loans") secured primarily by
  subordinate liens on one- to four-family  residential properties, (ii) home
  improvement  installment sales  contracts and  installment loan  agreements
  (the  "Home Improvement Contracts")  that are  either unsecured  or secured
  primarily  by  subordinate  liens   on  one-  to  four-family   residential
  properties,  or   by  purchase  money   security  interests  in  the   home
  improvements  financed  thereby  (the  "Home  Improvements")  and/or  (iii)
  Private  Asset Backed  Securities (as  defined herein).    The Home  Equity
  Loans and  the  Home Improvement  Contracts  are collectively  referred  to
  herein as  the "Loans".   The Trust  Fund Assets  will be  acquired by  the
  Depositor, either  directly or  indirectly, from  one or more  institutions
  (each, a "Seller"), which may be affiliates of the Depositor,  and conveyed
  by the Depositor to the related  Trust Fund.  A Trust Fund also may include
  insurance  policies,  reserve  accounts,  reinvestment  income, guaranties,
  obligations, agreements,  letters of credit or  other assets to  the extent
  described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Each Series  of Securities  will  be issued  in one  or more  classes.
  Each class  of Securities of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of
  a  specified percentage  (which may be  0%) or  portion of  future interest
  payments  and a specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future
  principal payments on the Trust Fund  Assets in the related Trust Fund.   A
  Series of  Securities may include  one or more classes  that are  senior in
  right of  payment  to one  or  more other  classes  of Securities  of  such
  Series.   One or more classes of  Securities of a Series may be entitled to
  receive  distributions of  principal, interest  or any  combination thereof
  prior to one or  more other classes of  Securities of such Series or  after
  the occurrence  of  specified events,  in each  case  as specified  in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement.  

       Distributions  to Securityholders  will  be made  monthly,  quarterly,
  semi-annually or at such other  intervals and on the dates specified in the
  related  Prospectus  Supplement.   Distributions  on  the Securities  of  a
  Series  will be made from the assets of the  related Trust Fund or Funds or
  other assets  pledged for the benefit  of the Securityholders  as specified
  in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       The  related  Prospectus Supplement  will  describe  any insurance  or
  guarantee  provided  with  respect  to  the related  Series  of  Securities
  including, without limitation,  any insurance or guarantee  provided by the
  Department of Housing and Urban  Development, the United States  Department
  of  Veterans'  Affairs or  any  private insurer  or  guarantor.   The  only
  obligations of  the Depositor with respect  to a Series of  Securities will
  be to  obtain certain representations and  warranties from each  Seller and
  to  assign  to  the  Trustee  for  the  related Series  of  Securities  the
  Depositor's  rights with  respect to  such representations  and warranties.
  The  principal obligations  of the  Master Servicer  named  in the  related
  Prospectus Supplement  with  respect to  the related  Series of  Securities
  will be  limited to  obligations  pursuant to  certain representations  and
  warranties and  to  its contractual  servicing  obligations, including  any
  obligation it  may have to  advance delinquent payments  on the Trust  Fund
  Assets in the related Trust Fund.

       The  yield on each class  of Securities  of a Series  will be affected
  by,  among other  things,  the rate  of  payments of  principal  (including
  prepayments) on  the Trust Fund  Assets in the related  Trust Fund  and the
  timing of receipt  of such payments as described herein  and in the related
  Prospectus  Supplement.  A  Trust Fund may be  subject to early termination
  under the  circumstances described  herein and  in  the related  Prospectus
  Supplement.

       If specified in a Prospectus Supplement, one  or more elections may be
  made  to treat the related  Trust Fund  or specified portions  thereof as a
  "real estate mortgage investment  conduit" ("REMIC") for federal income tax
  purposes.  See "Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences."

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
  SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 12.

  THE CERTIFICATES OF A  GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL  INTERESTS IN, AND
    THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
      FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE 
            DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT 
               TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
                  SUPPLEMENT.  NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE 
                     LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY 
                       GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, EXCEPT TO THE
                        EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED 
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS 
        THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
              PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
                ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A 
                             CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                              ____________________

       Prior to  issuance there will have  been no market  for the Securities
  of any Series  and there can be  no assurance that  a secondary market  for
  any Securities will develop, or  if it does develop, that it will continue.
  This Prospectus may not  be used to consummate  sales of Securities of  any
  Series  unless  accompanied by  a  Prospectus  Supplement.   Offers  of the
  Securities may  be made through  one or  more different  methods, including
  offerings through  underwriters, as more  fully described under "Method  of
  Distribution"  herein  and  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.    All
  Securities will be distributed by, or sold by underwriters managed by:


  ________ __, 199_

       Until  90  days after  the  date  of each  Prospectus  Supplement, all
  dealers  effecting   transactions  in  the   securities  covered   by  such
  Prospectus  Supplement, whether  or not  participating in  the distribution
  thereof, may  be required to  deliver such  Prospectus Supplement  and this
  Prospectus.  This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to  deliver a
  Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement  when acting as underwriters  and with
  respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K

       The Prospectus  Supplement or Current Report  on Form 8-K  relating to
  the Securities  of each Series  to be offered  hereunder will, among  other
  things, set forth  with respect to such  Securities, as appropriate: (i)  a
  description of  the class  or classes  of Securities  and the  Pass-Through
  Rate  or method of determining the rate  or the amount of interest, if any,
  to  be passed  through to  each such  class;  (ii) the  aggregate principal
  amount and Distribution  Dates relating to such Series and,  if applicable,
  the initial  and final scheduled Distribution  Dates for each  class; (iii)
  information  as to  the assets  comprising the  Trust  Fund, including  the
  general characteristics of  the Trust Fund Assets included therein  and, if
  applicable, the  insurance policies, surety  bonds, guaranties,  letters of
  credit or  other instruments or  agreements included in  the Trust  Fund or
  otherwise,  and the  amount and  source of  any reserve  account; (iv)  the
  circumstances, if any,  under which the Trust Fund may  be subject to early
  termination; (v)  the method used  to calculate the amount  of principal to
  be distributed with respect to  each class of Securities; (vi) the order of
  application of  distributions to  each of the  classes within such  Series,
  whether sequential, pro rata,  or otherwise;  (vii) the Distribution  Dates
  with respect to such Series; (viii) additional  information with respect to
  the method  of distribution  of such Securities;  (ix) whether one  or more
  REMIC elections will  be made and designation of  the regular interests and
  residual  interests;  (x)   the  aggregate  original  percentage  ownership
  interest  in the Trust Fund  to be  evidenced by each  class of Securities;
  (xi) information as to the Trustee; (xii) information as  to the nature and
  extent  of subordination  with respect to  any class of  Securities that is
  subordinate in right of payment to any other class; and  (xiii) information
  as to the Master Servicer.

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

       There are  incorporated herein by reference  all documents and reports
  filed  or caused to be filed by  the Depositor with respect to a Trust Fund
  pursuant to Section 13(a), 14  or 15(d) of the Securities and  Exchange Act
  of 1934, as amended  (the "Exchange Act") prior  to the termination of  the
  offering of Securities  evidencing interests therein.  Upon request  by any
  person  to  whom  this  Prospectus is  delivered  in  connection  with  the
  offering of  one or more classes of  Securities, the Depositor will provide
  or cause to be provided without charge a copy  of any such documents and/or
  reports incorporated herein by reference, in  each case to the extent  such
  documents or  reports relate to such classes of  Securities, other than the
  exhibits  to  such  documents   (unless  such  exhibits  are   specifically
  incorporated by  reference in such documents).   Requests to  the Depositor
  should be directed  in writing to: Paul D. Stevelman,  Assistant Secretary,
  Financial  Asset   Securities   Corp.,  600   Steamboat  Road,   Greenwich,
  Connecticut 06830,  telephone  number (203) 625-2756.    The Depositor  has
  determined that its  financial statements are not material to  the offering
  of any Securities.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

       The Depositor has  filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
  (the "Commission")  a Registration  Statement under  the Securities Act  of
  1933,  as amended, with respect to  the Securities.  This Prospectus, which
  forms a part  of the Registration Statement, and the  Prospectus Supplement
  relating to  each Series  of Securities contain  summaries of the  material
  terms of the  documents referred to herein and therein,  but do not contain
  all of the information set forth in  the Registration Statement pursuant to
  the Rules  and Regulations  of the  Commission.   For further  information,
  reference is made to such Registration Statement  and the exhibits thereto.
  Such Registration  Statement and  exhibits can be  inspected and copied  at
  prescribed  rates at  the  public reference  facilities  maintained by  the
  Commission  at  its  Public  Reference  Section, 450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
  Washington,  D.C.  20549, and  at its Regional  Offices located as follows:
  Midwest Regional  Office, 500  West Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
  Illinois 60661-2511; and  Northeast Regional Office, 7 World  Trade Center,
  Suite  1300, New  York, New  York 10048.   In addition,  the Securities and
  Exchange  Commission   (the   "Commission")  maintains   a   Web  site   at
  http://www.sec.gov  containing reports,  proxy  and information  statements
  and other  information regarding registrants, including the Depositor, that
  file electronically with the Commission.

       No person has been authorized  to give any information or to  make any
  representation  other  than  those contained  in  this  Prospectus  and any
  Prospectus  Supplement with  respect hereto  and, if  given  or made,  such
  information or  representations must not be  relied upon.   This Prospectus
  and any  Prospectus Supplement  with respect  hereto do  not constitute  an
  offer to  sell or a  solicitation of an  offer to buy  any securities other
  than  the  Securities  offered  hereby  and thereby  nor  an  offer  of the
  Securities  to any person in any state  or other jurisdiction in which such
  offer would be unlawful.  The delivery  of this Prospectus at any time does
  not imply that information herein  is correct as of any time  subsequent to
  its date.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

       Periodic and  annual reports concerning the  related Trust Fund  for a
  Series of  Securities are required  under an Agreement  to be forwarded  to
  Securityholders.    However, such  reports  will  neither be  examined  nor
  reported on  by an independent public accountant.   See "Description of the
  Securities--Reports to Securityholders".

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

       This  summary  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to  the
  detailed  information appearing  elsewhere in  this  Prospectus and  in the
  related Prospectus Supplement  with respect to the  Series offered  thereby
  and  to the related Agreement (as such term is defined below) which will be
  prepared in  connection with each Series  of Securities.   Unless otherwise
  specified, capitalized terms used and not defined in  this Summary of Terms
  have  the meanings  given to  them in  this Prospectus  and in  the related
  Prospectus Supplement.

  Title of Securities           Asset      Backed      Certificates      (the
                                "Certificates") and  Asset Backed Notes  (the
                                "Notes" and, together with  the Certificates,
                                the "Securities"), which are issuable in 
                                Series.

  Depositor                     Financial Asset Securities Corp.,  a Delaware
                                corporation,  an  indirect  limited   purpose
                                finance  subsidiary  of National  Westminster
                                Bank  Plc  and  an  affiliate   of  Greenwich
                                Capital  Markets, Inc.   See  "The Depositor"
                                herein.

  Trustee                       The trustee  (the "Trustee") for  each Series
                                of  Securities  will  be   specified  in  the
                                related  Prospectus  Supplement.    See  "The
                                Agreements" herein  for a description  of the
                                Trustee's rights and obligations.

  Master Servicer               The   entity  or  entities  named  as  Master
                                Servicer  (the  "Master  Servicer")  will  be
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.    See  "The  Agreements--Certain
                                Matters  Regarding  the Master  Servicer  and
                                the Depositor".

  Trust Fund Assets             Assets of  the  Trust Fund  for  a Series  of
                                Securities will  include certain assets  (the
                                "Trust  Fund  Assets") which  will  primarily
                                consist  of (a)  Loans or  (b) Private  Asset
                                Backed Securities, together with  payments in
                                respect  of   such  Trust  Fund   Assets  and
                                certain   other   accounts,  obligations   or
                                agreements, in each case as specified in  the
                                related  Prospectus  Supplement.   The  Loans
                                will be  collected in a pool (each, a "Pool")
                                as  of  the first  day  of the  month  of the
                                issuance  of the related Series of Securities
                                or   such  other   date   specified  in   the
                                Prospectus  Supplement (the  "Cut-off Date").
                                Trust  Fund assets also may include insurance
                                policies,    cash   accounts,    reinvestment
                                income,  guaranties,  letters  of  credit  or
                                other assets  to the extent described  in the
                                related Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Credit
                                Enhancement".   In  addition, if  the related
                                Prospectus   Supplement   so  provides,   the
                                related Trust Funds' assets  will include the
                                funds  on  deposit in  an  account  (a  "Pre-
                                Funding  Account")  which  will  be  used  to
                                purchase additional  Loans during the  period
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.      See  "The   Agreements--Pre-
                                Funding Accounts".

  A.  Loans                     The  Loans  will  consist  of  (i) closed-end
                                loans   (the   "Closed-End   Loans")   and/or
                                revolving  home   equity  loans  or   certain
                                balances therein (the "Revolving  Credit Line
                                Loans", together  with the Closed-End  Loans,
                                the  "Home  Equity  Loans"),  and  (ii)  home
                                improvement  installment sales  contracts and
                                installment   loan  agreements (the "Home Im- 
                                provement Contracts").  The Home Equity Loans
                                Loans and the Home Improvement Contracts  are   
                                collectively referred to herein as the "Loans".
                                All Loans will have  been  purchased  by  the
                                Depositor,  either directly  or through  an 
                                affiliate,  from one or more Sellers.

                                As  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                Supplement, the  Home Equity Loans  will, and
                                the  Home   Improvement  Contracts  may,   be
                                secured by  mortgages  or deeds  of trust  or
                                other  similar security  instruments creating
                                a   lien  on   a   mortgaged  property   (the
                                "Mortgaged    Property"),   which    may   be
                                subordinated to one  or more senior  liens on
                                the Mortgaged  Property, as described  in the
                                related Prospectus Supplement.   As specified
                                in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  Home
                                Improvement  Contracts  may be  unsecured  or
                                secured by purchase money  security interests
                                in  the Home  Improvements financed  thereby.
                                The   Mortgaged  Properties   and  the   Home
                                Improvements  are  collectively  referred  to
                                herein as the "Properties".

  B. Private Asset-
     Backed Securities          Private Asset  Backed Securities may  include
                                (a)  pass-through  certificates  representing
                                beneficial interests in certain  loans and/or
                                (b)  collateralized  obligations  secured  by
                                such loans.  Private  Asset Backed Securities
                                may include stripped securities  representing
                                an  undivided interest  in all  or a  part of
                                either the  principal distributions (but  not
                                the interest  distributions) or the  interest
                                distributions   (but   not   the    principal
                                distributions) or  in some specified  portion
                                of the  principal and interest  distributions
                                (but   not  all  of  such  distributions)  on
                                certain  loans.   Although  individual  loans
                                underlying  a Private  Asset Backed  Security
                                may be  insured or  guaranteed by the  United
                                States  or   an  agency  or   instrumentality
                                thereof,  they need  not be,  and the Private
                                Asset Backed  Securities themselves will  not
                                be so  insured  or guaranteed.   Payments  on
                                the Private Asset  Backed Securities will  be
                                distributed  directly   to  the  Trustee   as
                                registered  owner   of  such  Private   Asset
                                Backed  Securities.   See  "The  Trust Fund--
                                Private Asset Backed Securities".

  Description of
    the Securities              Each  Security  will represent  a  beneficial
                                ownership  interest in, or will be secured by
                                the assets  of, a Trust  Fund created  by the
                                Depositor  pursuant to an Agreement among the
                                Depositor,  the   Master  Servicer  and   the
                                Trustee   for  the   related  Series.     The
                                Securities of  any  Series may  be issued  in
                                one  or  more classes  as  specified  in  the
                                related Prospectus Supplement.   A Series  of
                                Securities  may include  one or  more classes
                                of   senior  Securities   (collectively,  the
                                "Senior Securities") and one or  more classes
                                of subordinate Securities (collectively,  the
                                "Subordinated  Securities").   Certain Series
                                or classes  of Securities  may be covered  by
                                insurance policies  or other forms  of credit
                                enhancement,  in   each  case  as   described
                                herein   and   in  the   related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.

                                One or  more  classes of  Securities of  each
                                Series  (i)   may  be  entitled   to  receive
                                distributions  allocable  only to  principal,
                                only  to  interest  or  to   any  combination
                                thereof;  (ii)  may  be  entitled  to receive
                                distributions   only   of   prepayments    of
                                principal   throughout  the   lives  of   the
                                Securities   or  during   specified  periods;
                                (iii)  may be  subordinated in  the right  to
                                receive  distributions of  scheduled payments
                                of   principal,  prepayments   of  principal,
                                interest or  any combination  thereof to  one
                                or more other  classes of Securities of  such
                                Series   throughout   the   lives    of   the
                                Securities or during specified  periods; (iv)
                                may    be    entitled   to    receive    such
                                distributions  only after  the occurrence  of
                                events  specified in  the related  Prospectus
                                Supplement;  (v) may  be entitled  to receive
                                distributions in  accordance with a  schedule
                                or  formula or  on the  basis  of collections
                                from  designated  portions of  the  assets in
                                the   related   Trust   Fund;   (vi)   as  to
                                Securities    entitled    to    distributions
                                allocable  to  interest, may  be  entitled to
                                receive interest  at a fixed  rate or  a rate
                                that is  subject to change from time to time;
                                and  (vii)  as  to  Securities   entitled  to
                                distributions allocable  to interest, may  be
                                entitled   to   distributions  allocable   to
                                interest only after the occurrence  of events
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement  and  may  accrue  interest  until
                                such events occur, in each case  as specified
                                in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   The
                                timing and amounts of  such distributions may
                                vary among classes,  over time, or  otherwise
                                as  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.

  Distributions on
    the Securities              Distributions  on  the  Securities   entitled
                                thereto  will  be  made  monthly or  at  such
                                other  intervals and  on the  dates specified
                                in the  related Prospectus Supplement  (each,
                                a  "Distribution Date")  out of  the payments
                                received  in respect  of  the  assets of  the
                                related Trust Fund  or Funds or other  assets
                                pledged for the  benefit of the Securities as
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.      The  amount   allocable   to
                                payments  of  principal and  interest  on any
                                Distribution  Date  will  be   determined  as
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.    Allocations  of  distributions
                                among  Securityholders  of  a   single  class
                                shall be set forth in the related  Prospectus
                                Supplement.

                                Unless  otherwise  specified in  the  related
                                Prospectus    Supplement,    the    aggregate
                                original principal balance of  the Securities
                                will not  exceed the aggregate  distributions
                                allocable to  principal that such  Securities
                                will be  entitled to  receive.  If  specified
                                in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
                                Securities  will have  an aggregate  original
                                principal  balance  equal  to  the  aggregate
                                unpaid principal  balance of  the Trust  Fund
                                Assets  as of  the first day  of the month of
                                creation  of  the  Trust Fund  and  will bear
                                interest in  the aggregate at a rate equal to
                                the  interest  rate borne  by  the underlying
                                Loans  (the    "Loan  Rate")  and/or  Private
                                Asset   Backed   Securities,   net   of   the
                                aggregate  servicing   fees  and  any   other
                                amounts specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                Supplement  (the  "Pass-Through Rate").    If
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement, the aggregate original  principal
                                balance of the Securities  and interest rates
                                on   the  classes   of  Securities   will  be
                                determined  based  on the  cash  flow on  the
                                Trust Fund Assets.

                                The  rate at  which interest  will be  passed
                                through   to  holders   of   each  class   of
                                Securities  entitled thereto  may be  a fixed
                                rate or  a  rate that  is  subject to  change
                                from time to time  from the time and  for the
                                periods,  in each  case as  specified  in the
                                related  Prospectus  Supplement.    Any  such
                                rate  may be  calculated  on a  loan-by-loan,
                                weighted  average, notional  amount or  other
                                basis,  in  each case  as  described  in  the
                                related Prospectus Supplement.

  Compensating
    Interest                    If  so specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                                Supplement,  the  Master  Servicer   will  be
                                required   to  remit  to  the  Trustee,  with
                                respect  to each  Loan in  the related  Trust
                                Fund  as to which  a principal  prepayment in
                                full  or  a  principal payment  which  is  in
                                excess of  the scheduled monthly  payment and
                                is not  intended  to cure  a delinquency  was
                                received  during any  Due Period,  an amount,
                                from and  to the extent  of amounts otherwise
                                payable to the  Master Servicer as  servicing
                                compensation,  equal to  (i)  the excess,  if
                                any,  of  (a)   30  days'  interest  on   the
                                principal balance of  the related Loan at the
                                Loan Rate net  of the per annum rate at which
                                the Master Servicer's servicing  fee accrues,
                                over  (b)  the  amount of  interest  actually
                                received  on   such  Loan  during   such  Due
                                Period,   net   of  the   Master   Servicer's
                                servicing  fee or  (ii) such  other amount as
                                described    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.      See  "Description   of   the
                                Securities--Compensating Interest".

  Credit Enhancement            The assets  in a Trust Fund or the Securities
                                of one  or more classes in the related Series
                                may have the benefit of one or more types  of
                                credit  enhancement   as  described  in   the
                                related    Prospectus   Supplement.       The
                                protection  against  losses afforded  by  any
                                such credit  support  may  be limited.    The
                                type,  characteristics and  amount of  credit
                                enhancement will  be determined based  on the
                                characteristics of  the Loans and/or  Private
                                Asset   Backed   Securities   underlying   or
                                comprising  the Trust  Fund Assets  and other
                                factors and will be established  on the basis
                                of requirements of each Rating  Agency rating
                                the Securities of  such Series.   See "Credit
                                Enhancement."

  A. Subordination              The   rights   of   the    holders   of   the
                                Subordinated  Securities   of  a  Series   to
                                receive  distributions  with respect  to  the
                                assets  in the  related  Trust Fund  will  be
                                subordinated  to such  rights of  the holders
                                of the Senior  Securities of the same  Series
                                to  the  extent  described   in  the  related
                                Prospectus  Supplement.   This  subordination
                                is  intended  to  enhance  the  likelihood of
                                regular   receipt   by  holders   of   Senior
                                Securities  of  the  full amount  of  monthly
                                payments  of principal and interest due them.
                                The  protection afforded  to  the holders  of
                                Senior  Securities of  a Series  by  means of
                                the    subordination    feature    will    be
                                accomplished  by (i)  the preferential  right
                                of such  holders  to  receive, prior  to  any
                                distribution  being made  in  respect of  the
                                related Subordinated Securities, the  amounts
                                of  interest  and/or  principal due  them  on
                                each  Distribution  Date  out  of  the  funds
                                available for  distribution on  such date  in
                                the  related  Security  Account and,  to  the
                                extent  described in  the related  Prospectus
                                Supplement, by  the right of such  holders to
                                receive  future distributions  on the  assets
                                in   the  related   Trust  Fund   that  would
                                otherwise have  been payable  to the  holders
                                of  Subordinated  Securities;  (ii)  reducing
                                the   ownership  interest   of  the   related
                                Subordinated Securities; (iii) a  combination
                                of  clauses (i)  and (ii)  above; or  (iv) as
                                otherwise    described    in   the    related
                                Prospectus Supplement.   If  so specified  in
                                the     related     Prospectus    Supplement,
                                subordination may apply only in the event  of
                                certain types of losses not  covered by other
                                forms  of  credit  support,  such  as  hazard
                                losses   not  covered   by  standard   hazard
                                insurance   policies,  losses   due  to   the
                                bankruptcy  or  fraud of  the borrower.   The
                                related Prospectus Supplement will  set forth
                                information  concerning, among  other things,
                                the  amount of  subordination of  a class  or
                                classes  of  Subordinated  Securities   in  a
                                Series,  the  circumstances  in   which  such
                                subordination  will  be applicable,  and  the
                                manner,  if  any,  in  which  the  amount  of
                                subordination will decrease over time.

  B. Reserve Account            One  or   more  reserve  accounts   (each,  a
                                "Reserve  Account")  may be  established  and
                                maintained  for  each  Series.   The  related
                                Prospectus  Supplement  will specify  whether
                                or  not   such  Reserve   Accounts  will   be
                                included in  the corpus of the Trust Fund for
                                such Series and will also specify the  manner
                                of funding  the related Reserve  Accounts and
                                the  conditions  under which  the  amounts in
                                any  such Reserve  Accounts will  be used  to
                                make distributions  to holders of  Securities
                                of  a particular  class or  released from the
                                related Reserve Account.

  C. Special Hazard Insurance
      Policy                    Certain  classes of  Securities may  have the
                                benefit   of  a   Special  Hazard   Insurance
                                Policy.   Certain physical risks that are not
                                otherwise insured against by  standard hazard
                                insurance  policies  may  be   covered  by  a
                                Special Hazard Insurance Policy  or Policies.
                                Each  Special Hazard Insurance Policy will be
                                limited  in  scope  and   will  cover  losses
                                pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  each  such
                                Special Hazard Insurance Policy  as described
                                in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  D. Bankruptcy Bond            One   or  more   bankruptcy  bonds   (each  a
                                "Bankruptcy Bond")  may be obtained  covering
                                certain  losses resulting  from action  which
                                may  be  taken  by  a   bankruptcy  court  in
                                connection  with   a  Loan.    The  level  of
                                coverage  and  the  limitations in  scope  of
                                each  Bankruptcy Bond  will  be specified  in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement.

  E. Loan Pool
     Insurance Policy           A mortgage pool insurance  policy or policies
                                may  be  obtained  and maintained  for  Loans
                                relating   to  any  Series,  which  shall  be
                                limited in  scope, covering  defaults on  the
                                related  Loans in an  initial amount equal to
                                a  specified  percentage  of   the  aggregate
                                principal balance  of all  Loans included  in
                                the Pool as of the Cut-off Date. 

  F. FHA Insurance              If  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                Supplement, (i)  all  or  a  portion  of  the
                                Loans  in  a  Pool  may  be  insured  by  the
                                Federal  Housing  Administration (the  "FHA")
                                and/or  (ii) all  or a  portion of  the Loans
                                may   be   partially   guaranteed    by   the
                                Department of  Veterans' Affairs (the  "VA").
                                See  "Certain  Legal Considerations--Title  I
                                Program".

  G. Cross-Support              If  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                Supplement,   the  beneficial   ownership  of
                                separate  groups  of  assets  included  in  a
                                Trust  Fund  may  be  evidenced  by  separate
                                classes  of the related Series of Securities.
                                In    such  case,   credit  support  may   be
                                provided  by  a cross-support  feature  which
                                requires  that  distributions  be  made  with
                                respect  to Securities  evidencing beneficial
                                ownership of  one or more asset  groups prior
                                to  distributions to  Subordinated Securities
                                evidencing  a  beneficial ownership  interest
                                in, or secured  by, other asset groups within
                                the same Trust Fund.

                                If  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                Supplement, the  coverage provided by  one or
                                more  forms  of  credit   support  may  apply
                                concurrently  to two  or more  separate Trust
                                Funds.      If   applicable,    the   related
                                Prospectus   Supplement  will   identify  the
                                Trust  Funds  to  which such  credit  support
                                relates  and the  manner  of determining  the
                                amount of  the coverage provided  thereby and
                                of  the application of  such coverage  to the
                                identified Trust Funds.

  H.  Other Arrangements        Other  arrangements   as  described  in   the
                                related Prospectus Supplement including,  but
                                not  limited  to,  one  or  more  letters  of
                                credit,  surety  bonds,  other  insurance  or
                                third-party   guarantees  may   be  used   to
                                provide   coverage  for   certain  risks   of
                                defaults or various types of losses.

  Advances                      The Master Servicer and,  if applicable, each
                                mortgage servicing institution that  services
                                a Loan  in a  Pool on  behalf  of the  Master
                                Servicer (a "Sub-Servicer") may  be obligated
                                to  advance  amounts  (each,   an  "Advance")
                                corresponding  to delinquent  interest and/or
                                principal  payments on  such  Loan until  the
                                date, as specified in the  related Prospectus
                                Supplement, following  the date on  which the
                                related  Property is  sold  at a  foreclosure
                                sale  or  the   related  Loan  is   otherwise
                                liquidated.   Any obligation to make Advances
                                may be  subject to  limitations as  specified
                                in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If  so
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement,  Advances  may be  drawn  from  a
                                cash  account available  for such  purpose as
                                described in such Prospectus Supplement.

                                Any  such obligation  of the  Master Servicer
                                or a  Sub-Servicer  to make  Advances may  be
                                supported by  the delivery to the  Trustee of
                                a  support letter  from  an affiliate  of the
                                Master  Servicer or  such Sub-Servicer  or an
                                unaffiliated   third   party   (a    "Support
                                Servicer") guaranteeing  the payment of  such
                                Advances   by   the   Master    Servicer   or
                                Sub-Servicer,  as   the  case   may  be,   as
                                specified    in   the    related   Prospectus
                                Supplement.

                                In  the  event the  Master  Servicer, Support
                                Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer  fails  to  make a
                                required   Advance,   the  Trustee   may   be
                                obligated to  advance such amounts  otherwise
                                required  to   be  advanced  by   the  Master
                                Servicer,  Support Servicer  or Sub-Servicer.
                                See   "Description   of   the    Securities--
                                Advances."

  Optional Termination          The  Master Servicer  or the  party specified
                                in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,
                                including   the   holder  of   the   residual
                                interest in a REMIC,  may have the option  to
                                effect   early  retirement  of  a  Series  of
                                Securities through the purchase  of the Trust
                                Fund Assets and  other assets in the  related
                                Trust  Fund under  the  circumstances and  in
                                the  manner  described in  "The  Agreements--
                                Termination;  Optional  Termination"   herein
                                and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  Legal Investment              The Prospectus Supplement for each  series of
                                Securities  will specify  which,  if any,  of
                                the  classes  of Securities  offered  thereby
                                constitute "mortgage related securities"  for
                                purposes  of  the Secondary  Mortgage  Market
                                Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA").   Classes
                                of  Securities  that  qualify   as  "mortgage
                                related    securities"    will    be    legal
                                investments    for    certain    types     of
                                institutional   investors   to   the   extent
                                provided  in SMMEA, subject,  in any case, to
                                any  other   regulations  which  may   govern
                                investments by such institutional  investors.
                                Institutions whose investment activities  are
                                subject  to   review  by  federal   or  state
                                authorities   should   consult   with   their
                                counsel  or  the  applicable  authorities  to
                                determine   whether   an  investment   in   a
                                particular  class of  Securities (whether  or
                                not  such   class  constitutes  a   "mortgage
                                related  security") complies  with applicable
                                guidelines,     policy     statements      or
                                restrictions.  See "Legal Investment."

  Certain Material 
    Federal Income Tax
    Consequences                The material federal income  tax consequences
                                to  Securityholders  will vary  depending  on
                                whether one  or more  elections  are made  to
                                treat the  Trust Fund  or specified  portions
                                thereof as a real estate  mortgage investment
                                conduit   ("REMIC")  under the  provisions of
                                the  Internal   Revenue  Code  of   1986,  as
                                amended   (the  "Code").     The   Prospectus
                                Supplement  for  each  Series  of  Securities
                                will specify  whether such  an election  will
                                be  made.    See  "Certain  Material  Federal
                                Income Tax Consequences".

  ERISA Considerations          A fiduciary  of any employee benefit  plan or
                                other retirement plan or  arrangement subject
                                to  the Employee  Retirement Income  Security
                                Act of  1974, as  amended  ("ERISA"), or  the
                                Code should  carefully review with  its legal
                                advisors whether  the purchase or  holding of
                                Securities could give  rise to a  transaction
                                prohibited   or  not   otherwise  permissible
                                under  ERISA   or  the  Code.     See  "ERISA
                                Considerations".      Certain   classes    of
                                Securities  may not be transferred unless the
                                Trustee and the Depositor  are furnished with
                                a letter of representation  or an opinion  of
                                counsel  to  the  effect  that  such transfer
                                will  not  result  in  a   violation  of  the
                                prohibited  transaction  provisions of  ERISA
                                and  the  Code  and  will   not  subject  the
                                Trustee,   the   Depositor  or   the   Master
                                Servicer  to  additional  obligations.    See
                                "Description  of the  Securities-General" and
                                "ERISA Considerations".


                                  RISK FACTORS

       Investors should consider, among  other things, the following  factors
  in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

  LIMITED LIQUIDITY

       There will be no market for the Securities of  any Series prior to the
  issuance thereof,  and there can  be no assurance  that a secondary  market
  will develop or, if it  does develop, that it will provide  Securityholders
  with  liquidity  of  investment  or  will  continue  for the  life  of  the
  Securities of such Series.

  LIMITED ASSETS

       The  Depositor  does  not  have,  nor  is it  expected  to  have,  any
  significant assets.  Unless  otherwise specified in the related  Prospectus
  Supplement,  the Securities of  a Series  will be  payable solely  from the
  Trust  Fund for  such Securities  and will  not have  any claim  against or
  security  interest in the Trust Fund  for any other Series.   There will be
  no  recourse to  the  Depositor or  any  other person  for  any failure  to
  receive distributions  on the Securities.  Further,  at the times set forth
  in the related Prospectus Supplement, certain Trust  Fund Assets and/or any
  balance remaining  in the  Security Account  immediately  after making  all
  payments  due on  the  Securities of  such  Series, after  making  adequate
  provision for  future payments on certain  classes of Securities  and after
  making any  other payments specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,
  may be promptly  released or remitted  to the Depositor, the  Servicer, any
  credit enhancement provider  or any other person entitled thereto  and will
  no  longer   be   available  for   making   payments  to   Securityholders.
  Consequently, holders  of Securities of each  Series must rely  solely upon
  payments  with  respect to  the  Trust  Fund Assets  and  the other  assets
  constituting  the Trust  Fund for  a Series  of  Securities, including,  if
  applicable, any  amounts available pursuant  to any credit enhancement  for
  such  Series,  for  the  payment  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
  Securities of such Series.

       The Securities will not represent an interest in or  obligation of the
  Depositor, the Master Servicer or any of their respective affiliates.   The
  only obligations, if  any, of the Depositor with respect  to the Trust Fund
  Assets  or  the  Securities  of any  Series  will  be  pursuant  to certain
  representations and  warranties.  The Depositor  does not have, and  is not
  expected in the  future to have, any significant assets  with which to meet
  any obligation to repurchase Trust Fund Assets with respect to  which there
  has been a breach of any representation or warranty.  If,  for example, the
  Depositor  were required to repurchase a Loan, its only sources of funds to
  make such repurchase would be  from funds obtained (i) from the enforcement
  of  a corresponding  obligation,  if any,  on  the part  of  the Seller  or
  originator of such  Loan, or (ii) from a Reserve  Account or similar credit
  enhancement established to provide funds for such  repurchases.  The Master
  Servicer's servicing  obligations under the  related Agreement  may include
  its  limited  obligation   to  make  certain  advances  in  the   event  of
  delinquencies on the Loans, but only to the extent  deemed recoverable.  To
  the extent described  in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor
  or  Master Servicer will be  obligated under  certain limited circumstances
  to  purchase or  act as a  remarketing agent with  respect to a convertible
  Loan upon conversion to a fixed rate.

  CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

       Although  credit  enhancement  is  intended  to  reduce  the  risk  of
  delinquent payments  or losses  to holders  of Securities  entitled to  the
  benefit thereof, the amount of such credit enhancement  will be limited, as
  set forth  in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and may decline and could
  be depleted  under certain circumstances  prior to  the payment in  full of
  the  related Series  of Securities,  and as  a  result Securityholders  may
  suffer  losses.   Moreover,  such  credit  enhancement may  not  cover  all
  potential  losses or risks.  For example, credit enhancement may or may not
  cover  fraud or  negligence by  a loan  originator or  other parties.   See
  "Credit Enhancement".

  PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

       The timing of  principal payments of the  Securities of a Series  will
  be  affected by  a  number of  factors, including  the  following: (i)  the
  extent of  prepayments of  the  Loans and,  in the  case  of Private  Asset
  Backed  Securities, the  underlying loans  related thereto,  comprising the
  Trust Fund, which prepayments  may be influenced by  a variety of  factors,
  (ii) the manner  of allocating principal and/or payments among  the classes
  of  Securities  of  a  Series  as  specified   in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement, (iii) the  exercise by the party entitled  thereto of any right
  of  optional termination and (iv)  the rate and  timing of payment defaults
  and  losses incurred with respect to the Trust Fund Assets.  Prepayments of
  principal may  also result  from repurchases  of Trust Fund  Assets due  to
  material   breaches   of  the   Depositor's   or   the  Master   Servicer's
  representations and  warranties,  as applicable.    The yield  to  maturity
  experienced  by  a holder  of Securities  may be  affected  by the  rate of
  prepayment of  the Loans  comprising or underlying  the Trust Fund  Assets.
  See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations".

       Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on  a Distribution Date
  will  include all  interest  accrued during  the  period specified  in  the
  related  Prospectus Supplement.    In the  event  interest accrues  over  a
  period ending two or more  days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective
  yield  to  Securityholders  will  be reduced  from  the  yield  that  would
  otherwise be obtainable if interest payable on the  Security were to accrue
  through  the day  immediately  preceding each  Distribution  Date, and  the
  effective  yield  (at  par)  to  Securityholders  will  be  less  than  the
  indicated coupon rate.  See "Description of  the Securities - Distributions
  of Interest".

  BALLOON PAYMENTS

       Certain  of the  Loans  as  of  the  Cut-off Date  may  not  be  fully
  amortizing  over  their  terms   to  maturity   and,  thus,  will   require
  substantial  principal payments  (i.e., balloon  payments) at  their stated
  maturity.   Loans  with balloon payments  involve a greater  degree of risk
  because the ability of a borrower to make a  balloon payment typically will
  depend upon its ability  either to timely refinance  the loan or to  timely
  sell  the related Property.  The ability of a borrower to accomplish either
  of  these goals  will be  affected by  a number  of factors,  including the
  level  of available mortgage rates at the  time of sale or refinancing, the
  borrower's equity in  the related Property, the financial condition  of the
  borrower and tax laws.

  NATURE OF MORTGAGES

       There are  several factors  that could adversely  affect the value  of
  Properties  such  that  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  related  Loans,
  together with any senior financing on the  Properties, if applicable, would
  equal or exceed the value of  the Properties.  Among the factors that could
  adversely  affect the value of the Properties are an overall decline in the
  residential real estate  market in the  areas in  which the Properties  are
  located or  a decline  in  the general  condition of  the  Properties as  a
  result of failure of borrowers to maintain  adequately the Properties or of
  natural disasters  that are not necessarily  covered by insurance,  such as
  earthquakes and  floods.  In  the case of Home  Equity Loans,  such decline
  could  extinguish the value of  the interest  of a junior  mortgagee in the
  Property  before having any  effect on the  interest of  the related senior
  mortgagee.  If such  a decline occurs, the  actual rates of  delinquencies,
  foreclosures and losses on  all Loans could be higher than  those currently
  experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general.

       Even assuming  that the Properties  provide adequate security for  the
  Loans,  substantial  delays could  be  encountered in  connection  with the
  liquidation of defaulted  Loans and corresponding delays in the  receipt of
  related proceeds  by Securityholders could occur.   An action  to foreclose
  on a Property securing a Loan is regulated by state  statutes and rules and
  is  subject  to many  of  the  delays and  expenses  of  other lawsuits  if
  defenses  or  counterclaims are  interposed,  sometimes  requiring  several
  years  to complete.   Furthermore,  in some  states an  action to  obtain a
  deficiency judgment  is not  permitted following  a nonjudicial  sale of  a
  Property.   In the event  of a  default by a  borrower, these restrictions,
  among  other  things, may  impede  the ability  of the  Master  Servicer to
  foreclose  on  or sell  the  Property  or to  obtain  liquidation  proceeds
  sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan.   In addition, the
  Master  Servicer will  be  entitled  to  deduct  from  related  liquidation
  proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in  attempting to recover amounts
  due on defaulted  Loans and  not yet repaid,  including payments to  senior
  lienholders, legal fees and  costs of legal  action, real estate taxes  and
  maintenance and preservation expenses.

       Liquidation  expenses  with respect  to  defaulted loans  do  not vary
  directly with the outstanding principal  balance of the loan at the time of
  default.    Therefore, assuming  that  a servicer  took the  same  steps in
  realizing upon a defaulted loan having a  small remaining principal balance
  as  it would  in the  case  of a  defaulted loan  having a  large remaining
  principal balance, the amount realized after expenses of  liquidation would
  be  smaller as  a percentage  of the  outstanding principal balance  of the
  small  loan than would be the  case with the defaulted  loan having a large
  remaining  principal balance.    Since the  mortgages  and deeds  of  trust
  securing the Home  Equity Loans will be primarily junior  liens subordinate
  to the  rights of  the mortgagee under  the related  senior mortgage(s)  or
  deed(s)  of   trust,  the  proceeds  from  any  liquidation,  insurance  or
  condemnation proceeds will be  available to satisfy the outstanding balance
  of such  junior lien  only to  the extent that  the claims  of such  senior
  mortgagees  have been satisfied in  full, including any related foreclosure
  costs.  In addition, a  junior mortgagee may not foreclose on  the property
  securing  a junior  mortgage unless  it forecloses  subject  to any  senior
  mortgage,  in which case  it must either  pay the entire amount  due on any
  senior  mortgage  to  the  related  senior mortgagee  at  or  prior  to the
  foreclosure sale or undertake  the obligation to make payments  on any such
  senior mortgage in  the event the mortgagor is in  default thereunder.  The
  Trust  Fund  will not  have  any  source of  funds  to  satisfy any  senior
  mortgages or make payments due to any senior mortgagees.

       Applicable state  laws  generally regulate  interest  rates and  other
  charges, require  certain  disclosures, and  require  licensing of  certain
  originators and servicers  of Loans.  In  addition, most states  have other
  laws,  public policy  and  general principles  of  equity relating  to  the
  protection  of  consumers, unfair  and  deceptive  practices and  practices
  which may apply to the origination, servicing and collection of  the Loans.
  Depending on the provisions  of the applicable  law and the specific  facts
  and  circumstances   involved,  violations  of  these  laws,  policies  and
  principles may limit  the ability of the Master Servicer  to collect all or
  part  of  the principal  of  or  interest on  the  Loans,  may entitle  the
  borrower to  a refund of  amounts previously paid  and, in  addition, could
  subject the Master  Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.   See
  "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

  ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

       Federal, state  and local laws and regulations impose  a wide range of
  requirements on  activities  that may  affect the  environment, health  and
  safety.   In  certain  circumstances,  these  laws and  regulations  impose
  obligations on owners or operators of residential  properties such as those
  subject  to  the  Loans.    The  failure  to  comply  with  such  laws  and
  regulations may result in fines and penalties.

       Under various federal, state and local laws  and regulations, an owner
  or  operator  of real  estate may  be liable  for  the costs  of addressing
  hazardous substances  on, in  or beneath such  property and related  costs.
  Such  liability could exceed  the value of  the property  and the aggregate
  assets  of the  owner or operator.   In addition,  persons who transport or
  dispose  of  hazardous  substances,  or  arrange  for  the  transportation,
  disposal or  treatment of hazardous  substances, at off-site locations  may
  also  be held  liable  if  there are  releases  or  threatened releases  of
  hazardous substances at such off-site locations.

       Under the  laws of  some states  and under  the federal  Comprehensive
  Environmental   Response,  Compensation   and  Liability   Act  ("CERCLA"),
  contamination  of property  may give  rise  to a  lien on  the property  to
  assure the  payment of the  costs of clean-up.   In several  states, such a
  lien  has  priority over  the  lien of  an  existing mortgage  against such
  property.
    
       Under the laws of some  states, and under CERCLA and the federal Solid
  Waste  Disposal Act,  there is  a  possibility that  a lender  may be  held
  liable  as an "owner"  or "operator"  for costs  of addressing  releases or
  threatened releases of  hazardous substances at a property, or  releases of
  petroleum from  an underground storage  tank, under  certain circumstances.
  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Environmental Risks."

  CERTAIN OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING THE LOANS

       The Loans may also be subject to federal laws, including:

            (i)  the  Federal   Truth  in  Lending   Act  and   Regulation  Z
       promulgated  thereunder,  which require  certain  disclosures  to  the
       borrowers regarding the terms of the Loans;

            (ii) the  Equal   Credit  Opportunity   Act   and  Regulation   B
       promulgated thereunder,  which prohibit discrimination on the basis of
       age, race,  color,  sex, religion,  marital  status, national  origin,
       receipt of public assistance  or the exercise of  any right under  the
       Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit;

            (iii)     the Fair  Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use
       and  reporting   of  information  related  to  the  borrower's  credit
       experience; and

            (iv) for Loans  that were originated or  closed after November 7,
       1989, the  Home Equity  Loan Consumer  Protection Act  of 1988,  which
       requires additional  application disclosures, limits  changes that may
       be  made to  the loan  documents without  the  borrower's consent  and
       restricts  a lender's ability  to declare  a default or  to suspend or
       reduce a borrower's credit limit to certain enumerated events.

       The Riegle  Act.   Certain mortgage  loans are subject  to the  Riegle
  Community Development and Regulatory  Improvement Act of 1994 (the  "Riegle
  Act") which  incorporates the Home Ownership  and Equity Protection  Act of
  1994.     These   provisions  impose   additional   disclosure  and   other
  requirements  on  creditors with  respect  to  non-purchase money  mortgage
  loans  with high interest  rates or  high up-front fees  and charges.   The
  provisions  of the Riegle Act  apply on  a mandatory basis  to all mortgage
  loans originated on or after October 1, 1995.   These provisions can impose
  specific  statutory liabilities  upon  creditors who  fail  to comply  with
  their provisions  and may affect the  enforceability of the  related loans.
  In addition,  any assignee of  the creditor would  generally be  subject to
  all  claims  and  defenses  that the  consumer  could  assert  against  the
  creditor, including,  without limitation, the right to rescind the mortgage
  loan.

       The Home  Improvement Contracts  are also subject  to the Preservation
  of  Consumers'  Claims  and  Defenses  regulations  of  the  Federal  Trade
  Commission  and other  similar federal and  state statutes  and regulations
  (collectively,  the  "Holder  in Due  Course  Rules"),  which  protect  the
  homeowner from defective craftsmanship or incomplete work  by a contractor.
  These  laws permit the  obligor to  withhold payment if  the work  does not
  meet the quality  and durability standards agreed  to by the  homeowner and
  the  contractor.   The  Holder  in  Due Course  Rules  have  the effect  of
  subjecting any assignee of the  seller in a consumer credit transaction  to
  all claims  and defenses which  the obligor in the  credit sale transaction
  could assert against the seller of the goods.

       Violations of certain  provisions of these federal laws may  limit the
  ability of  the Master Servicer to collect all or  part of the principal of
  or interest  on the Loans and  in addition could subject  the Trust Fund to
  damages and administrative enforcement.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
  Loans".

  RATING OF THE SECURITIES

       It will be a condition  to the issuance of a class  of Securities that
  they be rated  in one of the  four highest rating categories by  the Rating
  Agency identified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Any  such rating
  would  be based  on among other  things, the adequacy  of the  value of the
  Trust Fund  Assets and any  credit enhancement with  respect to such  class
  and will respect  such Rating Agency's assessment solely of  the likelihood
  that  holders of a class of Securities  will receive payments to which such
  Securityholders are  entitled  under the  related Agreement.   Such  rating
  will  not  constitute  an  assessment  of  the  likelihood  that  principal
  prepayments  on the related  Loans will  be made, the  degree to  which the
  rate of such  prepayments might differ from that originally  anticipated or
  the likelihood of  early optional termination of the Series  of Securities.
  Such rating shall not be  deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
  Securities, inasmuch  as it  does not address  market price or  suitability
  for a particular investor.   Such rating will  not address the  possibility
  that prepayment  at higher or lower  rates than anticipated by  an investor
  may cause  such investor  to experience a  lower than anticipated  yield or
  that an investor purchasing a Security at a significant premium might  fail
  to recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.

       There is also no assurance that any such rating  will remain in effect
  for  any given period of  time or that  it may not  be lowered or withdrawn
  entirely  by   the  Rating  Agency  in  the   future  if  in  its  judgment
  circumstances in the future  so warrant.  In  addition to being lowered  or
  withdrawn due  to any  erosion in the  adequacy of the  value of  the Trust
  Fund  Assets  or any  credit  enhancement with  respect to  a  Series, such
  rating might  also be lowered or withdrawn, among other reasons, because of
  an  adverse change  in  the  financial  or  other  condition  of  a  credit
  enhancement provider or a  change in the rating of such  credit enhancement
  provider's long term debt.

       The   amount,  type  and  nature   of  credit   enhancement,  if  any,
  established  with respect to  a class of  Securities will  be determined on
  the basis  of criteria established by each Rating  Agency rating classes of
  such Series.  Such criteria are sometimes  based upon an actuarial analysis
  of  the behavior  of similar  loans in a  larger group.   Such  analysis is
  often the  basis upon  which each  Rating Agency  determines the  amount of
  credit  enhancement required with respect to each such class.  There can be
  no  assurance  that  the  historical data  supporting  any  such  actuarial
  analysis will  accurately reflect future experience  nor any assurance that
  the  data derived  from a large  pool of similar  loans accurately predicts
  the delinquency, foreclosure  or loss experience of any particular  pool of
  Loans.  No assurance can  be given that the  values of any Properties  have
  remained  or  will  remain at  their  levels  on  the  respective dates  of
  origination of  the related Loans.  If the  residential real estate markets
  should  experience an  overall decline  in property  values  such that  the
  outstanding principal balances of the Loans in a particular  Trust Fund and
  any  secondary financing  on  the related  Properties  become equal  to  or
  greater  than the  value of  the Properties,  the  rates of  delinquencies,
  foreclosures  and  losses  could   be  higher  than  those   now  generally
  experienced  in the  mortgage  lending  industry.    In  addition,  adverse
  economic conditions (which may or may not affect  real property values) may
  affect the timely payment by mortgagors of  scheduled payments of principal
  and interest  on the  Loans and, accordingly,  the rates of  delinquencies,
  foreclosures  and losses with  respect to  any Trust Fund.   To  the extent
  that such losses are  not covered by credit  enhancement, such losses  will
  be borne, at  least in part, by  the holders of one or more  classes of the
  Securities of the related Series.  See "Rating".

  BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

       If  issued  in  book-entry  form,  such registration  may  reduce  the
  liquidity   of  the  Securities  in  the  secondary  trading  market  since
  investors may  be unwilling  to purchase Securities  for which they  cannot
  obtain  physical certificates.   Since  transactions in  Securities can  be
  effected only through the  Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),  participating
  organizations  ("Participants"),   Financial  Intermediaries  and   certain
  banks, the ability  of a Securityholder to pledge a  Security to persons or
  entities that do not  participate in the DTC  system, or otherwise to  take
  actions in respect  of such  Securities, may be  limited due to  lack of  a
  physical certificate representing the Securities.

       In addition,  Securityholders  may  experience  some  delay  in  their
  receipt of distributions of interest and principal  on the Securities since
  distributions are required to  be forwarded by the  Trustee to DTC and  DTC
  will  then be  required to  credit  such distributions  to the  accounts of
  Participants  which thereafter  will  be required  to  credit them  to  the
  accounts  of   Securityholders  either   directly  or   indirectly  through
  Financial Intermediaries.   See "Description of  the Securities--Book-Entry
  Registration of Securities".

  PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

       If so  provided in the related  Prospectus Supplement, on  the Closing
  Date  the  Depositor  will  deposit  an  amount (the  "Pre-Funded  Amount")
  specified in such  Prospectus Supplement into the Pre-Funding Account.   In
  no event shall the  Pre-Funded Amount exceed  25% of the initial  aggregate
  principal amount of  the Certificates and/or Notes of the related Series of
  Securities.    The  Pre-Funded  Amount  will  be  used  to  purchase  Loans
  ("Subsequent Loans")  in a period from the Closing  Date to a date not more
  than  three  months after  the  Closing  Date (such  period,  the  "Funding
  Period") from the  Depositor (which, in turn, will acquire  such Subsequent
  Loans  from the  Seller  or Sellers  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement).  To the extent  that the entire Pre-Funded Amount has not been
  applied  to the  purchase of  Subsequent Loans  by the  end of  the related
  Funding Period,  any amounts remaining in  the Pre-Funding Account  will be
  distributed  as  a prepayment  of  principal  to Certificateholders  and/or
  Noteholders on the  Distribution Date immediately following the end  of the
  Funding Period, in the amounts and pursuant to the  priorities set forth in
  the related Prospectus Supplement.

  OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

       There is no  assurance that the market value of  the Trust Fund Assets
  or any other  assets of a  Series will at any  time be equal to  or greater
  than  the  principal   amount  of  the  Securities  of  such   Series  then
  outstanding, plus  accrued interest  thereon.  Moreover,  upon an event  of
  default under  the Agreement for a  Series and a sale of  the assets in the
  Trust Fund or upon  a sale of the  assets of a Trust  Fund for a Series  of
  Securities, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, the  credit enhancer, if any,
  and  any  other  service  provider  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement generally will be entitled  to receive the proceeds of  any such
  sale to the extent of unpaid  fees and other amounts owing to such  persons
  under the  related  Agreement prior  to  distributions to  Securityholders.
  Upon  any such sale,  the proceeds  thereof may be  insufficient to  pay in
  full the principal of and interest on the Securities of such Series.


  --------------------

       /F1/ Whenever the  terms "Pool", "Certificates"  and "Notes"  are used
  in  this Prospectus, such terms will be deemed to apply, unless the context
  indicates  otherwise,   to   one  specific   Pool   and  the   Certificates
  representing  certain  undivided interests  in,  or  Notes secured  by  the
  assets of, a single  trust fund (the "Trust Fund") consisting  primarily of
  the  Loans  in such  Pool.   Similarly, the  term "Pass-Through  Rate" will
  refer to the Pass-Through  Rate borne by the  Certificates or Notes of  one
  specific  Series and the term "Trust Fund" will refer to one specific Trust
  Fund.
                                 THE TRUST FUND

       The Certificates  of  each  Series will  represent  interests  in  the
  assets of the  related Trust  Fund, and the  Notes of each  Series will  be
  secured by the pledge of the assets  of the related Trust Fund.   The Trust
  Fund for  each Series will be  held by the Trustee  for the benefit  of the
  related Securityholders.   Each Trust Fund  will consist of  certain assets
  (the "Trust Fund Assets") consisting  of a pool (each, a "Pool")  comprised
  of Loans or Private Asset  Backed Securities, in each case as  specified in
  the related Prospectus  Supplement, together  with payments  in respect  of
  such  Trust   Fund  Assets  and  certain  other  accounts,  obligations  or
  agreements,  in  each   case  as  specified  in   the  related   Prospectus
  Supplement./F1/  The Pool will be created on the  first day of the month of
  the  issuance  of  the related  Series  of  Securities or  such  other date
  specified   in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Cut-off  Date").    The
  Securities will  be entitled  to payment  from  the assets  of the  related
  Trust  Fund  or Funds  or  other  assets pledged  for  the  benefit of  the
  Securityholders as specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and will
  not  be entitled to  payments in respect  of the assets  of any other trust
  fund established by the Depositor.

       The  Trust Fund  Assets  will be  acquired  by the  Depositor,  either
  directly or  through affiliates, from originators  or sellers which  may be
  affiliates of the Depositor (the "Sellers"), and  conveyed by the Depositor
  to the related Trust Fund.  Loans acquired by the  Depositor will have been
  originated  in accordance  with the  underwriting criteria  specified below
  under "Loan Program-Underwriting Standards" or as otherwise described in  a
  related Prospectus Supplement.  See "Loan Program--Underwriting Standards".

       The Depositor will  cause the Trust Fund Assets to  be assigned to the
  Trustee  named in the related Prospectus  Supplement for the benefit of the
  holders of  the Securities  of  the related  Series.   The Master  Servicer
  named in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  will service  the Trust  Fund
  Assets, either  directly  or through  other  servicing institutions  ("Sub-
  Servicers"), pursuant  to  a  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement  among  the
  Depositor,  the Master Servicer and the Trustee with respect to a Series of
  Certificates, or  a  servicing agreement  (each,  a "Servicing  Agreement")
  between the  Trustee and the  Servicer with respect to  a Series  of Notes,
  and will receive  a fee  for such services.   See "Loan  Program" and  "The
  Pooling and Servicing Agreement".   With respect to  Loans serviced by  the
  Master  Servicer through  a Sub-Servicer, the  Master Servicer  will remain
  liable for its servicing obligations under the related Agreement  as if the
  Master Servicer alone were servicing such Loans.

       As  used  herein, "Agreement"  means,  with  respect to  a  Series  of
  Certificates,  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement  or Trust Agreement, and
  with  respect  to  a Series  of  Notes,  the  Indenture and  the  Servicing
  Agreement, as the context requires.

       If so  specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, a Trust  Fund
  relating  to a Series of  Securities may  be a business  trust formed under
  the  laws of  the  state specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement
  pursuant  to a  trust agreement  (each, a  "Trust  Agreement") between  the
  Depositor and the trustee of such Trust Fund.

       With respect to each Trust  Fund, prior to the initial offering of the
  related  Series of  Securities,  the  Trust Fund  will  have no  assets  or
  liabilities.  No Trust Fund  is expected to engage in any  activities other
  than acquiring,  managing and holding of the  related Trust Fund Assets and
  other assets contemplated  herein and in the related  Prospectus Supplement
  and  the  proceeds  thereof, issuing  Securities  and  making payments  and
  distributions thereon  and certain  related activities.   No Trust Fund  is
  expected  to have  any source  of  capital other  than its  assets and  any
  related credit enhancement.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  only obligations of  the Depositor with respect  to a Series  of Securities
  will be to  obtain certain representations and warranties from  the Sellers
  and  to assign to the Trustee for such Series of Securities the Depositor's
  rights  with respect  to such  representations and  warranties.   See  "The
  Agreements--Assignment  of Trust  Fund  Assets".   The  obligations of  the
  Master Servicer with respect to the  Loans will consist principally of  its
  contractual servicing  obligations under  the related  Agreement (including
  its obligation to enforce the obligations of  the Sub-Servicers or Sellers,
  or  both,   as   more  fully   described  herein   under  "Loan   Program--
  Representations   by  Sellers;   Repurchases"  and   "The  Agreements--Sub-
  Servicing  of  Loans",   "--Assignment  of  Trust  Fund  Assets")  and  its
  obligation,  if any,  to  make  certain  cash  advances  in  the  event  of
  delinquencies in payments on  or with respect to  the Loans in the  amounts
  described herein  under  "Description of  the  Securities--Advances".   The
  obligations  of the  Master  Servicer to  make advances  may be  subject to
  limitations, to  the extent provided herein  and in the  related Prospectus
  Supplement.


       The following  is a  brief description  of the  assets expected  to be
  included in  the Trust Funds.  If specific information respecting the Trust
  Fund  Assets is  not known  at the  time the  related Series  of Securities
  initially  is offered,  more general  information of  the nature  described
  below will be  provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and specific
  information will be set  forth in a report on Form 8-K to be filed with the
  Securities  and Exchange Commission within  fifteen days  after the initial
  issuance of  such Securities (the "Detailed  Description").  A  copy of the
  Agreement with respect  to each Series  of Securities will  be attached  to
  the Form 8-K and  will be available for  inspection at the corporate  trust
  office  of the Trustee  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement.  A
  schedule of the Trust Fund  Assets relating to such Series will be attached
  to the Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

  THE LOANS

       General.   For purposes hereof, "Home  Equity Loans" includes "Closed-
  End Loans" and  "Revolving Credit  Line Loans".   The  real property  which
  secures repayment  of the Loans  is referred  to as  "Properties".   Unless
  otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the Loans  will
  be  secured by  mortgages  or  deeds of  trust  or other  similar  security
  instruments creating  a lien  on a Property,  which may be  subordinated to
  one or more senior  liens on the related  Properties, each as described  in
  the related  Prospectus Supplement.  As more fully described in the related
  Prospectus Supplement, the Loans may be "conventional"  loans or loans that
  are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.

       The Properties  relating to  Loans will consist  primarily of detached
  or  semi-detached   one-  to   four-family   dwelling  units,   townhouses,
  rowhouses, individual condominium units,  individual units in planned  unit
  developments,  and   certain   other   dwelling   units   ("Single   Family
  Properties")  or  Small Mixed-Used  Properties  (as  defined herein)  which
  consist of structures of not  more than three stories which include one- to
  four-family  residential  dwelling  units   and  space  used  for   retail,
  professional  or other  commercial  uses.    Such  Properties  may  include
  vacation and second homes,  investment properties and leasehold  interests.
  The Properties may be located in  any one of the fifty states, the District
  of  Columbia,  Guam, Puerto  Rico  or  any other  territory  of the  United
  States.

       The payment terms of the Loans to be included in a Trust  Fund will be
  described in the related Prospectus Supplement  and may  include any of  
  the following features  (or combination thereof) or other features,
  all as described above or in the related Prospectus Supplement:

            (a)  Interest may be  payable at a fixed rate, a  rate adjustable
       from time to time in relation to an index  (which will be specified in
       the related Prospectus Supplement), a rate that is  fixed for a period
       of  time  or  under  certain  circumstances  and  is  followed  by  an
       adjustable rate, a rate that  otherwise varies from time to time, or a
       rate that  is convertible from  an adjustable  rate to  a fixed  rate.
       Changes to an adjustable rate may be  subject to periodic limitations,
       maximum rates,  minimum rates  or a  combination of such  limitations.
       Accrued  interest may be deferred and added to the principal of a loan
       for such periods  and under such circumstances as  may be specified in
       the related Prospectus Supplement.  Loans may  provide for the payment
       of  interest at a rate lower than the specified interest rate borne by
       such  Mortgage (the "Loan Rate") for a  period of time or for the life
       of the Loan, and the  amount of any difference may be contributed from
       funds supplied by the Seller of the Property or another source.

            (b)  Principal may  be payable on a  level debt service  basis to
       fully amortize the loan over its term, may be  calculated on the basis
       of an assumed  amortization schedule that is significantly longer than
       the  original  term  to  maturity or  on  an  interest  rate  that  is
       different from the interest rate  on the Loan or may not  be amortized
       during all  or a portion  of the original term.   Payment of all  or a
       substantial portion of the principal may be  due on maturity ("balloon
       payment").  Principal may include interest that  has been deferred and
       added to the principal balance of the Loan.

            (c)  Monthly  payments of principal and interest may be fixed for
       the life of the loan, may increase over a specified period  of time or
       may change  from  period to  period.    Loans may  include  limits  on
       periodic increases or decreases in the amount  of monthly payments and
       may include maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.

            (d)  Prepayments of  principal  may be  subject  to a  prepayment
       fee, which may be fixed for the  life of the loan or may  decline over
       time,  and may be prohibited  for the life of the  loan or for certain
       periods  ("lockout periods").   Certain  loans may  permit prepayments
       after expiration of the applicable lockout period  and may require the
       payment of  a prepayment  fee in connection  with any such  subsequent
       prepayment.  Other  loans may permit prepayments without payment  of a
       fee unless the  prepayment occurs during specified time periods.   The
       loans may include "due  on sale" clauses which permit the mortgagee to
       demand  payment of  the entire  loan in  connection with  the sale  or
       certain  transfers  of the  related  Property.   Other  loans  may  be
       assumable  by   persons  meeting  the  then   applicable  underwriting
       standards of the Seller.

       As  more   fully  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
  interest on each Revolving  Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction  rates
  offered  from time  to time  during promotional  periods,  is computed  and
  payable monthly on the average daily outstanding  principal balance of such
  Loan.  Principal amounts on a Revolving Credit Line  Loan may be drawn down
  (up to a maximum amount  as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement)
  or repaid under each Revolving Credit  Line Loan from time to time, but may
  be subject to a  minimum periodic payment.   Except to the extent  provided
  in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust  Fund will not include any
  amounts  borrowed under  a Revolving  Credit Line  Loan  after the  Cut-off
  Date.  The  full amount of a  Closed-End Loan is advanced  at the inception
  of the loan and  generally is repayable in  equal (or substantially  equal)
  installments  of an  amount  to  fully amortize  such  loan at  its  stated
  maturity.    Except  to  the extent  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement, the original  terms to stated maturity of Closed-End  Loan will
  not  exceed  360 months.    Under  certain circumstances,  under  either  a
  Revolving Credit Line Loan or  a Closed-End Loan, a borrower may  choose an
  interest only  payment option and  is obligated to pay  only the  amount of
  interest which accrues  on the loan during the billing  cycle.  An interest
  only  payment option  may be  available for  a specified  period before the
  borrower must  begin  paying at  least  the minimum  monthly payment  of  a
  specified percentage of the average outstanding balance of the loan.

       The aggregate  principal balance of  Loans secured by Properties  that
  are owner-occupied will be disclosed in the related  Prospectus Supplement.
  Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the sole
  basis for a representation that  a given percentage of the Loans is secured
  by Single  Family Property that  is owner-occupied will  be either  (i) the
  making  of a  representation by  the borrower  at origination  of the  Loan
  either  that the underlying  Property will  be used by  the borrower  for a
  period of at  least six months every  year or that the borrower  intends to
  use  the Property as a primary residence or (ii) a finding that the address
  of the underlying Property is the borrower's mailing address.

       The  Loans may  include fixed-rate,  closed-end mortgage  loans having
  terms  to maturity  of up to  30 years and  secured by first-lien mortgages
  originated on  Properties containing one to  four residential units  and no
  more than  three income producing  non-residential units  ("Small Mixed-Use
  Properties").   At  least 50% of  the units contained  in a Small Mixed-Use
  Property  will  consist  of  residential units.    Income  from  such  non-
  residential units will  not exceed 40% of the adjusted  gross income of the
  related  borrower.   The  maximum  Loan-to-Value Ratio  on  Small Mixed-Use
  Properties will not exceed  65%.  Small Mixed-Use  Properties may be  owner
  occupied or investor properties  and the loan purpose may be  a refinancing
  or a purchase. 

       Home  Improvement Contracts.  The  Trust Fund Assets  for a Series may
  consist, in whole or part, of home  improvement installment sales contracts
  and  installment  loan   agreements  (the  "Home   Improvement  Contracts")
  originated  by a  home improvement  contractor, a  thrift  or a  commercial
  mortgage banker in the  ordinary course of business.   As specified in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement, the  Home Improvement Contracts will  either
  be  unsecured  or secured  by  the  Mortgages primarily  on  Single  Family
  Properties which are  generally subordinate to other mortgages on  the same
  Property,  or secured  by  purchase money  security  interest in  the  Home
  Improvements  financed  thereby.   Except  as  otherwise specified  in  the
  related  Prospectus  Supplement, the  Home  Improvement  Contracts will  be
  fully amortizing and  may have fixed interest rates or  adjustable interest
  rates and may provide for other payment  characteristics as described below
  and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  the  home  improvements  (the   "Home  Improvements")  securing  the   Home
  Improvement  Contracts will  include, but are  not limited  to, replacement
  windows,  house  siding,  new  roofs,  swimming  pools,  satellite  dishes,
  kitchen and bathroom remodeling goods and solar heating panels.

       The  initial Loan-to-Value  Ratio of  a  Home Improvement  Contract is
  computed in the manner described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Additional  Information.    Each Prospectus  Supplement  will  contain
  information,  as  of the  date of  such  Prospectus Supplement  and  to the
  extent then specifically known to the Depositor, with respect to  the Loans
  contained  in the  related Pool,  including (i)  the aggregate  outstanding
  principal  balance  and the  average outstanding  principal balance  of the
  Loans as  of  the  applicable  Cut-off Date,  (ii)  the  type  of  property
  securing the  Loan (e.g., one- to  four-family houses, individual  units in
  condominium apartment buildings,  vacation and second homes  or other  real
  property), (iii)  the original  terms to  maturity of  the Loans,  (iv) the
  largest principal  balance and the smallest principal balance of any of the
  Loans, (v) the  earliest origination date and  latest maturity date  of any
  of  the Loans,  (vi)  the Loan-to-Value  Ratios  or Combined  Loan-to-Value
  Ratios,  as  applicable, of  the  Loans,  (vii) the  Loan  Rates or  annual
  percentage  rates ("APR")  or range  of Loan  Rates or  APR's borne  by the
  Loans, and  (viii) the geographical  location of  the Loans on  a state-by-
  state  basis.  If specific information respecting the Loans is not known to
  the Depositor  at the  time the related  Securities are initially  offered,
  more general information of the nature described  above will be provided in
  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  and specific  information will  be set
  forth in the Detailed Description.

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  the  "Combined Loan-to-Value  Ratio" of  a Loan  at any  given time  is the
  ratio, expressed  as a  percentage,  of (i)  the sum  of  (a) the  original
  principal balance of the  Loan (or, in the case of a  Revolving Credit Line
  Loan,  the maximum  amount  thereof  available)  and  (b)  the  outstanding
  principal  balance at the  date of  origination of the  Loan of  any senior
  mortgage loan(s) or,  in the case  of any open-ended senior  mortgage loan,
  the  maximum available line of  credit with respect  to such mortgage loan,
  regardless  of  any lesser  amount  actually  outstanding at  the  date  of
  origination  of the  Loan, to  (ii) the  Collateral   Value of  the related
  Property.    Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement,  the  "Collateral  Value"  of  the  Property, other  than  with
  respect to certain Loans  the proceeds of which  were used to refinance  an
  existing  mortgage loan (each,  a "Refinance Loan"),  is the  lesser of (a)
  the appraised value  determined in an appraisal obtained by  the originator
  at origination of such Loan and (b) the sales price for such Property.   In
  the  case  of  Refinance  Loans, the  "Collateral  Value"  of  the  related
  Property  is  the  appraised  value  thereof  determined  in  an  appraisal
  obtained at the time of refinancing.

  PRIVATE ASSET BACKED SECURITIES

       General.   Private Asset  Backed Securities may  consist of (a)  pass-
  through certificates or participation certificates evidencing an  undivided
  interest in  a  pool of  home  equity or  home  improvement loans,  or  (b)
  collateralized  mortgage   obligations  secured  by  home  equity  or  home
  improvement loans.   Private Asset Backed  Securities may  include stripped
  asset backed  securities representing  an undivided  interest in  all or  a
  part  of  either  the   principal  distributions  (but  not  the   interest
  distributions)  or  the  interest  distributions  (but  not  the  principal
  distributions) or in  some specified portion of the principal  and interest
  distributions (but  not all of such  distributions) on certain  home equity
  or home improvement loans.  Private Asset Backed  Securities will have been
  issued  pursuant to  a pooling  and servicing  agreement,  an indenture  or
  similar  agreement  (a  "PABS  Agreement").    The  seller/servicer of  the
  underlying  Loans  will have  entered  into  the PABS  Agreement  with  the
  trustee under  such PABS Agreement (the "PABS Trustee").   The PABS Trustee
  or  its agent,  or a  custodian,  will possess  the  loans underlying  such
  Private Asset  Backed Security.   Loans underlying  a Private Asset  Backed
  Security will be  serviced by a servicer (the  "PABS Servicer") directly or
  by one or  more subservicers who may  be subject to the supervision  of the
  PABS Servicer.   Except  as otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus
  Supplement, the  PABS Servicer will  be a FNMA  or FHLMC approved  servicer
  and, if  FHA Loans underlie the  Private Asset Backed  Securities, approved
  by HUD as an FHA mortgagee.

       The issuer of the Private Asset Backed  Securities (the "PABS Issuer")
  will be a financial  institution or other entity  engaged generally in  the
  business  of mortgage  lending, a  public agency  or  instrumentality of  a
  state, local  or  federal  government, or  a  limited  purpose  corporation
  organized for the  purpose of, among other things, establishing  trusts and
  acquiring and selling  housing loans to such trusts and  selling beneficial
  interests  in such trusts.   The PABS  Issuer shall not  be an affiliate of
  the  Depositor.   The obligations  of  the PABS  Issuer  will generally  be
  limited  to certain  representations  and warranties  with  respect to  the
  assets conveyed by it to the related trust.   Except as otherwise specified
  in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the  PABS Issuer  will  not  have
  guaranteed  any of the assets conveyed  to the related trust  or any of the
  Private  Asset   Backed  Securities  issued   under  the   PABS  Agreement.
  Additionally, although  the  loans  underlying  the  Private  Asset  Backed
  Securities may be guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality  of the United
  States,  the Private  Asset Backed  Securities themselves  will  not be  so
  guaranteed.

       Distributions of  principal and interest will  be made on  the Private
  Asset Backed  Securities on the dates  specified in the  related Prospectus
  Supplement.    The Private  Asset  Backed  Securities may  be  entitled  to
  receive nominal  or no  principal distributions or  nominal or no  interest
  distributions.   Principal and interest distributions  will be made  on the
  Private Asset Backed  Securities by the PABS Trustee  or the PABS Servicer.
  The  PABS Issuer  or the  PABS Servicer  may have  the right  to repurchase
  assets underlying the Private Asset Backed Securities  after a certain date
  or  under  other  circumstances as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement.

       Underlying  Loans.     The  home  equity  or  home  improvement  loans
  underlying the Private  Asset Backed Securities may consist of  fixed rate,
  level payment, fully  amortizing loans or graduated payment  loans, buydown
  loans, adjustable  rate loans,  or loans  having balloon  or other  special
  payment features.   Such  loans may be  secured by single  family property,
  multifamily property,  manufactured  homes  or  by  an  assignment  of  the
  proprietary lease  or occupancy agreement  relating to a specific  dwelling
  within a  cooperative and  the related shares  issued by such  cooperative.
  Except as otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
  underlying loans  will have the  following characterizations:  (i) no  loan
  will have had a Loan-to-Value  Ratio at origination in excess of  95%, (ii)
  each single family loan  secured by a mortgaged  property that had a  Loan-
  to-Value ratio  in  excess of  80%  at origination  will  be covered  by  a
  primary  mortgage  insurance policy,  (iii)  each  loan will  have  had  an
  original term  to stated maturity  of not less  than 5  years and not  more
  than 40 years,  (iv) no loan that  was more than  89 days delinquent  as to
  the payment of principal or interest will have been eligible for  inclusion
  in  the assets under the related PABS  Agreement, (v) each loan (other than
  a  cooperative loan) will be  required to  be covered by  a standard hazard
  insurance  policy (which  may be  a  blanket policy),  and  (vi) each  loan
  (other  than a  cooperative loan  or a  contract secured by  a manufactured
  home) will be covered by a title insurance policy.

       Credit Support  Relating to Private Asset  Backed Securities.   Credit
  support  in the  form  of reserve  funds,  subordination of  other  private
  certificates  issued under  the PABS  Agreement, letters  of credit, surety
  bonds, insurance policies or other types of credit support  may be provided
  with respect  to the loans underlying  the Private Asset  Backed Securities
  themselves.

       Rating  of Private  Asset  Backed Securities.    The PABS  upon  their
  issuance  will  have been  assigned a  rating in  one  of the  four highest
  rating categories by  at least one nationally recognized statistical rating
  agency.

       Additional Information.   The Prospectus  Supplement for a  Series for
  which the Trust Fund includes Private Asset  Backed Securities will specify
  (i) the  aggregate approximate  principal amount  and type  of the  Private
  Asset Backed  Securities to  be included  in the  Trust Fund,  (ii) certain
  characteristics of the  loans which comprise the underlying assets  for the
  Private Asset Backed Securities including (A) the  payment features of such
  loans,  (B)  the  approximate aggregate  principal  balance,  if  known, of
  underlying loans  insured or guaranteed by  a governmental entity,  (C) the
  servicing  fee or  range of servicing  fees with respect  to the loans, and
  (D) the minimum and  maximum stated maturities  of the underlying loans  at
  origination, (iii)  the  maximum original  term-to-stated  maturity of  the
  Private Asset Backed Securities,  (iv) the weighted average  term-to-stated
  maturity of  the Private Asset Backed  Securities, (v) the  pass-through or
  certificate rate of the Private Asset Backed  Securities, (vi) the weighted
  average  pass-through or  certificate  rate  of  the Private  Asset  Backed
  Securities, (vii) the  PABS Issuer, the  PABS Servicer  (if other than  the
  PABS  Issuer)  and   the  PABS  Trustee  for  such  Private   Asset  Backed
  Securities, (viii) certain characteristics of credit support,  if any, such
  as reserve  funds, insurance policies, surety  bonds, letters of  credit or
  guaranties  relating  to the  loans  underlying  the  Private Asset  Backed
  Securities or to such Private Asset Backed  Securities themselves, (ix) the
  term  on  which  the  underlying  loans  for   such  Private  Asset  Backed
  Securities may,  or are  required to,  be purchased  prior to  their stated
  maturity or  the stated  maturity of the  Private Asset Backed  Securities,
  (x) the  terms  on which  loans  may be  substituted  for those  originally
  underlying  the Private  Asset Backed  Securities and  (xi)  to the  extent
  provided in a periodic  report to the Trustee in its  capacity as holder of
  the PABS, certain  information regarding the status of the  credit support,
  if any, relating to the PABS.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

       The net proceeds to be  received from the sale of the  Securities will
  be  applied by the Depositor  to the purchase of  Trust Fund Assets or will
  be used by  the Depositor for  general corporate  purposes.  The  Depositor
  expects to sell Securities in Series from time to  time, but the timing and
  amount  of offerings  of Securities  will depend  on a  number of  factors,
  including  the volume  of  Trust Fund  Assets  acquired by  the  Depositor,
  prevailing  interest  rates,  availability  of  funds  and  general  market
  conditions.

                                 THE DEPOSITOR

       Financial  Asset  Securities  Corp.,  the  Depositor,  is  a  Delaware
  corporation  organized  on  August 2,  1995  for  the  limited  purpose  of
  acquiring, owning  and transferring Trust Fund Assets and selling interests
  therein  or bonds  secured thereby.    It is  an  indirect limited  purpose
  finance subsidiary  of National  Westminster Bank Plc  and an affiliate  of
  Greenwich  Capital Markets,  Inc., a  registered securities  broker-dealer.
  The  Depositor  maintains  its  principal  office  at  600 Steamboat  Road,
  Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.

       Neither  the  Depositor nor  any  of the  Depositor's  affiliates will
  insure or guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.

                                  LOAN PROGRAM

       The Loans will  have been purchased by the Depositor,  either directly
  or through  affiliates, from  Sellers.  Unless  otherwise specified in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement, the Loans so acquired  by the Depositor will
  have  been  originated  in   accordance  with  the  underwriting   criteria
  specified below under "Underwriting Standards".

  UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

       Each  Seller will  represent  and warrant  that  all Loans  originated
  and/or sold by it  to the Depositor or one of its affiliates will have been
  underwritten in  accordance with standards  consistent with  those utilized
  by mortgage lenders generally during the period  of origination for similar
  types of  loans.  As to any Loan insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed
  by  the   VA,  the  Seller  will  represent   that  it  has  complied  with
  underwriting policies of the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.

       Underwriting standards  are applied  by or on  behalf of  a lender  to
  evaluate  the borrower's  credit standing  and repayment  ability, and  the
  value  and  adequacy  of  the  Property  as  collateral.    In  general,  a
  prospective borrower  applying  for  a  Loan  is required  to  fill  out  a
  detailed application  designed  to  provide  to  the  underwriting  officer
  pertinent credit information, including  the principal balance and  payment
  history  with  respect  to  any senior  mortgage,  if  any,  which,  unless
  otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the borrower's
  income will be verified  by the Seller.  As part of the  description of the
  borrower's  financial  condition, the  borrower  generally  is required  to
  provide a current list of  assets and liabilities and a statement of income
  and expenses,  as well as  an authorization  to apply  for a credit  report
  which  summarizes the borrower's  credit history  with local  merchants and
  lenders  and  any record  of  bankruptcy.   In  most  cases, an  employment
  verification  is   obtained  from  an  independent  source  (typically  the
  borrower's employer)  which verification reports  the length  of employment
  with that  organization, the  current salary,  and whether  it is  expected
  that  the borrower  will continue  such  employment in  the future.   If  a
  prospective  borrower is  self-employed, the  borrower may  be  required to
  submit copies of signed tax returns.  The borrower  may also be required to
  authorize verification  of  deposits at  financial  institutions where  the
  borrower has demand or savings accounts.

       In determining  the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral,
  an  appraisal  will generally  be  made  of each  property  considered  for
  financing.   The appraiser is generally  required to inspect  the property,
  issue  a  report   on  its  condition  and,  if  applicable,   verify  that
  construction, if new, has  been completed.  The  appraisal is based on  the
  market  value  of  comparable  homes,  the   estimated  rental  income  (if
  considered  applicable by  the appraiser)  and the  cost  of replacing  the
  home.    The value  of the  property being  financed,  as indicated  by the
  appraisal, must be such  that it currently supports, and is  anticipated to
  support in the future, the outstanding loan balance.

       Once  all applicable  employment, credit  and property  information is
  received, a determination  generally is made as to whether  the prospective
  borrower   has  sufficient  monthly  income  available   (i)  to  meet  the
  borrower's  monthly obligations  on the  proposed mortgage  loan (generally
  determined  on  the basis  of  the  monthly payments  due  in  the year  of
  origination) and other  expenses related to the property (such  as property
  taxes and hazard insurance) and (ii)  to meet monthly housing expenses  and
  other financial obligations and monthly living  expenses.  The underwriting
  standards applied  by Sellers,  particularly with respect  to the level  of
  loan documentation  and the mortgagor's income  and credit history,  may be
  varied  in   appropriate  cases  where   factors  such   as  low   Combined
  Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit exist.  

  QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS

       Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
  Seller will  be required  to satisfy the  qualifications set forth  herein.
  Each  Seller  must  be  an  institution  experienced   in  originating  and
  servicing loans of  the type contained  in the related  Pool in  accordance
  with  accepted  practices  and   prudent  guidelines,  and  must   maintain
  satisfactory  facilities  to originate  and  service those  loans.   Unless
  otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, each Seller will
  be a seller/servicer approved by either FNMA or FHLMC.  

  REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES OR SUBSTITUTIONS

       Each Seller will have  made representations and warranties in  respect
  of the  Loans sold by  such Seller and evidenced  by all,  or a part,  of a
  Series  of  Securities.   Except  as  otherwise specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus  Supplement, such representations  and warranties include, among
  other  things: (i)  that title  insurance  (or in  the  case of  Properties
  located  in areas  where  such policies  are  generally not  available,  an
  attorney's certificate of  title) and any required  hazard insurance policy
  (or  certificate of title as applicable) remained  in effect on the date of
  purchase of the  Loan from  the Seller by  or on behalf  of the  Depositor;
  (ii)  that the Seller  had good title  to each such Loan  and such Loan was
  subject  to no  offsets,  defenses, counterclaims  or rights  of rescission
  except  to the  extent  that any  buydown  agreement described  herein  may
  forgive   certain  indebtedness  of  a  borrower;   (iii)  that  each  Loan
  constituted  a valid  lien on  the Property  (subject  only to  permissible
  liens disclosed,  if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if applicable,
  and  certain other  exceptions described  in the  Agreement)  and that  the
  Property was free  from damage and was  in acceptable condition;  (iv) that
  there were  no delinquent  tax or  assessment liens  against the  Property;
  (v) that  no  required  payment  on  a Loan  was  more  than  thirty  days'
  delinquent; and  (vi) that each  Loan was made in  compliance with,  and is
  enforceable  under,  all  applicable  local,  state  and  federal  laws and
  regulations in all material respects.

       If  so   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus  Supplement,   the
  representations  and warranties  of a Seller  in respect of  a Loan will be
  made not as of  the Cut-off Date but  as of the  date on which such  Seller
  sold  the Loan  to the  Depositor or  one  of its  affiliates.   Under such
  circumstances, a substantial  period of time may have elapsed  between such
  date  and  the  date  of initial  issuance  of  the  Series  of  Securities
  evidencing  an  interest in  such  Loan.   Since  the  representations  and
  warranties of a Seller do  not address events that may occur  following the
  sale of a Loan  by such Seller,  its repurchase obligation described  below
  will not arise  if the relevant event that would  otherwise have given rise
  to such an obligation with respect to a Loan occurs after the  date of sale
  of such Loan by such Seller  to the Depositor or its affiliates.   However,
  the Depositor will  not include any Loan  in the Trust Fund for  any Series
  of Securities if anything has come to the Depositor's attention that  would
  cause  it to believe that  the representationes and  warranties of a Seller
  will not be accurate  and complete in all  material respects in respect  of
  such Loan  as of the  date of  initial issuance  of the  related Series  of
  Securities.  If the Master Servicer is also a  Seller of Loans with respect
  to a particular  Series, such  representations will be  in addition to  the
  representations and warranties made by the Master  Servicer in its capacity
  as a Master Servicer.

       The Master  Servicer or  the Trustee,  if the Master  Servicer is  the
  Seller, will  promptly  notify the  relevant Seller  of any  breach of  any
  representation  or  warranty  made  by  it  in  respect  of  a  Loan  which
  materially and adversely  affects the interests of  the Securityholders  in
  such  Loan.     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
  Supplement,  if  such  Seller  cannot  cure  such  breach  within  90  days
  following notice from the Master  Servicer or the Trustee, as the  case may
  be,  then such Seller will be obligated  either (i) to repurchase such Loan
  from the Trust Fund at a price (the "Purchase  Price") equal to 100% of the
  unpaid principal  balance thereof as  of the  date of  the repurchase  plus
  accrued interest thereon to the  first day of the month following the month
  of repurchase  at the Loan  Rate (less  any Advances  or amount payable  as
  related servicing  compensation if  the Seller is  the Master Servicer)  or
  (ii) to substitute for such Loan a replacement loan that satisfies  certain
  requirements set forth  in the  Agreement.  If  a REMIC  election is to  be
  made with  respect  to a  Trust  Fund, unless  otherwise  specified in  the
  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the Master  Servicer or  a  holder of  the
  related  residual  certificate  generally will  be  obligated  to  pay  any
  prohibited transaction  tax which  may arise  in connection  with any  such
  repurchase  or  substitution   and  the   Trustee  must  have   received  a
  satisfactory opinion of counsel  that such repurchase or  substitution will
  not  cause the  Trust Fund  to  lose its  status as  a  REMIC or  otherwise
  subject  the Trust  Fund  to  a prohibited  transaction  tax.   The  Master
  Servicer may  be entitled  to reimbursement for  any such payment  from the
  assets  of  the related  Trust  Fund  or from  any  holder  of the  related
  residual  certificate.    See  "Description  of  the  Securities--General".
  Except  in those  cases in  which the  Master Servicer  is the  Seller, the
  Master Servicer will be required under the  applicable Agreement to enforce
  this  obligation for  the benefit  of the  Trustee and  the holders  of the
  Securities,  following the  practices it  would employ  in  its good  faith
  business  judgment were  it the  owner of  such Loan.   This  repurchase or
  substitution obligation  will  constitute  the  sole  remedy  available  to
  holders of Securities or  the Trustee for a  breach of representation by  a
  Seller.

       Neither  the Depositor  nor  the Master  Servicer  (unless the  Master
  Servicer is the Seller) will be obligated to purchase  or substitute a Loan
  if a  Seller defaults on its  obligation to do so, and  no assurance can be
  given  that  Sellers  will   carry  out  their  respective   repurchase  or
  substitution obligations  with respect  to Loans.   However, to the  extent
  that  a breach  of  a representation  and  warranty of  a  Seller may  also
  constitute a  breach of a representation  made by the Master  Servicer, the
  Master  Servicer  may  have  a  repurchase  or  substitution obligation  as
  described below under "The Agreements--Assignment of Trust Fund Assets".

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

       Each  Series  of Certificates  will  be  issued  pursuant to  separate
  agreements  (each,  a  "Pooling   and  Servicing  Agreement"  or  a  "Trust
  Agreement") among  the Depositor,  the Servicer, if  the Series relates  to
  Loans, and  the Trustee.   A form  of Pooling  and Servicing Agreement  and
  Trust Agreement has been filed  as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
  of which  this Prospectus  forms a  part.   Each  Series of  Notes will  be
  issued  pursuant to  an  indenture (the  "Indenture")  between the  related
  Trust  Fund and the  entity named  in the related  Prospectus Supplement as
  trustee  (the "Trustee") with respect to such  Series.  A form of Indenture
  has been filed as  an exhibit to the  Registration Statement of which  this
  Prospectus  forms  a  part.    A  Series may  consist  of  both  Notes  and
  Certificates.  Each Agreement, dated  as of the related Cut-off Date,  will
  be among  the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer  and  the Trustee  for  the
  benefit of the holders  of the Securities of  such Series.  The  provisions
  of each Agreement will vary  depending upon the nature of the Securities to
  be issued  thereunder  and the  nature  of the  related  Trust Fund.    The
  following  summaries describe  certain provisions which  may appear in each
  Agreement.   The  Prospectus Supplement  for a  Series  of Securities  will
  describe  any provision  of  the Agreement  relating  to such  Series  that
  mainly  differs from the description thereof  contained in this Prospectus.
  The  summaries do not  purport to be  complete and are subject  to, and are
  qualified in their  entirety by reference to, all of  the provisions of the
  Agreement  for  each Series  of  Securities and  the  applicable Prospectus
  Supplement.   The Depositor will  provide a copy of  the Agreement (without
  exhibits) relating to any  Series without charge upon written  request of a
  holder of record of a Security of such Series  addressed to Financial Asset
  Securities  Corp.,  600  Steamboat  Road,   Greenwich,  Connecticut  06830,
  Attention: Asset Backed Finance Group.

  GENERAL

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Certificates  of  each  Series  will  be  issued  in  book-entry  or  fully
  registered form, in  the authorized denominations specified in  the related
  Prospectus  Supplement,  will   evidence  specified  beneficial   ownership
  interests  in the related Trust Fund created pursuant to each Agreement and
  will not be entitled to  payments in respect of the assets  included in any
  other Trust Fund established by the Depositor.   Unless otherwise specified
  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Notes of each  Series will  be
  issued   in  book-entry  or  fully   registered  form,  in  the  authorized
  denominations  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, will  be
  secured by the pledge of the  assets of the related Trust Fund and will not
  be entitled  to payments in  respect of  the assets  included in any  other
  Trust  Fund  established  by  the  Depositor.    The  Securities  will  not
  represent obligations of  the Depositor or any affiliate of  the Depositor.
  Certain of  the Loans  may be  guaranteed or  insured as set  forth in  the
  related Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Trust Fund  will consist of,  to the
  extent  provided in the Agreement, (i) the  Trust Fund Assets, as from time
  to time  are subject  to the  related Agreement  (exclusive of  any amounts
  specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement ("Retained  Interest")),
  including all payments  of interest and principal received with  respect to
  the Loans after the  Cut-off Date (to the  extent not applied in  computing
  the Cut-off Date Principal Balance); (ii) such assets as  from time to time
  are required to be deposited in the related Security Account,  as described
  below under  "The  Agreements--Payments  on  Loans;  Deposits  to  Security
  Account"; (iii)  property which secured  a Loan  and which  is acquired  on
  behalf  of  the   Securityholders  by  foreclosure  or  deed  in   lieu  of
  foreclosure  and (iv)  any  insurance policies  or  other forms  of  credit
  enhancement required to be  maintained pursuant  to the related  Agreement.
  If so  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust  Fund may
  also  include  one or  more  of  the  following:   reinvestment  income  on
  payments  received on the Trust Fund Assets,  a Reserve Account, a mortgage
  pool  insurance policy,  a  Special Hazard  Insurance Policy,  a Bankruptcy
  Bond, one or  more letters of credit, a surety  bond, guaranties or similar
  instruments or other agreements.

       Each  Series of  Securities will  be issued  in  one or  more classes.
  Each class of Securities of  a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of
  a specified  percentage (which  may be  0%) or portion  of future  interest
  payments  and a specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future
  principal payments on  the Trust Fund Assets in the  related Trust Fund.  A
  Series of  Securities may include  one or more classes  that are  senior in
  right to  payment  to one  or  more other  classes  of Securities  of  such
  Series.  One or  more classes of Securities of a Series may  be entitled to
  receive distributions  of principal, interest  or any  combination thereof.
  Distributions on one or more classes of a Series of Securities may be  made
  prior  to one  or more  other  classes, after  the occurrence  of specified
  events, in  accordance  with  a  schedule  or  formula,  on  the  basis  of
  collections  from designated  portions  of the  Trust  Fund Assets  in  the
  related  Trust Fund or on  a different basis, in each  case as specified in
  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.   The  timing  and  amounts  of  such
  distributions may  vary among  classes  or over  time as  specified in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement.

       Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
  distributions  of  principal  and   interest  (or,  where  applicable,   of
  principal only or interest only)  on the related Securities will be made by
  the  Trustee on  each Distribution  Date  (i.e., monthly  or at  such other
  intervals and on the dates as  are specified in the Prospectus  Supplement)
  in proportion  to  the  percentages  specified in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement.  Distributions  will be made to the persons  in whose names the
  Securities  are registered at the close  of business on the dates specified
  in   the   related  Prospectus   Supplement   (each,   a  "Record   Date").
  Distributions  will be  made  in the  manner  specified in  the  Prospectus
  Supplement to the persons  entitled thereto at the address appearing in the
  register maintained  for holders of  Securities (the  "Security Register");
  provided,  however,  that  the final  distribution  in  retirement  of  the
  Securities  will  be made  only  upon  presentation and  surrender  of  the
  Securities  at  the  office  or  agency  of  the  Trustee  or other  person
  specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.

       The Securities  will be  freely transferable  and exchangeable at  the
  Corporate  Trust  Office  of  the  Trustee  as set  forth  in  the  related
  Prospectus  Supplement.     No  service  charge   will  be  made   for  any
  registration  of exchange or transfer  of Securities of  any Series but the
  Trustee may require payment  of a sum sufficient  to cover any related  tax
  or other governmental charge.

       Under current  law the purchase  and holding of a  class of Securities
  entitled only to a  specified percentage of payments of  either interest or
  principal  or  a notional  amount  of other  interest  or principal  on the
  related Loans  or a  class of  Securities entitled  to receive  payments of
  interest  and principal on the  Loans only after  payments to other classes
  or after the occurrence of  certain specified events by or on behalf of any
  employee  benefit   plan   or  other   retirement  arrangement   (including
  individual retirement  accounts and annuities,  Keogh plans  and collective
  investment  funds  in  which  such  plans,  accounts  or  arrangements  are
  invested)  subject to  provisions  of  ERISA  or  the Code  may  result  in
  prohibited transactions  within the meaning  of ERISA  and the  Code.   See
  "ERISA  Considerations".     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement, the transfer of Securities of  such a class will not
  be registered unless the transferee  (i) represents that it is not,  and is
  not purchasing on behalf of,  any such plan, account or arrangement or (ii)
  provides  an  opinion  of  counsel satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  and  the
  Depositor that the purchase  of Securities of such a class by  or on behalf
  of such  plan, account or arrangement  is permissible under  applicable law
  and will not  subject the Trustee, the Master Servicer  or the Depositor to
  any  obligation  or  liability  in addition  to  those  undertaken  in  the
  Agreements.

       As to each Series, an election may be made to treat the  related Trust
  Fund or designated  portions thereof as a "real estate  mortgage investment
  conduit"  or  "REMIC"  as defined  in  the  Code.   The  related Prospectus
  Supplement  will  specify   whether  a  REMIC  election  is  to   be  made.
  Alternatively,  the  Agreement  for  a Series  may  provide  that  a  REMIC
  election  may be  made at  the discretion  of the  Depositor or  the Master
  Servicer and may only be  made if certain conditions are satisfied.   As to
  any such  Series, the terms  and provisions applicable to  the making  of a
  REMIC election, as well as any material federal income tax  consequences to
  Securityholders not  otherwise described herein, will  be set forth  in the
  related Prospectus  Supplement.  If such  an election is  made with respect
  to a Series, one  of the classes will be designated  as evidencing the sole
  class  of "residual  interests" in  the related  REMIC, as  defined in  the
  Code.   All other classes  of Securities in such  a Series  will constitute
  "regular interests"  in the related REMIC, as  defined in the Code.   As to
  each Series  with respect  to which  a REMIC  election is to  be made,  the
  Master Servicer  or a holder  of the related  residual certificate  will be
  obligated to take all  actions required in order to comply  with applicable
  laws  and  regulations  and  will  be  obligated   to  pay  any  prohibited
  transaction taxes.   The Master  Servicer, to the extent  set forth  in the
  related Prospectus  Supplement, will be  entitled to reimbursement for  any
  such payment  from the assets of  the Trust Fund or from  any holder of the
  related residual certificate.

  DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES

       General.    In  general,  the method  of  determining  the  amount  of
  distributions on a particular  Series of Securities will depend on the type
  of  credit support, if any, that is  used with respect to such Series.  See
  "Credit Enhancement".  Set forth below are  descriptions of various methods
  that  may  be  used  to  determine  the  amount  of  distributions  on  the
  Securities of  a particular  Series.   The Prospectus  Supplement for  each
  Series  of Securities will  describe the method  to be  used in determining
  the amount of distributions on the Securities of such Series.

       Distributions allocable  to principal and  interest on  the Securities
  will be made  by the Trustee  out of, and only  to the extent of,  funds in
  the related  Security Account,  including any  funds  transferred from  any
  Reserve Account (a "Reserve Account").  As  between Securities of different
  classes  and  as between  distributions of  principal (and,  if applicable,
  between  distributions  of Principal  Prepayments,  as  defined below,  and
  scheduled  payments of principal) and  interest, distributions  made on any
  Distribution Date  will be applied as  specified in the  related Prospectus
  Supplement.    Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
  Supplement, the distributions  to any class of Securities  will be made pro
  rata to all Securityholders of that class.

       Available Funds.   All distributions on the Securities of  each Series
  on each Distribution Date will  be made from the Available Funds  described
  below, in  accordance with  the terms described  in the related  Prospectus
  Supplement and  specified in the Agreement.   Unless otherwise  provided in
  the related  Prospectus Supplement, "Available Funds" for each Distribution
  Date will equal the sum of the following amounts:

            (i)  the aggregate  of all  previously undistributed  payments on
       account  of principal  (including Principal  Prepayments, if  any, and
       prepayment  penalties,  if  so  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus
       Supplement)  and interest  on  the Loans  in  the related  Trust  Fund
       (including Liquidation  Proceeds and  Insurance  Proceeds and  amounts
       drawn under  letters of credit or other credit enhancement instruments
       as permitted  thereunder and  as specified in  the related  Agreement)
       received  by the  Master Servicer  after  the Cut-off  Date and  on or
       prior  to the  day  of the  month  of  the related  Distribution  Date
       specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  (the "Determination
       Date") except

                 (a)  all  payments which  were due on  or before the Cut-off
            Date;

                 (b)  all  Liquidation Proceeds  and all  Insurance Proceeds,
            all  Principal Prepayments  and all  other proceeds  of any  Loan
            purchased by  the Depositor, Master Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or
            any  Seller pursuant to  the Agreement  that were  received after
            the  prepayment  period  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
            Supplement  and  all related  payments  of  interest representing
            interest for any period after the interest accrual period;

                 (c)  all scheduled payments  of principal  and interest  due
            on a date or dates subsequent to the Due  Period relating to such
            Distribution Date;

                 (d)  amounts received on particular  Loans as late  payments
            of principal or interest or other amounts required to be  paid by
            borrowers, but only to the extent of  any unreimbursed advance in
            respect thereof  made  by  the  Master  Servicer  (including  the
            related Sub-Servicers, Support Servicers or the Trustee);

                 (e)  amounts  representing  reimbursement,  to   the  extent
            permitted by  the  Agreement and  as  described under  "Advances"
            below, for advances made  by the Master Servicer,  Sub-Servicers,
            Support  Servicers or the  Trustee that  were deposited  into the
            Security  Account,  and  amounts  representing  reimbursement for
            certain  other   losses  and  expenses  incurred  by  the  Master
            Servicer or the Depositor and described below;

                 (f)  that portion  of  each  collection  of  interest  on  a
            particular  Loan in  such Trust  Fund which  represents servicing
            compensation payable  to the Master Servicer or Retained Interest
            which  is to be retained from  such collection or is permitted to
            be   retained  from   related  Insurance   Proceeds,  Liquidation
            Proceeds  or  proceeds  of   Loans  purchased  pursuant  to   the
            Agreement;

            (ii) the amount of  any advance made by the Master  Servicer, Sub
       Servicer, Support  Servicer or Trustee  as described  under "Advances"
       below and deposited by it in the Security Account;

            (iii)     if  applicable,   amounts  withdrawn  from   a  Reserve
       Account;

            (iv) if applicable,  amounts provided under  a letter  of credit,
       insurance policy, surety bond or other third-party guaranties; and

            (v)  if applicable, the amount of prepayment interest shortfall.

       Distributions of Interest.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
  Prospectus  Supplement,  interest will  accrue  on  the aggregate  Security
  Principal Balance  (or,  in the  case of  Securities (i)  entitled only  to
  distributions  allocable  to interest,  the  aggregate  notional  principal
  balance or (ii)  which, under certain circumstances, allow for  the accrual
  of interest  otherwise scheduled  for payment  to remain  unpaid until  the
  occurrence  of   certain  events  specified   in  the   related  Prospectus
  Supplement)  of each  class of  Securities entitled  to  interest from  the
  date,  at  the  Pass-Through Rate  (which  may  be  a  fixed rate  or  rate
  adjustable as specified in such Prospectus Supplement)  and for the periods
  specified  in  such  Prospectus  Supplement.    To  the  extent  funds  are
  available therefor, interest  accrued during each such  specified period on
  each  class of  Securities entitled  to  interest (other  than  a class  of
  Securities that  provides for interest that  accrues, but is  not currently
  payable,   referred  to   hereafter  as   "Accrual  Securities")   will  be
  distributable  on   the  Distribution  Dates   specified  in   the  related
  Prospectus  Supplement until  the aggregate  Security Principal  Balance of
  the Securities of such class  has been distributed in full or,  in the case
  of Securities entitled  only to distributions allocable to  interest, until
  the aggregate notional  principal balance of such Securities is  reduced to
  zero  or  for the  period  of  time designated  in  the  related Prospectus
  Supplement.  The original Security Principal Balance  of each Security will
  equal  the aggregate  distributions allocable  to principal  to which  such
  Security  is  entitled.     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the   related
  Prospectus  Supplement,   distributions  allocable  to  interest   on  each
  Security that is not entitled to distributions  allocable to principal will
  be calculated  based on  the notional principal  balance of such  Security.
  The notional principal balance  of a Security will not evidence an interest
  in or entitlement to distributions allocable to  principal but will be used
  solely for  convenience in expressing the  calculation of interest  and for
  certain other purposes.

       Interest payable on  the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date
  will  include all  interest  accrued during  the  period specified  in  the
  related  Prospectus Supplement.    In the  event  interest accrues  over  a
  period ending two or more days prior to a  Distribution Date, the effective
  yield  to  Securityholders  will  be reduced  from  the  yield  that  would
  otherwise be  obtainable if interest payable on the Security were to accrue
  through  the  day immediately  preceding  each Distribution  Date,  and the
  effective  yield  (at  par)  to  Securityholders  will  be  less  than  the
  indicated coupon rate.

       With respect to any  class of Accrual Securities, if  specified in the
  related Prospectus  Supplement, any  interest that has  accrued but is  not
  paid on a given Distribution  Date will be added to the  aggregate Security
  Principal Balance  of such class of  Securities on that  Distribution Date.
  Distributions of interest on any class of  Accrual Securities will commence
  only  after  the  occurrence  of  the  events   specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus  Supplement.    Prior to  such  time,  the  beneficial ownership
  interest  of  such  class  of Accrual  Securities  in  the  Trust  Fund, as
  reflected in  the aggregate  Security Principal  Balance of  such class  of
  Accrual Securities, will  increase on each Distribution Date by  the amount
  of interest that  accrued on  such class of  Accrual Securities during  the
  preceding  interest  accrual  period  but  that  was  not  required  to  be
  distributed to  such class on  such Distribution Date.   Any such  class of
  Accrual  Securities  will thereafter  accrue  interest  on its  outstanding
  Security Principal Balance as so adjusted.

       Distributions of  Principal.  The  related Prospectus  Supplement will
  specify the method by  which the amount of  principal to be distributed  on
  the Securities on each Distribution Date will be calculated and  the manner
  in which such  amount will  be allocated  among the  classes of  Securities
  entitled  to distributions of principal.   The aggregate Security Principal
  Balance of any  class of Securities entitled to distributions  of principal
  generally will  be  the aggregate  original Security  Principal Balance  of
  such class of  Securities specified in such  Prospectus Supplement, reduced
  by  all  distributions  reported  to the  holders  of  such  Securities  as
  allocable  to  principal  and,  (i) in  the  case  of  Accrual  Securities,
  increased  by all  interest  accrued but  not  then distributable  on  such
  Accrual Securities  and (ii)  in the  case of  adjustable rate  Securities,
  subject to the effect of negative amortization, if applicable.  

       If  so provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more
  classes   of  Securities   will   be  entitled   to   receive  all   or   a
  disproportionate  percentage   of  the  payments  of  principal  which  are
  received from  borrowers in advance  of their scheduled  due dates and  are
  not accompanied  by amounts representing  scheduled interest due after  the
  month  of such  payments ("Principal  Prepayments") in  the percentages and
  under the  circumstances or  for the periods  specified in such  Prospectus
  Supplement.  Any such  allocation of Principal Prepayments to such class or
  classes  of Securityholders  will  have  the  effect  of  accelerating  the
  amortization of  such Securities while  increasing the  interests evidenced
  by  other Securities in the  Trust Fund.   Increasing the  interests of the
  other Securities  relative to that of  certain Securities allocated  by the
  principal  prepayments is  intended  to preserve  the  availability of  the
  subordination provided by such other Securities.   See "Credit Enhancement-
  Subordination".

       Unscheduled Distributions.   The Securities will be subject to receipt
  of  distributions before  the next  scheduled Distribution  Date  under the
  circumstances and  in the  manner described  below and  in such  Prospectus
  Supplement.   If  applicable, the  Trustee will  be required  to make  such
  unscheduled  distributions on  the day and  in the amount  specified in the
  related Prospectus Supplement  if, due to substantial payments of principal
  (including Principal Prepayments) on the Trust Fund  Assets, the Trustee or
  the Master Servicer  determines that the funds available or  anticipated to
  be available  from the  Security Account  and, if  applicable, any  Reserve
  Account,  may  be  insufficient  to  make  required  distributions  on  the
  Securities on  such Distribution Date.   Unless otherwise specified  in the
  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the   amount  of  any  such   unscheduled
  distribution that  is allocable  to principal  will not  exceed the  amount
  that  would otherwise have been required to  be distributed as principal on
  the Securities on  the next Distribution Date.  Unless  otherwise specified
  in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  the unscheduled  distributions will
  include  interest at  the  applicable Pass-Through  Rate  (if any)  on  the
  amount  of the  unscheduled  distribution allocable  to  principal for  the
  period and to the date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  distributions allocable to principal  in any unscheduled distribution  will
  be made in the  same priority and manner  as distributions of principal  on
  the  Securities would have  been made  on the  next Distribution  Date, and
  with respect to Securities of the same  class, unscheduled distributions of
  principal will be made on  the same basis as such distributions  would have
  been  made on the next  Distribution Date on  a pro rata  basis.  Notice of
  any  unscheduled distribution  will be  given by  the Trustee  prior to the
  date of such distribution.

  ADVANCES

       To  the extent  provided  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Master Servicer will be required to advance  on or before each Distribution
  Date  (from its  own  funds, funds  advanced  by Sub-Servicers  or  Support
  Servicers or  funds held in the  Security Account for  future distributions
  to  the holders of such  Securities), an  amount equal to  the aggregate of
  payments of interest  and/or principal that were delinquent on  the related
  Determination Date  and were not advanced  by any Sub-Servicer,  subject to
  the Master Servicer's determination that such advances will  be recoverable
  out  of   late  payments  by  borrowers,  Liquidation  Proceeds,  Insurance
  Proceeds or otherwise.  In  addition, to the extent provided in the related
  Prospectus Supplement,  a cash  account may be  established to provide  for
  Advances  to be  made in  the event  of certain  Trust Fund  Assets payment
  defaults or collection shortfalls.

       In making  Advances, the Master Servicer  will endeavor to  maintain a
  regular flow  of scheduled  interest and principal  payments to holders  of
  the Securities,  rather than to  guarantee or  insure against  losses.   If
  Advances are made by  the Master Servicer from  cash being held for  future
  distribution to  Securityholders,  the Master  Servicer  will replace  such
  funds on or before  any future Distribution Date  to the extent that  funds
  in the applicable Security Account on such Distribution Date would be  less
  than   the  amount   required   to  be   available  for   distributions  to
  Securityholders  on such date.  Any Master  Servicer funds advanced will be
  reimbursable  to the  Master Servicer  out of  recoveries  on the  specific
  Loans with respect  to which such Advances  were made (e.g., late  payments
  made  by the related borrower,  any related Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
  Proceeds or proceeds of  any Loan purchased by  a Sub-Servicer or a  Seller
  under  the circumstances  described hereinabove).   Advances by  the Master
  Servicer (and any advances  by a Sub-Servicer or  a Support Servicer)  also
  will be reimbursable to  the Master Servicer (or Sub-Servicer or  a Support
  Servicer) from  cash otherwise distributable to  Securityholders (including
  the holders of  Senior Securities) to  the extent that the  Master Servicer
  determines that  any  such  Advances previously  made  are  not  ultimately
  recoverable  as described  above.  To  the extent  provided in  the related
  Prospectus Supplement, the  Master Servicer also will be obligated  to make
  Advances,  to the extent recoverable out of Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
  Proceeds or otherwise,  in respect of certain taxes and  insurance premiums
  not  paid  by  borrowers  on  a  timely  basis.    Funds  so  advanced  are
  reimbursable  to  the  Master  Servicer to  the  extent  permitted  by  the
  Agreement.  The obligations of  the Master Servicer to make advances may be
  supported  by  a  cash  advance  reserve  fund,  a  surety  bond  or  other
  arrangement, in each case as described in such Prospectus Supplement.

       The Master  Servicer or  Sub-Servicer may enter  into an agreement  (a
  "Support Agreement") with a Support Servicer pursuant  to which the Support
  Servicer  agrees to provide funds on behalf  of the Master Servicer or Sub-
  Servicer in connection with the  obligation of the Master Servicer or  Sub-
  Servicer,  as the  case may  be, to make  Advances.   The Support Agreement
  will  be delivered to  the Trustee  and the Trustee  will be  authorized to
  accept a substitute  Support Agreement in exchange for an  original Support
  Agreement, provided that  such substitution of the  Support Agreement  will
  not  adversely  affect  the  rating  or  ratings  then  in  effect  on  the
  Securities.

       Unless otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, in
  the  event the Master Servicer, a Sub-Servicer  or a Support Servicer fails
  to  make a  required Advance,  the Trustee will  be obligated  to make such
  Advance  in its capacity as successor servicer.   If the Trustee makes such
  an Advance, it  will be entitled to  be reimbursed for such Advance  to the
  same extent and degree as the Master Servicer, a  Sub-Servicer or a Support
  Servicer is entitled  to be reimbursed  for Advances.  See  "Description of
  the Securities--Distributions on Securities" herein.

  COMPENSATING INTEREST

       If  so specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement, the  Master
  Servicer  will be required to  remit to  the Trustee, with  respect to each
  Loan in the related Trust Fund  as to which a principal prepayment  in full
  or a principal payment which  is in excess of the scheduled monthly payment
  and  is not  intended to  cure a  delinquency was  received during  any Due
  Period, an amount, from and  to the extent of amounts otherwise  payable to
  the Master  Servicer as  servicing compensation,  equal to  the excess,  if
  any, of (a)  30 days' interest on the principal balance of the related Loan
  at the Loan Rate net  of the per annum rate at  which the Master Servicer's
  servicing fee  accrues, over (b) the  amount of interest  actually received
  on  such  Loan  during  such  Due Period,  net  of  the  Master  Servicer's
  servicing fee.

  REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

       Prior to  or concurrently  with each  distribution  on a  Distribution
  Date,  the   Master  Servicer   or  the  Trustee   will  furnish  to   each
  Securityholder of record  of the related Series a statement  setting forth,
  to the extent applicable to such Series of Securities, among other things:

            (i)  the  amount of  such  distribution allocable  to  principal,
       separately  identifying  the   aggregate  amount   of  any   Principal
       Prepayments and any applicable prepayment penalties included therein;

            (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

            (iii)     the amount of any Advance;

            (iv) the  aggregate   amount  (a)  otherwise   allocable  to  the
       Subordinated  Securityholders  on  such  Distribution  Date,  and  (b)
       withdrawn from  the Reserve  Fund, if  any, that  is  included in  the
       amounts distributed to the Senior Securityholders;

            (v)  the  outstanding  principal  balance  or  notional principal
       balance  of such  class after  giving effect  to  the distribution  of
       principal on such Distribution Date;

            (vi) the  percentage   of  principal   payments   on  the   Loans
       (excluding prepayments), if any, which such class  will be entitled to
       receive on the following Distribution Date;

            (vii)     the percentage  of Principal Prepayments on  the Loans,
       if any, which such class  will be entitled to receive on the following
       Distribution Date;

            (viii)    the   related  amount  of  the  servicing  compensation
       retained  or  withdrawn  from  the  Security  Account  by  the  Master
       Servicer,   and  the  amount   of  additional  servicing  compensation
       received  by  the Master  Servicer  attributable  to penalties,  fees,
       excess Liquidation Proceeds and other similar charges and items;

            (ix) the  number and  aggregate principal  balances of  Loans (A)
       delinquent (exclusive of Loans  in foreclosure) (1) 31 to 60 days, (2)
       61 to  90 days and  (3) 91  or more  days and (B)  in foreclosure  and
       delinquent (1) 31 to  60 days, (2) 61  to 90 days  and (3) 91 or  more
       days, as  of the close  of business  on the last  day of the  calendar
       month preceding such Distribution Date;

            (x)  the  book  value  of   any  real  estate  acquired   through
       foreclosure or grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

            (xi) if  a class  is  entitled only  to  a specified  portion  of
       payments  of  interest   on  the  Loans  in  the  related   Pool,  the
       Pass-Through Rate,  if adjusted from the  date of the  last statement,
       of the  Loans expected to  be applicable  to the next  distribution to
       such class;

            (xii)     if  applicable,  the amount  remaining  in  any Reserve
       Account at the close of business on the Distribution Date;

            (xiii)    the  Pass-Through  Rate as  of  the  day prior  to  the
       immediately preceding Distribution Date;
       and

            (xiv)     any  amounts remaining  under letters  of  credit, pool
       policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

       Where applicable, any  amount set forth  above may be  expressed as  a
  dollar  amount  per  single  Security of  the  relevant  class  having  the
  Percentage Interest  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.   The
  report  to  Securityholders  for  any  Series  of  Securities  may  include
  additional  or other  information of  a similar  nature  to that  specified
  above.

       In addition, within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each
  calendar year,  the  Master  Servicer or  the  Trustee  will mail  to  each
  Securityholder of  record at any  time during  such calendar year  a report
  (a) as to the aggregate of amounts reported pursuant to  (i) and (ii) above
  for such calendar year  or, in the event  such person was a  Securityholder
  of  record during  a portion  of  such calendar  year,  for the  applicable
  portion of  such year and  (b) such other customary  information as  may be
  deemed  necessary or  desirable for  Securityholders  to prepare  their tax
  returns.

  BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

       As described  in the  Prospectus Supplement,  if not  issued in  fully
  registered form, each class of Securities will  be registered as book-entry
  certificates (the  "Book-Entry Securities").   Persons acquiring beneficial
  ownership interests  in the Securities ("Security  Owners") will hold their
  Securities through  the  Depository Trust  Company  ("DTC") in  the  United
  States, or  Cedel Bank, societe anonyme  ("CEDEL") or the  Euroclear System
  ("Euroclear") (in  Europe)  if they  are  participants ("Participants")  of
  such systems,  or indirectly through  organizations which  are Participants
  in such systems.  The Book-Entry  Securities will be issued in one  or more
  certificates which equal  the aggregate principal balance of the Securities
  and will  initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of
  DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of  their
  Participants  through  customers'   securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's   and
  Euroclear's names  on the books of  their respective depositaries  which in
  turn will  hold such  positions in  customers' securities  accounts in  the
  depositaries' names  on the  books  of DTC.   Citibank,  N.A.  will act  as
  depositary for CEDEL  and the Brussels, Belgium branch of  Morgan Guarantee
  Trust Company of  New York ("Morgan") will act  as depositary for Euroclear
  (in   such  capacities,   individually   the   "Relevant  Depositary"   and
  collectively the "European  Depositaries").  Except as described  below, no
  Security  Owner  will  be  entitled  to  receive   a  physical  certificate
  representing such Security  (a "Definitive  Security").   Unless and  until
  Definitive  Securities   are  issued,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  only
  "Securityholders" of the Securities will be Cede & Co.,  as nominee of DTC.
  Security Owners  are  only permitted  to exercise  their rights  indirectly
  through Participants and DTC.

       The  Security  Owner's ownership  of  a  Book-Entry Security  will  be
  recorded on the records of the brokerage firm,  bank, thrift institution or
  other  financial  intermediary  (each,  a  "Financial  Intermediary")  that
  maintains the Security  Owner's account  for such  purpose.   In turn,  the
  Financial Intermediary's  ownership  of such  Book-Entry  Security will  be
  recorded on  the records of DTC  (or of a  participating firm that  acts as
  agent  for the  Financial  Intermediary, whose  interest  will in  turn  be
  recorded  on  the  records  of  DTC,  if  the  Security  Owner's  Financial
  Intermediary  is  not  a  Participant  and  on  the  records  of  CEDEL  or
  Euroclear, as appropriate).

       Security Owners will  receive all  distributions of principal  of, and
  interest on, the Securities from the Trustee  through DTC and Participants.
  While the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under  the  circumstances
  described below), under the rules, regulations  and procedures creating and
  affecting  DTC and its  operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is  required to make
  book-entry  transfers among  Participants  on  whose  behalf it  acts  with
  respect  to  the  Securities  and  is  required  to  receive  and  transmit
  distributions   of  principal   of,  and   interest  on,   the  Securities.
  Participants  and  indirect participants  with  whom  Security Owners  have
  accounts  with  respect  to  Securities  are  similarly  required  to  make
  book-entry transfers  and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf
  of their  respective  Security  Owners.    Accordingly,  although  Security
  Owners will  not possess  certificates, the  Rules provide  a mechanism  by
  which  Security Owners  will  receive distributions  and  will be  able  to
  transfer their interest.

       Security  Owners   will  not  receive   or  be  entitled  to   receive
  certificates representing  their  respective interests  in the  Securities,
  except under the  limited circumstances described below.  Unless  and until
  Definitive Securities  are issued, Security Owners who are not Participants
  may  transfer   ownership  of  Securities  only  through  Participants  and
  indirect  participants   by  instructing  such  Participants  and  indirect
  participants to  transfer Securities, by  book-entry transfer,  through DTC
  for  the account  of the  purchasers of  such Securities, which  account is
  maintained with  their respective  Participants.   Under the  Rules and  in
  accordance  with   DTC's  normal  procedures,  transfers  of  ownership  of
  Securities will be  executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective
  Participants  at  DTC  will  be  debited  and  credited.    Similarly,  the
  Participants and indirect participants will make debits  or credits, as the
  case  may be,  on their  records on  behalf of  the selling  and purchasing
  Security Owners.

       Because of time zone  differences, credits  of securities received  in
  CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be
  made  during  subsequent securities  settlement  processing  and dated  the
  business  day following  the  DTC settlement  date.   Such  credits or  any
  transactions  in such  securities  settled during  such processing  will be
  reported to the  relevant Euroclear or CEDEL Participants on  such business
  day.    Cash received  in  CEDEL  or Euroclear  as  a  result of  sales  of
  securities  by  or through  a  CEDEL  Participant (as  defined  herein)  or
  Euroclear Participant  (as defined  herein) to  a DTC  Participant will  be
  received  with value  on the DTC  settlement date but  will be available in
  the relevant CEDEL or  Euroclear cash account only  as of the business  day
  following settlement in DTC.  

       Transfers  between  Participants will  occur  in  accordance with  DTC
  rules.   Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and  Euroclear Participants
  will  occur  in  accordance  with  their  respective  rules  and  operating
  procedures.

       Cross-market transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
  through  DTC, on the  one hand,  and directly  or indirectly  through CEDEL
  Participants or Euroclear  Participants, on the other, will be  effected in
  DTC  in accordance  with  DTC  rules on  behalf  of the  relevant  European
  international  clearing system  by the  Relevant Depositary;  however, such
  cross  market transactions  will  require delivery  of instructions  to the
  relevant European  international  clearing system  by  the counterparty  in
  such system  in accordance with  its rules  and procedures  and within  its
  established   deadlines   (European   time).      The   relevant   European
  international  clearing   system  will,  if   the  transaction   meets  its
  settlement requirements,  deliver instructions  to the  Relevant Depositary
  to take action to  effect final settlement on  its behalf by delivering  or
  receiving securities in DTC, and making or  receiving payment in accordance
  with normal  procedures for  same day funds  settlement applicable to  DTC.
  CEDEL Participants  and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions
  directly to the European Depositaries.

       CEDEL is incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as  a professional
  depository.   CEDEL  holds securities  for its  participating organizations
  ("CEDEL Participants")  and  facilitates the  clearance  and settlement  of
  securities  transactions  between  CEDEL  Participants  through  electronic
  book-entry changes in accounts  of CEDEL Participants, thereby  eliminating
  the  need for  physical  movement of  certificates.   Transactions  may  be
  settled in  CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars.
  CEDEL provides to its CEDEL Participants, among  other things, services for
  safekeeping,  administration, clearance  and settlement  of internationally
  traded securities and  securities lending and borrowing.   CEDEL interfaces
  with domestic markets in several countries.   As a professional depository,
  CEDEL  is subject  to  regulation  by  the Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.
  CEDEL participants  are recognized financial institutions around the world,
  including  underwriters,  securities  brokers  and  dealers,  banks,  trust
  companies,   clearing   corporations  and   certain   other  organizations.
  Indirect access  to  CEDEL is  also available  to  others, such  as  banks,
  brokers,  dealers and  trust companies  that clear  through  or maintain  a
  custodial  relationship  with  a  CEDEL  Participant,  either  directly  or
  indirectly.

       Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for its participants
  ("Euroclear  Participants") and  to clear  and settle  transactions between
  Euroclear Participants through simultaneous  electronic book-entry delivery
  against  payment,  thereby eliminating  the need  for physical  movement of
  certificates  and   any  risk  from  lack   of  simultaneous  transfers  of
  securities  and cash.  Transactions may be settled in any of 32 currencies,
  including  United   States  dollars.    Euroclear  includes  various  other
  services, including  securities lending and  borrowing and  interfaces with
  domestic  markets   in   several  countries   generally   similar  to   the
  arrangements  for   cross-market  transfers   with  DTC  described   above.
  Euroclear is  operated by  the Brussels,  Belgium office  of Morgan,  under
  contract  with  Euroclear Clearance  Systems  S.C.,  a Belgian  cooperative
  corporation (the "Cooperative").   All operations are conducted by  Morgan,
  and  all   Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and  Euroclear  cash
  accounts are  accounts with the  Euroclear Operator,  not the  Cooperative.
  The Cooperative  establishes policy  for Euroclear on  behalf of  Euroclear
  Participants.   Euroclear  Participants  include banks  (including  central
  banks),  securities brokers  and dealers  and other  professional financial
  intermediaries.   Indirect access to Euroclear  is also available  to other
  firms  that clear  through  or maintain  a  custodial relationship  with  a
  Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

       Morgan is the Belgian branch  of a New York banking corporation  which
  is a member bank  of the Federal Reserve System.  As such,  it is regulated
  and examined by the  Board of Governors of  the Federal Reserve System  and
  the New  York State  Banking  Department, as  well as  the Belgian  Banking
  Commission.

       Securities clearance  accounts  and  cash  accounts  with  Morgan  are
  governed  by the  Terms and Conditions  Governing Use of  Euroclear and the
  related  Operating  Procedures  of  the  Euroclear  System  and  applicable
  Belgian law  (collectively, the  "Terms and  Conditions").   The Terms  and
  Conditions govern  transfers  of  securities  and  cash  within  Euroclear,
  withdrawals  of  securities  and  cash  from  Euroclear,  and  receipts  of
  payments  with respect  to  securities in  Euroclear.   All  securities  in
  Euroclear are  held on  a fungible  basis without  attribution of  specific
  certificates to  specific  securities clearance  accounts.   The  Euroclear
  Operator  acts under the Terms  and Conditions only  on behalf of Euroclear
  Participants, and  has no  record of or  relationship with persons  holding
  through Euroclear Participants.

       Under  a  book-entry  format,  beneficial  owners  of  the  Book-Entry
  Securities may  experience some delay in  their receipt of  payments, since
  such payments  will be forwarded  by the  Trustee to  Cede.   Distributions
  with  respect  to  Securities  held through  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  will  be
  credited  to  the  cash  accounts   of  CEDEL  Participants  or   Euroclear
  Participants   in  accordance   with  the   relevant  system's   rules  and
  procedures,  to the  extent  received by  the  Relevant Depositary.    Such
  distributions will be subject to tax reporting  in accordance with relevant
  United States  tax laws  and regulations.   See  "Certain Material  Federal
  Income  Tax Consequences--Tax  Treatment of  Foreign Investors"  and "--Tax
  Consequences to Holders of Notes--Backup Withholding"  herein.  Because DTC
  can  only act  on  behalf of  Financial Intermediaries,  the  ability of  a
  beneficial  owner to pledge  Book-Entry Securities  to persons  or entities
  that  do  not participate  in  the  Depository system,  or  otherwise  take
  actions in respect  of such Book-Entry  Securities, may be  limited due  to
  the  lack of  physical certificates  for such  Book-Entry  Securities.   In
  addition,  issuance of  the  Book-Entry Securities  in book-entry  form may
  reduce  the liquidity  of such  Securities in  the  secondary market  since
  certain potential  investors may  be unwilling to  purchase Securities  for
  which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

       Monthly and annual reports on  the Trust will be provided to  CEDE, as
  nominee  of DTC, and  may be  made available by  CEDE to  beneficial owners
  upon  request, in  accordance with  the rules,  regulations and  procedures
  creating and affecting the Depository, and to  the Financial Intermediaries
  to whose DTC  accounts the Book-Entry Securities of such  beneficial owners
  are credited.

       DTC  has  advised  the  Trustee  that,  unless  and  until  Definitive
  Securities are issued, DTC  will take any action  permitted to be taken  by
  the  holders of the  Book-Entry Securities  under the  applicable Agreement
  only at the direction of  one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC
  accounts the  Book-Entry Securities are credited,  to the extent  that such
  actions  are  taken on  behalf of  Financial Intermediaries  whose holdings
  include such  Book-Entry Securities.  CEDEL  or the Euroclear  Operator, as
  the case  may be, will  take any  other action permitted  to be taken  by a
  Securityholder under  the Agreement  on behalf  of a  CEDEL Participant  or
  Euroclear  Participant  only in  accordance  with  its relevant  rules  and
  procedures and subject to the ability of the Relevant  Depositary to effect
  such  actions on  its behalf  through DTC.   DTC  may take actions,  at the
  direction of  the related  Participants, with  respect  to some  Securities
  which conflict with actions taken with respect to other Securities.

       Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the immediately
  preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required  to notify all beneficial
  owners of the occurrence of such event and the  availability through DTC of
  Definitive Securities.   Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
  certificates  representing the Book-Entry  Securities and  instructions for
  re-registration,  the  Trustee   will  issue  Definitive  Securities,   and
  thereafter  the  Trustee  will recognize  the  holders  of  such Definitive
  Securities as Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.

       Although  DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed to  the  foregoing
  procedures   in  order   to  facilitate   transfers  of   Securities  among
  participants of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear,  they are under no obligation  to
  perform or  continue to perform such procedures and  such procedures may be
  discontinued at any time.

       None of  the Servicer,  the  Depositor or  the Trustee  will have  any
  responsibility  for any aspect  of the  records relating,   to  or payments
  made  on  account  of  beneficial ownership  interests  of  the  Book-Entry
  Securities  held by Cede  & Co.,  as nominee for  DTC, or  for maintaining,
  supervising or  reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership
  interests.

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

  GENERAL

       Credit  enhancement  may be  provided  with  respect to  one  or  more
  classes of a Series of Securities  or with respect to the Trust Fund Assets
  in the related  Trust Fund.   Credit enhancement may  be in  the form of  a
  limited financial guaranty policy issued by an  entity named in the related
  Prospectus Supplement,  the subordination  of one  or more  classes of  the
  Securities  of  such Series,  the  establishment  of one  or  more  Reserve
  Accounts, the  use  of a  cross-support  feature, use  of a  mortgage  pool
  insurance  policy, FHA  Insurance, VA  Guarantee, bankruptcy  bond, special
  hazard  insurance   policy,  surety  bond,  letter  of  credit,  guaranteed
  investment  contract or  another method of  credit enhancement described in
  the related Prospectus  Supplement, or  any combination  of the  foregoing.
  Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, credit
  enhancement will  not provide protection against all risks of loss and will
  not guarantee repayment  of the entire principal balance of  the Securities
  and interest thereon.   If losses occur which exceed  the amount covered be
  credit enhancement  or which  are not  covered by  the credit  enhancement,
  Securityholders will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.

  SUBORDINATION

       Protection afforded  to holders of one  or more classes  of Securities
  of a Series by  means of the subordination  feature may be accomplished  by
  the  preferential right of  holders of  one or more  other classes  of such
  Series  (the "Senior Securities") to  distributions in respect of scheduled
  principal, Principal  Prepayments, interest or any combination thereof that
  otherwise  would have  been payable to  holders of  Subordinated Securities
  under  the  circumstances  and  to the  extent  specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement.   Protection may also be  afforded to the holders of
  Senior Securities of a  Series by: (i)  reducing the ownership interest  of
  the related  Subordinated Securities; (ii) a combination of the immediately
  preceding sentence  and clause (i) above;  or (iii) as  otherwise described
  in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   Delays  in  receipt of  scheduled
  payments on the Loans and losses on  defaulted Loans may be borne first  by
  the  various classes  of  Subordinated  Securities  and thereafter  by  the
  various classes of Senior Securities, in each  case under the circumstances
  and  subject  to  the limitations  specified  in  such  related  Prospectus
  Supplement.  The aggregate distributions in respect  of delinquent payments
  on  the Loans  over  the  lives of  the  Securities  or  at any  time,  the
  aggregate losses in  respect of defaulted Loans which must  be borne by the
  Subordinated Securities  by virtue of subordination  and the amount  of the
  distributions otherwise  distributable to the  Subordinated Securityholders
  that will  be distributable  to Senior Securityholders  on any Distribution
  Date may be limited as specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement.  If
  aggregate distributions in  respect of delinquent payments on the  Loans or
  aggregate  losses  in respect  of  such  Loans  were to  exceed  an  amount
  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,  holders  of   Senior
  Securities would experience losses on the Securities.

       In  addition to or  in lieu of  the foregoing, if  so specified in the
  related  Prospectus   Supplement,  all  or  any  portion  of  distributions
  otherwise  payable   to   holders  of   Subordinated   Securities  on   any
  Distribution  Date  may instead  be  deposited  into one  or  more  Reserve
  Accounts established with  the Trustee or distributed to holders  of Senior
  Securities.   Such deposits  may be  made  on each  Distribution Date,  for
  specified  periods or until the balance in  the Reserve Account has reached
  a specified  amount and,  following payments  from the  Reserve Account  to
  holders  of  Senior  Securities  or  otherwise,  thereafter  to  the extent
  necessary  to  restore the  balance  in  the Reserve  Account  to  required
  levels, in  each case  as specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement.
  Amounts on deposit in  the Reserve Account may  be released to the  holders
  of certain  classes of Securities at the times  and under the circumstances
  specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

       Various classes of Senior  Securities and Subordinated Securities  may
  themselves be  subordinate in their right  to receive certain distributions
  to  other  classes of  Senior  and  Subordinated Securities,  respectively,
  through a cross support mechanism or otherwise.

       As between  classes of  Senior Securities  and as  between classes  of
  Subordinated Securities,  distributions may be allocated among such classes
  (i)  in the  order of  their scheduled  final  distribution dates,  (ii) in
  accordance with a schedule or  formula, (iii) in relation to the occurrence
  of  events, or  (iv) otherwise,  in each case  as specified  in the related
  Prospectus Supplement.    As between  classes  of Subordinated  Securities,
  payments to  holders of  Senior Securities on  account of delinquencies  or
  losses and payments to any  Reserve Account will be allocated  as specified
  in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

       A separate  Special Hazard  Insurance Policy may  be obtained for  the
  Pool and issued by the insurer (the "Special Hazard  Insurer") named in the
  related Prospectus Supplement.  Each Special Hazard Insurance Policy  will,
  subject  to limitations  described below,  protect  holders of  the related
  Securities from  (i)  loss by  reason of  damage  to Properties  caused  by
  certain  hazards (including  earthquakes and,  to a  limited extent,  tidal
  waves and related  water damage or  as otherwise  specified in the  related
  Prospectus  Supplement)  not insured  against  under the  standard  form of
  hazard insurance policy  for the respective states in which  the Properties
  are located or under  a flood insurance policy  if the Property is  located
  in  a federally  designated flood area,  and (ii) loss  caused by reason of
  the application of  the coinsurance  clause contained  in hazard  insurance
  policies.   See  "The Agreements-Hazard  Insurance".   Each  Special Hazard
  Insurance Policy  will not cover losses  occasioned by fraud  or conversion
  by the  Trustee or Master Servicer,  war, insurrection, civil  war, certain
  governmental action,  errors  in design,  faulty  workmanship or  materials
  (except under  certain circumstances), nuclear or chemical reactions, flood
  (if the  Property is located in a federally designated flood area), nuclear
  or chemical contamination and  certain other risks.  The amount of coverage
  under any Special Hazard Insurance Policy will  be specified in the related
  Prospectus Supplement.   Each Special Hazard  Insurance Policy will provide
  that  no  claim  may  be  paid  unless  hazard and,  if  applicable,  flood
  insurance  on the  Property securing the  Loan have been  kept in force and
  other protection and preservation expenses have been paid.

       Subject to the foregoing  limitations, and unless otherwise  specified
  in  the related Prospectus Supplement, each Special Hazard Insurance Policy
  will provide  that  where there  has  been damage  to  Property securing  a
  foreclosed Loan (title to  which has been acquired  by the insured) and  to
  the  extent such  damage is not  covered by the  hazard insurance policy or
  flood insurance  policy, if any,  maintained by the borrower  or the Master
  Servicer, the Special Hazard  Insurer will pay the  lesser of (i) the  cost
  of  repair or  replacement of  such property or  (ii) upon  transfer of the
  Property to  the Special  Hazard Insurer, the  unpaid principal balance  of
  such  Loan at the time  of acquisition  of such Property  by foreclosure or
  deed  in lieu  of foreclosure, plus  accrued interest to  the date of claim
  settlement  and  certain  expenses incurred  by  the  Master  Servicer with
  respect to such Property.   If the unpaid principal balance of  a Loan plus
  accrued  interest  and certain  expenses  is  paid by  the  Special  Hazard
  Insurer, the  amount of further coverage  under the related  Special Hazard
  Insurance  Policy will be reduced by such amount less any net proceeds from
  the sale of  the Property.   Any amount paid as  the cost of repair  of the
  Property will further reduce coverage by such amount.

       The Master Servicer may deposit cash, an  irrevocable letter of credit
  or  any  other instrument  acceptable  to  each Rating  Agency  rating  the
  Securities of  the related  Series in  a special  trust account to  provide
  protection in lieu  of or in addition to that  provided by a Special Hazard
  Insurance Policy.  The amount  of any Special Hazard Insurance Policy or of
  the deposit  to the special  trust account relating  to such  Securities in
  lieu thereof may be reduced  so long as any such reduction  will not result
  in a  downgrading of  the  rating of  such Securities  by  any such  Rating
  Agency.

  BANKRUPTCY BONDS

       A bankruptcy  bond  ("Bankruptcy  Bond")  for  proceedings  under  the
  federal  Bankruptcy  Code  may  be  issued  by an  insurer  named  in  such
  Prospectus  Supplement.   Each Bankruptcy  Bond  will cover  certain losses
  resulting from a reduction by  a bankruptcy court of scheduled  payments of
  principal  and interest  on a  Loan  or a  reduction by  such court  of the
  principal amount of a  Loan and will cover  certain unpaid interest on  the
  amount of  such a  principal reduction  from the  date of  the filing of  a
  bankruptcy  petition.    The  required   amount  of  coverage  under   each
  Bankruptcy Bond  will be  set forth in  the related Prospectus  Supplement.
  The Master  Servicer may deposit cash,  an irrevocable letter  of credit or
  any  other   instrument  acceptable  to  each   Rating  Agency  rating  the
  Securities of  the related  Series in  a special trust  account to  provide
  protection  in lieu  of or  in addition  to that  provided by  a Bankruptcy
  Bond.  Coverage under a Bankruptcy Bond  may be cancelled or reduced by the
  Master Servicer  if  such cancellation  or  reduction would  not  adversely
  affect the then current rating  or ratings of the related Securities.   See
  "Certain Legal Aspects of  the Loans-Anti-Deficiency Legislation and  Other
  Limitations on Lenders".

  RESERVE ACCOUNTS

       Credit support with respect to  a Series of Securities may be provided
  by the  establishment and maintenance with  the Trustee for such  Series of
  Securities, in  trust, of  one or  more Reserve  Accounts for such  Series.
  The related  Prospectus Supplement  will specify  whether or  not any  such
  Reserve Accounts will be included in the Trust Fund for such Series.

       The  Reserve Account  for a Series  will be funded  (i) by the deposit
  therein of  cash, United States Treasury securities, instruments evidencing
  ownership of  principal or interest  payments thereon,  letters of  credit,
  demand  notes, certificates  of deposit  or a  combination  thereof in  the
  aggregate amount  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (ii)  by
  the deposit therein  from time to time of certain  amounts, as specified in
  the    related   Prospectus    Supplement   to    which   the   Subordinate
  Securityholders,  if any,  would otherwise  be entitled  or  (iii) in  such
  other manner as may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Any amounts on deposit in  the Reserve Account and the proceeds of any
  other instrument upon maturity will be held in cash or will be  invested in
  Permitted Investments which  may include obligations of  the United  States
  and certain agencies thereof,  certificates of deposit, certain  commercial
  paper, time  deposits and  bankers acceptances sold  by eligible commercial
  banks  and  certain  repurchase  agreements  of  United  States  government
  securities  with  eligible commercial  banks.   If  a letter  of  credit is
  deposited with  the Trustee,  such letter  of credit  will be  irrevocable.
  Any instrument deposited therein  will name the Trustee, in its capacity as
  trustee  for the  holders of  the Securities,  as beneficiary  and will  be
  issued  by  an entity  acceptable  to  each Rating  Agency  that rates  the
  Securities.   Additional  information  with  respect  to  such  instruments
  deposited  in the  Reserve  Accounts  will  be  set forth  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement.

       Any amounts  so deposited  and payments  on  instruments so  deposited
  will be available for withdrawal from the  Reserve Account for distribution
  to  the holders of  Securities for the  purposes, in the manner  and at the
  times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

       A separate  pool  insurance policy  ("Pool Insurance  Policy") may  be
  obtained for the Pool and issued by the insurer  (the "Pool Insurer") named
  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Pool Insurance Policy  will,
  subject  to  the limitations  described  below,  cover loss  by  reason  of
  default in payment on  Loans in the Pool in an amount equal to a percentage
  specified in such Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal  balance
  of such Loans on the Cut-off Date which are not covered as  to their entire
  outstanding principal balances by  Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies.  As
  more  fully  described  below, the  Master  Servicer  will  present  claims
  thereunder  to the Pool Insurer  on behalf  of itself, the  Trustee and the
  holders of the Securities.   The Pool Insurance Policies, however, are  not
  blanket policies  against loss,  since claims thereunder  may only be  made
  respecting  particular  defaulted  Loans  and  only  upon  satisfaction  of
  certain conditions precedent described  below.  Unless otherwise  specified
  in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pool  Insurance Policies will not
  cover losses due to a  failure to pay or denial of a claim  under a Primary
  Mortgage Insurance Policy.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Pool Insurance Policy will  provide that no claims may be validly presented
  unless (i) any required Primary Mortgage Insurance  Policy is in effect for
  the defaulted Loan and a  claim thereunder has been submitted and  settled;
  (ii) hazard insurance on  the related Property has  been kept in force  and
  real estate taxes and other protection and  preservation expenses have been
  paid; (iii) if there has  been physical loss or damage to  the Property, it
  has  been restored  to its  physical condition  (reasonable  wear and  tear
  excepted) at  the time of issuance of the  policy; and (iv) the insured has
  acquired good  and merchantable  title to  the Property  free and clear  of
  liens except certain permitted  encumbrances.   Upon satisfaction of  these
  conditions,  the Pool Insurer will  have the option  either (a) to purchase
  the  property securing the defaulted Loan at a price equal to the principal
  balance thereof plus accrued  and unpaid interest at  the Loan Rate to  the
  date of purchase  and certain expenses incurred  by the Master Servicer  on
  behalf of  the Trustee and  Securityholders, or  (b) to  pay the amount  by
  which the sum of the  principal balance of the defaulted Loan  plus accrued
  and  unpaid interest at the Loan  Rate to the date  of payment of the claim
  and the  aforementioned  expenses exceeds  the  proceeds received  from  an
  approved sale of the Property,  in either case net of certain  amounts paid
  or  assumed to have been paid under  the related Primary Mortgage Insurance
  Policy.    If  any  Property securing  a  defaulted  Loan  is  damaged  and
  proceeds,  if  any,  from  the  related  hazard  insurance  policy  or  the
  applicable Special Hazard Insurance Policy are insufficient to restore  the
  damaged Property  to a  condition sufficient to  permit recovery under  the
  Pool Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer  will not be required to  expend
  its own funds  to restore the  damaged Property unless  it determines  that
  (i) such  restoration  will increase  the  proceeds to  securityholders  on
  liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement of the Master  Servicer for its
  expenses and (ii) such expenses will be recoverable by it through  proceeds
  of  the sale  of the  Property or  proceeds of  the related  Pool Insurance
  Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Pool Insurance Policy will not insure (and  many Primary Mortgage Insurance
  Policies  do not  insure) against  loss  sustained by  reason of  a default
  arising  from,  among  other  things,  (i)  fraud   or  negligence  in  the
  origination or  servicing of  a  Loan, including  misrepresentation by  the
  borrower, the  originator or persons involved  in the  origination thereof,
  or (ii)  failure  to construct  a Property  in  accordance with  plans  and
  specifications.    A  failure  of  coverage  attributable  to  one  of  the
  foregoing  events  might  result  in  a  breach  of  the  related  Seller's
  representations described above, and,  in such events might give rise to an
  obligation  on the  part of such  Seller to purchase  the defaulted Loan if
  the breach cannot be  cured by such Seller.  No Pool  Insurance Policy will
  cover (and  many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies  do not cover) a claim
  in respect of a  defaulted Loan occurring when  the servicer of such  Loan,
  at the time of  default or thereafter, was  not approved by the  applicable
  insurer.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  original  amount of  coverage  under each  Pool  Insurance Policy  will  be
  reduced over the  life of the  related Securities  by the aggregate  dollar
  amount of  claims paid less  the aggregate of the  net amounts  realized by
  the  Pool Insurer  upon  disposition of  all  foreclosed properties.    The
  amount of claims paid may  include certain expenses incurred by the  Master
  Servicer as  well as accrued  interest on delinquent Loans  to the  date of
  payment  of the claim.  Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid under any
  Pool Insurance Policy reach the original policy  limit, coverage under that
  Pool Insurance  Policy will  be exhausted and  any further  losses will  be
  borne by the Securityholders.

  FHA INSURANCE; VA GUARANTEES

       Loans designated in the  related Prospectus  Supplement as insured  by
  the FHA will  be insured by the  FHA as authorized under the  United States
  Housing Act of  1934, as amended.   In addition  to the Title I  Program of
  the FHA,  see "Certain  Legal Considerations --  Title I Program",  certain
  Loans will  be insured  under various FHA  programs including the  standard
  FHA  203(b) program  to  finance the  acquisition  of one-  to  four-family
  housing units and the  FHA 245 graduated payment  mortgage program.   These
  programs generally  limit the  principal amount and  interest rates of  the
  mortgage loans insured.  

       The insurance premiums for Loans  insured by the FHA are  collected by
  lenders  approved  by  the Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development
  ("HUD")  or by the Master Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer and are paid to the
  FHA.   The  regulations  governing  FHA  single-family  mortgage  insurance
  programs  provide   that  insurance  benefits   are  payable   either  upon
  foreclosure  (or other  acquisition of  possession) and  conveyance  of the
  mortgaged premises  to the United States  of America or  upon assignment of
  the defaulted  Loan to the  United States  of America.   With respect to  a
  defaulted FHA-insured  Loan, the  Master  Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer  is
  limited in  its ability to  initiate foreclosure proceedings.   When  it is
  determined, either by the Master Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer or HUD, that
  default  was caused  by circumstances  beyond the  mortgagor's control, the
  Master Servicer or any Sub-Servicer  is expected to make an effort to avoid
  foreclosure by  entering, if feasible,  into one  of a number  of available
  forms of forbearance plans with the mortgagor.  Such  plans may involve the
  reduction  or  suspension of  regular  mortgage  payments for  a  specified
  period, with such  payments to be made upon or  before the maturity date of
  the  mortgage, or  the recasting of  payments due under  the mortgage up to
  or,  other than  Loans originated  under the  Title I  Program of  the FHA,
  beyond  the maturity  date.   In addition,  when a  default caused  by such
  circumstances  is accompanied  by certain  other criteria,  HUD may provide
  relief by  making payments to  the Master Servicer  or any Sub-Servicer  in
  partial or full satisfaction of amounts due under  the Loan (which payments
  are to be  repaid by the mortgagor  to HUD) or  by accepting assignment  of
  the loan  from  the Master  Servicer  or any  Sub-Servicer.   With  certain
  exceptions,  at least  three  full monthly  installments  must be  due  and
  unpaid under the Loan,  and HUD must have  rejected any request for  relief
  from  the mortgagor  before the  Master Servicer  or  any Sub-Servicer  may
  initiate foreclosure proceedings.

       HUD has the option, in most  cases, to pay insurance claims in cash or
  in  debentures issued by HUD.   Currently,  claims are being  paid in cash,
  and  claims have  not been paid  in debentures since  1965.  HUD debentures
  issued  in  satisfaction of  FHA  insurance  claims bear  interest  at  the
  applicable HUD  debentures interest rate.  The  Master Servicer or any Sub-
  Servicer  of each  FHA-insured  Single Family  Loan  will be  obligated  to
  purchase  any such  debenture  issued in  satisfaction  of such  Loan  upon
  default for an amount equal to the principal amount of any such debenture.

       Other  than in relation to the Title  I Program of the FHA, the amount
  of insurance  benefits generally paid  by the  FHA is  equal to the  entire
  unpaid principal  amount of  the defaulted Loan  adjusted to reimburse  the
  Master  Servicer or  Sub-Servicer for  certain costs  and  expenses and  to
  deduct certain amounts received or retained by  the Master Servicer or Sub-
  Servicer  after default.   When entitlement  to insurance  benefits results
  from  foreclosure (or  other acquisition of  possession) and  conveyance to
  HUD, the Master Servicer  or Sub-Servicer is  compensated for no more  than
  two-thirds  of  its  foreclosure costs,  and  is  compensated for  interest
  accrued and  unpaid prior to such date but in general only to the extent it
  was  allowed  pursuant  to  a forbearance  plan  approved  by  HUD.    When
  entitlement to  insurance benefits results from  assignment of the  Loan to
  HUD, the insurance payment includes full  compensation for interest accrued
  and  unpaid to the  assignment date.   The  insurance payment  itself, upon
  foreclosure  of an  FHA-insured Loan, bears  interest from  a date  30 days
  after the  borrower's first uncorrected failure  to perform  any obligation
  to make any  payment due under the mortgage and,  upon assignment, from the
  date of assignment  to the date of  payment of the  claim, in each  case at
  the same  interest rate as  the applicable  HUD debenture interest  rate as
  described above.

       Loans designated  in the related  Prospectus Supplement  as guaranteed
  by  the VA will be  partially guaranteed  by the VA  under the Serviceman's
  Readjustment  Act of  1944,  as  amended (a  "VA  Guaranty  Policy").   The
  Serviceman's Readjustment  Act of 1944, as  amended, permits a  veteran (or
  in  certain instances the spouse  of a  veteran) to obtain  a mortgage loan
  guarantee by the VA covering  mortgage financing of the purchase of  a one-
  to four-family dwelling unit  at interest rates permitted  by the VA.   The
  program  has no  mortgage loan  limits, requires  no down  payment from the
  purchaser and permits the  guarantee of mortgage loans  of up to 30  years'
  duration.   However, no  Loan guaranteed  by the VA  will have  an original
  principal amount greater than five times the partial VA guarantee for  such
  Loan.

       The  maximum  guarantee that  may  be  issued by  the  VA  under a  VA
  guaranteed mortgage loan depends upon the original  principal amount of the
  mortgage  loan, as  further  described in  38  United States  Code  Section
  1803(a),  as amended.  As  of January  1, 1990, the  maximum guarantee that
  may be issued by the  VA under a VA guaranteed  mortgage loan of more  than
  $144,000  is the  lesser of  25% of  the original  principal amount  of the
  mortgage loan and $46,000.   The liability on  the guarantee is reduced  or
  increased  pro  rata  with  any reduction  or  increase  in  the amount  of
  indebtedness, but  in no  event will  the amount  payable on  the guarantee
  exceed the amount  of the original  guarantee.  The  VA may, at its  option
  and without  regard  to the  guarantee,  make full  payment  to a  mortgage
  holder of  unsatisfied indebtedness  on a mortgage  upon its assignment  to
  the VA.

       With respect  to a defaulted VA  guaranteed Loan, the  Master Servicer
  or  Sub-Servicer  is,  absent  exceptional   circumstances,  authorized  to
  announce its  intention to  foreclose only when  the default has  continued
  for three months.  Generally,  a claim for the guarantee is submitted after
  liquidation of the Property.

       The amount payable under the  guarantee will be the percentage  of the
  VA-insured  Loan originally guaranteed  applied to indebtedness outstanding
  as of the applicable  date of computation specified in the  VA regulations.
  Payments under the guarantee will  be equal to the unpaid principal  amount
  of  the Loan, interest  accrued on  the unpaid balance  of the  Loan to the
  appropriate date of computation and limited expenses  of the mortgagee, but
  in each case only to  the extent that such amounts have not  been recovered
  through  liquidation  of  the  Property.   The  amount  payable  under  the
  guarantee may in no event exceed the amount of the original guarantee.

  CROSS-SUPPORT

       The beneficial  ownership of separate groups  of assets included  in a
  Trust Fund may be  evidenced by separate classes  of the related Series  of
  Securities.    In  such  case,   credit  support  may  be  provided  by   a
  cross-support feature  which  requires  that  distributions  be  made  with
  respect to  Securities evidencing  a beneficial  ownership interest in,  or
  secured  by, other  asset groups within  the same Trust  Fund.  The related
  Prospectus Supplement  for a Series which  includes a cross-support feature
  will describe  the manner and  conditions for  applying such  cross-support
  feature.

       The coverage  provided by  one or  more  forms of  credit support  may
  apply concurrently to two or more related Trust Funds.   If applicable, the
  related Prospectus Supplement  will identify the Trust Funds to  which such
  credit  support relates  and the  manner of  determining the amount  of the
  coverage provided  thereby and of  the application of such  coverage to the
  identified Trust Funds.

  OTHER INSURANCE, SURETY  BONDS, GUARANTIES, LETTERS OF  CREDIT AND  SIMILAR
  INSTRUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS

       A  Trust Fund may  also include  insurance, guaranties,  surety bonds,
  letters  of  credit  or  similar  arrangements  for   the  purpose  of  (i)
  maintaining  timely  payments or  providing  additional protection  against
  losses  on   the  assets   included  in  such   Trust  Fund,  (ii)   paying
  administrative expenses or (iii)  establishing a minimum reinvestment  rate
  on the payments made  in respect of such  assets or principal payment  rate
  on  such assets.   Such  arrangements may  include  agreements under  which
  Securityholders are  entitled  to  receive  amounts  deposited  in  various
  accountsheldbythe Trusteeupontheterms specifiedinsuchProspectus Supplement.

                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

       The yields  to maturity and weighted  average lives of  the Securities
  will be affected primarily  by the amount and timing  of principal payments
  received on or in  respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related
  Trust  Fund.  With  respect to  a Trust Fund  which includes  Private Asset
  Backed  Securities,  the possible  effects  of  the amount  and  timing  of
  principal payments received  with respect to the  underlying mortgage loans
  will  be described  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   The  original
  terms to maturity  of the Loans  in a given  Pool will vary depending  upon
  the  type of  Loans  included therein.    Each Prospectus  Supplement  will
  contain information  with respect to the  type and maturities of  the Loans
  in the related Pool.  Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus
  Supplement, Loans may be prepaid without penalty in full or  in part at any
  time.   The prepayment experience  on the Loans  in a Pool will  affect the
  life of the related Series of Securities.

       The rate of prepayment on  the Loans cannot be predicted.  Home equity
  loans and  home improvement contracts  have been originated in  significant
  volume  only during the  past few years  and the Depositor is  not aware of
  any publicly available studies or  statistics on the rate of  prepayment of
  such loans.   Generally, home equity  loans and home  improvement contracts
  are  not viewed  by borrowers  as permanent  financing.   Accordingly,  the
  Loans may  experience a  higher rate of  prepayment than traditional  first
  mortgage loans.   On the other hand, because  home equity loans such as the
  Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans  generally  are  not  fully amortizing,  the
  absence of  voluntary borrower prepayments could  cause rates  of principal
  payments lower than,  or similar to, those of  traditional fully-amortizing
  first mortgages.  The  prepayment experience of the related Trust  Fund may
  be  affected by  a  wide variety  of  factors, including  general  economic
  conditions,   prevailing  interest   rate   levels,  the   availability  of
  alternative  financing and homeowner mobility and  the frequency and amount
  of  any future draws  on any  Revolving Credit Line  Loans.   Other factors
  that might  be expected  to affect the  prepayment rate of  a pool  of home
  equity  mortgage loans or  home improvement  contracts include  the amounts
  of, and  interest rates on,  the underlying senior mortgage  loans, and the
  use of first mortgage  loans as long-term  financing for home purchase  and
  subordinate  mortgage  loans as  shorter-term  financing for  a  variety of
  purposes, including home improvement,  education expenses and purchases  of
  consumer  durables  such  as  automobiles.    Accordingly,  the  Loans  may
  experience  a   higher  rate  of  prepayment  than  traditional  fixed-rate
  mortgage  loans.   In  addition,  any future  limitations on  the  right of
  borrowers to  deduct interest  payments on  home equity  loans for  federal
  income tax  purposes may further  increase the rate  of prepayments  of the
  Loans.  The  enforcement of a "due-on-sale" provision (as  described below)
  will have  the  same effect  as  a prepayment  of the  related  Loan.   See
  "Certain Legal  Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale  Clauses".  The  yield to
  an investor  who purchases Securities  in the  secondary market at  a price
  other  than  par will  vary  from  the anticipated  yield  if  the rate  of
  prepayment on the Loans is  actually different than the rate anticipated by
  such investor at the time such Securities were purchased.

       Collections  on Revolving Credit  Line Loans  may vary  because, among
  other things, borrowers may  (i) make payments during  any month as low  as
  the minimum  monthly payment  for such month  or, during the  interest-only
  period  for  certain Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans and,  in  more  limited
  circumstances,  Closed-End Loans,  with respect  to which  an interest-only
  payment option has  been selected,  the interest and  the fees and  charges
  for  such month  or (ii)  make payments as  high as  the entire outstanding
  principal balance plus  accrued interest and the fees and  charges thereon.
  It  is  possible that  borrowers  may fail  to make  the  required periodic
  payments.  In addition, collections  on the Loans may vary due  to seasonal
  purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Loans  will  contain due-on-sale  provisions  permitting  the mortgagee  to
  accelerate the maturity  of the loan upon sale or  certain transfers by the
  borrower.   Loans insured by  the FHA,  and Single  Family Loans  partially
  guaranteed by  the VA, are assumable  with the consent  of the FHA  and the
  VA,  respectively.   Thus, the  rate of  prepayments on  such Loans  may be
  lower than that of  conventional Loans  bearing comparable interest  rates.
  Unless otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
  Master  Servicer  generally  will   enforce  any  due-on-sale  or   due-on-
  encumbrance clause,  to the extent  it has knowledge  of the  conveyance or
  further  encumbrance   or  the  proposed  conveyance  or  proposed  further
  encumbrance of the Property and reasonably believes that  it is entitled to
  do so  under applicable  law; provided, however,  that the Master  Servicer
  will  not take  any enforcement  action  that would  impair or  threaten to
  impair  any  recovery  under  any  related  insurance  policy.    See  "The
  Agreements-Collection Procedures"  and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans"
  for  a description  of certain  provisions of  each  Agreement and  certain
  legal developments that may affect the prepayment experience on the Loans.

       The rate of  prepayments with  respect to conventional  mortgage loans
  has fluctuated  significantly in  recent years.   If prevailing rates  fall
  significantly below the Loan  Rates borne by the  Loans, such Loans may  be
  subject  to  higher prepayment  rates  than  if prevailing  interest  rates
  remain at or  above such  Loan Rates.   Conversely, if prevailing  interest
  rates rise appreciably above the Loan Rates borne by  the Loans, such Loans
  may experience a lower prepayment rate  than if prevailing rates remain  at
  or below  such Loan Rates.   However, there  can be no assurance  that such
  will be the case.

       When a  full prepayment is  made on  a Loan,  the borrower is  charged
  interest  on  the principal  amount of  the Loan  so  prepaid only  for the
  number  of  days in  the  month  actually elapsed  up  to the  date  of the
  prepayment,  rather than  for a  full month.   Unless  the Master  Servicer
  remits  amounts  otherwise payable  to  it as  servicing  compensation, see
  "Description  of  the  Securities-Compensating  Interest",  the  effect  of
  prepayments  in  full will  be  to  reduce the  amount  of  interest passed
  through in  the following month to  holders of Securities  because interest
  on the principal  amount of any  Loan so prepaid  will be paid only  to the
  date of prepayment.   Partial prepayments in a  given month may be  applied
  to the outstanding principal balances of the Loans so  prepaid on the first
  day of the month of receipt or the month following receipt.  In the  latter
  case, partial  prepayments will  not reduce the  amount of interest  passed
  through  in  such  month.    Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement, neither  full nor partial prepayments will be passed
  through until the month following receipt.

       Even assuming that  the Properties  provide adequate security  for the
  Loans, substantial  delays  could be  encountered  in connection  with  the
  liquidation of defaulted  Loans and corresponding delays in the  receipt of
  related proceeds  by Securityholders could occur.   An action  to foreclose
  on a Property securing a  Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and
  is  subject  to many  of  the  delays and  expenses  of  other lawsuits  if
  defenses  or  counterclaims  are  interposed,  sometimes  requiring several
  years  to complete.   Furthermore,  in some  states an  action to  obtain a
  deficiency judgment  is not  permitted following  a nonjudicial  sale of  a
  property.   In the  event of  a default by  a borrower,  these restrictions
  among  other things,  may  impede the  ability of  the  Master Servicer  to
  foreclose  on  or sell  the  Property  or to  obtain  liquidation  proceeds
  sufficient to repay all amounts due  on the related Loan.  In addition, the
  Master  Servicer  will  be  entitled  to deduct  from  related  liquidation
  proceeds  all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover amounts
  due on  defaulted Loans and  not yet repaid,  including payments  to senior
  lienholders, legal  fees and costs of  legal action, real estate  taxes and
  maintenance and preservation expenses.

       Liquidation expenses with respect  to defaulted mortgage loans  do not
  vary  directly with the  outstanding principal balance  of the  loan at the
  time  of default.  Therefore, assuming that  a servicer took the same steps
  in  realizing upon  a  defaulted mortgage  loan  having a  small  remaining
  principal  balance as  it would  in the case  of a  defaulted mortgage loan
  having  a large  remaining  principal balance,  the  amount realized  after
  expenses of liquidation would be  smaller as a percentage of  the remaining
  principal balance of the  small mortgage loan than  would be the case  with
  the other  defaulted  mortgage  loan  having a  large  remaining  principal
  balance.

       Applicable state  laws  generally regulate  interest  rates and  other
  charges, require  certain  disclosures, and  require  licensing of  certain
  originators and servicers  of Loans.   In addition, most  have other  laws,
  public policy and  general principles of equity relating to  the protection
  of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and  practices which may apply
  to the origination,  servicing and collection  of the Loans.   Depending on
  the  provisions  of   the  applicable  law  and  the  specific   facts  and
  circumstances involved, violations of  these laws, policies and  principles
  may limit the ability of the Master Servicer to  collect all or part of the
  principal of  or interest  on  the Loans,  may entitle  the  borrower to  a
  refund  of amounts  previously paid  and, in  addition,  could subject  the
  Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.

       If the  rate at which  interest is  passed through  to the holders  of
  Securities   of   a  Series   is  calculated   on  a   Loan-by-Loan  basis,
  disproportionate  principal prepayments  among  Loans with  different  Loan
  Rates will  affect  the yield  on  such Securities.    In most  cases,  the
  effective yield to  Securityholders will be lower than the  yield otherwise
  produced by  the applicable Pass-Through  Rate and purchase price,  because
  while interest will  accrue on each  Loan from the  first day of  the month
  (unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement),  the
  distribution  of such  interest  will not  be made  earlier than  the month
  following the month of accrual.

       Under certain  circumstances, the Master Servicer,  the holders of the
  residual  interests in  a REMIC  or  any person  specified  in the  related
  Prospectus Supplement  may  have the  option to  purchase the  assets of  a
  Trust Fund  thereby effecting earlier retirement  of the related  Series of
  Securities.  See "The Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination".

       Factors  other  than  those  identified  herein  and  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement  could significantly affect principal  prepayments at
  any time and over the  lives of the Securities.  The  relative contribution
  of the various  factors affecting  prepayment may  also vary  from time  to
  time.  There can be no assurance as to the  rate of payment of principal of
  the Trust Fund Assets at any time or over the lives of the Securities.

       The Prospectus  Supplement  relating to  a Series  of Securities  will
  discuss in greater detail  the effect of the  rate and timing of  principal
  payments (including  prepayments), delinquencies and  losses on  the yield,
  weighted average lives and maturities of such Securities.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

       Set forth below is  a summary of certain provisions  of each Agreement
  which  are not described  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.   The summary does
  not  purport  to be  complete  and  is subject  to,  and  qualified in  its
  entirety  by  reference  to,  the provisions  of  each  Agreement.    Where
  particular provisions  or terms  used in  the Agreements  are referred  to,
  such  provisions or terms are  as specified  in the Agreements.   Except as
  otherwise specified,  the Agreement described  herein contemplates  a Trust
  Fund comprised of Loans.  The provisions  of an Agreement with respect to a
  Trust Fund  which consists of or  includes Private Asset  Backed Securities
  may contain provisions similar to those  described herein but will be  more
  fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS

       Assignment of the Loans.   At the time  of issuance of the  Securities
  of  a Series,  the Depositor will  cause the  Loans comprising  the related
  Trust  Fund to be assigned to the  Trustee, together with all principal and
  interest received by  or on behalf of the  Depositor on or with  respect to
  such Loans  after the Cut-off  Date, other than principal  and interest due
  on  or before  the  Cut-off  Date  and  other than  any  Retained  Interest
  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.    The  Trustee  will,
  concurrently  with such assignment, deliver the Securities to the Depositor
  in exchange  for the Loans.   Each Loan  will be  identified in a  schedule
  appearing as  an  exhibit to  the related  Agreement.   Such schedule  will
  include information  as to the outstanding  principal balance of  each Loan
  after application of payments  due on or before  the Cut-off Date, as  well
  as  information regarding  the  Loan Rate  or  APR, the  current  scheduled
  monthly payment  of principal and interest,  the maturity of the  Loan, the
  Combined   Loan-to-Value   Ratios   at   origination   and  certain   other
  information.

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Depositor will as to  each Home Improvement Contract,  deliver or cause  to
  be delivered  to the  Trustee the  original Home  Improvement Contract  and
  copies of  documents  and  instruments  related to  each  Home  Improvement
  Contract  and,  other  than  in the  case  of  unsecured  Home  Improvement
  Contracts,  the security  interest  in  the  Property  securing  such  Home
  Improvement  Contract.  In  order to  give notice of  the right,  title and
  interest  of   Securityholders  to  the  Home  Improvement  Contracts,  the
  Depositor  will cause  a UCC-1  financing statement  to be executed  by the
  Depositor or  the Seller identifying  the Trustee as the  secured party and
  identifying  all  Home  Improvement   Contracts  as  collateral.     Unless
  otherwise  specified   in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Home
  Improvement Contracts  will not be stamped  or otherwise marked  to reflect
  their assignment to the Trustee.  Therefore,  if, through negligence, fraud
  or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able  to take physical possession
  of the  Home Improvement Contracts without  notice of such  assignment, the
  interest of  Securityholders  in the  Home Improvement  Contracts could  be
  defeated.   See "Certain Legal Aspects  of the Loans--The  Home Improvement
  Contracts."

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Agreement will require that, within the time  period specified therein, the
  Depositor will also  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (or to
  the custodian  hereinafter referred to) as to each  Home Equity Loan, among
  other things, (i)  the mortgage note or contract endorsed  without recourse
  in  blank or to the order of  the Trustee, (ii) the mortgage, deed of trust
  or similar instrument  (a "Mortgage") with evidence  of recording indicated
  thereon (except  for any  Mortgage not returned  from the public  recording
  office, in which  case the Depositor will deliver or  cause to be delivered
  a copy of such  Mortgage together with a  certificate that the original  of
  such Mortgage was delivered to such recording  office), (iii) an assignment
  of  the Mortgage  to the  Trustee, which  assignment will  be in recordable
  form  in the  case of a  Mortgage assignment, and  (iv) such other security
  documents,  including  those  relating  to  any  senior  interests  in  the
  Property,  as  may  be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
  Unless otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
  Depositor will promptly  cause the assignments of  the related Loans  to be
  recorded  in  the appropriate  public  office  for real  property  records,
  except  in states  in which,  in the opinion  of counsel  acceptable to the
  Trustee, such recording  is not required to protect the  Trustee's interest
  in  such  Loans against  the  claim  of any  subsequent  transferee  or any
  successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the originator of such Loans.

       The Trustee  (or the  custodian hereinafter  referred to)  will review
  such  Loan  documents within  the  time  period specified  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement  after receipt  thereof, and  the  Trustee will  hold
  such documents in  trust for the  benefit of  the Securityholders.   Unless
  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,   if any  such
  document  is found to be missing or  defective in any material respect, the
  Trustee  (or  such custodian)  will  notify  the Master  Servicer  and  the
  Depositor, and the Master Servicer will notify the related  Seller.  If the
  Seller cannot cure  the omission  or defect  within a  specified number  of
  days  after receipt  of  such  notice  (or  such other  period  as  may  be
  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement),  the  Seller will  be
  obligated either  (i) to purchase  the related Loan from  the Trust  at the
  Purchase  Price  or (ii)  to  remove  such Loan  from  the  Trust Fund  and
  substitute  in  its place  one  or  more  other Loans.    There  can be  no
  assurance  that  a  Seller  will  fulfill  this  purchase  or  substitution
  obligation.  Although the  Master Servicer may be obligated to enforce such
  obligation   to   the  extent   described   above   under  "Loan   Program-
  Representations by Sellers; Repurchases",  neither the Master Servicer  nor
  the  Depositor will be obligated  to purchase  or replace such  Loan if the
  Seller defaults  on its obligation, unless  such breach also  constitutes a
  breach of the representations or warranties  of the Master Servicer or  the
  Depositor, as the  case may be.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
  Prospectus  Supplement,  this  purchase  obligation  constitutes  the  sole
  remedy available to the Securityholders or the Trustee for  omission of, or
  a material defect in, a constituent document.

       The Trustee will  be authorized to appoint  a custodian pursuant  to a
  custodial  agreement  to  maintain  possession of  and,  if  applicable, to
  review the documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.

       The Master Servicer will  make certain representations and  warranties
  regarding  its authority  to enter  into, and  its  ability to  perform its
  obligations  under,   the  Agreement.     Upon   a  breach   of  any   such
  representation of  the  Master  Servicer  which  materially  and  adversely
  affects  the  interests  of  the Securityholders  in  a  Loan,  the  Master
  Servicer  will  be obligated  either  to cure  the breach  in  all material
  respects or to purchase or replace the Loan at the Purchase Price.   Unless
  otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, this  obligation
  to cure,  purchase or substitute constitutes  the sole remedy  available to
  the Securityholders or the Trustee  for such a breach of representation  by
  the Master Servicer.

       Assignment of  Private Asset Backed  Securities.   The Depositor  will
  cause Private Asset Backed Securities  to be registered in the name  of the
  Trustee.   The  Trustee (or  the  custodian) will  have  possession of  any
  certificated Private Asset Backed  Securities.  Unless otherwise  specified
  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Trustee   will  not  be  in
  possession  of or  be assignee  of record  of any  underlying assets  for a
  Private Asset  Backed Security.  See  "The Trust Fund-Private  Asset Backed
  Securities" herein.  Each Private Asset Backed  Security will be identified
  in  a schedule appearing as an exhibit  to the related Agreement which will
  specify the  original principal amount, outstanding principal balance as of
  the Cut-off  Date, annual pass-through rate  or interest rate  and maturity
  date and certain other pertinent information for  each Private Asset Backed
  Security conveyed to the Trustee.

       Notwithstanding the  foregoing  provisions, with  respect  to a  Trust
  Fund for  which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or substitution
  of  a Loan will be made if  such purchase or substitution would result in a
  prohibited transaction tax under the Code.

  PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT

       Each  Sub-Servicer  servicing  a  Loan  pursuant  to  a  Sub-Servicing
  Agreement  (as  defined  below   under  "-Sub-Servicing  of  Loans")   will
  establish  and  maintain an  account  (the  "Sub-Servicing Account")  which
  meets the following requirements and is otherwise  acceptable to the Master
  Servicer.  A Sub-Servicing Account must be  established with a Federal Home
  Loan  Bank or  with a  depository  institution (including  the Sub-Servicer
  itself) whose  accounts are insured by either  the Bank Insurance Fund (the
  "BIF")  of the FDIC or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (as successor
  to the  Federal Savings  and Loan  Insurance Corporation  ("SAIF")) of  the
  FDIC.  If a Sub-Servicing  Account is maintained at an institution  that is
  a Federal  Home Loan  Bank or  an FDIC-insured institution  and, in  either
  case,  the amount on deposit in  the Sub-Servicing Account exceeds the FDIC
  insurance coverage amount, then such excess amount must be remitted to  the
  Master Servicer within one business  day of receipt.  In addition, the Sub-
  Servicer must  maintain a  separate account  for escrow  and impound  funds
  relating to the Loans.   Each Sub-Servicer is required to deposit  into its
  Sub-Servicing Account  on a daily basis  all amounts described  below under
  "-Sub-Servicing  of Loans" that are received by it in respect of the Loans,
  less its servicing or other compensation.  On or  before the date specified
  in the Sub-Servicing  Agreement, the Sub-Servicer will remit or cause to be
  remitted to the Master  Servicer or the Trustee all funds  held in the Sub-
  Servicing  Account  with respect  to  Loans  that  are required  to  be  so
  remitted.    The  Sub-Servicer  may also  be  required  to  advance on  the
  scheduled  date  of  remittance  an  amount  corresponding  to  any monthly
  installment  of  interest and/or  principal,  less its  servicing  or other
  compensation, on  any Loan  for which  payment was  not  received from  the
  mortgagor.     Unless  otherwise  specified   in  the   related  Prospectus
  Supplement,  any  such  obligation  of  the  Sub-Servicer  to advance  will
  continue up to and including  the first of the month following  the date on
  which the related Property is sold at a foreclosure  sale or is acquired on
  behalf of the Securityholders by deed in lieu of  foreclosure, or until the
  related Loan is liquidated.

       The  Master  Servicer will  establish  and  maintain or  cause  to  be
  established  and  maintained with  respect  to  the related  Trust  Fund  a
  separate account  or accounts for the collection of payments on the related
  Trust Fund  Assets  in the  Trust  Fund (the  "Security  Account") must  be
  either (i)  maintained with a depository  institution the  debt obligations
  of  which (or in the case of a depository institution that is the principal
  subsidiary of a  holding company,  the obligations of  which) are rated  in
  one of  the two highest  rating categories by the  Rating Agency  or Rating
  Agencies  that  rated  one  or  more  classes  of  the  related  Series  of
  Securities, (ii) an  account or accounts  the deposits in  which are  fully
  insured  by either  the  BIF or  SAIF,  (iii) an  account  or accounts  the
  deposits  in  which  are  insured  by  the  BIF  or  SAIF  (to  the  limits
  established  by  the  FDIC),  and  the  uninsured  deposits  in  which  are
  otherwise secured such  that, as evidenced  by an  opinion of counsel,  the
  Securityholders  have a  claim with respect  to the  funds in  the Security
  Account  or  a  perfected  first priority  security  interest  against  any
  collateral securing such funds that  is superior to the claims of any other
  depositors  or general creditors of  the depository  institution with which
  the  Security  Account  is  maintained, or  (iv)  an  account  or  accounts
  otherwise acceptable  to each  Rating Agency.   The collateral eligible  to
  secure  amounts  in  the  Security Account  is  limited  to  United  States
  government  securities  and  other  high-quality   investments  ("Permitted
  Investments").    A Security  Account  may  be maintained  as  an  interest
  bearing account  or the  funds held  therein may be  invested pending  each
  succeeding Distribution  Date in Permitted  Investments.   Unless otherwise
  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the  Master Servicer or its
  designee will be  entitled to  receive any  such interest  or other  income
  earned on  funds in  the Security  Account as  additional compensation  and
  will  be obligated to  deposit in  the Security Account  the amount  of any
  loss immediately as realized.  The Security  Account may be maintained with
  the  Master Servicer or with a  depository institution that is an affiliate
  of the Master Servicer, provided it meets the standards set forth above.

       The Master  Servicer will  deposit or  cause to  be  deposited in  the
  Security Account  for each  Trust  Fund on  a daily  basis,  to the  extent
  applicable  and  provided in  the  Agreement,  the  following payments  and
  collections received or advances made  by or on behalf of it  subsequent to
  the Cut-off  Date (other than  payments due on or  before the  Cut-off Date
  and exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):

            (i)   all payments on account  of principal,  including Principal
       Prepayments and any applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;

            (ii)  all payments  on account of interest  on the Loans, net  of
       applicable servicing compensation;

            (iii)   all proceeds  (net of  unreimbursed payments of  property
       taxes,  insurance  premiums and  similar  items  ("Insured  Expenses")
       incurred,  and   unreimbursed  advances  made,  by  the  related  Sub-
       Servicer, if  any) of  the hazard insurance  policies and any  Primary
       Mortgage  Insurance Policies,  to  the extent  such  proceeds are  not
       applied  to  the  restoration  of the  property  or  released  to  the
       Mortgagor in  accordance with the  Master Servicer's  normal servicing
       procedures  (collectively, "Insurance  Proceeds")  and all  other cash
       amounts (net  of  unreimbursed expenses  incurred  in connection  with
       liquidation or  foreclosure ("Liquidation Expenses")  and unreimbursed
       advances made,  by  the related  Sub-Servicer,  if any)  received  and
       retained  in connection with  the liquidation  of defaulted  Loans, by
       foreclosure  or otherwise ("Liquidation  Proceeds"), together with any
       net  proceeds  received  on  a  monthly  basis  with  respect  to  any
       properties acquired  on behalf of  the Securityholders  by foreclosure
       or deed in lieu of foreclosure;

            (iv)   all proceeds  of any Loan  or property in  respect thereof
       purchased by the  Master Servicer, the Depositor, any  Sub-Servicer or
       any  Seller  as  described  under  "Loan  Program-Representations   by
       Sellers;  Repurchases" or "-Assignment of Trust Fund Assets" above and
       all  proceeds   of  any  Loan  repurchased   as  described   under  "-
       Termination; Optional Termination" below;

            (v)   all  payments  required to  be  deposited in  the  Security
       Account  with   respect  to  any  deductible  clause  in  any  blanket
       insurance policy described under "-Hazard Insurance" below;

            (vi)  any amount required to be deposited by  the Master Servicer
       in connection with  losses realized on investments for the  benefit of
       the Master Servicer of funds held in the Security Account; and

            (vii)    all  other  amounts required  to  be  deposited  in  the
       Security Account pursuant to the Agreement.

  PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

       If  so  provided  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master
  Servicer will  establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of
  the related  Trustee on behalf of  the related Securityholders,  into which
  the Depositor  will deposit  the Pre-Funded Amount  on the related  Closing
  Date.  The Pre-Funded Amount  will not exceed 25% of the  initial aggregate
  principal amount of the Certificates  and Notes of the related Series.  The
  Pre-Funded  Amount  will  be  used  by  the  related  Trustee  to  purchase
  Subsequent Loans  from the Depositor from  time to time  during the Funding
  Period.  The  Funding Period, if any,  for a Trust Fund  will begin on  the
  related Closing  Date and will  end on  the date  specified in the  related
  Prospectus Supplement, which in no  event will be later than the  date that
  is three months after the Closing Date.  Any amounts remaining  in the Pre-
  Funding  Account at the end  of the  Funding Period will  be distributed to
  the related  Securityholders in  the manner and  priority specified in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement, as a prepayment of  principal of the related
  Securities.

  SUB-SERVICING OF LOANS

       Each Seller  of a Loan  or any other servicing  entity may act  as the
  Sub-Servicer  for  such  Loan  pursuant to  an  agreement  (each,  a  "Sub-
  Servicing Agreement"), which  will not contain any terms  inconsistent with
  the  related Agreement.    While each  Sub-Servicing  Agreement will  be  a
  contract  solely between  the  Master Servicer  and  the Sub-Servicer,  the
  Agreement  pursuant to which a Series of  Securities is issued will provide
  that, if for any reason  the Master Servicer for such Series  of Securities
  is no longer the  Master Servicer of the related Loans, the  Trustee or any
  successor Master  Servicer  must recognize  the  Sub-Servicer's rights  and
  obligations under such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

       With the approval of the Master Servicer,  a Sub-Servicer may delegate
  its servicing obligations to  third-party servicers, but such  Sub-Servicer
  will  remain obligated  under  the related  Sub-Servicing Agreement.   Each
  Sub-Servicer  will be  required to  perform the  customary  functions of  a
  servicer of mortgage  loans.  Such functions  generally include  collecting
  payments from mortgagors or obligors and remitting  such collections to the
  Master Servicer;  maintaining hazard insurance policies as described herein
  and in  any related Prospectus Supplement,  and filing and  settling claims
  thereunder, subject  in certain cases  to the right of  the Master Servicer
  to  approve  in   advance  any  such  settlement;  maintaining   escrow  or
  impoundment  accounts  of  mortgagors or  obligors  for  payment of  taxes,
  insurance  and other items required to be  paid by the mortgagor or obligor
  pursuant to  the  related Loan;  processing  assumptions or  substitutions,
  although, the  Master Servicer  is generally required  to exercise  due-on-
  sale clauses to the extent such exercise  is permitted by law and would not
  adversely  affect insurance  coverage;   attempting to  cure delinquencies;
  supervising foreclosures; inspecting and managing  Properties under certain
  circumstances; maintaining accounting records  relating to the Loans;  and,
  to the extent  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, maintaining
  additional insurance policies or credit support instruments  and filing and
  settling  claims thereunder.  A Sub-Servicer will also be obligated to make
  advances  in  respect  of   delinquent  installments  of  interest   and/or
  principal  on Loans,  as described  more fully  above  under "-Payments  on
  Loans; Deposits to Security  Account", and in respect of certain  taxes and
  insurance premiums not paid on a timely basis by mortgagors or obligors.

       As compensation  for its servicing duties,  each Sub-Servicer  will be
  entitled to a  monthly servicing fee (to  the extent the  scheduled payment
  on the related  Loan has  been collected) in  the amount  set forth in  the
  related  Prospectus Supplement.    Each Sub-Servicer  is  also entitled  to
  collect and retain,  as part of its servicing compensation,  any prepayment
  or  late charges  provided in  the Mortgage  Note  or related  instruments.
  Each Sub-Servicer  will be  reimbursed by the  Master Servicer for  certain
  expenditures  which it  makes,  generally to  the  same extent  the  Master
  Servicer would  be reimbursed under the Agreement.  The Master Servicer may
  purchase  the servicing of Loans if the  Sub-Servicer elects to release the
  servicing  of such Loans to the Master Servicer.  See "-Servicing and Other
  Compensation and Payment of Expenses".

       Each Sub-Servicer  may be  required to agree  to indemnify the  Master
  Servicer for any  liability or obligation sustained by the  Master Servicer
  in connection  with any act or  failure to act  by the Sub-Servicer  in its
  servicing  capacity.   Each Sub-Servicer  will be  required  to maintain  a
  fidelity bond  and  an errors  and omissions  policy  with respect  to  its
  officers, employees and other persons  acting on its behalf or on behalf of
  the Master Servicer.

       Each Sub-Servicer  will be required to  service each Loan  pursuant to
  the  terms of the Sub-Servicing Agreement for the entire term of such Loan,
  unless  the Sub-Servicing  Agreement is  earlier terminated  by  the Master
  Servicer  or unless  servicing is  released  to the  Master Servicer.   The
  Master Servicer  may  terminate a  Sub-Servicing  Agreement without  cause,
  upon written notice  to the Sub-Servicer  in the manner  specified in  such
  Sub-Servicing Agreement.

       The Master  Servicer may  agree with  a Sub-Servicer  to amend  a Sub-
  Servicing Agreement  or, upon termination  of the  Sub-Servicing Agreement,
  the Master Servicer may act as servicer of the related Loans  or enter into
  new  Sub-Servicing  Agreements with  other  Sub-Servicers.   If  the Master
  Servicer  acts  as   servicer,  it  will  not  assume  liability   for  the
  representations  and  warranties of  the  Sub-Servicer  which it  replaces.
  Each  Sub-Servicer must  be a Seller  or meet the  standards for becoming a
  Seller or  have such servicing experience  as to be  otherwise satisfactory
  to the Master Servicer  and the Depositor.   The Master Servicer will  make
  reasonable efforts  to have the new  Sub-Servicer assume liability  for the
  representations  and  warranties of  the  terminated  Sub-Servicer, but  no
  assurance can  be given that such an  assumption will occur.   In the event
  of  such an  assumption, the  Master Servicer  may in  the exercise  of its
  business  judgment release  the terminated  Sub-Servicer from  liability in
  respect of such representations  and warranties.  Any amendments to  a Sub-
  Servicing Agreement  or new Sub-Servicing Agreements may contain provisions
  different from  those which  are in  effect in  the original  Sub-Servicing
  Agreement. However, each Agreement will provide that  any such amendment or
  new agreement may not be inconsistent with or violate such Agreement.

  COLLECTION PROCEDURES

       The Master  Servicer, directly or  through one or more  Sub-Servicers,
  will make reasonable efforts to  collect all payments called for  under the
  Loans  and will,  consistent with  each Agreement  and  any Pool  Insurance
  Policy,  Primary  Mortgage Insurance  Policy,  FHA  Insurance, VA  Guaranty
  Policy  and  Bankruptcy  Bond  or  alternative  arrangements,  follow  such
  collection  procedures as  are customary  with respect  to  loans that  are
  comparable to the Loans.   Consistent with  the above, the Master  Servicer
  may,  in its  discretion, (i)  waive any  assumption  fee, late  payment or
  other  charge  in  connection with  a  Loan  and  (ii)  to the  extent  not
  inconsistent with  the coverage of  such Loan by  a Pool Insurance  Policy,
  Primary  Mortgage   Insurance  Policy,  FHA   Insurance,  VA   Guaranty  or
  Bankruptcy  Bond or alternative arrangements, if applicable, arrange with a
  borrower a  schedule for  the liquidation of  delinquencies running for  no
  more  than 125 days after  the applicable due date for  each payment.  Both
  the Sub-Servicer and the Master Servicer may  be obligated to make Advances
  during any period of such an arrangement.

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  in any case in  which property securing a Loan has been, or is about to be,
  conveyed by  the mortgagor  or obligor,  the Master  Servicer will,  to the
  extent  it  has  knowledge  of  such  conveyance  or  proposed  conveyance,
  exercise or cause to be  exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of
  such Loan under any due-on-sale clause applicable  thereto, but only if the
  exercise  of  such  rights  is  permitted by  applicable  law.    If  these
  conditions are not met or  if the Master Servicer reasonably believes it is
  unable under  applicable law  to enforce  such due-on-sale  clause, or  the
  Master Servicer will enter into  or cause to be entered into  an assumption
  and modification  agreement with the person to whom  such property has been
  or is about to  be conveyed, pursuant to  which such person becomes  liable
  for repayment of the Loan  and, to the extent permitted by  applicable law,
  the mortgagor remains liable  thereon.  Any fee  collected by or on  behalf
  of  the Master Servicer for  entering into an  assumption agreement will be
  retained by  or on behalf  of the Master  Servicer as  additional servicing
  compensation.     See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Loans-Due-on-Sale
  Clauses".    In connection  with  any  such assumption,  the  terms of  the
  related Loan may not be changed.

  HAZARD INSURANCE

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  the Master Servicer  will require the mortgagor or obligor  on each Loan to
  maintain a hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the  coverage
  of  the standard  form  of fire  insurance  policy with  extended  coverage
  customary for the type of Property  in the state in which such Property  is
  located.   All amounts collected  by the Master  Servicer under any  hazard
  policy (except for amounts  to be applied to  the restoration or repair  of
  the Property or  released to  the mortgagor or  obligor in accordance  with
  the  Master Servicer's normal  servicing procedures)  will be  deposited in
  the  related  Security Account.  In  the  event that  the  Master  Servicer
  maintains a blanket policy insuring  against hazard losses on all the Loans
  comprising  part of  a Trust Fund,  it will conclusively  be deemed to have
  satisfied its  obligation relating to the  maintenance of hazard insurance.
  Such blanket  policy may  contain a  deductible clause,  in which  case the
  Master  Servicer will  be required to  deposit from its  own funds into the
  related  Security  Account the  amounts  which  would have  been  deposited
  therein but for such clause.

       In general,  the standard  form of fire  and extended coverage  policy
  covers physical  damage to  or destruction of  the improvements securing  a
  Loan  by  fire,  lightning, explosion,  smoke,  windstorm  and hail,  riot,
  strike and  civil  commotion,  subject  to the  conditions  and  exclusions
  particularized  in each  policy.   Although the  policies  relating to  the
  Loans  may have  been underwritten  by different  insurers  under different
  state laws in accordance with different applicable  forms and therefore may
  not contain  identical terms  and conditions, the  basic terms thereof  are
  dictated by respective state  laws, and most such policies typically do not
  cover any physical  damage resulting from the following:   war, revolution,
  governmental  actions,   floods  and  other  water-related   causes,  earth
  movement  (including   earthquakes,  landslides  and  mud  flows),  nuclear
  reactions, wet  or dry rot, vermin,  rodents, insects or  domestic animals,
  theft  and, in  certain cases,  vandalism.   The  foregoing list  is merely
  indicative of certain kinds  of uninsured risks and  is not intended to  be
  all inclusive.   If the Property securing a  Loan is located in a federally
  designated  special flood  area  at the  time  of origination,  the  Master
  Servicer  will require  the mortgagor  or obligor  to  obtain and  maintain
  flood insurance.

       The hazard insurance policies  covering properties securing the  Loans
  typically  contain a  clause which  in effect  requires the insured  at all
  time to  carry insurance of a specified  percentage of the full replacement
  value of the insured  property in order to  recover the full amount  of any
  partial  loss.   If  the  insured's  coverage falls  below  this  specified
  percentage, then the insurer's liability in the event of partial loss  will
  not exceed the larger  of (i) the actual  cash value (generally defined  as
  replacement  cost   at  the   time  and  place   of  loss,  less   physical
  depreciation)  of  the  improvements damaged  or  destroyed  or  (ii)  such
  proportion  of the  loss as  the amount of  insurance carried  bears to the
  specified percentage of  the full  replacement cost  of such  improvements.
  Since the amount of  hazard insurance the Master  Servicer may cause to  be
  maintained  on  the  improvements   securing  the  Loans  declines  as  the
  principal balances owing  thereon decrease, and since improved  real estate
  generally  has appreciated in value  over time  in the past,  the effect of
  this requirement in the event of partial loss may  be that hazard insurance
  proceeds will be  insufficient to restore  fully the damaged property.   If
  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a special hazard insurance
  policy will be  obtained to insure against  certain of the  uninsured risks
  described  above.     See  "Credit  Enhancement-Special   Hazard  Insurance
  Policies".

       If  the Property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if
  any, from the  related hazard insurance policy are insufficient  to restore
  the damaged Property,  the Master Servicer  is not required  to expend  its
  own funds  to restore the  damaged Property unless  it determines (i)  that
  such  restoration  will  increase   the  proceeds  to  Securityholders   on
  liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement of the Master Servicer for  its
  expenses and  (ii)  that such  expenses  will  be recoverable  by  it  from
  related Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

       If recovery on a defaulted Loan under any  related Insurance Policy is
  not available for  the reasons set forth in the  preceding paragraph, or if
  the defaulted  Loan  is not  covered  by an  Insurance Policy,  the  Master
  Servicer will be obligated  to follow or cause  to be followed such  normal
  practices and  procedures as  it deems  necessary or  advisable to  realize
  upon  the  defaulted Loan.    If the  proceeds  of any  liquidation  of the
  Property securing  the defaulted Loan are  less than the  principal balance
  of  such   Loan  plus   interest  accrued  thereon   that  is  payable   to
  Securityholders, the Trust Fund will  realize a loss in the amount  of such
  difference plus the  aggregate of expenses incurred by the  Master Servicer
  in connection  with such proceedings and  which are reimbursable  under the
  Agreement.   In  the unlikely event  that any such  proceedings result in a
  total recovery which is, after reimbursement to the Master Servicer  of its
  expenses, in  excess of the  principal balance  of such Loan  plus interest
  accrued  thereon that  is payable  to Securityholders,  the Master Servicer
  will be entitled to  withdraw or retain from  the Security Account  amounts
  representing  its normal servicing compensation  with respect  to such Loan
  and,  unless  otherwise specified  in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,
  amounts representing  the balance of such  excess, exclusive of  any amount
  required  by law to  be forwarded  to the  related borrower,  as additional
  servicing compensation.

       Unless otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, if
  the  Master  Servicer or  its designee  recovers Insurance  Proceeds which,
  when  added to  any related  Liquidation Proceeds  and  after deduction  of
  certain expenses  reimbursable to the Master Servicer, exceed the principal
  balance  of such  Loan plus  interest accrued  thereon that  is  payable to
  Securityholders,  the  Master Servicer  will  be  entitled to  withdraw  or
  retain from the Security Account amounts representing its  normal servicing
  compensation  with respect  to such  Loan.   In the  event that  the Master
  Servicer has expended  its own funds  to restore  the damaged Property  and
  such funds  have not  been reimbursed  under the  related hazard  insurance
  policy, it will be  entitled to withdraw from  the Security Account out  of
  related Liquidation  Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds  in an amount  equal to
  such expenses incurred by  it, in which event the Trust Fund  may realize a
  loss up to the amount  so charged.  Since Insurance Proceeds  cannot exceed
  deficiency claims and certain expenses incurred by  the Master Servicer, no
  such payment or recovery will result in a recovery  to the Trust Fund which
  exceeds the principal  balance of the defaulted Loan together  with accrued
  interest thereon.  See "Credit Enhancement".

  REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS

       Primary  Mortgage  Insurance  Policies.    The  Master  Servicer  will
  maintain  or cause  each Sub-Servicer to  maintain, as the  case may be, in
  full force and effect,  to the extent specified  in the related  Prospectus
  Supplement, a  Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy  with regard to  each Loan
  for which such coverage is  required.  The Master Servicer will  not cancel
  or refuse to renew any  such Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy in effect at
  the  time  of the  initial  issuance  of a  Series  of  Securities that  is
  required  to be  kept in force  under the  applicable Agreement  unless the
  replacement  Primary  Mortgage  Insurance  Policy  for  such  cancelled  or
  nonrenewed  policy  is  maintained  with  an  insurer  whose  claims-paying
  ability  is sufficient  to maintain  the current  rating of  the classes of
  Securities of such Series that have been rated.

       Although  the terms and conditions of primary mortgage insurance vary,
  the  amount of  a claim  for benefits  under a  Primary Mortgage  Insurance
  Policy covering  a  Loan will  consist of  the  insured percentage  of  the
  unpaid  principal  amount  of  the covered  Loan  and  accrued  and  unpaid
  interest thereon and reimbursement of certain expenses,  less (i) all rents
  or  other payments  collected or received  by the  insured (other  than the
  proceeds of hazard insurance) that  are derived from or in any  way related
  to  the Property,  (ii) hazard insurance  proceeds in excess  of the amount
  required  to restore the Property  and which  have not been  applied to the
  payment of the Loan, (iii) amounts expended but not  approved by the issuer
  of the related Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy (the "Primary  Insurer"),
  (iv) claim  payments previously made by the Primary  Insurer and (v) unpaid
  premiums.

       Primary   Mortgage  Insurance   Policies   reimburse  certain   losses
  sustained  by  reason  of  defaults in  payments  by  borrowers.    Primary
  Mortgage  Insurance Policies  will  not insure  against,  and exclude  from
  coverage,  a  loss  sustained  by reason  of  a  default  arising  from  or
  involving   certain  matters,   including  (i)   fraud  or   negligence  in
  origination or servicing of the  Loans, including misrepresentation by  the
  originator, borrower  or other persons involved  in the origination  of the
  Loans;  (ii)  failure to  construct  the Property  subject  to the  Loan in
  accordance with specified  plans; (iii)  physical damage  to the  Property;
  and (iv) the related Master Servicer or  Sub-servicer not being approved as
  a servicer by the Primary Insurer.

       Recoveries  Under a Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy.  As conditions
  precedent to the filing of or  payment of a claim under a  Primary Mortgage
  Insurance  Policy covering  a Loan,  the insured  will be  required to  (i)
  advance or discharge  (a) all hazard insurance  policy premiums and (b)  as
  necessary and  approved in advance by the  Primary Insurer, (1) real estate
  property taxes, (2) all expenses required to  maintain the related Property
  in at least as  good a condition as  existed at the effective date  of such
  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy,  ordinary wear and  tear excepted,  (3)
  Property sales  expenses, (4)  any outstanding  liens (as  defined in  such
  Primary Mortgage  Insurance  Policy) on  the Property  and (5)  foreclosure
  costs, including  court costs and reasonable  attorneys' fees; (ii)  in the
  event of  any physical loss or damage to the Property, to have the Property
  restored and repaired to  at least as  good a condition  as existed at  the
  effective  date of  such Primary  Mortgage Insurance  Policy, ordinary wear
  and  tear  excepted; and  (iii)  tender  to the  Primary  Insurer good  and
  merchantable title to and possession of the Property.

       In those  cases in which  a Loan  is serviced  by a Sub-Servicer,  the
  Sub-Servicer, on behalf of  itself, the  Trustee and Securityholders,  will
  present claims to  the Primary Insurer, and all collection  thereunder will
  be  deposited in the Sub-Servicing Account.  In all other cases, the Master
  Servicer, on  behalf of itself, the  Trustee and the  Securityholders, will
  present  claims  to  the  insurer  under  each Primary  Mortgage  Insurance
  Policy, and  will take such  reasonable steps  as are necessary  to receive
  payment or to  permit recovery thereunder with respect to  defaulted Loans.
  As set forth above, all collections by or on  behalf of the Master Servicer
  under any Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy and,  when the Property has not
  been restored,  the hazard  insurance policy,  are to  be deposited in  the
  Security Account, subject to withdrawal as heretofore described.

       If the Property securing  a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if
  any, from the  related hazard insurance policy are insufficient  to restore
  the damaged  Property to  a condition sufficient  to permit recovery  under
  the related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, if  any, the Master Servicer
  is not  required to expend  its own funds to  restore the  damaged Property
  unless it determines  (i) that such restoration will increase  the proceeds
  to Securityholders  on liquidation of the  Loan after reimbursement  of the
  Master  Servicer for  its expenses  and  (ii) that  such  expenses will  be
  recoverable by it from related Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

       If recovery  on a  defaulted Loan under  any related Primary  Mortgage
  Insurance  Policy  is  not  available for  the  reasons  set  forth  in the
  preceding paragraph, or if the  defaulted Loan is not covered by  a Primary
  Mortgage Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will  be obligated to follow
  or cause to be  followed such normal practices  and procedures as it  deems
  necessary  or advisable  to  realize  upon  the  defaulted Loan.    If  the
  proceeds of  any liquidation  of the Property  securing the defaulted  Loan
  are less  than the  principal balance of  such Loan  plus interest  accrued
  thereon that is payable  to Securityholders, the Trust Fund will  realize a
  loss in  the  amount of  such difference  plus  the aggregate  of  expenses
  incurred by  the Master  Servicer in connection  with such proceedings  and
  which are reimbursable  under the Agreement.   In  the unlikely event  that
  any  such  proceedings   result  in  a  total  recovery  which   is,  after
  reimbursement to  the Master  Servicer of  its expenses, in  excess of  the
  principal  balance of  such  Loan plus  interest  accrued thereon  that  is
  payable to  Securityholders,  the  Master  Servicer  will  be  entitled  to
  withdraw  or retain  from  the Security  Account  amounts representing  its
  normal servicing  compensation with  respect to  such Loan  and, except  as
  otherwise specified  in the Prospectus Supplement, amounts representing the
  balance  of such  excess, exclusive  of any  amount required  by law  to be
  forwarded to the related borrower, as additional servicing compensation.

  SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

       Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
  Master Servicer's primary  servicing compensation with respect to  a Series
  of  Securities  will come  from  the monthly  payment  to it,  out  of each
  interest payment on a Loan, of an amount equal to the  percentage per annum
  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement  of  the   outstanding
  principal   balance  thereof.     Since   the  Master   Servicer's  primary
  compensation is a  percentage of the outstanding principal balance  of each
  Loan,  such amounts will decrease  as the  Loans amortize.   In addition to
  primary  compensation,  the Master  Servicer  or the  Sub-Servicers  may be
  entitled to retain  all assumption fees  and late  payment charges, to  the
  extent  collected  from borrowers,  and,  if  so provided  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement, any prepayment  penalties and any interest or  other
  income  which may be  earned on funds  held in the  Security Account or any
  Sub-Servicing  Account.    Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the   related
  Prospectus  Supplement,  any Sub-Servicer  will  receive a  portion  of the
  Master Servicer's primary compensation as its sub-servicing compensation.

       In  addition  to  amounts  payable  to any  Sub-Servicer,  the  Master
  Servicer  will,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
  Supplement, pay from its  servicing compensation certain expenses  incurred
  in  connection  with  its  servicing  of   the  Loans,  including,  without
  limitation,  payment  of any  premium for  any insurance  policy, guaranty,
  surety  or other  form of  credit enhancement  as specified  in the related
  Prospectus  Supplement,  payment  of  the  fees  and  disbursements  of the
  Trustee and  independent  accountants,  payment  of  expenses  incurred  in
  connection with distributions and  reports to Securityholders, and  payment
  of any other expenses described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

       Each  Agreement will  provide that on  or before  a specified  date in
  each  year,  a  firm  of independent  public  accountants  will  furnish  a
  statement  to  the  Trustee  to  the  effect  that,  on  the  basis of  the
  examination by  such firm  conducted substantially in  compliance with  the
  Uniform  Single Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for
  Mortgages serviced for  FHLMC, the servicing by or on  behalf of the Master
  Servicer of  mortgage loans  or private asset  backed securities, or  under
  pooling and  servicing  agreements  substantially  similar  to  each  other
  (including the  related Agreement)  was conducted  in compliance with  such
  agreements  except  for any  significant  exceptions or  errors  in records
  that, in the opinion of  the firm, the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced
  for  FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers, it is
  required to report.  In  rendering its statement such firm may  rely, as to
  matters relating to the direct  servicing of Loans or Private Asset  Backed
  Securities by  Sub-Servicers, upon  comparable statements for  examinations
  conducted  substantially  in  compliance  with  the  Uniform  Single  Audit
  Program for  Mortgage Bankers or the  Audit Program for  Mortgages serviced
  for FHLMC  (rendered  within  one  year of  such  statement)  of  firms  of
  independent public accountants with respect to the related Sub-Servicer.

       Each Agreement will  also provide for  delivery to the Trustee,  on or
  before a specified date in each year, of an  annual statement signed by two
  officers of the Master Servicer  to the effect that the Master Servicer has
  fulfilled its  obligations  under the  Agreement  throughout the  preceding
  year.

       Copies  of the  annual  accountants' statement  and  the statement  of
  officers of the Master Servicer may  be obtained by Securityholders of  the
  related Series without  charge upon written request to the  Master Servicer
  at the address set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

  CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR

       The Master Servicer under  each Agreement will be named in the related
  Prospectus Supplement.   The  entity serving  as Master  Servicer may  have
  normal  business  relationships  with  the  Depositor  or  the  Depositor's
  affiliates.

       Each Agreement  will provide that the  Master Servicer may  not resign
  from  its  obligations  and  duties  under  the  Agreement  except  upon  a
  determination that  its duties thereunder  are no longer permissible  under
  applicable law.   The  Master Servicer  may, however,  be removed from  its
  obligations and duties  as set forth in the  Agreement. No such resignation
  will  become  effective until  the  Trustee  or a  successor  servicer  has
  assumed the Master Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.

       Each Agreement will further provide that neither the Master  Servicer,
  the Depositor  nor any director, officer, employee,  or agent of the Master
  Servicer or the Depositor will be under any liability  to the related Trust
  Fund  or Securityholders for  any action taken  or for  refraining from the
  taking  of any  action in  good  faith pursuant  to the  Agreement, or  for
  errors in judgment; provided,  however, that  neither the Master  Servicer,
  the  Depositor nor any such person will  be protected against any liability
  which would otherwise be  imposed by reason of wilful misfeasance  or gross
  negligence  in  the performance  of  duties  thereunder or  by  reasons  of
  reckless disregard  of obligations  and duties thereunder.   To the  extent
  provided in the  related Agreement, the Master Servicer, the  Depositor and
  any director,  officer, employee or  agent of  the Master  Servicer or  the
  Depositor may be entitled to  indemnification by the related Trust Fund and
  may be  held harmless against  any loss, liability  or expense incurred  in
  connection  with  any  legal  action  relating  to  the  Agreement  or  the
  Securities,  other than  any  loss, liability  or  expense related  to  any
  specific  Loan  or  Loans  (except any  such  loss,  liability  or  expense
  otherwise reimbursable pursuant to  the Agreement) and any loss,  liability
  or expense  incurred by reason of  willful misfeasance or  gross negligence
  in the performance of duties thereunder or by  reason of reckless disregard
  of obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition, each Agreement  will
  provide that neither the  Master Servicer nor  the Depositor will be  under
  any  obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is
  not incidental to  its respective responsibilities under  the Agreement and
  which  in its  opinion may involve  it in  any expense  or liability.   The
  Master Servicer or the Depositor may, however,  in its discretion undertake
  any such action which  it may deem necessary  or desirable with respect  to
  the  Agreement and the  rights and  duties of the  parties thereto  and the
  interests of  the Securityholders  thereunder.   In such  event, the  legal
  expenses and  costs of  such action and  any liability resulting  therefrom
  will be expenses, costs  and liabilities of the  Trust Fund and the  Master
  Servicer or  the Depositor,  as the  case may  be, will  be entitled  to be
  reimbursed   therefor   out    of   funds   otherwise    distributable   to
  Securityholders.

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  any  person into which  the Master Servicer may  be merged or consolidated,
  or any  person resulting  from  any merger  or consolidation  to which  the
  Master  Servicer is  a party, or  any person succeeding  to the business of
  the Master  Servicer, will be  the successor of  the Master  Servicer under
  each Agreement.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

       Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement;  Servicing  Agreement.   Except  as
  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  Events  of
  Default  under each Agreement will consist of (i) any failure by the Master
  Servicer to  distribute or  cause to be  distributed to Securityholders  of
  any class  any required  payment (other  than an  Advance) which  continues
  unremedied for five  business days after  the giving  of written notice  of
  such failure to the  Master Servicer by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to
  the  Master Servicer,  the Depositor  and  the Trustee  by  the holders  of
  Securities  of such  class evidencing  not less  than 25% of  the aggregate
  Percentage  Interests evidenced  by such  class; (ii)  any  failure by  the
  Master  Servicer to make an Advance as required under the Agreement, unless
  cured as specified therein; (iii) any  failure by the Master Servicer  duly
  to observe or perform  in any material respect  any of its other  covenants
  or agreements in  the Agreement which continues unremedied for  thirty days
  after the giving  of written notice of such failure  to the Master Servicer
  by the Trustee or the  Depositor, or to the Master Servicer,  the Depositor
  and the Trustee by  the holders of Securities  of any class evidencing  not
  less  than 25%  of  the aggregate  Percentage  Interests constituting  such
  class;  and  (iv)  certain  events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of  debt,
  marshalling of assets  and liabilities  or similar  proceeding and  certain
  actions by  or on behalf of the  Master Servicer indicating its insolvency,
  reorganization or inability to pay its obligations.

       If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the  Agreement will
  permit the Trustee  to sell the Trust  Fund Assets and the  other assets of
  the  Trust  Fund  in  the  event  that  payments  in  respect  thereto  are
  insufficient to  make payments required  in the Agreement.   The assets  of
  the Trust  Fund will be sold only under the circumstances and in the manner
  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       So long as  an Event of Default under an Agreement remains unremedied,
  the Depositor  or the  Trustee  may, and  at the  direction  of holders  of
  Securities  of any  class evidencing  not less  than 51%  of the  aggregate
  Percentage  Interests  constituting  such   class  and  under  such   other
  circumstances as  may be  specified in such  Agreement, the Trustee  shall,
  terminate  all of its rights  and obligations of  the Master Servicer under
  the Agreement  relating to such  Trust Fund  and in and  to the Trust  Fund
  Assets, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to  all of the responsibilities,
  duties  and  liabilities  of  the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement,
  including,  if  specified  in   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   the
  obligation to make  advances, and will be entitled to  similar compensation
  arrangements.   In the event that the Trustee is  unwilling or unable so to
  act, it may appoint, or petition a court of  competent jurisdiction for the
  appointment of, a mortgage  loan servicing institution with a net  worth of
  a least $10,000,000 to  act as successor to  the Master Servicer under  the
  Agreement.  Pending  such appointment, the  Trustee is obligated to  act in
  such  capacity.   The Trustee  and any  such successor  may agree  upon the
  servicing compensation to be  paid, which in no  event may be greater  than
  the compensation payable to the Master Servicer under the Agreement.

       No  Securityholder, solely  by virtue  of such  holder's  status as  a
  Securityholder, will  have any right under  any Agreement to  institute any
  proceeding with  respect to such Agreement,  unless such  holder previously
  has given to  the Trustee written notice of default  and unless the holders
  of Securities  of any class of such Series evidencing  not less than 25% of
  the aggregate  Percentage  Interests  constituting  such  class  have  made
  written request upon  the Trustee to  institute such proceeding in  its own
  name  as Trustee  thereunder and  have offered  to  the Trustee  reasonable
  indemnity,  and  the  Trustee  for 60  days  has  neglected  or  refused to
  institute any such proceeding.

       Indenture.   Except as otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus
  Supplement,  Events of Default under the Indenture for each Series of Notes
  include:  (i) a default for thirty (30) days or more in the payment  of any
  principal of  or interest  on  any Note  of such  Series;  (ii) failure  to
  perform  any other  covenant of  the  Depositor or  the Trust  Fund in  the
  Indenture which  continues for  a period  of sixty  (60) days after  notice
  thereof  is  given in  accordance  with  the procedures  described  in  the
  related Prospectus  Supplement; (iii) any  representation or  warranty made
  by the Depositor or the Trust  Fund in the Indenture or in  any certificate
  or other  writing delivered  pursuant thereto  or  in connection  therewith
  with  respect  to or  affecting  such  Series having  been  incorrect in  a
  material  respect as of the time made, and  such breach is not cured within
  sixty (60)  days  after notice  thereof  is given  in accordance  with  the
  procedures  described in  the related  Prospectus Supplement;  (iv) certain
  events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or  liquidation  of  the
  Depositor or  the Trust Fund;  or (v) any other  Event of  Default provided
  with respect to Notes of that Series.

       If an Event of Default with  respect to the Notes of any Series at the
  time  outstanding occurs  and  is continuing,  either  the Trustee  or  the
  holders  of a  majority of  the then  aggregate outstanding  amount of  the
  Notes of such Series  may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of
  that Series have  a Pass-Through Rate of 0%, such  portion of the principal
  amount as may be specified in the terms of that Series, as  provided in the
  related Prospectus Supplement) of  all the Notes of  such Series to be  due
  and   payable   immediately.     Such   declaration   may,  under   certain
  circumstances,  be rescinded and annulled  by the holders  of more than 50%
  of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.

       If,  following  an Event  of Default  with  respect to  any  Series of
  Notes, the  Notes of such Series have been declared  to be due and payable,
  the Trustee  may,  in its  discretion,  notwithstanding such  acceleration,
  elect to maintain possession of the  collateral securing the Notes of  such
  Series and  to continue  to apply distributions  on such  collateral as  if
  there had been no declaration of acceleration  if such collateral continues
  to  provide sufficient funds  for the payment of  principal of and interest
  on the Notes of  such Series as they would have become due if there had not
  been  such  a declaration.    In  addition, the  Trustee  may  not sell  or
  otherwise  liquidate  the  collateral  securing  the  Notes   of  a  Series
  following an  Event of Default, other than a  default in the payment of any
  principal or interest  on any Note of such  Series for thirty (30)  days or
  more,  unless (a)  the holders of  100% of the  Percentage Interests of the
  Notes of such Series consent  to such sale, (b)  the proceeds of such  sale
  or liquidation are  sufficient to pay in full the  principal of and accrued
  interest, due and unpaid,  on the outstanding Notes  of such Series at  the
  date of such sale or  (c) the Trustee determines that such collateral would
  not be sufficient  on an ongoing basis  to make all payments on  such Notes
  as  such payments would have become due if such Notes had not been declared
  due  and payable, and  the Trustee  obtains the consent  of the  holders of
  662/3% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.

       In the event that the Trustee liquidates  the collateral in connection
  with an  Event of Default involving a default  for thirty (30) days or more
  in the payment of principal  of or interest on the  Notes of a Series,  the
  Indenture provides that the Trustee  will have a prior lien on the proceeds
  of any such liquidation for  unpaid fees and expenses.   As a result,  upon
  the  occurrence of  such an  Event  of Default,  the  amount available  for
  distribution  to the Noteholders would be  less than would otherwise be the
  case.   However,  the  Trustee  may  not institute  a  proceeding  for  the
  enforcement  of its lien  except in  connection with  a proceeding  for the
  enforcement  of  the  lien   of  the  Indenture  for  the  benefit  of  the
  Noteholders after the occurrence of such an Event of Default.

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  in the  event the principal of  the Notes of a  Series is declared  due and
  payable,  as described  above, the  holders of any  such Notes  issued at a
  discount from par may be entitled to  receive no more than an amount  equal
  to the  unpaid principal amount  thereof less the  amount of such  discount
  which is unamortized.

       Subject to the provisions of  the Indenture relating to the  duties of
  the  Trustee, in  case an  Event of Default  shall occur  and be continuing
  with  respect  to a  Series  of  Notes,  the  Trustee  shall  be  under  no
  obligation to exercise  any of the rights or powers  under the Indenture at
  the request or  direction of any  of the holders  of Notes of  such Series,
  unless  such   holders  offered  to  the   Trustee  security  or  indemnity
  satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses  and liabilities which might
  be incurred by it in complying with such request  or direction.  Subject to
  such provisions  for indemnification and  certain limitations  contained in
  the Indenture, the holders of a majority of the  then aggregate outstanding
  amount  of the  Notes of  such Series  shall have  the right to  direct the
  time,  method  and  place  of conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy
  available  to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
  Trustee with respect  to the  Notes of such  Series, and  the holders of  a
  majority  of the  then aggregate  outstanding amount  of the Notes  of such
  Series  may, in  certain cases,  waive any  default  with respect  thereto,
  except a default in  the payment of principal  or interest or a  default in
  respect  of  a  covenant or  provision  of  the  Indenture  that cannot  be
  modified  without  the  waiver  or  consent  of  all  the  holders  of  the
  outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.

  AMENDMENT

       Except as  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  each Agreement  may be amended  by the  Depositor, the Master  Servicer and
  the Trustee,  without the consent  of any  of the  Securityholders, (i)  to
  cure any  ambiguity; (ii)  to correct or  supplement any provision  therein
  which may  be defective or inconsistent  with any other  provision therein;
  or (iii) to make any  other revisions with respect to matters  or questions
  arising under the Agreement which are not  inconsistent with the provisions
  thereof,  provided  that such  action  will  not adversely  affect  in  any
  material respect the interests  of any Securityholder.  In addition, to the
  extent  provided in  the related  Agreement, an  Agreement  may be  amended
  without  the consent of any of the Securityholders, to change the manner in
  which the  Security Account  is maintained, provided  that any such  change
  does  not adversely affect the then current  rating on the class or classes
  of Securities  of such  Series that  have been rated.   In  addition, if  a
  REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust  Fund, the related Agreement
  may be  amended to modify,  eliminate or add  to any  of its provisions  to
  such extent  as  may be  necessary to  maintain  the qualification  of  the
  related Trust Fund as  a REMIC, provided that  the Trustee has received  an
  opinion  of counsel to the effect that  such action is necessary or helpful
  to  maintain such  qualification.   Except as  otherwise  specified in  the
  related Prospectus  Supplement, each Agreement may  also be amended  by the
  Depositor, the Master Servicer and  the Trustee with consent of holders  of
  Securities of such  Series evidencing  not less than  66% of the  aggregate
  Percentage Interests  of each  class affected  thereby for  the purpose  of
  adding any  provisions to or  changing in an manner  or eliminating  any of
  the provisions of the  Agreement or of modifying  in any manner the  rights
  of the holders of  the related Securities; provided, however, that  no such
  amendment may  (i) reduce in any  manner the amount of  or delay the timing
  of,  payments received on Loans which are required to be distributed on any
  Security  without the  consent  of the  holder  of such  Security, or  (ii)
  reduce  the aforesaid  percentage of  Securities of  any  class of  holders
  which  are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of
  the holders of all Securities of such class covered  by such Agreement then
  outstanding.  If  a REMIC election  is made with  respect to a Trust  Fund,
  the Trustee will not be entitled to consent to  an amendment to the related
  Agreement  without having  first  received an  opinion  of counsel  to  the
  effect that  such amendment  will  not cause  such Trust  Fund  to fail  to
  qualify as a REMIC.

  TERMINATIONS; OPTIONAL TERMINATION

       Pooling and  Servicing Agreement; Trust  Agreement.   Unless otherwise
  specified in  the  related  Agreement,  the  obligations  created  by  each
  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement  and Trust  Agreement for  each Series  of
  Securities will terminate upon  the payment to the related  Securityholders
  of all amounts held in the  Security Account or by the Master Servicer  and
  required  to be paid to them pursuant to such Agreement following the later
  of (i) the final payment of or  other liquidation of the last of  the Trust
  Fund Assets  subject thereto  or the disposition  of all property  acquired
  upon  foreclosure of any such Trust Fund Assets remaining in the Trust Fund
  and  (ii) the  purchase by the  Master Servicer or,  if REMIC treatment has
  been elected  and if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, by the
  holder  of  the residual  interest  in  the REMIC  (see  "Certain  Material
  Federal Income  Tax Consequences"  below), from the  related Trust Fund  of
  all  of  the remaining  Trust  Fund  Assets and  all  property acquired  in
  respect of such Trust Fund Assets.

       Unless otherwise specified by  the related Prospectus Supplement,  any
  such  purchase of Trust  Fund Assets  and property  acquired in  respect of
  Trust Fund Assets evidenced by a Series  of Securities will be made at  the
  option of the  Master Servicer or, if applicable, such  holder of the REMIC
  residual  interest, at  a price,  and in  accordance  with the  procedures,
  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   The  exercise of  such
  right will effect early  retirement of the  Securities of that Series,  but
  the  right of  the Master  Servicer or, if  applicable, such  holder of the
  REMIC  residual  interest, to  so  purchase  is subject  to  the  principal
  balance of  the related Trust  Fund Assets being  less than the  percentage
  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement of  the aggregate principal
  balance of the Trust  Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the  Series.  The
  foregoing is  subject to the  provision that  if a  REMIC election is  made
  with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant  to clause (ii) above
  will  be made  only in  connection with  a "qualified  liquidation" of  the
  REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.

       Indenture.   The Indenture will be discharged with respect to a Series
  of Notes  (except with  respect to certain  continuing rights specified  in
  the Indenture) upon  the delivery to  the Trustee for  cancellation of  all
  the Notes  of such Series or,  with certain limitations, upon  deposit with
  the Trustee  of funds  sufficient for  the payment  in full of  all of  the
  Notes of such Series.

       In addition  to such discharge with certain limitations, the Indenture
  will  provide  that, if  so  specified with  respect  to the  Notes  of any
  Series,  the  related  Trust Fund  will  be  discharged  from any  and  all
  obligations  in respect  of the  Notes of  such Series  (except for certain
  obligations relating to temporary Notes and exchange  of Notes, to register
  the  transfer of or exchange Notes of  such Series, to replace stolen, lost
  or  mutilated Notes of such Series, to maintain paying agencies and to hold
  monies for payment in trust)  upon the deposit with the Trustee,  in trust,
  of money  and/or direct  obligations of  or obligations  guaranteed by  the
  United  States  of  America  which through  the  payment  of  interest  and
  principal in  respect thereof in accordance  with their terms  will provide
  money in an amount sufficient  to pay the principal of and each installment
  of  interest on the Notes of such Series on the last scheduled Distribution
  Date  for  such Notes  and any  installment of  interest  on such  Notes in
  accordance with the terms  of the Indenture and  the Notes of such  Series.
  In the event of any such defeasance and discharge  of Notes of such Series,
  holders of  Notes of such Series  would be able to look  only to such money
  and/or direct  obligations for payment of  principal and interest,  if any,
  on their Notes until maturity.

  THE TRUSTEE

       The  Trustee under  each Agreement  will be  named  in the  applicable
  Prospectus Supplement.   The  commercial bank or  trust company serving  as
  Trustee  may have  normal  banking relationships  with  the Depositor,  the
  Master Servicer and any of their respective affiliates.


                       CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

       The following  discussion  contains summaries,  which  are general  in
  nature, of  certain legal  matters  relating to  the Loans.   Because  such
  legal aspects  are governed primarily by  applicable state law  (which laws
  may differ substantially), the  summaries do not purport to be complete nor
  to  reflect the laws of any particular  state, nor to encompass the laws of
  all states in which  the security for the Loans is situated.  The summaries
  are qualified  in their  entirety by  reference to  the applicable  federal
  laws  and  the  appropriate laws  of  the  states  in  which Loans  may  be
  originated.

  GENERAL

       The Loans for a  Series may be secured  by deeds of trust,  mortgages,
  security  deeds or  deeds to  secure debt,  depending  upon the  prevailing
  practice  in  the state  in  which  the property  subject  to  the loan  is
  located.  A mortgage  creates a lien upon  the real property encumbered  by
  the  mortgage, which  lien is  generally  not prior  to the  lien for  real
  estate taxes and assessments.  Priority between  mortgages depends on their
  terms and  generally on  the  order of  recording with  a  state or  county
  office.   There are  two parties to  a mortgage, the mortgagor,  who is the
  borrower and  owner of  the mortgaged property,  and the mortgagee,  who is
  the lender.   Under the mortgage instrument, the  mortgagor delivers to the
  mortgagee a  note or bond  and the mortgage.   Although a deed of  trust is
  similar  to a  mortgage, a  deed of trust  formally has  three parties, the
  borrower-property  owner called  the  trustor (similar  to a  mortgagor), a
  lender (similar to  a mortgagee) called the beneficiary, and  a third-party
  grantee  called the  trustee.  Under  a deed of  trust, the borrower grants
  the  property, irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with
  a power  of sale, to the  trustee to secure payment  of the obligation.   A
  security deed  and a deed to  secure debt are special  types of deeds which
  indicate on their face that  they are granted to secure an underlying debt.
  By executing a security  deed or deed to  secure debt, the grantor  conveys
  title to, as opposed to  merely creating a lien upon, the  subject property
  to  the grantee  until such  time as the  underlying debt  is repaid.   The
  trustee's authority under a deed of trust,  the mortgagee's authority under
  a  mortgage and  the grantee's authority  under a security  deed or deed to
  secure debt are governed  by law and, with respect to some  deeds of trust,
  the directions of the beneficiary.

  FORECLOSURE/REPOSSESSION

       Foreclosure of  a deed of  trust is generally  accomplished by a  non-
  judicial  sale  under  a specific  provision  in  the deed  of  trust which
  authorizes the  trustee to  sell the  property at  public auction  upon any
  default by  the borrower under the terms of the  note or deed of trust.  In
  addition  to any notice requirements contained in  a deed of trust, in some
  states, the trustee must record a notice of default and  send a copy to the
  borrower-trustor, to any person  who has recorded a  request for a copy  of
  any notice of default and  notice of sale, to any successor  in interest to
  the borrower-trustor, to the  beneficiary of any  junior deed of trust  and
  to certain other persons.   In general, the  borrower, or any other  person
  having a  junior encumbrance on the real estate,  may, during a statutorily
  prescribed  reinstatement period,  cure a  monetary  default by  paying the
  entire amount in arrears plus other designated  costs and expenses incurred
  in enforcing the  obligation.  Generally, state law  controls the amount of
  foreclosure expenses  and costs,  including attorney's  fees, which  may be
  recovered by a lender.   After the reinstatement period has expired without
  the default having been cured, the borrower  or junior lienholder no longer
  has  the right  to reinstate  the loan  and must  pay the  loan in  full to
  prevent  the  scheduled foreclosure  sale.   If the  deed  of trust  is not
  reinstated, a notice of sale must be posted in a  public place and, in most
  states,  published for a specific period of time in one or more newspapers.
  In addition, some state laws require that  a copy of the notice of  sale be
  posted on the  property and sent to  all parties having an  interest in the
  real property.

       Foreclosure of  a  mortgage  is  generally  accomplished  by  judicial
  action.   The action is  initiated by  the service of  legal pleadings upon
  all parties having an interest in the real property.   Delays in completion
  of the foreclosure  may occasionally  result from difficulties  in locating
  necessary  parties.     Judicial  foreclosure  proceedings  are  often  not
  contested   by  any  of  the  parties.    When  the  mortgagee's  right  to
  foreclosure is  contested, the legal  proceedings necessary to resolve  the
  issue  can  be  time  consuming.    After  the  completion  of  a  judicial
  foreclosure  proceeding,   the  court  generally   issues  a   judgment  of
  foreclosure and appoints  a referee or other  court officer to  conduct the
  sale of the property.  In some states, mortgages may  also be foreclosed by
  advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided in the mortgage.

       Although foreclosure sales are  typically public sales, frequently  no
  third party purchaser bids  in excess of the  lender's lien because of  the
  difficulty of determining the  exact status of title  to the property,  the
  possible deterioration of the  property during the foreclosure  proceedings
  and a requirement  that the purchaser  pay for the  property in cash  or by
  cashier's check.  Thus the foreclosing lender  often purchases the property
  from  the trustee or referee  for an  amount equal to  the principal amount
  outstanding under  the loan, accrued and  unpaid interest and  the expenses
  of foreclosure in which event the mortgagor's  debt will be extinguished or
  the lender may purchase for  a lesser amount in order to preserve its right
  against  a borrower  to  seek a  deficiency judgment  in states  where such
  judgment is available.   Thereafter, subject to  the right of the  borrower
  in some  states to remain in  possession during the  redemption period, the
  lender will  assume the  burden  of ownership,  including obtaining  hazard
  insurance and making such  repairs at its own  expense as are necessary  to
  render the  property suitable  for sale.   The lender will  commonly obtain
  the  services of  a real estate  broker and pay  the broker's commission in
  connection  with  the  sale  of  the  property.     Depending  upon  market
  conditions, the  ultimate proceeds  of the  sale of  the  property may  not
  equal the lender's  investment in the property.  Any loss may be reduced by
  the receipt of any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.

       Courts have  imposed general  equitable  principles upon  foreclosure,
  which are  generally designed  to mitigate  the legal  consequences to  the
  borrower of the borrower's defaults  under the loan documents.  Some courts
  have been faced with  the issue of whether federal or  state constitutional
  provisions reflecting due  process concerns  for fair  notice require  that
  borrowers under deeds  of trust receive notice longer than  that prescribed
  by  statute.  For  the  most  part,  these  cases  have  upheld  the notice
  provisions as  being reasonable or  have found that the  sale by  a trustee
  under a deed of  trust does not involve  sufficient state action to  afford
  constitutional protection to the borrower.

       When the beneficiary under  a junior mortgage  or deed of trust  cures
  the  default and  reinstates or  redeems by paying  the full  amount of the
  senior mortgage or deed of  trust, the amount paid by the beneficiary so to
  cure  or redeem becomes a  part of  the indebtedness secured  by the junior
  mortgage  or  deed  of trust.    See  "Junior Mortgages;  Rights  of Senior
  Mortgagees".

  ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

       Federal, state and local laws  and regulations impose a wide range  of
  requirements  on  activities that  may affect  the environment,  health and
  safety.    These  include  laws  and  regulations governing  air  pollutant
  emissions, hazardous  and toxic substances, impacts to wetlands, leaks from
  underground  storage tanks,  and the  management, removal  and  disposal of
  lead- and asbestos-containing materials.   In certain circumstances,  these
  laws  and regulations  impose obligations  on the  owners  or operators  of
  residential properties such as those subject to the Loans.   The failure to
  comply with such laws and regulations may result in fines and penalties.

       Moreover,  under   various   federal,  state   and   local  laws   and
  regulations,  an owner or  operator of  real estate may  be liable  for the
  costs of  addressing hazardous substances on,  in or beneath  such property
  and  related  costs.   Such  liability  may be  imposed  without  regard to
  whether  the  owner  or operator  knew  of,  or  was  responsible for,  the
  presence  of such substances,  and could  exceed the value  of the property
  and the aggregate assets  of the owner or  operator.  In addition,  persons
  who  transport or  dispose  of hazardous  substances,  or arrange  for  the
  transportation, disposal  or treatment of hazardous substances, at off-site
  locations  may  also be  held liable  if there  are releases  or threatened
  releases of hazardous substances at such off-site locations.

       In  addition, under  the laws  of some  states  and under  the federal
  Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and  Liability  Act
  ("CERCLA"),  contamination of  property may  give  rise to  a  lien on  the
  property  to  assure the  payment of  the costs  of  clean-up.   In several
  states,  such a lien  has priority  over the lien  of an  existing mortgage
  against such property.   Under CERCLA, such a  lien is subordinate to  pre-
  existing, perfected security interests.

       Under  the  laws  of  some  states,  and  under  CERCLA,  there  is  a
  possibility that a lender may be held liable as an  "owner or operator" for
  costs  of   addressing  releases  or   threatened  releases   of  hazardous
  substances at  a property, regardless of  whether or not  the environmental
  damage  or  threat was  caused by  a current  or  prior owner  or operator.
  CERCLA and  some state  laws provide  an exemption from  the definition  of
  "owner or operator"  for a secured creditor who, without  "participating in
  the management"  of a  facility, holds  indicia of  ownership primarily  to
  protect  its security interest in  the facility.   The Solid Waste Disposal
  Act  ("SWDA")   provides  similar  protection   to  secured   creditors  in
  connection  with   liability  for  releases   of  petroleum   from  certain
  underground  storage tanks.   However,  if a  lender  "participates in  the
  management" of the  facility in question or  is found not to  have held its
  interest primarily to  protect a security interest, the lender  may forfeit
  its secured creditor exemption status.

       A regulation promulgated by  the U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
  ("EPA") in April 1992 attempted to clarify the activities  in which lenders
  could engage  both prior  to and  subsequent to  foreclosure of  a security
  interest without  forfeiting the secured  creditor exemption  under CERCLA.
  The rule was struck down in  1994 by the United States Court of Appeals for
  the District  of Columbia Circuit  in Kelley  ex rel  State of Michigan  v.
  Environmental  Protection Agency,  15  F.3d  1100  (D.C Cir.  1994),  reh'g
  denied, 25 F.3d 1088,  cert. denied sub nom.  Am. Bankers Ass'n v.  Kelley,
  115  S.Ct.  900  (1995).    Another  EPA  regulation  promulgated  in  1995
  clarifies  the activities  in which  lenders may  engage without forfeiting
  the  secured  creditor  exemption   under  the  underground  storage   tank
  provisions of the SWDA.  That regulation has not been struck down.

       On September 30,  1996, Congress amended  both CERCLA and the  SWDA to
  provide  additional   clarification  regarding  the  scope  of  the  lender
  liability exemptions under the  two statutes.  Among other things, the 1996
  amendments  specify  the   circumstances  under  which  a  lender  will  be
  protected  by the  CERCLA and SWDA  exemptions, both while  the borrower is
  still in  possession of the secured  property and following  foreclosure on
  the secured property.

       Generally, the  amendments state  that a lender  who holds indicia  of
  ownership primarily  to protect a security  interest in a facility  will be
  considered to  participate in  management only  if, while  the borrower  is
  still in  possession of the facility  encumbered by the  security interest,
  the  lender   (i)  exercises  decision-making  control  over  environmental
  compliance related  to the  facility such  that the  lender has  undertaken
  responsibility for  hazardous  substance  handling  or  disposal  practices
  related to the facility or  (ii) exercises control at a level comparable to
  that of  a manager  of the  facility such  that the lender  has assumed  or
  manifested responsibility  for  (x)  overall  management  of  the  facility
  encompassing   daily-decision   making   with   respect   to  environmental
  compliance  or  (y)  overall  or  substantially  all  of   the  operational
  functions (as  distinguished from financial or administrative functions) of
  the facility  other than  the function  of environmental  compliance.   The
  amendments also  specify certain activities that  are not considered  to be
  "participation in  management", including monitoring or enforcing the terms
  of the extension  of credit or security interest, inspecting  the facility,
  and  requiring a  lawful  means of  addressing  the release  or  threatened
  release of a hazardous substance.

       The  1996  amendments   also  specify  that  a  lender  who   did  not
  participate  in management of  a facility prior to  foreclosure will not be
  considered  an "owner or  operator", even  if the lender  forecloses on the
  facility and after foreclosure sells or  liquidates the facility, maintains
  business  activities,  winds  up  operations,   undertakes  an  appropriate
  response  action, or  takes  any other  measure  to preserve,  protect,  or
  prepare the facility  prior to sale or disposition, if  the lender seeks to
  sell  or  otherwise  divest  the  facility  at  the  earliest  practicable,
  commercially  reasonable  time,  on commercially  reasonable  terms, taking
  into account market conditions and legal and regulatory requirements.

       The CERCLA and SWDA  lender liability amendments specifically  address
  the  potential  liability   of  lenders  who  hold  mortgages   or  similar
  conventional security  interests in real property,  such as the  Trust Fund
  does  in connection with  the Home  Equity Loans  and the  Home Improvement
  Contracts.  The  amendments do not clearly address the  potential liability
  of  lenders  who  retain legal  title  to  a  property  and enter  into  an
  agreement  with the  purchaser for  the payment  of the purchase  price and
  interest  over the term  of the  contract, such as  the Trust  Fund does in
  connection with the Installment Contracts.  

       If a  lender (including a lender under an  Installment Contract) is or
  becomes liable  under CERCLA,  it may  be authorized to  bring a  statutory
  action for  contribution against any other "responsible parties", including
  a  previous owner or operator.   However,  such persons or  entities may be
  bankrupt  or otherwise  judgment  proof,  and  the  costs  associated  with
  environmental cleanup  and related actions  may be substantial.   Moreover,
  some  state laws imposing liability  for addressing hazardous substances do
  not contain exemptions  from liability for lenders.   Whether the costs  of
  addressing  a  release or  threatened  release  at a  property  pledged  as
  collateral  for  one  of  the  Loans  (or  at  a  property  subject  to  an
  Installment  Contract),  would be  imposed  on  the Trust  Fund,  and  thus
  occasion a loss  to the Securityholders, therefore depends on  the specific
  factual and legal circumstances at issue.

  RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION

       In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed  of trust or foreclosure
  of  a mortgage,  the borrower  and foreclosed  junior lienors  are given  a
  statutory  period in  which to  redeem the  property  from the  foreclosure
  sale.    In some  states, redemption  may occur  only  upon payment  of the
  entire principal  balance of  the loan,  accrued interest  and expenses  of
  foreclosure.  In other states, redemption  may be authorized if the  former
  borrower pays only  a portion of the sums  due.  The effect  of a statutory
  right  of redemption  would defeat  the  title of  any  purchaser from  the
  lender  subsequent  to   foreclosure  or  sale  under  a  deed   of  trust.
  Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to force  the
  lender  to retain the property and pay  the expenses of ownership until the
  redemption period has run.   In some  states, there is  no right to  redeem
  property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.

  ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

       Certain states  have adopted  statutory  prohibitions restricting  the
  right  of the  beneficiary or  mortgagee to  obtain  a deficiency  judgment
  against borrowers  financing the purchase of  their residence  or following
  sale  under a deed of  trust or  certain other foreclosure  proceedings.  A
  deficiency judgment  is a personal judgment  against the borrower  equal in
  most cases  to the difference between the amount due  to the lender and the
  fair market  value  of the  real  property sold  at the  foreclosure  sale.
  Other  statutes  require  the  beneficiary  or  mortgagee  to  exhaust  the
  security afforded under a  deed of trust or  mortgage by foreclosure in  an
  attempt to satisfy the full debt before  bringing a personal action against
  the  borrower.   In  certain other  states, the  lender  has the  option of
  bringing a personal  action against the borrower on  the debt without first
  exhausting such  security; however,  in some of  these states, the  lender,
  following  judgment on such personal action, may  be deemed to have elected
  a remedy and may be  precluded from exercising remedies with respect to the
  security.   Consequently, the practical effect of the election requirement,
  when applicable,  is that  lenders will usually  proceed first against  the
  security  rather than  bringing  a personal  action  against the  borrower.
  Finally, other statutory provisions  limit any deficiency judgment  against
  the  former borrower  following a  foreclosure sale  to the  excess  of the
  outstanding debt over the  fair market value of the property at the time of
  the public sale.   The purpose of these statutes is generally  to prevent a
  beneficiary  or  a mortgagee  from  obtaining a  large  deficiency judgment
  against  the  former  borrower  as  a result  of  low  or  no  bids  at the
  foreclosure sale.

       In  addition  to  anti-deficiency  and  related legislation,  numerous
  other  federal  and  state  statutory  provisions,  including  the  federal
  bankruptcy laws,  the federal  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act  of
  1940 and  state laws affording  relief to  debtors, may  interfere with  or
  affect  the ability  of the  secured mortgage  lender to  realize  upon its
  security.  For example, in a proceeding  under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
  a lender may not  foreclose on the Property  without the permission of  the
  bankruptcy  court.   The rehabilitation  plan proposed  by  the debtor  may
  provide,  if the Property is  not the debtor's  principal residence and the
  court determines that the value  of the Property is less than the principal
  balance  of   the  mortgage  loan,  for   the  reduction  of   the  secured
  indebtedness  to  the  value  of  the  Property  as  of  the  date  of  the
  commencement of  the bankruptcy, rendering the  lender a  general unsecured
  creditor for the difference,  and also may reduce the  monthly payments due
  under  such mortgage  loan,  change the  rate  of  interest and  alter  the
  mortgage  loan repayment  schedule.   The effect  of  any such  proceedings
  under  the  federal Bankruptcy  Code,  including  but not  limited  to  any
  automatic  stay, could result in delays  in receiving payments on the Loans
  underlying a Series of Securities and possible  reductions in the aggregate
  amount of such payments.

       The federal  tax laws provide priority  to certain tax liens  over the
  lien of a  mortgage or secured party.  Numerous  federal and state consumer
  protection laws  impose substantive requirements  upon mortgage  lenders in
  connection  with  the  origination,  servicing  and  enforcement  of  loans
  secured  by Single  Family  Properties.   These  laws include  the  federal
  Truth-in-Lending Act, Real Estate  Settlement Procedures Act, Equal  Credit
  Opportunity Act,  Fair Credit  Billing Act, Fair  Credit Reporting Act  and
  related statutes  and regulations.   These  federal and  state laws  impose
  specific statutory  liabilities upon  lenders who fail  to comply with  the
  provisions of the law.   In some cases, this liability may affect assignees
  of the loans or contracts.

  DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

       Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
  conventional  Loan will  contain a  due-on-sale clause  which will  provide
  that if the mortgagor or obligor sells, transfers or conveys the  Property,
  the loan or contract may be accelerated by the  mortgagee or secured party.
  The  Garn-St. Germain  Depository Institutions Act  of 1982  (the "Garn-St.
  Germain   Act"),   subject   to   certain   exceptions,   preempts    state
  constitutional, statutory and case law prohibiting the  enforcement of due-
  on-sale clauses.   As a result,  due-on-sale clauses have  become generally
  enforceable  except  in those  states  whose  legislatures exercised  their
  authority to regulate the enforceability of  such clauses  with respect  to
  mortgage  loans that  were (i)  originated or  assumed  during the  "window
  period" under the  Garn-St. Germain Act which ended in  all cases not later
  than  October 15, 1982, and (ii)  originated by lenders other than national
  banks, federal savings  institutions and federal credit unions.   FHLMC has
  taken the position in its published mortgage  servicing standards that, out
  of  a  total  of  eleven "window  period  states,"  five  states  (Arizona,
  Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have enacted statutes  extending,
  on various  terms and for varying  periods, the prohibition  on enforcement
  of due-on-sale clauses with respect to certain  categories of window period
  loans.  Also, the  Garn-St. Germain Act does "encourage"  lenders to permit
  assumption of loans at the original rate  of interest or at some other rate
  less than the average of the original rate and the market rate.

       As  to loans  secured  by an  owner-occupied  residence, the  Garn-St.
  Germain  Act  sets forth  nine  specific  instances in  which  a  mortgagee
  covered by the Act may  not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause,
  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  a  transfer  of  the  property  may  have
  occurred.   The inability  to enforce  a due-on-sale clause  may result  in
  transfer of the  related Property to an uncreditworthy person,  which could
  increase the likelihood  of default or may result in  a mortgage bearing an
  interest  rate below  the current market  rate being assumed  by a new home
  buyer, which may  affect the average life  of the Loans  and the number  of
  Loans which may extend to maturity.

       In  addition, under  federal bankruptcy  law, due-on-sale  clauses may
  not  be  enforceable  in  bankruptcy  proceedings  and  may,  under certain
  circumstances,  be eliminated in any modified  mortgage resulting from such
  bankruptcy proceeding.

  ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES

       Forms  of notes,  mortgages and  deeds  of trust  used by  lenders may
  contain  provisions  obligating  the  borrower to  pay  a  late  charge  if
  payments are not  timely made, and  in some circumstances  may provide  for
  prepayment fees or penalties  if the obligation is paid prior  to maturity.
  In certain states, there are  or may be specific limitations upon  the late
  charges  which  a  lender  may  collect  from  a  borrower  for  delinquent
  payments.   Certain states also limit the amounts that a lender may collect
  from  a borrower  as an additional  charge if  the loan  is prepaid.   Late
  charges  and  prepayment  fees  are  typically  retained  by  servicers  as
  additional servicing compensation.

  EQUITABLE LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES

       In  connection with lenders' attempts to  realize upon their security,
  courts  have   invoked  general  equitable   principles.     The  equitable
  principles are  generally designed to relieve  the borrower from  the legal
  effect of  his defaults  under the  loan documents.   Examples  of judicial
  remedies that  have been fashioned include  judicial requirements  that the
  lender undertake affirmative and expensive actions  to determine the causes
  of the  borrower's default  and the  likelihood that the  borrower will  be
  able  to reinstate the loan.  In  some cases, courts have substituted their
  judgment  for   the  lender's  judgment  and  have  required  that  lenders
  reinstate  loans or  recast  payment  schedules  in  order  to  accommodate
  borrowers who are suffering from temporary financial  disability.  In other
  cases,  courts have  limited the  right  of a  lender to  realize upon  his
  security if  the default under the security agreement is not monetary, such
  as  the borrower's  failure  to adequately  maintain  the property  or  the
  borrower's  execution  of  secondary  financing  affecting  the   property.
  Finally,  some courts  have been  faced with  the issue  of whether  or not
  federal or  state constitutional provisions reflecting due process concerns
  for adequate  notice  require  that  borrowers  under  security  agreements
  receive notices in  addition to the statutorily-prescribed  minimums.   For
  the  most part,  these cases  have upheld  the notice  provisions  as being
  reasonable  or have  found that,  in  some cases  involving the  sale by  a
  trustee under a deed of trust or  by a mortgagee under a mortgage  having a
  power of sale, there is insufficient state  action to afford constitutional
  protections to the borrower.

       Most conventional single-family mortgage loans may be prepaid in  full
  or in part without penalty.   The regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank
  Board (the  "FHLBB") prohibit  the imposition  of a  prepayment penalty  or
  equivalent fee in connection  with the acceleration  of a loan by  exercise
  of a due-on-sale  clause.   A mortgagee to  whom a prepayment  in full  has
  been tendered may be compelled to give either a release of the  mortgage or
  an instrument assigning the existing mortgage.   The absence of a restraint
  on prepayment,  particularly with respect  to Loans having higher  mortgage
  rates,  may  increase  the   likelihood  of  refinancing  or  other   early
  retirements of the Loans.

  APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

       Title  V  of the  Depository  Institutions  Deregulation and  Monetary
  Control Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 ("Title  V") provides that state
  usury limitations  shall not  apply to certain  types of residential  first
  mortgage loans originated  by certain lenders  after March 31,  1980.   The
  Office of  Thrift Supervision, as successor  to the Federal Home  Loan Bank
  Board,  is  authorized  to  issue rules  and  regulations  and  to  publish
  interpretations  governing  implementation  of   Title  V.    The   statute
  authorized the states to reimpose interest rate  limits by adopting, before
  April 1,  1983, a law or  constitutional provision which  expressly rejects
  an  application of  the federal  law.   Fifteen states  adopted such  a law
  prior to the April  1, 1993 deadline.   In addition, even where Title  V is
  not  so rejected, any state is  authorized by the law  to adopt a provision
  limiting discount  points or  other charges  on mortgage  loans covered  by
  Title  V.   Certain  states  have taken  action  to reimpose  interest rate
  limits and/or to limit discount points or other charges.

  THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

       General.    The  Home  Improvement Contracts,  other  than  those Home
  Improvement Contracts  that are unsecured or  secured by mortgages  on real
  estate (such  Home Improvement  Contracts are  hereinafter  referred to  in
  this section  as "contracts") generally  are "chattel paper" or  constitute
  "purchase  money  security  interests"  each  as  defined  in  the  Uniform
  Commercial  Code (the "UCC").   Pursuant  to the UCC,  the sale  of chattel
  paper is treated  in a manner similar to perfection  of a security interest
  in  chattel  paper.    Under the  related  Agreement,  the  Depositor  will
  transfer  physical  possession  of  the  contracts  to  the  Trustee  or  a
  designated  custodian  or  may  retain  possession  of  the   contracts  as
  custodian  for the  Trustee.    In addition,  the  Depositor  will make  an
  appropriate  filing  of  a UCC-1  financing  statement  in  the appropriate
  states  to give notice of the Trustee's ownership of the contracts.  Unless
  otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the contracts
  will not be  stamped or otherwise marked  to reflect their assignment  from
  the Depositor  to the Trustee.  Therefore,  if through negligence, fraud or
  otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to  take physical possession of
  the contracts without notice of such assignment,  the Trustee's interest in
  the contracts could be defeated.

       Security  Interests in  Home  Improvements.   The  contracts that  are
  secured by the  Home Improvements financed thereby grant to  the originator
  of  such  contracts  a  purchase  money  security  interest  in  such  Home
  Improvements  to secure  all or  part of  the purchase  price of  such Home
  Improvements and related services.  A financing  statement generally is not
  required  to be  filed to  perfect a  purchase money  security  interest in
  consumer goods.   Such  purchase money  security interests  are assignable.
  In general,  a  purchase money  security interest  grants to  the holder  a
  security interest  that has priority over  a conflicting  security interest
  in the same collateral  and the proceeds of  such collateral.  However,  to
  the  extent  that the  collateral  subject  to a  purchase  money  security
  interest  becomes  a fixture,  in  order  for the  related  purchase  money
  security  interest to  take priority  over a  conflicting  interest in  the
  fixture, the holder's  interest in such Home Improvement must  generally be
  perfected by a  timely fixture  filing.   In general,  a security  interest
  does not  exist under  the UCC in  ordinary building material  incorporated
  into  an improvement  on land.   Home  Improvement  Contracts that  finance
  lumber, bricks,  other types of ordinary  building material or  other goods
  that are  deemed to lose such  characterization upon incorporation  of such
  materials into  the related  property, will  not be  secured by  a purchase
  money security interest in the Home Improvement being financed.

       Enforcement of  Security Interest  in Home Improvements.   So long  as
  the  Home Improvement  has not  become subject  to the  real estate  law, a
  creditor can repossess a Home Improvement securing  a contract by voluntary
  surrender, by  "self-help" repossession that  is "peaceful"  (i.e., without
  breach  of the peace)  or, in  the absence of  voluntary surrender  and the
  ability to  repossess without  breach of  the peace,  by judicial  process.
  The holder of a  contract must give  the debtor a  number of days'  notice,
  which  varies  from 10  to  30  days  depending  on  the  state,  prior  to
  commencement of any repossession.  The UCC and consumer protection laws  in
  most states place restrictions  on repossession sales, including  requiring
  prior notice to the debtor and commercial  reasonableness in effecting such
  a  sale.   The law in  most states also  requires that the  debtor be given
  notice of any  sale prior to resale of the  unit that the debtor may redeem
  at or before such resale.

       Under the  laws applicable in most  states, a creditor  is entitled to
  obtain  a  deficiency  judgment  from  a  debtor   for  any  deficiency  on
  repossession  and  resale  of  the  property  securing  the  debtor's loan.
  However,  some  states impose  prohibitions  or  limitations on  deficiency
  judgments, and in  many cases the defaulting borrower  would have no assets
  with which to pay a judgment.

       Certain  other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  and  state
  bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general  equitable principles, may limit
  or  delay the  ability of  a lender to  repossess and  resell collateral or
  enforce a deficiency judgment.

       Consumer Protection Laws.   The so-called "Holder-in-Due Course"  rule
  of the Federal Trade  Commission is intended to  defeat the ability of  the
  transferor of  a  consumer credit  contract which  is the  seller of  goods
  which  gave  rise to  the  transaction  (and certain  related  lenders  and
  assignees)  to transfer  such  contract free  of  notice of  claims by  the
  debtor thereunder.   The effect of this rule is  to subject the assignee of
  such a contract to  all claims and defenses  which the debtor could  assert
  against  the seller  of goods.   Liability  under this  rule is  limited to
  amounts  paid under a contract;  however, the  obligor also may  be able to
  assert  the rule to  set off remaining  amounts due as a  defense against a
  claim brought by  the Trustee against such obligor.  Numerous other federal
  and state  consumer protection  laws impose requirements  applicable to the
  origination and lending  pursuant to the contracts, including the  Truth in
  Lending Act,  the Federal  Trade Commission  Act, the  Fair Credit  Billing
  Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity  Act, the
  Fair Debt  Collection Practices Act and  the Uniform Consumer  Credit Code.
  In  the case  of  some of  these laws,  the  failure to  comply  with their
  provisions may affect the enforceability of the related contract.

       Applicability of Usury  Laws.  Title V of the  Depository Institutions
  Deregulation and  Monetary Control  Act of  1980, as  amended ("Title  V"),
  provides   that,  subject   to  the   following  conditions,   state  usury
  limitations shall  not apply to  any contract which is  secured by  a first
  lien on certain kinds  of consumer goods.   The contracts would be  covered
  if  they  satisfy certain  conditions,  among other  things,  governing the
  terms of  any prepayments, late charges  and deferral fees and  requiring a
  30-day   notice  period  prior  to   instituting  any   action  leading  to
  repossession of the related unit.

       Title V  authorized  any state  to  reimpose limitations  on  interest
  rates  and  finance charges  by  adopting before  April  1, 1983  a  law or
  constitutional  provision  which  expressly  rejects   application  of  the
  federal law.  Fifteen states adopted  such a law prior to the April 1, 1983
  deadline.  In  addition, even where Title V was  not so rejected, any state
  is  authorized by the law to adopt  a provision limiting discount points or
  other charges on loans covered by Title V.

  INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS

       The  Loans  may also  consist  of  installment contracts.    Under  an
  installment  contract  ("Installment  Contract")  the  seller  (hereinafter
  referred  to in this section  as the  "lender") retains legal  title to the
  property  and  enters  into an  agreement  with  the purchaser  hereinafter
  referred  to in  this section  as the  "borrower") for  the payment  of the
  purchase  price, plus interest, over the term of such contract.  Only after
  full  performance by the borrower  of the contract  is the lender obligated
  to convey  title to the  property to  the purchaser.   As with  mortgage or
  deed of  trust financing,  during the effective  period of the  Installment
  Contract,  the  borrower  is  generally  responsible  for  maintaining  the
  property in  good condition and for  paying real estate  taxes, assessments
  and hazard insurance premiums associated with the property.

       The method of enforcing the  rights of the lender under an Installment
  Contract varies  on a  state-by-state basis  depending upon  the extent  to
  which state  courts  are willing,  or able  pursuant to  state statute,  to
  enforce  the contract  strictly  according  to the  terms.    The terms  of
  Installment  Contracts  generally  provide  that  upon  a  default  by  the
  borrower, the borrower loses his  or her right to occupy the  property, the
  entire indebtedness is accelerated, and  the buyer's equitable interest  in
  the property is forfeited.   The lender in  such a situation does  not have
  to  foreclose in  order to obtain  title to the  property, although in some
  cases a  quiet  title action  is in  order if  the borrower  has filed  the
  Installment Contract in local land records  and an ejectment action may  be
  necessary to recover possession.   In a few  states, particularly in  cases
  of borrower default during the early years  of an Installment Contract, the
  courts will permit  ejectment of the buyer and  a forfeiture of his  or her
  interest in  the property.  However,  most state legislatures  have enacted
  provisions  by   analogy  to  mortgage   law  protecting   borrowers  under
  Installment Contracts  from the  harsh consequences  of forfeiture.   Under
  such statutes, a  judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure may be  required, the
  lender may  be required to give notice  of default and the  borrower may be
  granted some  grace period  during which  the Installment  Contract may  be
  reinstated upon  full payment of  the default  amount and the  borrower may
  have  a post-foreclosure  statutory  redemption right.    In other  states,
  courts in equity  may permit a borrower with  significant investment in the
  property under  an Installment  Contract for  the  sale of  real estate  to
  share in  the proceeds of  sale of the property  after the  indebtedness is
  repaid  or  may   otherwise  refuse  to  enforce  the   forfeiture  clause.
  Nevertheless,  generally speaking,  the lender's  procedures for  obtaining
  possession and  clear title under an Installment  Contract in a given state
  are  simpler and less time-consuming and costly than are the procedures for
  foreclosing and obtaining clear title to a property subject  to one or more
  liens.

  SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT

       Generally, under the terms of the Soldiers'  and Sailors' Civil Relief
  Act of 1940, as amended (the "Relief Act"), a  borrower who enters military
  service  after  the  origination  of  such  borrower's  Loan  (including  a
  borrower who is a member  of the National Guard or is in reserve  status at
  the  time of  the origination  of the  Loan and  is later called  to active
  duty) may  not be charged  interest above an  annual rate of 6%  during the
  period  of  such borrower's  active  duty  status, unless  a  court  orders
  otherwise  upon  application  of the  lender.   It  is  possible  that such
  interest rate limitation could have an effect,  for an indeterminate period
  of time, on the  ability of the Master Servicer to collect  full amounts of
  interest on certain  of the Loans.   Any shortfall in  interest collections
  resulting from the application of  the Relief Act could result in losses to
  the Securityholders.   The Relief Act also imposes limitations  which would
  impair the ability of the Master Servicer to foreclose  on an affected Loan
  during the borrower's period of  active duty status.  Moreover, the  Relief
  Act permits the  extension of  a Loan's maturity  and the re-adjustment  of
  its payment schedule beyond  the completion of military service.   Thus, in
  the  event that  such a  Loan goes  into default,  there may be  delays and
  losses  occasioned by  the  inability to  realize  upon the  Property  in a
  timely fashion.

  JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES

       To the extent that  the Loans comprising the  Trust Fund for a  Series
  are  secured by mortgages which are junior to other mortgages held by other
  lenders  or institutional  investors, the  rights of  the  Trust Fund  (and
  therefore  the   Securityholders),  as  mortgagee  under  any  such  junior
  mortgage,  are subordinate  to  those of  any  mortgagee under  any  senior
  mortgage.  The senior mortgagee has  the right to receive hazard  insurance
  and condemnation proceeds and  to cause the property  securing the Loan  to
  be sold  upon default  of the mortgagor,  thereby extinguishing the  junior
  mortgagee's lien  unless  the  junior  mortgagee  asserts  its  subordinate
  interest  in  the  property   in  foreclosure  litigation  and,   possibly,
  satisfies the  defaulted senior mortgage.  A junior mortgagee may satisfy a
  defaulted senior loan in  full and, in some  states, may cure such  default
  and  bring the  senior loan  current, in  either event  adding the  amounts
  expended to the balance due  on the junior loan.  In  most states, absent a
  provision  in  the mortgage  or  deed of  trust,  no notice  of  default is
  required to be given to a junior mortgagee.

       The standard form  of the mortgage used by most  institutional lenders
  confers on the mortgagee  the right both to receive all  proceeds collected
  under  any hazard insurance  policy and all awards  made in connection with
  condemnation proceedings,  and to  apply such  proceeds and  awards to  any
  indebtedness  secured by the mortgage,  in such order  as the mortgagee may
  determine.   Thus, in the event improvements on the property are damaged or
  destroyed by fire or other casualty, or in the event the property  is taken
  by  condemnation,  the mortgagee  or  beneficiary  under underlying  senior
  mortgages  will have  the prior  right to  collect  any insurance  proceeds
  payable  under  a hazard  insurance  policy  and any  award  of  damages in
  connection with the  condemnation and to apply the same to the indebtedness
  secured  by the  senior mortgages.   Proceeds  in excess  of the  amount of
  senior  mortgage  indebtedness,  in  most cases,  may  be  applied  to  the
  indebtedness of a junior mortgage.

       Another provision sometimes found in the form of  the mortgage or deed
  of  trust used  by institutional  lenders obligates  the  mortgagor to  pay
  before delinquency  all taxes  and assessments  on the  property and,  when
  due,  all encumbrances,  charges and  liens on  the  property which  appear
  prior to  the mortgage  or  deed of  trust, to  provide  and maintain  fire
  insurance on the  property, to maintain and repair the  property and not to
  commit or permit any waste thereof,  and to appear in and defend any action
  or  proceeding  purporting to  affect  the property  or the  rights  of the
  mortgagee under the  mortgage.  Upon a failure of  the mortgagor to perform
  any of these  obligations, the mortgagee is  given the right  under certain
  mortgages  to perform  the obligation  itself, at  its  election, with  the
  mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any  sums expended by the
  mortgagee  on  behalf of  the  mortgagor.   All  sums  so  expended by  the
  mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.

       The form of credit line trust deed or mortgage  generally used by most
  institutional lenders  which  make Revolving  Credit  Line Loans  typically
  contains  a  "future advance"  clause,  which  provides, in  essence,  that
  additional amounts  advanced  to  or  on  behalf of  the  borrower  by  the
  beneficiary  or lender are to be secured by  the deed of trust or mortgage.
  Any  amounts  so  advanced  after the  Cut-off  Date  with  respect  to any
  mortgage will not be included in the Trust Fund.   The priority of the lien
  securing any  advance made under  the clause may depend  in most  states on
  whether the deed  of trust or mortgage  is called and recorded  as a credit
  line  deed of  trust or  mortgage.  If  the beneficiary  or lender advances
  additional amounts,  the advance is entitled  to receive the  same priority
  as  amounts   initially  advanced  under   the  trust  deed  or   mortgage,
  notwithstanding the fact that there may be  junior trust deeds or mortgages
  and other liens which intervene  between the date of recording of the trust
  deed or mortgage  and the date  of the future advance,  and notwithstanding
  that the  beneficiary or  lender had actual  knowledge of such  intervening
  junior  trust  deeds or  mortgages  and  other liens  at  the  time of  the
  advance.    In most  states,  the  trust  deed or  mortgage  lien  securing
  mortgage loans of the type which includes home  equity credit lines applies
  retroactively to the date  of the original recording  of the trust deed  or
  mortgage,  provided that the total amount of advances under the home equity
  credit line does not exceed the  maximum specified principal amount of  the
  recorded trust  deed or mortgage, except as to  advances made after receipt
  by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a judgment lien creditor of
  the trustor.

  THE TITLE I PROGRAM

       General.  Certain of the Loans contained in a  Trust Fund may be loans
  insured under the FHA Title I Credit Insurance  program created pursuant to
  Sections  1 and  2(a) of  the National Housing  Act of  1934 (the  "Title I
  Program").  Under the Title  I Program, the FHA is authorized and empowered
  to insure  qualified lending institutions against losses on eligible loans.
  The  Title I  Program operates  as a coinsurance  program in  which the FHA
  insures  up to  90% of  certain losses  incurred on  an individual  insured
  loan, including the  unpaid principal balance of the loan,  but only to the
  extent of  the insurance coverage available  in the lender's  FHA insurance
  coverage  reserve account.  The owner of  the loan bears the uninsured loss
  on each loan.

       The  types of loans which are eligible  for insurance by the FHA under
  the  Title  I  Program   include  property  improvement  loans   ("Property
  Improvement Loans"  or "Title I  Loans").   A Property Improvement  Loan or
  Title  I  Loan  means  a  loan  made  to  finance  actions  or  items  that
  substantially  protect or  improve the  basic livability  or  utility of  a
  property and includes single family improvement loans.

       There  are two  basic methods  of lending  or  originating such  loans
  which include  a "direct  loan" or  a  "dealer loan".   With  respect to  a
  direct loan,  the borrower makes application  directly to a  lender without
  any assistance from a  dealer, which application may  be filled out by  the
  borrower or  by a person acting at  the direction of the  borrower who does
  not  have a financial interest in the  loan transaction, and the lender may
  disburse  the loan  proceeds  solely  to the  borrower  or jointly  to  the
  borrower and other parties  to the transaction.   With respect to a  dealer
  loan, the dealer, who  has a direct or  indirect financial interest in  the
  loan transaction,  assists the borrower  in preparing the loan  application
  or otherwise assists  the borrower in obtaining  the loan from  the lender.
  The lender may disburse  proceeds solely to the  dealer or the borrower  or
  jointly  to  the  borrower  and   the  dealer  or  other  parties  to   the
  transaction.  With respect to  a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer  may include
  a seller, a contractor or supplier of goods or services.

       Loans insured under  the Title I  Program are required  to have  fixed
  interest  rates and  generally provide for  equal installment  payments due
  weekly,  biweekly, semi-monthly  or  monthly, except  that  a loan  may  be
  payable quarterly or  semi-annually where a borrower has an  irregular flow
  of  income.  The  first or last  payments (or both) may  vary in amount but
  may not  exceed 150%  of the  regular installment  payment,  and the  first
  payment may  be due no  later than two  months from the  date of the  loan.
  The note must contain a provision permitting full  or partial prepayment of
  the loan.   The  interest  rate must  be negotiated  and agreed  to by  the
  borrower and  the lender and  must be fixed  for the term  of the  loan and
  recited  in the  note.  Interest  on an  insured loan must  accrue from the
  date of  the loan and be calculated according to the actuarial method.  The
  lender must  assure that the  note and all  other documents evidencing  the
  loan are in compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws.

       Each insured  lender is required to  use prudent lending  standards in
  underwriting  individual   loans  and  to   satisfy  the   applicable  loan
  underwriting requirements under  the Title I Program prior to  its approval
  of the loan and disbursement of loan proceeds.   Generally, the lender must
  exercise prudence and  diligence to determine whether the borrower  and any
  co-maker  is solvent  and  an acceptable  credit  risk, with  a  reasonable
  ability  to make  payments on  the loan  obligation.   The  lender's credit
  application and review  must determine  whether the borrower's  income will
  be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by the  loan, as well as
  the borrower's  other housing and  recurring expenses,  which determination
  must be made  in accordance with the expense-to-income ratios  published by
  the  Secretary of HUD  unless the  lender determines  and documents  in the
  loan file the  existence of compensating factors  concerning the borrower's
  creditworthiness which support approval of the loan.

       Under  the Title  I Program,  the FHA does  not review  or approve for
  qualification for insurance the individual loans insured thereunder at  the
  time  of approval by the lending institution (as is typically the case with
  other federal loan programs).  If, after a loan  has been made and reported
  for insurance under the Title I Program,  the lender discovers any material
  misstatement  of fact or that  the loan  proceeds have been  misused by the
  borrower, dealer or any other  party, it shall promptly report this  to the
  FHA.  In such case, provided  that the validity of any lien on the property
  has not been impaired, the insurance of  the loan under the Title I Program
  will not be affected  unless such material misstatements of fact  or misuse
  of loan proceeds was caused  by (or was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender
  or its employees.

       Requirements for  Title I  Loans.   The maximum  principal amount  for
  Title I  Loans must  not exceed  the actual  cost of  the project  plus any
  applicable fees  and charges  allowed under the  Title I Program;  provided
  that  such  maximum  amount  does  not  exceed   $25,000  (or  the  current
  applicable  amount)  for  a   single  family  property  improvement   loan.
  Generally, the term of a Title I  Loan may not be less than six  months nor
  greater than  20 years and 32 days.  A borrower may obtain multiple Title I
  Loans with respect to multiple properties,  and a borrower may obtain  more
  than one Title I  Loan with respect to a  single property, in each case  as
  long as  the total outstanding  balance of  all Title I  Loans in  the same
  property does not exceed  the maximum loan amount for  the type of Title  I
  Loan thereon having the highest permissible loan amount.

       Borrower eligibility  for a  Title I Loan  requires that the  borrower
  have at least  a one-half interest in  either fee simple title  to the real
  property,  a lease thereof for  a term  expiring at least  six months after
  the  final maturity  of the  Title I  Loan or  a recorded  land installment
  contract for the purchase of the real  property.  In the case of a  Title I
  Loan with a  total principal balance in excess of  $15,000, if the property
  is  not  occupied by  the  owner,  the borrower  must  have  equity in  the
  property  being improved  at least  equal to  the principal  amount of  the
  loan, as demonstrated by  a current appraisal.  Any Title I  Loan in excess
  of  $7,500 must  be secured  by a  recorded lien  on the  improved property
  which is evidenced by a mortgage  or deed of trust executed by the borrower
  and all other owners in fee simple.

       The proceeds from a Title I Loan may be  used only to finance property
  improvements which  substantially protect or  improve the  basic livability
  or  utility of  the property  as disclosed  in the  loan application.   The
  Secretary of HUD has published  a list of items and activities which cannot
  be financed with  proceeds from any Title I Loan  and from time to time the
  Secretary  of  HUD may  amend  such list  of  items and  activities.   With
  respect  to any dealer Title I Loan,  before the lender may disburse funds,
  the lender must have  in its possession a  completion certificate on a  HUD
  approved form, signed by the borrower and the dealer.   With respect to any
  direct Title  I  Loan, the  lender  is required  to  obtain, promptly  upon
  completion  of  the  improvements  but  not  later   than  6  months  after
  disbursement of the loan proceeds with one 6  month extension if necessary,
  a completion  certificate, signed by the borrower.   The lender is required
  to conduct an on-site  inspection on any Title  I Loan where the  principal
  obligation  is $7,500 or  more, and  on any direct  Title I  Loan where the
  borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.

       FHA  Insurance  Coverage.     Under  the  Title  I  Program   the  FHA
  establishes an  insurance coverage  reserve account  for each lender  which
  has  been granted a Title  I insurance  contract.  The  amount of insurance
  coverage  in this  account is  a maximum  of 10%  of the  amount disbursed,
  advanced or  expended by the lender  in originating or  purchasing eligible
  loans registered with FHA for Title I  insurance, with certain adjustments.
  The  balance in  the  insurance coverage  reserve  account is  the  maximum
  amount of  insurance  claims the  FHA is  required  to pay.   Loans  to  be
  insured under the  Title I Program will be registered  for insurance by the
  FHA and the insurance coverage  attributable to such loans will be included
  in  the  insurance   coverage  reserve  account  for  the   originating  or
  purchasing lender following the receipt and acknowledgment by the  FHA of a
  loan  report on the  prescribed form  pursuant to the  Title I regulations.
  The FHA charges a fee of  0.50% per annum of the net proceeds (the original
  balance) of  any eligible loan so  reported and acknowledged  for insurance
  by  the originating  lender.   The FHA bills  the lender  for the insurance
  premium on each  insured loan  annually, on  approximately the  anniversary
  date of the loan's  origination.  If an insured loan is  prepaid during the
  year, FHA will not refund or abate the insurance premium.

       Under the Title  I Program the FHA will  reduce the insurance coverage
  available  in  the lender's  FHA  insurance coverage  reserve  account with
  respect to loans  insured under the lender's  contract of insurance  by (i)
  the amount  of the FHA  insurance claims approved  for payment relating  to
  such insured loans  and (ii) the amount of insurance  coverage attributable
  to insured  loans sold by  the lender, and such  insurance coverage  may be
  reduced  for any FHA insurance claims rejected  by the FHA.  The balance of
  the  lender's FHA  insurance  coverage  reserve  account  will  be  further
  adjusted  as required  under  Title I  or  by the  FHA,  and the  insurance
  coverage therein  may be  earmarked with  respect to each  or any  eligible
  loans  insured thereunder, if  a determination is made  by the Secretary of
  HUD that it is in its interest to do  so.  Originations and acquisitions of
  new eligible loans will continue to increase  a lender's insurance coverage
  reserve  account  balance by  10%  of  the amount  disbursed,  advanced  or
  expended in originating  or acquiring  such eligible loans  registered with
  the FHA for insurance under the Title I Program.   The Secretary of HUD may
  transfer  insurance coverage  between insurance  coverage  reserve accounts
  with  earmarking with  respect to  a  particular insured  loan or  group of
  insured loans when a  determination is made that  it is in the  Secretary's
  interest to do so.

       The  lender  may  transfer  (except  as  collateral  in  a  bona  fide
  transaction)  insured  loans  and  loans reported  for  insurance  only  to
  another  qualified lender  under a  valid Title  I  contract of  insurance.
  Unless an insured  loan is transferred with recourse or  with a guaranty or
  repurchase agreement, the FHA, upon receipt of  written notification of the
  transfer  of such  loan in  accordance with  the Title I  regulations, will
  transfer from  the transferor's  insurance coverage reserve  account to the
  transferee's insurance  coverage reserve account  an amount,  if available,
  equal  to 10%  of the  actual purchase  price or  the net  unpaid principal
  balance  of such  loan (whichever  is less).   However,  under the  Title I
  Program not more than $5,000 in insurance  coverage shall be transferred to
  or from a lender's insurance coverage reserve account during  any October 1
  to September 30 period without the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.

       Claims Procedures  Under  Title I.    Under the  Title  I Program  the
  lender may  accelerate an  insured loan  following a default  on such  loan
  only  after the lender or  its agent has contacted  the borrower in a face-
  to-face meeting or by telephone  to discuss the reasons for the default and
  to seek its cure.  If the  borrower does not cure the default or agree to a
  modification  agreement  or  repayment plan,  the  lender  will notify  the
  borrower in  writing that, unless  within 30 days the  default is  cured or
  the borrower  enters into a modification  agreement or repayment  plan, the
  loan will  be accelerated  and that,  if the  default persists, the  lender
  will report the default  to an appropriate credit  agency.  The lender  may
  rescind  the  acceleration  of  maturity after  full  payment  is  due  and
  reinstate  the loan only if the borrower  brings the loan current, executes
  a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.

       Following acceleration  of maturity upon a  secured Title I  Loan, the
  lender  may either  (a) proceed  against the  property  under any  security
  instrument, or (b) make a claim  under the lender's contract of  insurance.
  If the  lender chooses  to proceed against  the property  under a  security
  instrument (or  if it accepts  a voluntary conveyance  or surrender of  the
  property), the  lender  may file  an insurance  claim only  with the  prior
  approval of the Secretary of HUD.

       When a lender files an insurance claim  with the FHA under the Title I
  Program,  the   FHA  reviews  the  claim,   the  complete  loan   file  and
  documentation of  the  lender's  efforts  to obtain  recourse  against  any
  dealer who  has agreed thereto, certification of compliance with applicable
  state and local laws  in carrying out any foreclosure  or repossession, and
  evidence  that the lender  has properly filed  proofs of  claims, where the
  borrower is  bankrupt or  deceased.  Generally,  a claim for  reimbursement
  for loss on any  Title I Loan must  be filed with the  FHA no later than  9
  months after the date  of default of such  loan.  Concurrently with  filing
  the  insurance claim,  the lender  shall  assign to  the  United States  of
  America  the lender's  entire interest in  the loan note  (or a judgment in
  lien of the  note), in  any security  held and in  any claim  filed in  any
  legal proceedings.   If, at  the time the  note is  assigned to the  United
  States, the Secretary has reason to  believe that the note is not  valid or
  enforceable against  the borrower, the FHA may deny  the claim and reassign
  the note to the lender.  If either such defect is discovered after the  FHA
  has paid a  claim, the FHA  may require the  lender to repurchase  the paid
  claim and  to  accept a  reassignment of  the  loan note.   If  the  lender
  subsequently  obtains  a  valid   and  enforceable  judgment  against   the
  borrower, the lender may  resubmit a new insurance claim with an assignment
  of  the judgment.   Although the  FHA may contest  any insurance  claim and
  make a demand for repurchase  of the loan at any time up to  two years from
  the date the claim  was certified for payment  and may do so thereafter  in
  the event  of fraud or misrepresentation on the part of the lender, the FHA
  has expressed  an intention to  limit the  period of  time within which  it
  will take  such action to  one year from the  date the claim  was certified
  for payment.

       Under  the Title  I  Program  the amount  of  an  FHA insurance  claim
  payment,  when made, is equal to the Claimable  Amount, up to the amount of
  insurance coverage  in  the lender's  insurance  coverage reserve  account.
  For the  purposes hereof, the "Claimable  Amount" means an amount  equal to
  90% of  the sum of:  (a) the unpaid loan  obligation (net  unpaid principal
  and  the  uncollected  interest  earned  to  the   date  of  default)  with
  adjustments thereto if  the lender has proceeded  against property securing
  such loan;  (b) the interest  on the unpaid amount  of the  loan obligation
  from the  date of default to the date of the claim's initial submission for
  payment plus 15 calendar  days (but not to exceed 9 months from the date of
  default), calculated  at  the rate  of 7%  per annum;  (c) the  uncollected
  court  costs; (d)  the attorney's  fees  not to  exceed $500;  and (e)  the
  expenses  for  recording the  assignment  of  the security  to  the  United
  States.


  OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

       The Loans are also subject to federal  laws, including: (i) Regulation
  Z, which requires certain disclosures to the  borrowers regarding the terms
  of the Loans; (ii)  the Equal Opportunity Act and Regulation  B promulgated
  thereunder, which  prohibit  discrimination  on the  basis  of  age,  race,
  color, sex,  religion, marital status,  national origin, receipt of  public
  assistance  or  the  exercise  of  any  right  under  the  Consumer  Credit
  Protection Act,  in the  extension of  credit; and  (iii)  the Fair  Credit
  Reporting Act,  which  regulates  the  use  and  reporting  of  information
  related  to  the  borrower's credit  experience.    Violations  of  certain
  provisions of these federal  laws may limit the  ability of the Sellers  to
  collect all or  part of the principal  of or interest on  the Loans and  in
  addition  could   subject  the  Sellers   to  damages   and  administrative
  enforcement.

               CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  GENERAL

       The  following is  a summary  of certain  anticipated material federal
  income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership,  and disposition of the
  Securities and  is  based on  the  opinion of  Brown  & Wood  LLP,  special
  counsel to the Depositor  (in such capacity,  "Tax Counsel").  The  summary
  is  based upon  the provisions  of the  Code,  the regulations  promulgated
  thereunder,  including, where  applicable,  proposed  regulations, and  the
  judicial and  administrative rulings  and decisions now  in effect, all  of
  which are  subject to  change or possible  differing interpretations.   The
  statutory  provisions,  regulations,  and  interpretations  on  which  this
  interpretation  is based  are subject  to change,  and such a  change could
  apply retroactively.

       The  summary does  not purport  to deal  with  all aspects  of federal
  income taxation  that may  affect particular  investors in  light of  their
  individual circumstances.   This summary  focuses primarily  upon investors
  who will hold Securities as "capital assets"  (generally, property held for
  investment) within the  meaning of Section  1221 of the Code.   Prospective
  investors  may  wish to  consult  their  own tax  advisers  concerning  the
  federal,   state,  local   and  any  other   tax  consequences  as  relates
  specifically to  such investors in connection  with the purchase, ownership
  and disposition of the Securities.

       The federal income tax consequences to holders  will vary depending on
  whether (i)  the Securities  of a  Series are  classified as  indebtedness;
  (ii)  an election is made to treat  the Trust Fund relating to a particular
  Series  of  Securities   as  a  real  estate  mortgage  investment  conduit
  ("REMIC")  under  the  Internal  Revenue Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the
  "Code"); (iii)  the Securities represent an  ownership interest in  some or
  all of  the assets included  in the  Trust Fund  for a Series;  or (iv)  an
  election is made to  treat the Trust Fund  relating to a particular  Series
  of  Certificates as  a partnership.   The  Prospectus  Supplement for  each
  Series of Securities  will specify how the  Securities will be treated  for
  federal income  tax purposes and will discuss  whether a REMIC election, if
  any, will be made with respect to such Series.

  TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

       Status  as  Real Property  Loans.    Except to  the  extent  otherwise
  provided  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if  the Securities  are
  regular  interests in a REMIC ("Regular  Interest Securities") or represent
  interests in  a grantor trust,  Tax Counsel  is of the  opinion that:   (i)
  Securities   held  by  a  domestic   building  and  loan  association  will
  constitute "loans...  secured by an interest  in real property"  within the
  meaning of  Code section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and  (ii) Securities held  by a
  real estate  investment trust will  constitute "real estate assets"  within
  the meaning  of Code section 856(c)(5)(A)  and interest on  Securities will
  be  considered  "interest  on  obligations  secured  by mortgages  on  real
  property  or on  interests in  real property"  within the  meaning of  Code
  section 856(c)(3)(B).

       Interest and  Acquisition Discount.   In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel,
  Regular Interest  Securities are generally taxable  to holders in  the same
  manner as evidences of  indebtedness issued by the REMIC.   Stated interest
  on the Regular Interest Securities  will be taxable as ordinary income  and
  taken into  account using the accrual  method of accounting,  regardless of
  the  holder's normal  accounting  method.   Interest  (other than  original
  issue discount)  on  Securities (other  than  Regular Interest  Securities)
  that  are characterized  as indebtedness  for federal  income  tax purposes
  will be  includible in income by  holders thereof in accordance  with their
  usual methods of accounting.  Securities characterized  as debt for federal
  income tax  purposes and  Regular Interest Securities  will be referred  to
  hereinafter collectively as "Debt Securities."

       Tax Counsel is of  the opinion that Debt Securities that  are Compound
  Interest Securities will,  and certain of the other Debt  Securities issued
  at a discount  may, be issued with "original issue  discount" ("OID").  The
  following discussion is based in part on the rules  governing OID which are
  set forth  in Sections 1271-1275 of  the Code and  the Treasury regulations
  issued thereunder on  February 2, 1994  (the "OID Regulations").   A holder
  should  be aware,  however,  that the  OID  Regulations do  not  adequately
  address certain issues relevant to prepayable securities,  such as the Debt
  Securities.

       In general, OID, if any, will equal the difference between  the stated
  redemption price  at maturity of a  Debt Security and its  issue price.  In
  the opinion of Tax Counsel, a  holder of a Debt Security must  include such
  OID  in gross  income as  ordinary interest  income as  it accrues  under a
  method  taking into  account  an  economic accrual  of  the discount.    In
  general, OID must be  included in income in advance  of the receipt of  the
  cash representing that income.  The  amount of OID on a Debt Security  will
  be considered to be zero if it is less than a de  minimis amount determined
  under the Code.

       The issue  price of  a Debt Security  is the  first price  at which  a
  substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are  sold to the public
  (excluding bond  houses, brokers,  underwriters or  wholesalers).  If  less
  than  a substantial amount of a particular class of Debt Securities is sold
  for cash  on or prior to  the Closing Date, the issue  price for such class
  will  be treated  as the fair  market value  of such  class on  the Closing
  Date.  The issue price of  a Debt Security also includes the amount paid by
  an initial  Debt Security  holder for  accrued interest  that relates  to a
  period  prior  to the  issue  date  of  the  Debt  Security.    The  stated
  redemption  price at  maturity of  a Debt  Security  includes the  original
  principal  amount of  the Debt  Security, but  generally  will not  include
  distributions  of  interest  if  such  distributions constitute  "qualified
  stated interest."

       Under the OID Regulations,  qualified stated interest generally  means
  interest payable  at a  single fixed rate  or qualified  variable rate  (as
  described below) provided that  such interest payments are  unconditionally
  payable at intervals  of one  year or less  during the  entire term of  the
  Debt  Security.   The  OID Regulations  state  that interest  payments  are
  unconditionally payable  only if a late  payment or nonpayment  is expected
  to be penalized  or reasonable remedies exist  to compel payment.   Certain
  Debt  Securities may  provide for  default remedies  in the  event of  late
  payment  or nonpayment  of interest.   In the  opinion of  Tax Counsel, the
  interest  on  such  Debt Securities  will  be  unconditionally  payable and
  constitute   qualified  stated   interest,  not   OID.     However,  absent
  clarification of the OID Regulations, where Debt  Securities do not provide
  for default remedies, the  interest payments will be  included in the  Debt
  Security's stated redemption price at maturity and  taxed as OID.  Interest
  is  payable at  a single  fixed rate only  if the  rate appropriately takes
  into account  the length of the  interval between payments.   Distributions
  of interest  on Debt  Securities with  respect to  which deferred  interest
  will  accrue, will not  constitute qualified  stated interest  payments, in
  which case the stated redemption price at  maturity of such Debt Securities
  includes  all  distributions of  interest  as  well as  principal  thereon.
  Where the  interval between the issue date  and the first Distribution Date
  on a Debt Security  is either longer or  shorter than the interval  between
  subsequent Distribution  Dates, all  or part of  the interest foregone,  in
  the  case of  the longer interval,  and all of  the additional interest, in
  the  case  of  the  shorter  interval,  will  be  included  in  the  stated
  redemption  price  at  maturity  and  tested  under  the  de  minimis  rule
  described below.  In the  case of a Debt Security with  a long first period
  which has non-de  minimis OID, all  stated interest  in excess of  interest
  payable at the effective  interest rate for the  long first period will  be
  included in the stated  redemption price at maturity and the  Debt Security
  will generally have OID.   Holders of Debt Securities should consult  their
  own tax  advisors to determine the issue  price and stated redemption price
  at maturity of a Debt Security.

       Under the de  minimis rule, OID on a Debt  Security will be considered
  to be zero if  such OID is less than  0.25% of the stated redemption  price
  at  maturity  of the  Debt  Security  multiplied by  the  weighted  average
  maturity of  the Debt  Security.   For this purpose,  the weighted  average
  maturity  of  the Debt  Security  is computed  as  the sum  of  the amounts
  determined by  multiplying the  number of full  years (i.e., rounding  down
  partial  years) from the issue date until each distribution in reduction of
  stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to be  made by a fraction,
  the  numerator of which is the amount  of each distribution included in the
  stated  redemption  price  at  maturity  of  the   Debt  Security  and  the
  denominator of  which is  the stated  redemption price  at maturity of  the
  Debt Security.  Holders  generally must report de  minimis OID pro rata  as
  principal  payments are received, and  such income will  be capital gain if
  the  Debt Security  is held  as a capital  asset.   However, accrual method
  holders may  elect to accrue all de minimis  OID as well as market discount
  under a constant interest method.

       Debt  Securities  may  provide  for  interest  based  on  a  qualified
  variable rate.  Under the OID  Regulations, interest is treated as  payable
  at a qualified variable rate  and not as contingent interest if, generally,
  (i) such  interest is unconditionally payable  at least annually,  (ii) the
  issue price of the debt instrument does not exceed  the total noncontingent
  principal payments  and (iii)  interest is based  on a "qualified  floating
  rate," an "objective rate," or a combination  of "qualified floating rates"
  that do not  operate in a manner  that significantly accelerates  or defers
  interest payments on such Debt Security.  In the  case of Compound Interest
  Securities, certain Interest Weighted Securities, and  certain of the other
  Debt  Securities,  none  of  the payments  under  the  instrument  will  be
  considered qualified stated interest, and thus the  aggregate amount of all
  payments will be included in the stated redemption price.

       The Internal  Revenue Services (the "IRS") recently issued regulations
  (the  "Contingent   Regulations")  governing  the  calculation  of  OID  on
  instruments   having  contingent   interest   payments.     The  Contingent
  Regulations represent  the only  guidance regarding  the views  of the  IRS
  with respect  to contingent  interest instruments  and specifically do  not
  apply for purposes of  calculating OID on debt instruments subject  to Code
  Section  1272(a)(6), such  as the  Debt Security.    Additionally, the  OID
  Regulations  do  not  contain  provisions  specifically  interpreting  Code
  Section 1272(a)(6).   Until the Treasury  issues guidance to  the contrary,
  the Trustee intends  to base its computation on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and
  the OID  Regulations as described in this Prospectus.   However, because no
  regulatory guidance currently exists  under Code Section 1272(a)(6),  there
  can be no assurance that such methodology represents the  correct manner of
  calculating OID.

       The holder of a  Debt Security issued with  OID must include in  gross
  income, for all  days during its taxable  year on which it holds  such Debt
  Security, the sum of the "daily portions" of  such original issue discount.
  The amount  of OID  includible in income  by a holder  will be  computed by
  allocating to  each day  during a taxable  year a  pro rata portion  of the
  original  issue discount that accrued  during the  relevant accrual period.
  In the case of  a Debt Security that is not a Regular Interest Security and
  the principal payments  on which are not subject to  acceleration resulting
  from prepayments on the Loans,  the amount of OID includible in income of a
  holder for  an accrual  period (generally  the period  over which  interest
  accrues  on the debt  instrument) will  equal the product  of the  yield to
  maturity of  the Debt Security  and the  adjusted issue  price of the  Debt
  Security,  reduced by  any  payments of  qualified  stated interest.    The
  adjusted issue price is the sum  of its issue price plus prior  accruals or
  OID,  reduced by the total payments made with respect to such Debt Security
  in all prior periods, other than qualified stated interest payments.

       The  amount of OID  to be  included in  income by a  holder of  a debt
  instrument,  such  as certain  Classes  of  the Debt  Securities,  that  is
  subject  to  acceleration  due to  prepayments  on  other  debt obligations
  securing such  instruments  (a  "Pay-Through  Security"),  is  computed  by
  taking into account the anticipated rate of  prepayments assumed in pricing
  the debt instrument (the "Prepayment Assumption").  The amount of  OID that
  will  accrue during  an accrual  period  on a  Pay-Through Security  is the
  excess  (if any)  of the  sum  of (a)  the  present value  of all  payments
  remaining to  be made on the  Pay-Through Security as  of the close  of the
  accrual period  and (b) the payments  during the accrual period  of amounts
  included in the  stated redemption price of the Pay-Through  Security, over
  the adjusted issue  price of the  Pay-Through Security at the  beginning of
  the accrual period.  The  present value of the remaining payments  is to be
  determined  on  the basis  of three  factors:   (i)  the original  yield to
  maturity  of   the  Pay-Through  Security  (determined   on  the  basis  of
  compounding  at the  end of each  accrual period and  properly adjusted for
  the length  of the accrual period), (ii)  events which have occurred before
  the  end of the accrual period and  (iii) the assumption that the remaining
  payments   will  be  made  in   accordance  with  the  original  Prepayment
  Assumption.   The effect of this method  is to increase the portions of OID
  required  to  be included  in  income  by a  holder  to  take into  account
  prepayments  with  respect  to  the  Loans  at  a  rate  that  exceeds  the
  Prepayment Assumption, and to decrease (but not below zero for any  period)
  the portions of original issue  discount required to be included  in income
  by  a holder  of a Pay-Through  Security to  take into  account prepayments
  with  respect to the  Loans at a  rate that  is slower than  the Prepayment
  Assumption.  Although  original issue discount will be reported  to holders
  of  Pay-Through   Securities  based  on   the  Prepayment   Assumption,  no
  representation is made to holders  that Loans will be prepaid at  that rate
  or at any other rate.

       The  Depositor may  adjust the  accrual of OID  on a  Class of Regular
  Interest Securities  (or other  regular interests in  a REMIC) in  a manner
  that it believes  to be appropriate, to take account  of realized losses on
  the  Loans,  although   the  OID  Regulations  do  not  provide   for  such
  adjustments.   If the Internal Revenue Service  were to require that OID be
  accrued without such adjustments,  the rate of accrual  of OID for a  Class
  of Regular Interest Securities could increase.

       Certain classes  of  Regular Interest  Securities  may represent  more
  than one  class of REMIC regular  interests.  Unless  otherwise provided in
  the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee  intends, based on  the OID
  Regulations, to  calculate OID  on such  Securities as if,  solely for  the
  purposes of  computing OID,  the separate regular  interests were a  single
  debt instrument.

       A subsequent  holder  of a  Debt  Security will  also  be required  to
  include  OID in gross  income, but  such a holder  who purchases  such Debt
  Security  for  an amount  that exceeds  its  adjusted issue  price  will be
  entitled (as will an  initial holder who pays  more than a Debt  Security's
  issue  price)  to  offset  such OID  by  comparable  economic  accruals  of
  portions of such excess.

       Effects  of  Defaults  and  Delinquencies.   In  the  opinion  of  Tax
  Counsel, holders  will be  required to  report income  with respect to  the
  related Securities under an accrual method without  giving effect to delays
  and reductions  in distributions attributable to  a default  or delinquency
  on the  Loans, except possibly  to the  extent that  it can be  established
  that  such amounts  are uncollectible.   As a result,  the amount of income
  (including  OID) reported  by a  holder of  such a  Security in  any period
  could significantly  exceed the amount of  cash distributed to  such holder
  in  that period.  The holder will  eventually be allowed a loss (or will be
  allowed  to report  a  lesser amount  of  income) to  the  extent that  the
  aggregate amount of distributions on the Securities is deduced as a  result
  of a Loan  default.  However,  the timing and character  of such losses  or
  reductions in income  are uncertain and, accordingly, holders of Securities
  should consult their own tax advisors on this point.

       Interest Weighted  Securities.  It  is not clear how  income should be
  accrued with  respect to Regular Interest Securities or Stripped Securities
  (as defined  under "--Tax Status as  a Grantor Trust;  General" herein) the
  payments on which  consist solely or  primarily of a  specified portion  of
  the  interest payments on qualified mortgages held by the REMIC or on Loans
  underlying  Pass-Through Securities ("Interest  Weighted Securities").  The
  Issuer intends to take the position that all of the income  derived from an
  Interest Weighted Security  should be treated  as OID  and that the  amount
  and  rate  of accrual  of such  OID should  be  calculated by  treating the
  Interest Weighted  Security as a Compound  Interest Security.   However, in
  the  case  of  Interest  Weighted Securities  that  are  entitled  to  some
  payments  of  principal  and  that  are  Regular  Interest  Securities  the
  Internal Revenue Service could assert that income  derived from an Interest
  Weighted Security should be calculated as  if the Security were a  security
  purchased  at a  premium  equal to  the excess  of the  price paid  by such
  holder  for such Security over its stated  principal amount, if any.  Under
  this  approach, a holder would be entitled to amortize such premium only if
  it has in effect an election under Section 171 of  the Code with respect to
  all  taxable debt  instruments held  by such  holder,  as described  below.
  Alternatively, the Internal Revenue  Service could assert that  an Interest
  Weighted Security should be taxable under the  rules governing bonds issued
  with contingent payments.   Such treatment may be  more likely in the  case
  of  Interest Weighted Securities that  are Stripped Securities as described
  below.  See "--Tax Status as a Grantor Trust--Discount  or Premium on Pass-
  Through Securities."

       Variable Rate Debt Securities.  In the opinion of  Tax Counsel, in the
  case  of Debt Securities  bearing interest at a  rate that varies directly,
  according  to a fixed formula, with an objective index, it appears that (i)
  the yield  to maturity  of such  Debt Securities  and (ii) in  the case  of
  Pay-Through Securities, the  present value of all payments remaining  to be
  made  on such  Debt Securities,  should be  calculated as  if the  interest
  index  remained  at its  value as  of the  issue  date of  such Securities.
  Because  the proper method of adjusting accruals  of OID on a variable rate
  Debt  Security  is uncertain,  holders  of  variable rate  Debt  Securities
  should consult their own  tax advisers regarding the appropriate  treatment
  of such Securities for federal income tax purposes.

       Market  Discount.   In the  opinion of Tax  Counsel, a  purchaser of a
  Security may be subject to the market discount rules of Sections  1276-1278
  of the  Code.   A Holder  that acquires a  Debt Security  with more  than a
  prescribed de minimis amount  of "market  discount" (generally, the  excess
  of the principal amount of the Debt  Security over the purchaser's purchase
  price)  will be  required to include  accrued market discount  in income as
  ordinary income in each month,  but limited to an amount not  exceeding the
  principal payments on the Debt  Security received in that month and, if the
  Securities are sold,  the gain realized.  Such market discount would accrue
  in a  manner  to  be  provided in  Treasury  regulations  but,  until  such
  regulations  are  issued, such  market  discount  would in  general  accrue
  either  (i) on the basis of a  constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through
  Security,  taking into  account a  prepayment assumption)  or  (ii) in  the
  ratio of (a) in the  case of Securities (or in  the case of a  Pass-Through
  Security,  as set  forth below,  the Loans  underlying  such Security)  not
  originally issued with original issue discount, stated  interest payable in
  the relevant period to  total stated interest remaining  to be paid at  the
  beginning of the period  or (b) in the case of Securities (or,  in the case
  of a Pass-Through  Security, as described below, the Loans  underlying such
  Security) originally issued  at a discount,  OID in the relevant  period to
  total OID remaining to be paid.

       Section 1277 of the Code provides that,  regardless of the origination
  date of  the Debt Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, the
  Loans),  the excess  of interest  paid or  accrued to  purchase or  carry a
  Security (or, in the  case of a Pass-Through Security,  as described below,
  the underlying Loans)  with market discount over interest received  on such
  Security  is allowed as a current deduction  only to the extent such excess
  is greater  than the market discount  that accrued during the  taxable year
  in which  such interest  expense was  incurred.   In general, the  deferred
  portion  of  any interest  expense  will  be deductible  when  such  market
  discount is  included in income, including  upon the sale,  disposition, or
  repayment of the Security  (or in the case  of a Pass-Through Security,  an
  underlying Loan).  A holder  may elect to include market discount in income
  currently as  it accrues,  on all market  discount obligations acquired  by
  such holder  during the taxable year such  election is made and thereafter,
  in which case the interest deferral rule will not apply.

       Premium.   In  the opinion  of Tax Counsel,  a holder  who purchases a
  Debt  Security (other  than an  Interest Weighted  Security  to the  extent
  described above)  at a  cost greater  than its  stated redemption price  at
  maturity, generally will be considered to have purchased the Security at  a
  premium, which it may elect to  amortize as an offset to interest income on
  such Security (and not  as a separate deduction  item) on a constant  yield
  method.  The legislative history of the 1986 Act  indicates that premium is
  to  be accrued  in the  same manner  as market  discount.   Accordingly, it
  appears that  the accrual of  premium on a class  of Pay-Through Securities
  will be  calculated using  the prepayment assumption  used in pricing  such
  class.    If a  holder makes  an  election to  amortize premium  on  a Debt
  Security,  such  election  will  apply  to  all  taxable  debt  instruments
  (including all  REMIC regular interests  and all  pass-through certificates
  representing ownership interests in a trust holding debt obligations)  held
  by the  holder at the beginning of  the taxable year in  which the election
  is  made, and to all  taxable debt instruments  acquired thereafter by such
  holder,  and  will   be  irrevocable  without  the  consent  of   the  IRS.
  Purchasers who  pay a premium for  the Securities should consult  their tax
  advisers regarding the  election to amortize premium  and the method to  be
  employed.

       Election to  Treat All Interest as  Original Issue Discount.   The OID
  Regulations  permit a  holder of  a Debt  Security to  elect to  accrue all
  interest,  discount  (including  de   minimis  market  or  original   issue
  discount) and  premium in  income as  interest, based  on a constant  yield
  method for Debt Securities acquired on or after April 4, 1994.  If such  an
  election  were to  be made  with  respect to  a Debt  Security with  market
  discount, the holder of the Debt  Security would be deemed to have  made an
  election to  include in  income currently market  discount with respect  to
  all other debt instruments having  market discount that such holder of  the
  Debt  Security acquires  during the  year of  the  election or  thereafter.
  Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election  for a Debt
  Security that  is acquired at  a premium  will be  deemed to  have made  an
  election to  amortize bond  premium with  respect to  all debt  instruments
  having amortizable  bond premium that  such holder owns  or acquires.   The
  election  to accrue  interest, discount  and premium  on  a constant  yield
  method with respect to a Debt Security is irrevocable.

  TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS

       General.  In the opinion of  Tax Counsel, if a REMIC election  is made
  with respect to  a Series of Securities, then the  arrangement by which the
  Securities of that Series are issued will be treated as a REMIC  as long as
  all  of the provisions  of the applicable  Agreement are  complied with and
  the  statutory and regulatory requirements  are satisfied.  Securities will
  be designated  as "Regular Interests" or  "Residual Interests" in  a REMIC,
  as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Except to the extent  specified otherwise in a Prospectus  Supplement,
  if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of  Securities, in the
  opinion  of Tax Counsel (i) Securities held by a domestic building and loan
  association will constitute "a regular or  a residual interest in a  REMIC"
  within the  meaning of  Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) (assuming that  at
  least 95%  of the  REMIC's assets consist  of cash, government  securities,
  "loans secured by an interest in real property," and  other types of assets
  described in  Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)); and  (ii) Securities held  by a
  real estate  investment trust will  constitute "real estate assets"  within
  the meaning of  Code Section 856(c)(6)(B), and  income with respect  to the
  Securities  will  be  considered   "interest  on  obligations  secured   by
  mortgages  on real  property or on  interests in real  property" within the
  meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) (assuming, for  both purposes, that at
  least 95% of the  REMIC's assets are qualifying assets).   If less than 95%
  of  the REMIC's assets consist  of assets  described in clause  (i) or (ii)
  above, then  a Security  will qualify for  the tax  treatment described  in
  clause (i) or (ii) in  the proportion that such REMIC assets are qualifying
  assets.

  REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS

       As a general  rule, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, all of the expenses
  of a REMIC will  be taken into account by holders of  the Residual Interest
  Securities.  In  the case of a "single class  REMIC," however, the expenses
  will be  allocated, under  Treasury regulations, among  the holders of  the
  Regular  Interest  Securities  and the  holders  of  the  Residual Interest
  Securities  on a  daily  basis in  proportion  to the  relative  amounts of
  income accruing  to each holder on that day.  In the  case of a holder of a
  Regular Interest Security who is an individual  or a "pass-through interest
  holder"  (including certain  pass-through entities  but not  including real
  estate investment  trusts), such  expenses will be  deductible only to  the
  extent that such expenses,  plus other "miscellaneous itemized  deductions"
  of  the holder,  exceed 2%  of  such Holder's  adjusted gross  income.   In
  addition, for taxable  years beginning after December 31, 1990,  the amount
  of itemized  deductions otherwise  allowable for  the taxable  year for  an
  individual whose  adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  the  applicable  amount
  (which amount  will be adjusted for  inflation for taxable  years beginning
  after  1990) will  be reduced  by the  lesser of  (i) 3%  of the  excess of
  adjusted  gross income  over the  applicable  amount, or  (ii)  80% of  the
  amount of itemized  deductions otherwise allowable for  such taxable  year.
  The reduction  or disallowance  of this  deduction may  have a  significant
  impact on the yield  of the Regular Interest Security to such a holder.  In
  general terms, a single class  REMIC is one that either (i)  would qualify,
  under existing Treasury regulations,  as a grantor trust  if it were not  a
  REMIC (treating  all interests as ownership  interests, even if  they would
  be classified as debt for  federal income tax purposes) or (ii)  is similar
  to  such a  trust and  which is  structured with  the principal  purpose of
  avoiding the single class REMIC rules.   Unless otherwise specified in  the
  related Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the  REMIC will be allocated
  to holders of the related residual interest securities.

  TAXATION OF THE REMIC

       General.   Although a REMIC  is a separate  entity for  federal income
  tax  purposes, in  the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, a  REMIC is  not generally
  subject to entity-level tax.  Rather,  the taxable income or net loss  of a
  REMIC  is taken  into account  by the  holders of  residual interests.   As
  described above,  the regular  interests are generally  taxable as debt  of
  the REMIC.

       Calculation of  REMIC Income.    In the  opinion of  Tax Counsel,  the
  taxable  income  or net  loss of  a REMIC  is  determined under  an accrual
  method  of  accounting  and  in the  same  manner  as  in  the  case of  an
  individual, with  certain adjustments.  In  general, the taxable  income or
  net loss will be  the difference between (i)  the gross income produced  by
  the REMIC's  assets,  including  stated  interest and  any  original  issue
  discount  or  market   discount  on  loans  and  other  assets,   and  (ii)
  deductions, including stated interest  and original issue discount  accrued
  on Regular  Interest Securities, amortization  of any premium with  respect
  to Loans, and servicing fees and other expenses of the REMIC.  A holder  of
  a  Residual Interest  Security that  is an  individual  or a  "pass-through
  interest  holder"   (including  certain  pass-through  entities,   but  not
  including  real  estate  investment  trusts)  will   be  unable  to  deduct
  servicing fees  payable on  the loans or  other administrative expenses  of
  the REMIC for a given taxable year, to the extent that such expenses,  when
  aggregated with such holder's  other miscellaneous itemized deductions  for
  that  year, do  not  exceed two  percent of  such  holder's adjusted  gross
  income.

       For purposes of computing  its taxable income or  net loss, the  REMIC
  should  have an  initial aggregate  tax basis  in its  assets equal  to the
  aggregate  fair market  value of  the regular  interests  and the  residual
  interests  on the Startup  Day (generally,  the day that  the interests are
  issued).  That aggregate  basis will be allocated  among the assets of  the
  REMIC in proportion to their respective fair market values.

       The  OID  provisions  of  the  Code  apply  to  loans  of  individuals
  originated on  or after March  2, 1984, and the  market discount provisions
  apply  to  loans originated  after  July  18, 1984.    Subject  to possible
  application of the de minimis rules, the method of accrual  by the REMIC of
  OID  income on  such loans  will be  equivalent to  the method  under which
  holders  of Pay-Through  Securities accrue  original issue  discount (i.e.,
  under  the  constant  yield  method  taking  into  account  the  Prepayment
  Assumption).  The REMIC will deduct OID on the Regular Interest  Securities
  in  the same manner  that the  holders of  the Regular  Interest Securities
  include such  discount in  income, but  without regard  to  the de  minimis
  rules.   See "Taxation of  Debt Securities"  above.  However,  a REMIC that
  acquires loans at  a market discount must  include such market discount  in
  income currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest basis.

       To the extent that the REMIC's basis allocable to  loans that it holds
  exceeds their principal amounts, the resulting premium, if attributable  to
  mortgages originated after  September 27, 1985, will be amortized  over the
  life of  the loans  (taking into  account the  Prepayment Assumption) on  a
  constant yield  method.   Although the  law is  somewhat unclear  regarding
  recovery of  premium attributable  to loans  originated on  or before  such
  date, it is possible  that such premium may  be recovered in proportion  to
  payments of loan principal.

       Prohibited  Transactions  and Contributions  Tax.   The REMIC  will be
  subject  to  a 100%  tax  on  any net  income  derived  from a  "prohibited
  transaction." For  this  purpose, net  income  will be  calculated  without
  taking  into  account  any  losses  from  prohibited  transactions  or  any
  deductions attributable  to any prohibited  transaction that resulted in  a
  loss.    In general,  prohibited  transactions  include:   (i)  subject  to
  limited  exceptions,  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  any  qualified
  mortgage transferred  to the  REMIC; (ii) subject  to a limited  exception,
  the  sale or other disposition of a cash flow investment; (iii) the receipt
  of any  income from assets not  permitted to be held  by the REMIC pursuant
  to the  Code; or (iv)  the receipt of  any fees  or other compensation  for
  services rendered by  the REMIC.  It  is anticipated that a REMIC  will not
  engage  in  any prohibited  transactions  in  which it  would  recognize  a
  material  amount of  net  income.   In  addition, subject  to  a number  of
  exceptions, a tax is imposed at the rate of  100% on amounts contributed to
  a REMIC after the close of the three-month period  beginning on the Startup
  Day.    The holders  of  Residual  Interest Securities  will  generally  be
  responsible for the  payment of any such  taxes imposed on  the REMIC.   To
  the extent not paid by such holders or otherwise,  however, such taxes will
  be  paid out  of  the Trust  Fund and  will be  allocated pro  rata  to all
  outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.

  TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES

       In  the  opinion   of  Tax  Counsel,  the  holder  of   a  Certificate
  representing a  residual  interest (a  "Residual  Interest Security")  will
  take into account  the "daily portion" of the taxable income or net loss of
  the REMIC for  each day during the  taxable year on which such  holder held
  the  Residual  Interest Security.    The  daily portion  is  determined  by
  allocating to each  day in any calendar quarter its  ratable portion of the
  taxable  income  or  net  loss  of  the REMIC  for  such  quarter,  and  by
  allocating that amount  among the  holders (on  such day)  of the  Residual
  Interest Securities  in  proportion to  their respective  holdings on  such
  day.

       In the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel, the  holder of  a Residual  Interest
  Security must report  its proportionate share of the  taxable income of the
  REMIC  whether  or  not  it receives  cash  distributions  from  the  REMIC
  attributable to  such income  or loss.   The  reporting  of taxable  income
  without corresponding  distributions could occur,  for example,  in certain
  REMIC issues in which  the loans held by the REMIC were  issued or acquired
  at a  discount, since  mortgage prepayments  cause recognition  of discount
  income,  while the corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in
  whole or  in part to  make principal  payments on  REMIC Regular  Interests
  issued  without any  discount  or at  an  insubstantial discount  (if  this
  occurs, it is likely that cash distributions  will exceed taxable income in
  later  years).   Taxable income  may also  be greater  in earlier  years of
  certain REMIC  issues  as  a  result  of the  fact  that  interest  expense
  deductions,  as  a percentage  of  outstanding principal  on  REMIC Regular
  Interest Securities,  will typically increase  over time as lower  yielding
  Securities are  paid, whereas  interest income with  respect to loans  will
  generally remain constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.

       In any event, because  the holder of a  residual interest is taxed  on
  the  net income  of the REMIC,  the taxable income  derived from a Residual
  Interest Security in a given  taxable year will not be equal to the taxable
  income  associated   with  investment  in  a  corporate  bond  or  stripped
  instrument  having  similar cash  flow  characteristics  and pretax  yield.
  Therefore, the  after-tax yield  on the Residual  Interest Security may  be
  less than that of such a bond or instrument.

       Limitation on Losses.   In the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the amount  of
  the  REMIC's net  loss that  a holder  may take  into account  currently is
  limited to the holder's adjusted  basis at the end of the  calendar quarter
  in  which such  loss  arises.   A  holder's basis  in  a Residual  Interest
  Security  will  initially equal  such  holder's  purchase  price, and  will
  subsequently  be increased  by the  amount of  the  REMIC's taxable  income
  allocated  to the holder, and decreased (but  not below zero) by the amount
  of distributions made  and the amount of the REMIC's  net loss allocated to
  the holder.   Any disallowed loss may be  carried forward indefinitely, but
  may be  used only  to offset  income  of the  REMIC generated  by the  same
  REMIC.  The  ability of holders of  Residual Interest Securities  to deduct
  net losses may be subject  to additional limitations under the Code,  as to
  which such holders should consult their tax advisers.

       Distributions.   In the  opinion of  Tax Counsel,  distributions on  a
  Residual  Interest Security  (whether  at their  scheduled  times or  as  a
  result of prepayments) will generally not result  in any additional taxable
  income or loss to a holder of a Residual Interest  Security.  If the amount
  of such payment exceeds  a holder's adjusted basis in the Residual Interest
  Security, however,  the holder  will recognize gain  (treated as gain  from
  the sale of the Residual Interest Security) to the extent of such excess.

       Sale  or Exchange.    In the  opinion of  Tax Counsel,  a holder  of a
  Residual  Interest Security  will recognize  gain or  loss  on the  sale or
  exchange of  a Residual Interest Security equal to  the difference, if any,
  between  the  amount realized  and  such  holder's adjusted  basis  in  the
  Residual Interest Security at  the time of such  sale or exchange.   Except
  to the extent provided in  regulations, which have not yet been issued, any
  loss upon  disposition of a Residual  Interest Security will  be disallowed
  if the selling holder acquires any residual interest in  a REMIC or similar
  mortgage pool within six months before or after such disposition.

       Excess Inclusions.  In the opinion of Tax Counsel,  the portion of the
  REMIC  taxable  income  of  a  holder  of   a  Residual  Interest  Security
  consisting  of  "excess  inclusion"  income may  not  be  offset  by  other
  deductions or  losses, including  net  operating losses,  on such  holder's
  federal income tax return.  An exception  applies to organizations to which
  Code  Section  593   applies  (generally,  certain   thrift  institutions);
  however,  such  exception will  not  apply if  the aggregate  value  of the
  Residual  Interest Securities  is  not considered  to be  "significant," as
  described below.   Further, if the holder  of a Residual  Interest Security
  is an organization subject to the tax  on unrelated business income imposed
  by Code Section 511, such holder's excess inclusion  income will be treated
  as unrelated  business taxable income  of such holder.   In addition, under
  Treasury regulations yet to  be issued, if a real  estate investment trust,
  a  regulated   investment  company,  a  common   trust  fund,   or  certain
  cooperatives  were  to own  a  Residual  Interest Security,  a  portion  of
  dividends  (or  other distributions)  paid  by the  real  estate investment
  trust (or other entity) would be treated as excess inclusion income.   If a
  Residual Security is  owned by a foreign person  excess inclusion income is
  subject to tax at a rate of 30% which may not be reduced by treaty,  is not
  eligible for  treatment as "portfolio interest"  and is subject  to certain
  additional limitations.    See "Tax  Treatment of  Foreign Investors."  The
  Small Business Job Protection Act  of 1996 has eliminated the special  rule
  permitting Section  593  institutions ("thrift  institutions")  to use  net
  operating  losses and  other allowable  deductions to  offset their  excess
  inclusion income  from REMIC residual  certificates that  have "significant
  value" within the  meaning of the REMIC Regulations, effective  for taxable
  years beginning  after December 31, 1995,  except with respect  to residual
  certificates continuously held  by a thrift institution  since November  1,
  1995.

       In addition,  the Small Business Job  Protection Act of  1996 provides
  three  rules  for  determining  the effect  on  excess  inclusions  on  the
  alternative  minimum  taxable   income  of  a  residual  holder.     First,
  alternative minimum taxable income  for such residual holder is  determined
  without regard to the special  rule that taxable income cannot be less than
  excess  inclusions.    Second,  a  residual  holder's  alternative  minimum
  taxable  income for  a tax year  cannot be less  than excess inclusions for
  the  year.  Third, the amount of  any alternative minimum tax net operating
  loss deductions must  be computed without regard to any  excess inclusions.
  These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,  1986,
  unless a  residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
  beginning after August 20, 1996.

       The excess  inclusion portion of a  REMIC's income is  generally equal
  to  the excess, if any,  of REMIC  taxable income for  the quarterly period
  allocable to  a Residual  Interest Security,  over the  daily accruals  for
  such quarterly period of (i)  120% of the long term applicable federal rate
  on the  Startup Day multiplied  by (ii)  the adjusted  issue price of  such
  Residual Interest  Security at the beginning of such quarterly period.  The
  adjusted issue  price  of a  Residual  Interest at  the  beginning of  each
  calendar  quarter  will equal  its  issue  price (calculated  in  a  manner
  analogous to the determination of  the issue price of a Regular  Interest),
  increased  by  the aggregate  of  the  daily accruals  for  prior  calendar
  quarters,  and decreased  (but  not  below  zero)  by the  amount  of  loss
  allocated to a holder and the amount of distributions  made on the Residual
  Interest  Security before  the beginning  of the  quarter.   The  long-term
  federal rate, which is announced monthly by  the Treasury Department, is an
  interest rate  that is  based on  the average  market yield of  outstanding
  marketable  obligations of  the United  States government  having remaining
  maturities in excess of nine years.

       Under the  REMIC Regulations, in  certain circumstances,  transfers of
  Residual Securities may be  disregarded.  See "--Restrictions  on Ownership
  and  Transfer  of Residual  Interest  Securities" and  "--Tax  Treatment of
  Foreign Investors" below.

       Restrictions   on  Ownership   and   Transfer  of   Residual  Interest
  Securities.    As a  condition  to  qualification as  a  REMIC,  reasonable
  arrangements must  be made  to prevent  the ownership  of a REMIC  residual
  interest  by  any "Disqualified  Organization."  Disqualified Organizations
  include the United States, any State or  political subdivision thereof, any
  foreign government,  any  international  organization,  or  any  agency  or
  instrumentality of  any of  the foregoing,  a rural  electric or  telephone
  cooperative described in  Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the Code, or  any entity
  exempt from the tax imposed by Sections 1-1399 of the Code, if such  entity
  is not subject to tax  on its unrelated business income.   Accordingly, the
  applicable  Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement  will  prohibit  Disqualified
  Organizations from  owning a Residual Interest  Security.  In  addition, no
  transfer  of a  Residual Interest  Security will  be  permitted unless  the
  proposed transferee  shall  have  furnished  to the  Trustee  an  affidavit
  representing and  warranting that it is neither a Disqualified Organization
  nor an agent or nominee acting on behalf of a Disqualified Organization.

       If a  Residual  Interest Security  is  transferred to  a  Disqualified
  Organization after  March 31,  1988 (in violation  of the restrictions  set
  forth  above), a substantial tax will be  imposed on the transferor of such
  Residual Interest Security at the time of the transfer.   In addition, if a
  Disqualified Organization holds an interest in a  pass-through entity after
  March 31, 1988 (including, among others, a  partnership, trust, real estate
  investment  trust, regulated investment company,  or any  person holding as
  nominee),  that owns a Residual Interest  Security, the pass-through entity
  will be required to pay an annual tax on its allocable share of the  excess
  inclusion income of the REMIC.

       Under the  REMIC Regulations,  if a  Residual Interest  Security is  a
  "noneconomic  residual  interest," as  described  below,  a transfer  of  a
  Residual Interest  Security to a United  States person will  be disregarded
  for  all Federal tax purposes unless no significant purpose of the transfer
  was  to impede the assessment  or collection  of tax.   A Residual Interest
  Security is a "noneconomic  residual interest" unless, at  the time of  the
  transfer (i) the present value of the  expected future distributions on the
  Residual  Interest Security  at least  equals the  product  of the  present
  value of the anticipated excess inclusions and the highest  rate of tax for
  the year in which the  transfer occurs, and (ii) the  transferor reasonably
  expects that  the transferee will receive  distributions from the  REMIC at
  or  after the  time at  which the  taxes accrue  on the  anticipated excess
  inclusions  in an amount  sufficient to  satisfy the accrued  taxes.   If a
  transfer of  a Residual  Interest is disregarded,  the transferor would  be
  liable for any Federal  income tax imposed  upon taxable income derived  by
  the transferee from the REMIC.   The REMIC Regulations provide no  guidance
  as to how to determine if  a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede
  the assessment or collection of  tax.  A similar type of  limitation exists
  with respect to certain transfers of residual  interests by foreign persons
  to United States persons.  See "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors."

       Mark to  Market Rules.   Prospective  purchasers of  a REMIC  Residual
  Interest Security should  be aware that the IRS recently  released proposed
  regulations (the  "Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations") which provide that
  a REMIC  Residual Interest Security acquired  after January 3,  1995 cannot
  be marked-to-market.   The Proposed  Mark-to-Market Regulations  change the
  temporary regulations  discussed  below  which  allowed  a  REMIC  Residual
  Interest  Security  to be  marked-to-market  provided  that it  was  not  a
  "negative  value" residual  interest and  did not  have  the same  economic
  effect  as  a  "negative value"  residual  interest.   This  mark-to-market
  requirement applies  to all securities  of a dealer,  except to the  extent
  that  the  dealer  has  specifically identified  a  security  as  held  for
  investment.   The temporary regulations released  on December 28, 1993 (the
  "Temporary Mark to Market Regulations") provided that  for purposes of this
  mark-to-market requirement, a "negative  value" REMIC residual interest  is
  not  treated as  a  security and  thus may  not be  marked to  market.   In
  addition,  a  dealer was  not  required  to identify  such  REMIC  Residual
  Interest Security  as held  for investment.   In general, a  REMIC Residual
  Interest Security  has  negative  value  if,  as of  the  date  a  taxpayer
  acquires the  REMIC Residual  Interest Security, the  present value of  the
  tax  liabilities  associated  with  holding  the  REMIC  Residual  Interest
  Security exceeds the sum  of (i) the present  value of the expected  future
  distributions  on  the  REMIC Residual  Interest  Security,  and  (ii)  the
  present value  of the anticipated tax  savings associated with  holding the
  REMIC  Residual Interest  Security  as the  REMIC  generates losses.    The
  amounts  and present  values of the  anticipated tax  liabilities, expected
  future distributions and anticipated tax savings were  all to be determined
  using  (i)  the  prepayment  and  reinvestment  assumptions  adopted  under
  Section  1272(a)(6),  or that  would  have  been adopted  had  the  REMIC's
  regular interests  been issued  with OID,  (ii) any  required or  permitted
  clean  up calls,  or required  qualified liquidation  provided  for in  the
  REMIC's organizational  documents and  (iii) a discount  rate equal to  the
  "applicable  Federal rate" (as specified  in Section 1274(d)(1)) that would
  have applied to a debt instrument issued on the date of  acquisition of the
  REMIC  Residual Interest  Security.   Furthermore,  the  Temporary Mark  to
  Market Regulations provided the  IRS with the authority to  treat any REMIC
  Residual Interest  Security having substantially  the same  economic effect
  as a "negative value"  residual interest.  The  IRS could issue  subsequent
  regulations,  which  could  apply  retroactively,  providing  additional or
  different requirements with respect  to such deemed negative value residual
  interests.   Prospective purchasers of  a REMIC Residual Interest  Security
  should consult  their tax  advisors regarding  the possible  application of
  the Proposed Mark to Market Regulations.

  ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

       The REMIC's books must be  maintained on a calendar year basis and the
  REMIC must file an annual  federal income tax return.  The  REMIC will also
  be  subject  to  the  procedural  and  administrative  rules  of  the  Code
  applicable to  partnerships, including the determination of any adjustments
  to,  among other things,  items of REMIC income,  gain, loss, deduction, or
  credit, by the IRS in a unified administrative proceeding.


  TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST

       General.  As further  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
  if a  REMIC election is not made and the  Trust Fund is not structured as a
  partnership, then, in the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the Trust Fund  relating
  to  a Series  of  Securities  will be  classified  for  federal income  tax
  purposes as a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part 1  of Subchapter J of the
  Code and not as an  association taxable as a corporation (the Securities of
  such Series, "Pass-Through Securities").   In some Series there will  be no
  separation of the principal  and interest payments on  the Loans.  In  such
  circumstances, a holder  will be  considered to have  purchased a pro  rata
  undivided  interest  in each  of  the  Loans.   In  other  cases ("Stripped
  Securities"),  sale of  the Securities  will produce  a  separation in  the
  ownership of  all or  a portion  of the  principal payments from  all or  a
  portion of the interest payments on the Loans.

       In the opinion of Tax  Counsel, each holder must report on its federal
  income tax  return its share  of the  gross income  derived from the  Loans
  (not reduced by the amount payable as fees to  the Trustee and the Servicer
  and similar  fees (collectively,  the "Servicing Fee")),  at the same  time
  and in  the same manner  as such items  would have been  reported under the
  Holder's  tax accounting  method  had it  held its  interest  in the  Loans
  directly, received directly its share of the  amounts received with respect
  to the Loans,  and paid directly its share  of the Servicing Fees.   In the
  case of  Pass-Through  Securities  other  than  Stripped  Securities,  such
  income will consist of a  pro rata share of all of  the income derived from
  all of the Loans and, in the case of  Stripped Securities, such income will
  consist of a  pro rata share of the income  derived from each stripped bond
  or stripped coupon  in which the holder owns an  interest.  The holder of a
  Security will  generally be  entitled to deduct  such Servicing Fees  under
  Section  162 or Section 212 of  the Code to the  extent that such Servicing
  Fees represent "reasonable"  compensation for the services rendered  by the
  Trustee and the  Servicer (or  third parties that  are compensated for  the
  performance of services).   In the case of a  noncorporate holder, however,
  Servicing Fees (to the extent not otherwise  disallowed, e.g., because they
  exceed reasonable  compensation)  will  be  deductible  in  computing  such
  holder's regular  tax liability  only to  the extent that  such fees,  when
  added to other  miscellaneous itemized  deductions, exceed  2% of  adjusted
  gross income  and may not  be deductible  to any  extent in computing  such
  holder's  alternative  minimum tax  liability.   In  addition,  for taxable
  years beginning after December 31, 1990, the  amount of itemized deductions
  otherwise allowable for  the taxable year for an individual  whose adjusted
  gross income exceeds  the applicable amount (which amount will  be adjusted
  for inflation in  taxable years  beginning after 1990)  will be reduced  by
  the  lesser of  (i) 3%  of the  excess of  adjusted gross  income over  the
  applicable  amount  or  (ii)  80% of  the  amount  of  itemized  deductions
  otherwise allowable for such taxable year.

       Discount or  Premium on  Pass-Through Securities.   In the opinion  of
  Tax Counsel, the  holder's purchase price of a  Pass-Through Security is to
  be allocated among  the Loans in  proportion to  their fair market  values,
  determined as  of the time of purchase  of the Securities.   In the typical
  case,  the  Trustee (to  the  extent  necessary to  fulfill  its  reporting
  obligations)  will  treat   each  Loan  as  having  a  fair   market  value
  proportional to the  share of  the aggregate principal  balances of all  of
  the Loans  that  it  represents,  since the  Securities,  unless  otherwise
  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  will have  a relatively
  uniform interest  rate and  other common  characteristics.   To the  extent
  that  the  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of  a  Pass-Through  Security
  allocated to a Loan (other  than to a right to receive any accrued interest
  thereon and any  undistributed principal payments) is less than  or greater
  than  the portion of  the principal  balance of the  Loan allocable  to the
  Security, the interest  in the Loan allocable to the  Pass-Through Security
  will  be  deemed  to   have  been  acquired  at  a  discount   or  premium,
  respectively.

       The treatment  of any  discount will  depend on  whether the  discount
  represents OID  or market  discount.  In  the case  of a  Loan with OID  in
  excess of a  prescribed de minimis amount or a  Stripped Security, a holder
  of  a  Security will  be  required to  report  as interest  income  in each
  taxable year its share of the amount  of OID that accrues during that  year
  in the manner  described above.  OID  with respect to  a Loan could  arise,
  for example,  by virtue of the financing of points by the originator of the
  Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by the originator  of the Loan
  in  an   amount  greater  than  a   statutory  de  minimis   exception,  in
  circumstances under which the  points are not currently deductible pursuant
  to applicable Code provisions.   Any market discount  or premium on a  Loan
  will be  includible in  income, generally  in the  manner described  above,
  except that  in the  case of  Pass-Through Securities,  market discount  is
  calculated  with respect  to the Loans  underlying the  Certificate, rather
  than with respect to the  Security.  A holder that acquires  an interest in
  a Loan originated  after July 18, 1984  with more than a de  minimis amount
  of market  discount (generally, the excess  of the principal amount  of the
  Loan over  the purchaser's  allocable purchase price)  will be required  to
  include accrued  market discount in  income in the manner  set forth above.
  See "--Taxation  of  Debt  Securities;  Market  Discount"  and  "--Premium"
  above.

       In   the  case   of  market  discount   on  a   Pass-Through  Security
  attributable to  Loans originated  on or before  July 18, 1984,  the holder
  generally will be  required to allocate  the portion of such  discount that
  is allocable  to a  loan among the  principal payments on  the Loan  and to
  include  the  discount allocable  to  each  principal  payment in  ordinary
  income at the time  such principal payment is  made.  Such treatment  would
  generally  result in  discount being  included in  income at a  slower rate
  than discount would  be required to be included in  income using the method
  described in the preceding paragraph.

       Stripped Securities.   A  Stripped Security may  represent a right  to
  receive  only a portion of  the interest payments on the  Loans, a right to
  receive  only  principal  payments on  the  Loans,  or a  right  to receive
  certain  payments  of  both  interest  and  principal.    Certain  Stripped
  Securities  ("Ratio Strip  Securities") may  represent a  right  to receive
  differing percentages  of both  the interest  and principal  on each  Loan.
  Pursuant to Section 1286  of the Code, the  separation of ownership of  the
  right  to receive  some or  all of the  interest payments  on an obligation
  from  ownership of  the  right to  receive  some or  all  of the  principal
  payments  results in  the  creation of  "stripped  bonds" with  respect  to
  principal  payments   and  "stripped  coupons"  with  respect  to  interest
  payments.   Section  1286 of  the Code  applies the  OID rules  to stripped
  bonds  and stripped  coupons.   For purposes  of  computing original  issue
  discount,  a  stripped bond  or  a stripped  coupon  is treated  as  a debt
  instrument issued  on the  date that  such stripped  interest is  purchased
  with  an issue  price  equal to  its purchase  price or,  if more  than one
  stripped interest  is purchased,  the ratable share  of the purchase  price
  allocable to such stripped interest.

       Servicing  fees  in  excess  of  reasonable  servicing  fees  ("excess
  servicing")  will be treated under the stripped  bond rules.  If the excess
  servicing fee is  less than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the Loan
  principal balance)  or the Securities are initially sold  with a de minimis
  discount (assuming  no  prepayment  assumption  is  required),  any  non-de
  minimis discount  arising  from a  subsequent  transfer of  the  Securities
  should  be treated  as market  discount.  The  IRS appears  to require that
  reasonable  servicing fees be  calculated on  a Loan  by Loan  basis, which
  could result  in some Loans  being treated  as having  more than 100  basis
  points of interest stripped off.

       The Code,  OID Regulations and  judicial decisions  provide no  direct
  guidance as to how  the interest and original  issue discount rules are  to
  apply to Stripped Securities and other Pass-Through  Securities.  Under the
  method described  above  for Pay-Through  Securities (the  "Cash Flow  Bond
  Method"), a prepayment  assumption is used and  periodic recalculations are
  made which  take  into account  with  respect to  each  accrual period  the
  effect  of prepayments during such period.  However, the 1986 Act does not,
  absent Treasury  regulations, appear specifically to cover instruments such
  as the  Stripped Securities which technically represent ownership interests
  in the  underlying Loans, rather than  being debt instruments  "secured by"
  those loans.  Nevertheless, it  is believed that the Cash Flow  Bond Method
  is  a reasonable method of reporting income  for such Securities, and it is
  expected  that  OID  will  be  reported  on  that  basis  unless  otherwise
  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus  Supplement.     In  applying  the
  calculation  to   Pass-Through  Securities,  the  Trustee  will  treat  all
  payments to be received  by a holder with  respect to the underlying  Loans
  as payments on  a single installment obligation.   The IRS  could, however,
  assert that original issue discount must be  calculated separately for each
  Loan underlying a Security.

       Under certain  circumstances, if  the Loans  prepay at  a rate  faster
  than the Prepayment Assumption,  the use of the  Cash Flow Bond Method  may
  accelerate  a holder's  recognition  of income.    If, however,  the  Loans
  prepay  at  a   rate  slower  than  the  Prepayment  Assumption,   in  some
  circumstances the use of this method may  decelerate a holder's recognition
  of income.

       In the  case  of a  Stripped  Security that  is  an Interest  Weighted
  Security, the Trustee intends,  absent contrary authority, to report income
  to  Security holders  as OID,  in the  manner described above  for Interest
  Weighted Securities.

       Possible Alternative Characterizations.  The characterizations  of the
  Stripped   Securities   described  above   are   not   the  only   possible
  interpretations   of  the   applicable  Code   provisions.     Among  other
  possibilities,  the Internal  Revenue  Service could  contend  that (i)  in
  certain Series,  each  non-Interest Weighted  Security  is composed  of  an
  unstripped  undivided  ownership  interest  in  Loans  and  an  installment
  obligation   consisting   of   stripped   principal   payments;   (ii)  the
  non-Interest Weighted  Securities  are subject  to  the contingent  payment
  provisions  of the Proposed  Regulations; or  (iii) each  Interest Weighted
  Stripped  Security   is  composed  of  an  unstripped  undivided  ownership
  interest  in Loans  and an  installment obligation  consisting of  stripped
  interest payments.

       Given  the  variety of  alternatives  for  treatment  of the  Stripped
  Securities and the  different federal income tax  consequences that  result
  from each alternative, potential purchasers are urged  to consult their own
  tax advisers regarding  the proper treatment of the Securities  for federal
  income tax purposes.

       Character as  Qualifying Loans.  In  the case of  Stripped Securities,
  there  is  no  specific  legal authority  existing  regarding  whether  the
  character of the Securities,  for federal income tax purposes,  will be the
  same  as the  Loans.   The  IRS  could  take the  position  that the  Loans
  character is  not carried  over to  the Securities  in such  circumstances.
  Pass-Through Securities will be, and, although the  matter is not free from
  doubt,  Stripped Securities should be  considered to represent "real estate
  assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(6)(B) of the Code, and  "loans
  secured  by an interest  in real  property" within  the meaning  of Section
  7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  of the  Code; and  interest income  attributable to  the
  Securities  should  be considered  to  represent  "interest on  obligations
  secured  by mortgages  on real property  or on interests  in real property"
  within  the meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code.  Reserves or funds
  underlying the  Securities  may  cause a  proportionate  reduction  in  the
  above-described qualifying status categories of Securities.

  SALE OR EXCHANGE

       Subject  to the  discussion below with  respect to  Trust Funds  as to
  which a  partnership election is  made, in  the opinion  of Tax Counsel,  a
  holder's tax basis  in its Security  is the  price such holder  pays for  a
  Security, plus  amounts of  original issue or  market discount included  in
  income and  reduced by any payments  received (other than  qualified stated
  interest payments) and any amortized premium.   Gain or loss recognized  on
  a sale,  exchange, or redemption of a Security,  measured by the difference
  between the amount realized  and the Security's basis as so  adjusted, will
  generally be capital gain or loss,  assuming that the Security is held as a
  capital asset.   In  the case  of a  Security held  by a  bank, thrift,  or
  similar institution  described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or
  loss realized on the sale  or exchange of a Regular Interest  Security will
  be  taxable  as ordinary  income  or  loss.   In  addition,  gain from  the
  disposition of a Regular Interest Security that  might otherwise be capital
  gain will be  treated as ordinary income  to the extent  of the excess,  if
  any,  of (i) the  amount that  would have been  includible in  the holder's
  income if the  yield on such Regular Interest Security  had equaled 110% of
  the applicable federal rate  as of the beginning  of such holder's  holding
  period,  over the  amount of  ordinary income  actually  recognized by  the
  holder  with respect to such Regular  Interest Security.  For taxable years
  beginning after December 31, 1993, the maximum tax rate on ordinary  income
  for individual taxpayers  is 39.6% and  the maximum  tax rate on  long-term
  capital  gains reported after December 31, 1990  for such taxpayers is 28%.
  The maximum  tax rate on both  ordinary income and long-term  capital gains
  of corporate taxpayers is 35%.

  MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS

       Backup Withholding.   Subject to the discussion below with  respect to
  Trust  Funds as  to which a  partnership election is  made, a holder, other
  than  a   holder  of  a  REMIC   Residual  Security,  may,   under  certain
  circumstances,  be subject to  "backup withholding"  at a rate  of 31% with
  respect to distributions or  the proceeds of a  sale of certificates to  or
  through brokers that  represent interest or original issue discount  on the
  Securities.    This  withholding  generally applies  if  the  holder  of  a
  Security (i) fails to furnish the Trustee  with its taxpayer identification
  number ("TIN");  (ii) furnishes the Trustee  an incorrect TIN;  (iii) fails
  to report  properly interest, dividends  or other "reportable payments"  as
  defined in the  Code; or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to provide
  the Trustee or such holder's securities broker  with a certified statement,
  signed  under penalty  of perjury,  that the  TIN provided  is its  correct
  number and that the  holder is not subject  to backup withholding.   Backup
  withholding will not apply, however, with respect  to certain payments made
  to  holders,  including  payments  to certain  exempt  recipients  (such as
  exempt  organizations)  and to  certain  Nonresidents  (as defined  below).
  Holders should  consult their  tax advisers as  to their qualification  for
  exemption  from backup  withholding  and the  procedure  for obtaining  the
  exemption.

       The Trustee will report  to the holders and  to the Servicer for  each
  calendar year the amount of  any "reportable payments" during such year and
  the  amount of  tax  withheld, if  any,  with respect  to  payments on  the
  Securities.

  TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

       Subject to  the discussion  below with  respect to Trust  Funds as  to
  which  a partnership  election is  made, under  the  Code, unless  interest
  (including  OID)  paid  on  a Security  (other  than  a  Residual  Interest
  Security)  is considered  to be  "effectively connected"  with  a trade  or
  business conducted in the United States by  a nonresident alien individual,
  foreign  partnership   or  foreign  corporation  ("Nonresidents"),  in  the
  opinion of  Tax Counsel, such interest  will normally qualify  as portfolio
  interest (except  where  (i) the  recipient  is a  holder,  directly or  by
  attribution,  of 10%  or more  of the  capital or  profits interest  in the
  issuer, or (ii) the recipient is a controlled  foreign corporation to which
  the  issuer is a  related person)  and will be  exempt from  federal income
  tax.    Upon  receipt  of  appropriate  ownership  statements,  the  issuer
  normally  will  be  relieved  of obligations  to  withhold  tax  from  such
  interest  payments.   These provisions  supersede the  generally applicable
  provisions of United States law that would  otherwise require the issuer to
  withhold  at a 30% rate (unless such rate  were reduced or eliminated by an
  applicable tax treaty) on, among other things, interest and other fixed  or
  determinable, annual or  periodic income paid to Nonresidents.   Holders of
  Pass-Through  Securities and  Stripped  Securities, including  Ratio  Strip
  Securities, however, may be  subject to withholding to the extent  that the
  Loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.

       Interest and OID of  holders who are  foreign persons are not  subject
  to  withholding if  they are  effectively connected  with  a United  States
  business  conducted  by the  holder.    They will,  however,  generally  be
  subject to the regular United States income tax.

       Payments  to holders  of Residual Interest  Securities who are foreign
  persons  will generally be treated as interest  for purposes of the 30% (or
  lower treaty  rate) United States withholding  tax.  Holders  should assume
  that  such  income  does  not qualify  for  exemption  from  United  States
  withholding tax as  "portfolio interest." It is  clear that, to the  extent
  that  a  payment  represents  a  portion  of   REMIC  taxable  income  that
  constitutes  excess inclusion  income,  a  holder  of a  Residual  Interest
  Security will not be entitled to an exemption from or  reduction of the 30%
  (or lower treaty  rate) withholding tax rule.  If  the payments are subject
  to  United  States withholding  tax,  they  generally will  be  taken  into
  account for  withholding tax  purposes only  when paid  or distributed  (or
  when the  Residual Interest  Security is  disposed of).   The  Treasury has
  statutory  authority,  however,  to  promulgate   regulations  which  would
  require such amounts  to be taken into account at  an earlier time in order
  to prevent  the avoidance  of tax.   Such regulations  could, for  example,
  require  withholding  prior to  the distribution  of  cash in  the  case of
  Residual Interest  Securities that  do not have  significant value.   Under
  the REMIC  Regulations, if a Residual  Interest Security has  tax avoidance
  potential, a  transfer of  a Residual  Interest Security  to a  Nonresident
  will be  disregarded for  all Federal tax  purposes.   A Residual  Interest
  Security has  tax avoidance potential unless,  at the time of  the transfer
  the transferor  reasonably expects  that the REMIC  will distribute to  the
  transferee residual  interest holder amounts that  will equal at  least 30%
  of each excess  inclusion, and that such amounts will  be distributed at or
  after  the time  at which the  excess inclusions accrue  and not later than
  the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year   of  accrual.    If  a
  Nonresident  transfers a  Residual  Interest Security  to  a United  States
  person, and if the  transfer has the effect  of allowing the transferor  to
  avoid tax  on accrued excess inclusions,  then the transfer  is disregarded
  and  the transferor continues to  be treated  as the owner  of the Residual
  Interest Security  for purposes  of the withholding  tax provisions of  the
  Code.  See "--Excess Inclusions."

  TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

       Tax  Counsel is  of the  opinion  that a  Trust Fund  structured as  a
  partnership  will not  be an  association (or  publicly traded partnership)
  taxable as a corporation for  federal income tax purposes.  This opinion is
  based on the  assumption that the terms of the  Trust Agreement and related
  documents  will be complied with, and on counsel's conclusions that (1) the
  Trust Fund will  not have certain characteristics necessary for  a business
  trust to be  classified as an association taxable as  a corporation and (2)
  the nature of  the income of the  Trust Fund will exempt  it from the  rule
  that certain  publicly traded partnerships are  taxable as  corporations or
  the  issuance  of  the  Certificates  has  been  structured  as  a  private
  placement under an  IRS safe harbor,  so that  the Trust Fund  will not  be
  characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

       If  the Trust Fund  were taxable as  a corporation  for federal income
  tax purposes,  in the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel, the  Trust  Fund would  be
  subject to corporate income  tax on its taxable  income.  The Trust  Fund's
  taxable  income would  include  all its  income,  possibly reduced  by  its
  interest  expense on  the  Notes.   Any  such  corporate  income tax  could
  materially  reduce  cash  available  to make  payments  on  the  Notes  and
  distributions on the Certificates,  and Certificateholders could be  liable
  for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust Fund.

  TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

       Treatment of  the Notes as Indebtedness.   The Trust  Fund will agree,
  and  the Noteholders  will agree by  their purchase of  Notes, to treat the
  Notes as  debt for federal  income tax purposes.   In such  a circumstance,
  Tax Counsel  is, except  as otherwise  provided in  the related  Prospectus
  Supplement, of the opinion  that the Notes will  be classified as debt  for
  federal  income  tax   purposes.     The  discussion  below   assumes  this
  characterization of the Notes is correct.

       OID, Indexed Securities,  etc.  The discussion below assumes  that all
  payments on the  Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars,  and that the Notes
  are  not Indexed  Securities  or Strip  Notes.   Moreover,  the  discussion
  assumes that the  interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for
  "qualified stated interest" under the  OID regulations, and that any OID on
  the  Notes (i.e.,  any excess  of the  principal amount  of the  Notes over
  their  issue price) does  not exceed  a de minimis  amount (i.e.,  0.25% of
  their principal amount  multiplied by the number of  full years included in
  their  term), all  within the  meaning of  the OID  regulations.   If these
  conditions are  not satisfied with  respect to any  given series  of Notes,
  additional tax considerations with respect to such  Notes will be disclosed
  in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

       Interest  Income on the Notes.  Based on the above assumptions, except
  as  discussed in the  following paragraph, in  the opinion  of Tax Counsel,
  the  Notes will not  be considered  issued with OID.   The  stated interest
  thereon will  be taxable to a  Noteholder as ordinary interest  income when
  received or  accrued in  accordance with  such Noteholder's  method of  tax
  accounting.   Under the OID  regulations, a holder of a  Note issued with a
  de  minimis amount of OID  must include such  OID in income,  on a pro rata
  basis,  as principal payments  are made on  the Note.   It is believed that
  any  prepayment premium paid as a result  of a mandatory redemption will be
  taxable as  contingent interest when  it becomes fixed and  unconditionally
  payable.   A purchaser who buys a Note for  more or less than its principal
  amount  will   generally   be  subject,   respectively,   to  the   premium
  amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

       A holder  of a Note that  has a fixed maturity  date of not  more than
  one  year from  the issue date  of such Note  (a "Short-Term  Note") may be
  subject  to special  rules.  An  accrual basis holder  of a Short-Term Note
  (and  certain   cash  method   holders,   including  regulated   investment
  companies,  as set forth in  Section 1281  of the Code)  generally would be
  required to report  interest income as interest accrues on  a straight-line
  basis over the term of each  interest period.  Other cash basis  holders of
  a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report  interest income
  as interest is paid  (or, if earlier, upon  the taxable disposition of  the
  Short-Term  Note).   However,  a  cash basis  holder  of a  Short-Term Note
  reporting interest income as it is paid may be  required to defer a portion
  of any interest expense  otherwise deductible  on indebtedness incurred  to
  purchase or carry the  Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the
  Short-Term  Note.  A cash  basis taxpayer  may elect under  Section 1281 of
  the Code  to accrue interest income  on all nongovernment  debt obligations
  with  a term of one year or  less, in which case the taxpayer would include
  interest  on the Short-Term Note in income  as it accrues, but would not be
  subject to the  interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding
  sentence.  Certain special  rules apply if a  Short-Term Note is  purchased
  for more or less than its principal amount.

       Sale  or Other  Disposition.   In  the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, if  a
  Noteholder  sells a  Note, the  holder will  recognize gain  or loss  in an
  amount equal to the difference  between the amount realized on the sale and
  the holder's adjusted tax basis  in the Note.  The adjusted tax basis  of a
  Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's  cost for the Note,
  increased  by  any market  discount,  acquisition  discount, OID  and  gain
  previously included by such Noteholder in  income with respect to the  Note
  and decreased  by the amount of bond premium  (if any) previously amortized
  and  by  the amount  of  principal  payments previously  received  by  such
  Noteholder  with respect  to such  Note.   Any such  gain or  loss will  be
  capital gain or loss  if the Note was held  as a capital asset, except  for
  gain  representing   accrued  interest  and  accrued  market  discount  not
  previously  included in income.  Capital losses  generally may be used only
  to offset capital gains.

       Foreign Holders.   In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, interest  payments
  made  (or accrued)  to a  Noteholder  who is  a nonresident  alien, foreign
  corporation  or   other  non-United  States  person  (a  "foreign  person")
  generally will be  considered "portfolio interest", and generally  will not
  be subject to United States federal income tax and  withholding tax, if the
  interest is  not  effectively connected  with the  conduct  of a  trade  or
  business  within the United  States by  the foreign person  and the foreign
  person (i)  is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of
  the  Trust or  the Seller  (including a  holder of  10% of  the outstanding
  Certificates)  or a "controlled foreign  corporation" with respect to which
  the  Trust or the  Seller is a "related  person" within the  meaning of the
  Code  and (ii) provides the Owner Trustee  or other person who is otherwise
  required   to  withhold  U.S.  tax  with  respect  to  the  Notes  with  an
  appropriate  statement  (on Form  W-8  or  a similar  form),  signed  under
  penalties of  perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner  of the Note is
  a foreign person  and providing the foreign person's name  and address.  If
  a Note is held through a securities clearing organization  or certain other
  financial  institutions, the  organization or  institution may  provide the
  relevant signed statement to the withholding agent;  in that case, however,
  the signed statement must be  accompanied by a Form W-8 or  substitute form
  provided by  the foreign person that  owns the Note.   If such  interest is
  not portfolio interest,  then it will be  subject to United States  federal
  income  and withholding  tax at  a rate  of 30  percent, unless  reduced or
  eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

       Any  capital  gain realized  on  the sale,  redemption,  retirement or
  other  taxable disposition of  a Note  by a foreign  person will  be exempt
  from United  States federal income and  withholding tax, provided  that (i)
  such  gain is  not effectively  connected with  the conduct  of a  trade or
  business in the United States  by the foreign person  and (ii) in the  case
  of an individual  foreign person, the foreign person is  not present in the
  United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.

       Backup  Withholding.   Each  holder of  a Note  (other than  an exempt
  holder such  as a corporation,  tax-exempt organization,  qualified pension
  and  profit-sharing trust,  individual  retirement account  or  nonresident
  alien  who provides certification  as to  status as a  nonresident) will be
  required to provide,  under penalties of perjury,  a certificate containing
  the holder's  name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number
  and  a statement  that the  holder is  not subject  to backup  withholding.
  Should a nonexempt Noteholder  fail to provide the required  certification,
  the Trust  Fund will  be  required to  withhold 31  percent  of the  amount
  otherwise payable to  the holder, and remit the withheld  amount to the IRS
  as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

       Possible Alternative  Treatments of  the Notes.   If, contrary to  the
  opinion of Tax Counsel, the  IRS successfully asserted that one or  more of
  the Notes  did not  represent  debt for  federal income  tax purposes,  the
  Notes  might be  treated as  equity interests  in  the Trust  Fund.   If so
  treated, the Trust Fund might be taxable as a  corporation with the adverse
  consequences  described above  (and  the taxable  corporation would  not be
  able  to reduce  its taxable income  by deductions for  interest expense on
  Notes recharacterized  as equity).  Alternatively,  and most likely  in the
  view of Tax Counsel,  the Trust Fund might be treated  as a publicly traded
  partnership  that would not  be taxable as  a corporation  because it would
  meet certain qualifying income tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment of the Notes
  as  equity interests  in  such a  publicly  traded partnership  could  have
  adverse  tax consequences  to  certain holders.    For example,  income  to
  certain tax-exempt entities (including  pension funds) would be  "unrelated
  business  taxable income",  income  to foreign  holders generally  would be
  subject  to   U.S.  tax  and  U.S.   tax  return  filing   and  withholding
  requirements,  and   individual  holders  might   be  subject   to  certain
  limitations  on their  ability to  deduct their  share of the  Trust Fund's
  expenses.


  TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

       Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership.  The Trust Fund  and the
  Servicer  will  agree,  and  the  Certificateholders  will  agree  by their
  purchase  of Certificates, to  treat the  Trust Fund  as a  partnership for
  purposes  of federal and state income tax,  franchise tax and any other tax
  measured in whole or in part  by income, with the assets of the partnership
  being the assets held  by the Trust Fund,  the partners of the  partnership
  being the Certificateholders, and the Notes being  debt of the partnership.
  However,  the  proper characterization  of  the  arrangement involving  the
  Trust Fund,  the Certificates, the Notes,  the Trust Fund  and the Servicer
  is  not  clear  because  there is  no  authority  on  transactions  closely
  comparable to that contemplated herein.

       A  variety   of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible.    For
  example, because the Certificates  have certain features characteristic  of
  debt,  the Certificates  might be considered  debt of the  Trust Fund.  Any
  such  characterization   would  not  result   in  materially   adverse  tax
  consequences  to Certificateholders  as compared  to the  consequences from
  treatment of the Certificates as equity in  a partnership, described below.
  The  following discussion  assumes that  the Certificates  represent equity
  interests in a partnership.

       Indexed Securities,  etc.  The  following discussion assumes that  all
  payments  on the Certificates are denominated  in U.S. dollars, none of the
  Certificates  are  Indexed Securities  or  Strip Certificates,  and  that a
  Series of Securities  includes a single  class of  Certificates.  If  these
  conditions  are  not  satisfied  with  respect  to   any  given  Series  of
  Certificates,   additional  tax   considerations  with   respect   to  such
  Certificates will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

       Partnership Taxation.   If the  Trust Fund  is a  partnership, in  the
  opinion  of Tax  Counsel, the  Trust Fund  will not  be subject  to federal
  income tax.  Rather, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, each  Certificateholder
  will be  required to separately take  into account such  holder's allocated
  share  of income, gains, losses, deductions and  credits of the Trust Fund.
  The Trust  Fund's income  will consist  primarily of  interest and  finance
  charges earned on the  Loans (including appropriate adjustments for  market
  discount,  OID  and   bond  premium)  and  any  gain  upon   collection  or
  disposition of Loans.   The Trust Fund's deductions will  consist primarily
  of interest accruing with respect to  the Notes, servicing and other  fees,
  and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of Loans.

       In  the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, the tax  items of  a partnership are
  allocable  to   the  partners  in  accordance   with  the   Code,  Treasury
  regulations and  the partnership agreement  (here, the Trust Agreement  and
  related documents).   The  Trust Agreement will  provide, in general,  that
  the Certificateholders will  be allocated taxable income of the  Trust Fund
  for each month  equal to the sum  of (i) the interest  that accrues on  the
  Certificates  in  accordance with  their  terms for  such  month, including
  interest accruing at the  Pass-Through Rate for such month  and interest on
  amounts previously  due on the Certificates  but not yet  distributed; (ii)
  any  Trust  Fund  income  attributable  to  discount   on  the  Loans  that
  corresponds to any excess of the principal  amount of the Certificates over
  their  initial  issue  price  (iii)  prepayment   premium  payable  to  the
  Certificateholders for  such month;  and (iv) any  other amounts of  income
  payable to  the Certificateholders for such month.  Such allocation will be
  reduced by  any amortization by  the Trust  Fund of  premium on Loans  that
  corresponds to  any excess of  the issue price  of Certificates over  their
  principal  amount.  All remaining taxable income  of the Trust Fund will be
  allocated  to the  Depositor.   Based  on the  economic arrangement  of the
  parties,  in the opinion of Tax Counsel, this approach for allocating Trust
  Fund income  should be permissible  under applicable  Treasury regulations,
  although no  assurance  can be  given  that the  IRS  would not  require  a
  greater amount of income to be allocated  to Certificateholders.  Moreover,
  in  the  opinion  of  Tax  Counsel,  even under  the  foregoing  method  of
  allocation, Certificateholders  may be allocated income equal to the entire
  Pass-Through Rate  plus the  other items  described above  even though  the
  Trust  Fund   might  not  have  sufficient   cash  to  make   current  cash
  distributions of such  amount.  Thus, cash basis holders  will in effect be
  required to report  income from the Certificates  on the accrual basis  and
  Certificateholders may  become liable for taxes  on Trust Fund  income even
  if they have not received  cash from the Trust Fund to pay such  taxes.  In
  addition,  because tax  allocations and  tax reporting  will  be done  on a
  uniform basis  for  all Certificateholders  but  Certificateholders may  be
  purchasing  Certificates  at  different  times  and  at  different  prices,
  Certificateholders may be  required to report on their tax  returns taxable
  income that is  greater or  less than the  amount reported to  them by  the
  Trust Fund.

       In the opinion of Tax  Counsel, all of the taxable income allocated to
  a Certificateholder that  is a pension, profit sharing or  employee benefit
  plan  or  other  tax-exempt  entity  (including  an  individual  retirement
  account)  will  constitute "unrelated  business  taxable income"  generally
  taxable to such a holder under the Code.

       In  the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, an  individual  taxpayer's share  of
  expenses  of  the  Trust  Fund (including  fees  to  the  Servicer but  not
  interest  expense)  would  be  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions.    Such
  deductions might be disallowed  to the individual in  whole or in part  and
  might result  in  such holder  being  taxed on  an  amount of  income  that
  exceeds the  amount of cash  actually distributed to  such holder over  the
  life of the Trust Fund.

       The  Trust Fund  intends  to make  all  tax calculations  relating  to
  income and  allocations to  Certificateholders on an  aggregate basis.   If
  the  IRS were to require that such calculations be made separately for each
  Loan, the Trust Fund might  be required to incur additional expense  but it
  is  believed  that  there  would  not  be  a  material  adverse  effect  on
  Certificateholders.

       Discount  and Premium.  It is believed  that the Loans were not issued
  with OID, and,  therefore, the Trust should not have  OID income.  However,
  the  purchase price paid by the Trust Fund for  the Loans may be greater or
  less  than the  remaining principal  balance of  the Loans  at the  time of
  purchase.  If so,  in the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the Loan will  have been
  acquired  at a  premium or  discount, as the  case may  be.   (As indicated
  above,  the Trust Fund  will make  this calculation on  an aggregate basis,
  but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)

       If the Trust Fund acquires  the Loans at a market discount or premium,
  the  Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently
  as it  accrues over the  life of  the Loans or  to offset any  such premium
  against interest  income on the  Loans.  As indicated  above, a  portion of
  such  market discount  income  or premium  deduction  may be  allocated  to
  Certificateholders.

       Section  708  Termination.   In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel,  under
  Section  708 of the  Code, the Trust  Fund will be deemed  to terminate for
  federal  income tax  purposes if  50% or  more of  the capital  and profits
  interests  in  the Trust  Fund  are sold  or  exchanged  within a  12-month
  period.  If such  a termination occurs, the  Trust Fund will be  considered
  to  distribute its assets  to the  partners, who would  then be  treated as
  recontributing those assets to  the Trust Fund as  a new partnership.   The
  Trust Fund will  not comply with certain technical requirements  that might
  apply when such a constructive  termination occurs.  As a result, the Trust
  Fund  may be  subject to  certain tax  penalties and  may  incur additional
  expenses   if   it  is   required  to   comply  with   those  requirements.
  Furthermore, the Trust  Fund might  not be able  to comply  due to lack  of
  data.

       Disposition  of  Certificates.   Generally,  in  the  opinion  of  Tax
  Counsel,  capital gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of Certificates
  in an amount equal  to the difference between  the amount realized and  the
  seller's tax  basis in  the Certificates sold.   A Certificateholder's  tax
  basis  in a Certificate will generally equal the holder's cost increased by
  the  holder's  share  of  Trust Fund  income  (includible  in  income)  and
  decreased by  any distributions received with  respect to such Certificate.
  In  addition,  both the  tax  basis  in  the Certificates  and  the  amount
  realized  on a  sale of a  Certificate would include  the holder's share of
  the  Notes and other  liabilities of  the Trust Fund.   A  holder acquiring
  Certificates  at different  prices may  be required  to  maintain a  single
  aggregate adjusted tax basis  in such Certificates, and, upon sale or other
  disposition  of  some of  the  Certificates,  allocate a  portion  of  such
  aggregate tax  basis to  the Certificates sold  (rather than maintaining  a
  separate tax  basis in each  Certificate for purposes of  computing gain or
  loss on a sale of that Certificate).

       Any gain on  the sale of  a Certificate attributable  to the  holder's
  share  of unrecognized  accrued market  discount on  the Receivables  would
  generally be treated  as ordinary income to the holder  and would give rise
  to special tax reporting requirements.   The Trust Fund does not  expect to
  have  any other  assets  that would  give  rise to  such special  reporting
  requirements.   Thus, to  avoid those  special reporting requirements,  the
  Trust Fund will elect to include market discount in income as it accrues.

       If  a Certificateholder is required  to recognize  an aggregate amount
  of  income  (not  including  income  attributable  to  disallowed  itemized
  deductions described above) over the life of  the Certificates that exceeds
  the aggregate  cash distributions  with respect  thereto, such  excess will
  generally  give  rise  to  a  capital  loss  upon  the  retirement  of  the
  Certificates.

       Allocations Between  Transferors  and Transferees.    In general,  the
  Trust Fund's  taxable income and losses will  be determined monthly and the
  tax items  for a particular  calendar month  will be apportioned  among the
  Certificateholders in  proportion to the  principal amount  of Certificates
  owned by them as of the close of the last day  of such month.  As a result,
  a holder  purchasing Certificates  may be allocated  tax items (which  will
  affect its tax liability and tax basis) attributable to  periods before the
  actual transaction.

       The use of such a monthly convention may not  be permitted by existing
  regulations.  If a  monthly convention is not  allowed (or only applies  to
  transfers of less  than all of the  partner's interest), taxable income  or
  losses    of   the   Trust   Fund   might    be   reallocated   among   the
  Certificateholders.     The  Trust  Fund's  method  of  allocation  between
  transferors  and  transferees  may  be  revised  to  conform  to  a  method
  permitted by future regulations.

       Section 754  Election.   In the event  that a Certificateholder  sells
  its Certificates at a profit (loss), the  purchasing Certificateholder will
  have  a  higher  (lower)  basis  in  the   Certificates  than  the  selling
  Certificateholder had.   The tax basis of the Trust  Fund's assets will not
  be adjusted to reflect that  higher (or lower) basis unless the  Trust Fund
  were to file an  election under Section 754 of the Code.  In order to avoid
  the administrative complexities that would be involved in  keeping accurate
  accounting records,  as well as  potentially onerous  information reporting
  requirements, the  Trust Fund will  not make such election.   As  a result,
  Certificateholders might be  allocated a greater or lesser amount  of Trust
  Fund income  than would be  appropriate based on  their own purchase  price
  for Certificates.

       Administrative Matters.   The  Owner Trustee  is required  to keep  or
  have kept complete  and accurate books of the Trust  Fund.  Such books will
  be maintained for financial reporting and tax  purposes on an accrual basis
  and the fiscal year  of the Trust will  be the calendar year.   The Trustee
  will file a  partnership information  return (IRS Form  1065) with the  IRS
  for  each   taxable  year  of   the  Trust   Fund  and  will   report  each
  Certificateholder's  allocable  share of  items  of Trust  Fund  income and
  expense  to holders  and the  IRS on  Schedule K-1.    The Trust  Fund will
  provide the Schedule K-l  information to nominees that fail to  provide the
  Trust  Fund  with  the  information  statement  described  below  and  such
  nominees will  be required  to forward such  information to the  beneficial
  owners of  the Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns that
  are consistent with the  information return filed by  the Trust Fund or  be
  subject  to penalties  unless  the  holder notifies  the  IRS of  all  such
  inconsistenciesL.

       Under  Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as
  a nominee at  any time during  a calendar year  is required to furnish  the
  Trust Fund with a statement containing certain  information on the nominee,
  the  beneficial owners  and the  Certificates so  held.   Such  information
  includes (i)  the name, address and  taxpayer identification number  of the
  nominee  and (ii)  as to  each beneficial owner  (x) the  name, address and
  identification number of such person,  (y) whether such person is  a United
  States  person,   a  tax-exempt   entity  or   a  foreign  government,   an
  international organization, or any  wholly owned agency or  instrumentality
  of either  of the  foregoing, and (z)  certain information on  Certificates
  that were  held, bought or  sold on  behalf of  such person throughout  the
  year.     In  addition,  brokers  and   financial  institutions  that  hold
  Certificates through  a nominee  are required  to furnish  directly to  the
  Trust  Fund   information  as   to  themselves   and  their   ownership  of
  Certificates.   A  clearing  agency registered  under  Section 17A  of  the
  Exchange  Act is not required to furnish  any such information statement to
  the Trust Fund.   The information referred to  above for any calendar  year
  must be  furnished to the Trust Fund on or before the following January 31.
  Nominees,  brokers and  financial  institutions that  fail  to provide  the
  Trust  Fund  with  the  information  described  above  may  be  subject  to
  penalties.

       The Depositor  will be designated  as the tax  matters partner in  the
  related Trust Agreement and, as such, will  be responsible for representing
  the Certificateholders in any dispute  with the IRS.  The Code provides for
  administrative examination  of a partnership as  if the partnership  were a
  separate and distinct taxpayer.  Generally, the  statute of limitations for
  partnership items  does not  expire before  three years after  the date  on
  which   the  partnership  information  return   is  filed.     Any  adverse
  determination  following an  audit of the  return of the  Trust Fund by the
  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result  in  an  adjustment  of  the
  returns of  the  Certificateholders, and,  under  certain circumstances,  a
  Certificateholder may  be precluded from  separately litigating  a proposed
  adjustment to  the items  of  the Trust  Fund.   An  adjustment could  also
  result in  an audit  of a  Certificateholder's returns  and adjustments  of
  items not related to the income and losses of the Trust Fund.

       Tax Consequences  to  Foreign Certificateholders.    It is  not  clear
  whether  the Trust Fund  would be considered  to be  engaged in a  trade or
  business in  the United  States for purposes  of federal withholding  taxes
  with  respect to  non-U.S.  persons because  there  is no  clear  authority
  dealing  with  that  issue  under  facts  substantially  similar  to  those
  described herein.  Although  it is not expected  that the Trust Fund  would
  be engaged in a  trade or business in the United  States for such purposes,
  the Trust Fund will withhold as if  it were so engaged in order  to protect
  the  Trust  Fund  from  possible  adverse  consequences  of  a  failure  to
  withhold.   The  Trust Fund  expects  to withhold  on  the portion  of  its
  taxable income that is  allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to
  Section  1446 of the Code, as if  such income were effectively connected to
  a U.S. trade  or business, at a  rate of 35% for  foreign holders that  are
  taxable  as  corporations   and  39.6%  for  all   other  foreign  holders.
  Subsequent  adoption  of  Treasury regulations  or  the  issuance  of other
  administrative  pronouncements  may  require   the  Trust  to  change   its
  withholding procedures.  In determining a holder's  withholding status, the
  Trust  Fund  may rely  on  IRS  Form W-8,  IRS  Form  W-9  or the  holder's
  certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

       Each  foreign holder might  be required  to file a  U.S. individual or
  corporate income tax return (including,  in the case of a  corporation, the
  branch profits tax) on  its share of the Trust Fund's income.  Each foreign
  holder  must obtain  a  taxpayer identification  number  from the  IRS  and
  submit  that number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate
  crediting  of the  taxes  withheld.   A foreign  holder generally  would be
  entitled to  file with  the IRS a  claim for  refund with respect  to taxes
  withheld  by the  Trust Fund  taking the  position that  no taxes  were due
  because  the  Trust Fund  was  not engaged  in  a U.S.  trade  or business.
  However, interest payments made (or accrued) to  a Certificateholder who is
  a foreign  person generally will be  considered guaranteed payments  to the
  extent  such payments are  determined without  regard to the  income of the
  Trust  Fund.   If these  interest payments  are  properly characterized  as
  guaranteed payments,  then the interest  will not be considered  "portfolio
  interest."  As  a  result, Certificateholders  will  be  subject to  United
  States  federal income tax  and withholding  tax at a  rate of  30 percent,
  unless reduced or  eliminated pursuant  to an applicable  treaty.  In  such
  case, a foreign holder  would only be entitled  to claim a refund  for that
  portion of the  taxes in excess of  the taxes that should be  withheld with
  respect to the guaranteed payments.

       Backup Withholding.    Distributions  made  on  the  Certificates  and
  proceeds from the sale  of the Certificates will  be subject to a  "backup"
  withholding  tax of  31% if,  in general,  the  Certificateholder fails  to
  comply  with certain  identification procedures,  unless  the holder  is an
  exempt recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

       In  addition  to  the federal  income  tax  consequences  described in
  "Certain Material  Federal Income Tax  Considerations," potential investors
  should  consider  the  state  and local  income  tax  consequences  of  the
  acquisition,  ownership, and  disposition  of the  Securities.   State  and
  local  income  tax law  may  differ  substantially  from the  corresponding
  federal law,  and this discussion  does not purport to  describe any aspect
  of  the income tax  laws of  any state or  locality.   Therefore, potential
  investors  should  consult their  own  tax  advisors with  respect  to  the
  various  state  and  local  tax  consequences  of   an  investment  in  the
  Securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

       The  following describes  certain considerations  under ERISA  and the
  Code, which apply  only to Securities of a Series that are not divided into
  subclasses.    If  Securities  are  divided  into  subclasses  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement  will contain  information concerning  considerations
  relating to ERISA and the Code that are applicable to such Securities.

       ERISA imposes requirements  on employee benefit plans (and  on certain
  other retirement  plans and  arrangements, including  individual retirement
  accounts and annuities,  Keogh plans  and collective  investment funds  and
  separate  accounts  in  which  such  plans,  accounts  or  arrangements are
  invested) (collectively  "Plans") subject to ERISA  and on persons  who are
  fiduciaries  with respect  to  such Plans.    Generally, ERISA  applies  to
  investments made  by Plans.   Among other things,  ERISA requires that  the
  assets of  Plans  be held  in trust  and that  the trustee,  or other  duly
  authorized  fiduciary, have  exclusive authority  and discretion  to manage
  and control the assets  of such Plans.   ERISA also imposes certain  duties
  on  persons who  are fiduciaries  of Plans.   Under  ERISA, any  person who
  exercises   any  authority   or  control   respecting  the   management  or
  disposition  of the  assets of a  Plan is  considered to be  a fiduciary of
  such  Plan (subject  to certain  exceptions not  here  relevant).   Certain
  employee benefit  plans, such  as governmental plans  (as defined in  ERISA
  Section 3(32)) and, if  no election has been  made under Section 410(d)  of
  the  Code,  church plans  (as  defined in  ERISA  Section  3(33)), are  not
  subject to  ERISA requirements.  Accordingly,  assets of such plans  may be
  invested  in  Securities  without   regard  to  the  ERISA   considerations
  described above  and below, subject to  the provisions of  applicable state
  law.  Any such plan which is qualified and exempt from  taxation under Code
  Sections  401(a)   and  501(a),  however,  is  subject  to  the  prohibited
  transaction rules set forth in Code Section 503. 

       On  November 13,  1986, the  United States  Department  of Labor  (the
  "DOL")  issued  final  regulations   concerning  the  definition  of   what
  constitutes  the assets of a  Plan.  (Labor  Reg. Section 2510.3-101) Under
  this regulation,  the  underlying assets  and  properties of  corporations,
  partnerships and certain other  entities in which a Plan makes  an "equity"
  investment could  be deemed  for  purposes of  ERISA to  be  assets of  the
  investing Plan  in certain circumstances.  However, the regulation provides
  that, generally, the  assets of  a corporation  or partnership  in which  a
  Plan invests  will not be deemed for purposes of ERISA to be assets of such
  Plan  if  the  equity  interest  acquired  by  the  investing  Plan  is   a
  publicly-offered  security.  A publicly-offered security, as defined in the
  Labor Reg. Section  2510.3-101, is a security  that is widely  held, freely
  transferable and registered  under the Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as
  amended.

       In  addition  to the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary standards  of
  investment  prudence and diversification, ERISA prohibits  a broad range of
  transactions involving  Plan  assets and  persons  ("Parties in  Interest")
  having certain  specified relationships  to a  Plan and  imposes additional
  prohibitions where  Parties in  Interest  are fiduciaries  with respect  to
  such Plan.  Because  the Loans may be deemed Plan assets of  each Plan that
  purchases  Securities, an investment in the Securities by a Plan might be a
  prohibited  transaction under ERISA Sections 406 and  407 and subject to an
  excise tax  under Code  Section 4975 unless  a statutory or  administrative
  exemption applies.

       In Prohibited Transaction Exemption  83-1 ("PTE 83-1"), which  amended
  Prohibited Transaction  Exemption  81-7,  the  DOL  exempted  from  ERISA's
  prohibited  transaction  rules   certain  transactions   relating  to   the
  operation of residential  mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase,
  sale  and  holding of  "mortgage  pool  pass-through certificates"  in  the
  initial  issuance of  such  certificates.   PTE  83-1 permits,  subject  to
  certain  conditions,  transactions  which  might  otherwise  be  prohibited
  between  Plans and Parties in Interest with  respect to those Plans related
  to  the  origination,  maintenance   and  termination  of  mortgage   pools
  consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or  second mortgages or deeds
  of trust  on single-family  residential property,  and the  acquisition and
  holding of  certain mortgage pool pass-through certificates representing an
  interest  in  such mortgage  pools  by Plans.    If the  general conditions
  (discussed  below) of  PTE 83-1  are satisfied,  investments by  a  Plan in
  Securities that represent interests in a Pool  consisting of Loans ("Single
  Family Securities") will be exempt from the  prohibitions of ERISA Sections
  406(a)  and  407  (relating  generally  to  transactions  with  Parties  in
  Interest who are not fiduciaries)  if the Plan purchases the  Single Family
  Securities at no more  than fair market value  and will be exempt  from the
  prohibitions of  ERISA Sections  406(b)(1) and  (2) (relating  generally to
  transactions with fiduciaries) if,  in addition,  the purchase is  approved
  by  an independent  fiduciary,  no sales  commission is  paid  to the  pool
  sponsor, the  Plan does not  purchase more  than 25%  of all Single  Family
  Securities, and at  least 50% of all Single Family Securities are purchased
  by persons independent of the  pool sponsor or pool trustee.  PTE 83-1 does
  not   provide  an   exemption   for   transactions  involving   Subordinate
  Securities.     Accordingly,  unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement, no transfer of a Subordinate  Security or a Security
  which is not a Single Family Security may be made to a Plan.

       The discussion in this and the next  succeeding paragraph applies only
  to Single Family Securities.  The Depositor believes  that, for purposes of
  PTE 83-1, the term  "mortgage pass-through certificate" would include:  (i)
  Securities  issued in  a  Series  consisting  of  only a  single  class  of
  Securities; and (ii)  Securities issued in a Series in  which there is only
  one class of Trust Securities; provided that the Securities  in the case of
  clause  (i), or the  Securities in  the case of  clause (ii),  evidence the
  beneficial ownership  of  both a  specified percentage  of future  interest
  payments (greater than 0%) and a specified percentage (greater than 0%)  of
  future principal payments on the  Loans.  It is  not clear whether a  class
  of  Securities that  evidences the  beneficial ownership  in  a Trust  Fund
  divided  into Loan  groups, beneficial ownership  of a specified percentage
  of interest payments only or principal payments only,  or a notional amount
  of  either  principal  or  interest payments,  or  a  class  of  Securities
  entitled to receive payments  of interest and  principal on the Loans  only
  after  payments  to  other  classes or  after  the  occurrence  of  certain
  specified  events  would  be  a  "mortgage  pass-through  certificate"  for
  purposes of PTE 83-1.

       PTE 83-1 sets  forth three general conditions which must  be satisfied
  for any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i)  the maintenance of a
  system of  insurance or other protection for  the pooled mortgage loans and
  property securing  such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against
  reductions in pass-through  payments due to property damage or  defaults in
  loan payments in an amount not less than the greater  of one percent of the
  aggregate principal  balance of  all covered pooled  mortgage loans or  the
  principal balance  of the  largest covered pooled  mortgage loan; (ii)  the
  existence  of a pool trustee  who is not an  affiliate of the pool sponsor;
  and  (iii) a limitation on the  amount of the payment  retained by the pool
  sponsor,  together with  other funds inuring  to its  benefit, to  not more
  than adequate consideration for selling the mortgage loans plus  reasonable
  compensation for services provided  by the pool sponsor  to the Pool.   The
  Depositor believes that the first general condition  referred to above will
  be satisfied with respect  to the Securities in  a Series issued without  a
  subordination  feature, or the  Securities only in  a Series  issued with a
  subordination  feature,   provided  that  the   subordination  and  Reserve
  Account, subordination  by shifting  of interests,  the  pool insurance  or
  other form  of  credit enhancement  described  herein (such  subordination,
  pool insurance  or other  form of  credit enhancement  being the  system of
  insurance or other protection referred  to above) with respect to  a Series
  of Securities is maintained in an  amount not less than the greater of  one
  percent of  the aggregate principal balance  of the Loans or  the principal
  balance of the largest Loan.   See "Description of the Securities"  herein.
  In  the  absence  of  a  ruling  that  the  system  of  insurance or  other
  protection  with respect  to a  Series of  Securities  satisfies the  first
  general condition referred to above, there  can be no assurance that  these
  features will be so viewed by the DOL.  The Trustee will not be  affiliated
  with the Depositor.

       Each Plan  fiduciary  who is  responsible  for making  the  investment
  decisions  whether to purchase  or commit  to purchase  and to  hold Single
  Family  Securities must make its own determination  as to whether the first
  and  third  general  conditions,  and  the  specific  conditions  described
  briefly in the preceding paragraph, of PTE 83-1 have  been satisfied, or as
  to the availability  of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.   Each
  Plan fiduciary should  also determine whether, under the  general fiduciary
  standards of investment prudence and diversification, an  investment in the
  Securities is  appropriate for  the Plan, taking  into account the  overall
  investment policy of the Plan and the  composition of the Plan's investment
  portfolio.

       On September  6, 1990  the DOL  issued to  Greenwich Capital  Markets,
  Inc.,  an individual  exemption  (Prohibited Transaction  Exemption  90-59;
  Exemption  Application No.  D-8374, 55 Fed.  Reg. 36724)  (the "Underwriter
  Exemption") which applies to certain sales  and servicing of "certificates"
  that are  obligations of a "trust" with  respect to which Greenwich Capital
  Markets, Inc. is the underwriter, manager or  co-manager of an underwriting
  syndicate.   The Underwriter Exemption  provides relief  which is generally
  similar to that provided by PTE 83-1, but is broader in several respects.

       The  Underwriter  Exemption  contains  several  requirements, some  of
  which differ from  those in PTE  83-l.  The Underwriter  Exemption contains
  an expanded  definition of "certificate" which  includes an  interest which
  entitles the holder to pass-through payments  of principal, interest and/or
  other payments.  The Underwriter Exemption contains  an expanded definition
  of "trust" which  permits the trust corpus  to consist of secured  consumer
  receivables.   The definition  of "trust",  however, does  not include  any
  investment pool unless,  inter alia, (i) the investment pool  consists only
  of  assets of the type which have  been included in other investment pools,
  (ii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment  pools have
  been purchased by investors  other than Plans for  at least one year  prior
  to  the Plan's  acquisition  of certificates  pursuant  to the  Underwriter
  Exemption, and (iii) certificates in such other  investment pools have been
  rated  in one  of the three  highest generic rating  categories of the four
  credit rating  agencies noted below.   Generally, the Underwriter Exemption
  holds  that the acquisition of the certificates  by a Plan must be on terms
  (including the price for the certificates)  that are at least as  favorable
  to  the Plan  as they  would  be in  an arm's  length  transaction with  an
  unrelated party.   The Underwriter Exemption  requires that the  rights and
  interests  evidenced by  the  certificates  not  be "subordinated"  to  the
  rights and  interests evidenced  by other certificates  of the same  trust.
  The Underwriter  Exemption requires  that certificates  acquired by a  Plan
  have received a rating at  the time of their acquisition that  is in one of
  the  three   highest  generic  rating  categories   of  Standard  &  Poor's
  Corporation, Moody's Investors  Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Inc.  or Fitch
  Investors Service, Inc.  The Underwriter Exemption  specifies that the pool
  trustee must not be  an affiliate of the pool sponsor,  nor an affiliate of
  the Underwriter,  the pool servicer, any  obligor with respect  to mortgage
  loans included  in the  trust constituting more  than five  percent of  the
  aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets  in the trust, or any
  affiliate of such entities.  Finally,  the Underwriter Exemption stipulates
  that  any  Plan  investing  in the  certificates  must  be  an  "accredited
  investor"  as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of Regulation  D of the Securities
  and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

       Any  Plan  fiduciary  which  proposes to  cause  a  Plan  to  purchase
  Securities should  consult  with their  counsel  concerning the  impact  of
  ERISA  and the  Code, the  applicability  of PTE  83-1 and  the Underwriter
  Exemption, and  the potential consequences in their specific circumstances,
  prior to  making such  investment.   Moreover, each  Plan fiduciary  should
  determine  whether  under the  general  fiduciary  standards of  investment
  procedure  and   diversification  an  investment   in  the   Securities  is
  appropriate  for  the Plan,  taking  into  account  the overall  investment
  policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

       The Prospectus Supplement for each  series of Securities will  specify
  which, if  any, of  the classes  of Securities  offered thereby  constitute
  "mortgage related  securities"  for  purposes  of  the  Secondary  Mortgage
  Market  Enhancement Act  of 1984  ("SMMEA").   Classes  of Securities  that
  qualify  as "mortgage  related securities"  will  be legal  investments for
  persons,   trusts,  corporations,   partnerships,  associations,   business
  trusts,  and  business entities  (including  depository  institutions, life
  insurance companies  and  pension funds)  created pursuant  to or  existing
  under  the  laws of  the  United  States or  of  any  state (including  the
  District of  Columbia and  Puerto Rico)  whose  authorized investments  are
  subject to state regulations to  the same extent as, under applicable  law,
  obligations issued by  or guaranteed  as to principal  and interest by  the
  United States  or any  such  entities.   Under SMMEA,  if  a state  enacted
  legislation  prior  to October  4,  1991  specifically  limiting the  legal
  investment  authority of  any  such  entities  with  respect  to  "mortgage
  related  securities",  securities will  constitute  legal  investments  for
  entities subject to  such legislation only to the extent  provided therein.
  Approximately  twenty-one  states adopted  such  legislation  prior to  the
  October  4, 1991 deadline.  SMMEA provides,  however, that in no event will
  the  enactment  of  any  such  legislation  affect   the  validity  of  any
  contractual  commitment  to  purchase, hold  or  invest  in securities,  or
  require  the  sale or  other disposition  of  securities, so  long  as such
  contractual commitment was  made or such securities were acquired  prior to
  the enactment of such legislation.

       SMMEA   also    amended   the    legal    investment   authority    of
  federally-chartered  depository  institutions as  follows:  federal savings
  and  loan associations  and federal savings  banks may  invest in,  sell or
  otherwise deal  in Securities without limitations  as to the  percentage of
  their  assets  represented thereby,  federal  credit unions  may  invest in
  mortgage related securities, and  national banks may purchase  certificates
  for  their   own  account  without  regard  to  the  limitations  generally
  applicable to  investment securities set forth  in 12 U.S.C.  24 (Seventh),
  subject    in  each case  to  such regulations  as  the  applicable federal
  authority may prescribe.  In this connection,  federal credit unions should
  review the National  Credit Union Administration ("NCUA")  Letter to Credit
  Unions No.  96, as  modified  by Letter  to Credit  Unions  No. 108,  which
  includes guidelines  to assist federal  credit unions in making  investment
  decisions  for  mortgage  related  securities  and  the  NCUA's  regulation
  "Investment and Deposit Activities" (12 C.F.R. Part  703), which sets forth
  certain restrictions  on investment by  federal credit  unions in  mortgage
  related securities.

       All  depository   institutions  considering   an  investment  in   the
  Securities (whether or not the class of  Securities under consideration for
  purchase  constitutes  a "mortgage  related  security")  should review  the
  Federal  Financial Institutions  Examination  Council's Supervisory  Policy
  Statement on  the Securities  Activities (to  the extent  adopted by  their
  respective regulators)  (the "Policy Statement") setting forth, in relevant
  part, certain  securities trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for
  an   institution's   investment  portfolio,   and   guidelines   for   (and
  restrictions  on)  investing  in  mortgage  derivative products,  including
  "mortgage related  securities", which  are "high-risk mortgage  securities"
  as defined in  the Policy  Statement.   According to  the Policy  Statement
  such "high-risk  mortgage securities" include securities such as Securities
  not  entitled  to distributions  allocated  to  principal or  interest,  or
  Subordinated   Securities.     Under  the  Policy   Statement,  it  is  the
  responsibility of  each  depository  institution  to  determine,  prior  to
  purchase  (and  at  stated  intervals  thereafter),  whether  a  particular
  mortgage  derivative  product  is  a  "high-risk  mortgage  security",  and
  whether  the purchase (or retention) of such  a product would be consistent
  with the Policy Statement.

       The foregoing  does not take into  consideration the  applicability of
  statutes,  rules, regulations,  orders guidelines  or agreements  generally
  governing  investments made  by a  particular investor,  including, but not
  limited to "prudent  investor" provisions  which may  restrict or  prohibit
  investment  in  securities which  are  not  "interest  bearing" or  "income
  paying".

       There may be  other restrictions on the ability of  certain investors,
  including depositors  institutions,  either to  purchase  Securities or  to
  purchase Securities  representing more than a  specified percentage  of the
  investor's assets.   Investors should consult  their own legal  advisors in
  determining  whether  and to  what extent  the Securities  constitute legal
  investments for such investors.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

       The Securities  offered hereby  and by the  Prospectus Supplement will
  be offered in Series.   The distribution of the Securities may  be effected
  from  time  to time  in  one  or more  transactions,  including  negotiated
  transactions, at a  fixed public offering price or at  varying prices to be
  determined at the  time of sale or at the  time of commitment therefor.  If
  so specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, the Securities  will be
  distributed in  a firm  commitment underwriting, subject  to the terms  and
  conditions  of the  underwriting agreement,  by Greenwich  Capital Markets,
  Inc. ("GCM") acting  as underwriter with other underwriters, if  any, named
  therein.    In such  event,  the  related Prospectus  Supplement  may  also
  specify  that  the underwriters  will  not  be  obligated  to pay  for  any
  Securities  agreed  to  be purchased  by  purchasers  pursuant  to purchase
  agreements acceptable  to the Depositor.   In connection  with the sale  of
  the Securities,  underwriters may receive  compensation from  the Depositor
  or from purchasers of the Securities in the form of  discounts, concessions
  or commissions.   The related Prospectus Supplement will describe  any such
  compensation paid by the Depositor.

       Alternatively, the  related Prospectus Supplement may specify that the
  Securities  will be distributed by GCM acting as  agent or in some cases as
  principal with  respect to Securities that  it has previously  purchased or
  agreed to  purchase.  If GCM  acts as agent in the  sale of Securities, GCM
  will  receive  a  selling  commission  with  respect   to  each  Series  of
  Securities, depending on  market conditions,  expressed as a  percentage of
  the  aggregate principal balance of the related Trust Fund Assets as of the
  Cut-off Date.  The exact  percentage for each Series of Securities  will be
  disclosed in  the related Prospectus  Supplement.   To the extent  that GCM
  elects  to purchase  Securities as  principal, GCM  may  realize losses  or
  profits based upon the difference  between its purchase price and the sales
  price.  The Prospectus Supplement with respect  to any Series offered other
  than through underwriters will contain information  regarding the nature of
  such offering and  any agreements to be entered  into between the Depositor
  and purchasers of Securities of such Series.

       The Depositor will indemnify  GCM and any underwriters against certain
  civil liabilities, including liabilities under the  Securities Act of 1933,
  or  will contribute to payments GCM and any underwriters may be required to
  make in respect thereof.

       In the  ordinary course of business, GCM and  the Depositor may engage
  in  various  securities  and financing  transactions,  including repurchase
  agreements  to  provide  interim  financing  of  the Depositor's  loans  or
  private asset backed securities, pending the sale of such loans or  private
  asset backed securities, or interests therein, including the Securities.

       The  Depositor anticipates that the  Securities will be sold primarily
  to institutional investors.   Purchasers of Securities, including  dealers,
  may, depending on the facts and circumstances of such purchases,  be deemed
  to be "underwriters" within  the meaning of the  Securities Act of 1933  in
  connection  with reoffers  and sales  by them  of  Securities.   Holders of
  Securities should  consult with their legal  advisors in this  regard prior
  to any such reoffer or sale.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

       The  legality  of the  Securities  of each  Series,  including certain
  material federal  income tax  consequences with  respect  thereto, will  be
  passed upon for  the Depositor  by Brown  & Wood  LLP, New  York, New  York
  10048.

                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

       A  new Trust  Fund  will be  formed  with respect  to  each Series  of
  Securities and  no Trust  Fund will  engage in  any business activities  or
  have any assets or obligations prior to the issuance  of the related Series
  of Securities.   Accordingly, no financial  statements with respect  to any
  Trust  Fund  will  be  included  in  this  Prospectus  or  in  the  related
  Prospectus Supplement.

                                     RATING

       It  is a condition to  the issuance  of the Securities  of each Series
  offered hereby and by the  Prospectus Supplement that they shall  have been
  rated in  one  of the  four  highest rating  categories  by the  nationally
  recognized statistical rating agency or agencies  (each, a "Rating Agency")
  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

       Any such rating would  be based on,  among other things, the  adequacy
  of  the value  of the  Trust Fund  Assets and  any credit  enhancement with
  respect to  such class  and will  reflect such  Rating Agency's  assessment
  solely of  the likelihood that  holders of  a class  of Securities of  such
  class will  receive payments  to  which such  Securityholders are  entitled
  under  the  related  Agreement.    Such  rating   will  not  constitute  an
  assessment  of the  likelihood that  principal prepayments  on the  related
  Loans will be made, the degree to which the  rate of such prepayments might
  differ  from  that  originally  anticipated  or  the  likelihood  of  early
  optional termination of the Series  of Securities.  Such rating should  not
  be deemed a  recommendation to purchase, hold or sell  Securities, inasmuch
  as  it  does not  address  market  price or  suitability  for  a particular
  investor.  Such  rating will not address the possibility that prepayment at
  higher  or lower  rates  than anticipated  by  an investor  may  cause such
  investor to experience a  lower than anticipated yield or that  an investor
  purchasing a  Security at  a significant premium  might fail to  recoup its
  initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.

       There  is also no assurance that any such rating will remain in effect
  for any  given period of time  or that it may  not be lowered  or withdrawn
  entirely  by  the  Rating  Agency   in  the  future  if  in  its   judgment
  circumstances in the future  so warrant.  In  addition to being lowered  or
  withdrawn  due to  any erosion in  the adequacy of  the value  of the Trust
  Fund  Assets  or any  credit  enhancement with  respect  to a  Series, such
  rating might  also be lowered or withdrawn among  other reasons, because of
  an  adverse  change  in  the financial  or  other  condition  of  a  credit
  enhancement  provider or a change in  the rating of such credit enhancement
  provider's long term debt.

       The  amount,   type  and  nature   of  credit  enhancement,  if   any,
  established with  respect to a Series  of Securities will be  determined on
  the basis of criteria established  by each Rating Agency rating classes  of
  such Series.  Such criteria are sometimes based upon an  actuarial analysis
  of the  behavior of mortgage  loans in  a larger group.   Such analysis  is
  often the  basis upon which  each Rating  Agency determines  the amount  of
  credit enhancement required with respect  to each such class.  There can be
  no  assurance  that  the  historical  data  supporting  any  such actuarial
  analysis  will accurately reflect future experience  nor any assurance that
  the data derived  from a large  pool of mortgage loans  accurately predicts
  the delinquency, foreclosure  or loss experience of any particular  pool of
  Loans.    No assurance  can be  given that  values  of any  Properties have
  remained  or  will remain  at  their  levels  on the  respective  dates  of
  origination of the related Loans.   If the residential real estate  markets
  should  experience an  overall decline  in property  values  such that  the
  outstanding  principal balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and
  any  secondary financing  on  the related  Properties  become equal  to  or
  greater  than the  value of  the Properties,  the  rates of  delinquencies,
  foreclosures  and  losses   could  be  higher  than  those   now  generally
  experienced in  the  mortgage lending  industry.   In  additional,  adverse
  economic conditions (which may or may not affect real property values)  may
  affect the timely payment by mortgagors of  scheduled payments of principal
  and interest  on the  Loans and, accordingly,  the rates of  delinquencies,
  foreclosures  and losses  with respect  to any Trust  Fund.   To the extent
  that such losses  are not covered by  credit enhancement, such losses  will
  be borne, at  least in part, by the holders  of one or more classes  of the
  Securities of the related Series.

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

  ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

       The  following table sets forth  the estimated  expenses in connection
  with  the  issuance and  distribution  of the  Securities  being registered
  under this  Registration Statement, other  than underwriting  discounts and
  commissions:

  SEC Registration Fee                         $         303,030.31
  Printing and Engraving Fees                  $         250,000.00
  Legal Fees and Expenses                      $       1,000,000.00
  Trustee Fees and Expenses                    $         100,000.00
  Accounting Fees and Expenses                 $         250,000.00
  Rating Agency Fees                           $         400,000.00
  Miscellaneous                                $         200,000.00

  Total                                        $       2,503,030.31

  ____________
  *    All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates.


  ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

       The   Registrant's   Certificate   of   Incorporation   provides   for
  indemnification of  directors and  officers of the  Registrant to the  full
  extent permitted by Delaware law.

       Section  145  of the  Delaware  General Corporation  Law  provides, in
  substance,  that  Delaware  corporations   shall  have  the  power,   under
  specified  circumstances, to indemnify their directors, officers, employees
  and  agents in  connection  with  actions,  suits  or  proceedings  brought
  against  them by  a third  party  or in  the right  of the  corporation, by
  reason  of  the fact  that  they  were  or are  such  directors,  officers,
  employees or agents, against expenses incurred in any  such action, suit or
  proceeding.   The Delaware General Corporation  Law also provides  that the
  Registrant may purchase insurance on behalf of  any such director, officer,
  employee or agent.


  ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.

      1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
      3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
      3.2   By-laws of the Registrant.*
      4.1   Forms of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
      4.2   Form of Trust Agreement.*
      4.3   Form of Indenture.*
      5.1   Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Certificates.
      8.1   Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to certain tax matters.
     10.1   Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.*
     23.1   Consent of  Brown &  Wood LLP (included  in Exhibits 5.1  and 8.1
            hereof).
     24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
  __________________________
  *Previously filed.



  ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

            (1)  To file,  during any  period in  which offers  or sales  are
       being  made,   a   post-effective  amendment   to  this   registration
       statement;

                  (i) To include any prospectus required  by Section 10(a)(3)
            of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

                 (ii) To reflect  in  the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events
            arising after  the effective date  of the  registration statement
            (or  the most  recent  post-effective amendment  thereof)  which,
            individually or  in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
            in the information set forth in the registration statement;

                (iii) To  include  any material  information with  respect to
            the  plan   of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in  the
            registration   statement   or   any  material   change   to  such
            information in the registration statement.

            (2)  That,  for the  purpose of  determining any  liability under
       the  Act,  each  post-effective amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
       prospectus  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  new  registration  statement
       relating to the  securities offered therein, and the offering  of such
       securities at that time  shall be deemed to  be the initial bona  fide
       offering thereof.

            (3)  To  remove from  registration by  means of  a post-effective
       amendment any of  the securities being registered  which remain unsold
       at the termination of the offering.

       The  undersigned   Registrant   undertakes  that,   for  purposes   of
  determining any liability under the Act, each filing of  the Trust's annual
  report  pursuant  to Section  13(a)  or  Section 15(d)  of  the  Securities
  Exchange  Act   of  1934  that  is   incorporated  by  reference   in  this
  Registration Statement shall  be deemed to be a new  Registration Statement
  relating  to the  securities  offered therein,  and  the offering  of  such
  securities  at  that time  shall  be deemed  to  be the  initial  bona fide
  offering thereof.

       Insofar as indemnification for  liabilities arising under the Act  may
  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
  Registrant  pursuant   to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
  Registrant has  been  advised that  in the  opinion of  the Securities  and
  Exchange Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
  expressed in the  Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.   In the event that
  a  claim for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities (other  than  the
  payment  by the  Registrant of  expenses incurred  or paid  by a  director,
  officer or controlling  person of the Registrant in the  successful defense
  of any  action, suit or  proceeding) is asserted by  such director, officer
  or controlling  person in connection with  the securities being registered,
  the Registrant will, unless  in the opinion of  its counsel the matter  has
  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit to  a court of  appropriate
  jurisdiction the  question whether  such indemnification  by it is  against
  public policy  as expressed in  the Act and  will be governed  by the final
  adjudication of such issue.

       For purposes of determining any liability under  the Securities Act of
  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
  this  registration statement  in reliance on  Rule 430A and  contained in a
  form of  prospectus filed by  the registrant pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1) or
  (4)  or 497(h) under the Securities Act  of 1933 shall be deemed to be part
  of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       For the purpose of determining any liability  under the Securities Act
  of 1933, each  post-effective amendment that contains a form  of prospectus
  shall  be  deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement  relating  to the
  securities offered  therein, and  the offering of  such securities at  that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

       The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes  to file  an application
  for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the  trustee to act under
  subsection  (a) of  Section  310 of  the  Trust Indenture  Act  of 1939  in
  accordance with  the  rules and  regulations prescribed  by the  Commission
  under Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

                                   SIGNATURES

       Pursuant  to  the requirements  of  the  Securities Act  of  1933,  as
  amended,  the  Registrant  certifies  that  it  has  reasonable  grounds to
  believe that it meets  all of the requirements  for filing on Form S-3  and
  has  duly caused this Registration Statement to  be signed on its behalf by
  the undersigned, thereunto duly  authorized, in Greenwich, Connecticut,  on
  the 31st day of January, 1997.

                                FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.

                                By  /s/ Konrad R. Kruger         
                                    -----------------------------
                                Name:  Konrad R. Kruger
                                      Title:    President


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

       KNOW  ALL MEN  BY THESE  PRESENTS, that  each  person whose  signature
  appears below constitutes and appoints each of Stephen M.  Peet, Charles A.
  Forbes,  Jr., Kari Skilbred, Peter McMullin and John C. Anderson, or any of
  them, his  true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
  substitution and resubstitution, for  him and his name, place and stead, in
  any and  all capacities,  to sign  any or all  amendments (including  post-
  effective amendments) to the Registration Statement, and  to file the same,
  with  all exhibits  thereto, and other  documents in  connection therewith,
  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  granting unto said attorneys-
  in-fact and agents,  and each of them,  full power and authority  to do and
  perform each and every act  and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
  and about the premises,  as fully to all  intents and purposes as might  or
  could  do  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
  attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his  substitutes,
  may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

       Pursuant  to  the requirements  of  the  Securities Act  of  1933,  as
  amended,  this Registration  Statement  has been  signed  by the  following
  persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.


       SIGNATURES                    TITLE                  DATE
       ----------                    -----                  ----

  /s/ Konrad R. Kruger     President (Principal Executive   January 31, 1997
  --------------------     Officer, Principal Financial
  Konrad R. Kruger         Officer) Director


  /s/ Kevin C.  Piccoli    Controller (Principal Accounting  January 31, 1997
  --------------------     Officer)
  Kevin C. Piccoli


  /s/ Stephen M. Peet                Director                January 31, 1997
  -------------------
  Stephen M. Peet


  /s/ John C. Anderson               Director                January 31, 1997
  --------------------
  John C. Anderson

  /s/ David R. Jones                 Director                January 31, 1997
  ----------------------------
  David R. Jones


                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                   SEQUENTIAL
  EXHIBIT                                                            PAGE    
    NO.                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT               NUMBER  
  -------                        ----------------------             ---------
  -

    1.1               --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1               --   Certificate  of  Incorporation   of
                           the Registrant.*
    3.2               --   By-laws of the Registrant.*
    4.1               --   Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
    4.2               --   Form of Trust Agreement.*
    4.3               --   Form of Indenture.*
    5.1               --   Opinion of Brown &  Wood LLP as  to
                           legality of the Certificates.
    8.1               --   Opinion of  Brown & Wood LLP  as to
                           certain tax matters.
   10.1               --   Form  of  Mortgage  Loan   Purchase
                           Agreement.*
   23.1               --   Consent   of  Brown   &  Wood   LLP
                           (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
   24.1               --   Power  of  Attorney  (included   on
                           signature page).

                      
  --------------------
  *Previously filed.


								Exhibit 5.1			

                       [LETTERHEAD OF BROWN & WOOD LLP]

                                   February 4, 1997




Financial Asset Securities Corp.
600 Steamboat Road
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830


     Re:  Financial Asset Securities Corp.
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 
          ___________________________________

 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for Financial Asset Securities Corp., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of
the registration statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement")
relating to the Securities (defined below) and with the authorization and
issuance from time to time in one or more series (each, a "Series") of up to
$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of asset-backed securities (the
"Securities").  As set forth in the Registration Statement, each Series of
Securities will be issued under and pursuant to the conditions of a separate
pooling and servicing agreement, master pooling and servicing agreement, 
pooling agreement, trust agreement or indenture (each, an "Agreement") among
the Company, a trustee (the "Trustee") and, where appropriate, a servicer
(the "Servicer"), each to be identified in the prospectus supplement for such
Series of Securities.

     We have examined copies of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,
the Company's By-laws and forms of each Agreement, as filed or incorporated
by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement, and the forms of
Securities included in any Agreement so filed or incorporated by reference in
the Registration Statement and such other records, documents and statutes as
we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

     1.   When any Agreement relating to a Series of Securities has been duly
and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and
has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Servicer, if any,
the Trustee and any other party thereto, such Agreement will constitute a
legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equity principles.

     2.   When a Series of Securities has been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of the Company (subject to the terms thereof
being otherwise in compliance with applicable law at such time), duly
executed and authenticated by the Trustee for such Series in accordance with
the terms of the related Agreement and issued and delivered against payment
therefor as described in the Registration Statement, such Series of
Securities will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
and the holders thereof will be entitled to the benefits of the related
Agreement.

     In rendering the foregoing opinions, we express no opinion as to the
laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York
(excluding choice of law principles therein) and the federal laws of the
United States of America.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in each Prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement, without admitting that we are "experts" within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration
Statement, including this exhibit.  

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   /s/ Brown & Wood LLP


                                                               Exhibit 8.1

                       (LETTERHEAD OF BROWN & WOOD LLP)

                                   February 4, 1997



Financial Asset Securities Corp.
600 Steamboat Road
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

     Re:  Financial Asset Securities Corp.
          Registration Statement on Form S-3 
          -----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We  have acted  as special  tax counsel  for Financial  Asset Securities
Corp., a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in  connection  with  the
preparation  of the  registration statement  on Form  S-3  (the "Registration
Statement")  relating  to  the  Securities   (defined  below)  and  with  the
authorization and issuance from  time to time in one or more  series (each, a
"Series") of up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of  asset-backed
securities  (the "Securities").   The  Registration Statement is  being filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.   As  set forth  in the  Registration Statement,  each Series  of
Securities will be  issued under and pursuant to the conditions of a separate
pooling  and servicing  agreement, master  pooling  and servicing  agreement,
pooling  agreement, trust agreement or  indenture (each an "Agreement") among
the Company,  a trustee  (the "Trustee") and,  where appropriate,  a servicer
(the "Servicer"), each to be identified in the prospectus supplement for such
Series of Securities.

     We  have examined  the  prospectus and  forms  of prospectus  supplement
related   thereto  contained   in  the   Registration   Statement  (each,   a
"Prospectus") and  such other documents,  records and instruments as  we have
deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

     In arriving at the  opinion expressed below,  we have assumed that  each
Agreement will  be duly authorized by  all necessary corporate  action on the
part of the  Company, the  Trustee, the Servicer  (where applicable) and  any
other party thereto for such Series of Securities and will be  duly  executed
and delivered by the Company, the  Trustee, the Servicer and  any other party  
thereto  substantially  in  the  applicable  form  filed or  incorporated  by  
reference as  an  exhibit to  the Registration  Statement, that  each  Series  
of Securities will be duly executed and delivered in substantially  the forms 
set forth in the  related Agreement filed  or  incorporated  by  reference as
an  exhibit  to  the Registration Statement, and that Securities will be sold
as described in the  Registration Statement.

     As special tax counsel to the Company,  we have advised the Company with
respect  to certain  material  federal  income tax  aspects  of the  proposed
issuance  of each  Series of  Securities pursuant  to the  related Agreement.
Such  advice has  formed the  basis for the  description of  selected federal
income tax consequences  for holders of such Securities that appear under the
headings  "Certain  Material  Federal  Income  Tax-Considerations",  "Certain
Federal   Income   Tax   Consequences"   and  "Certain  Federal    Income Tax
Considerations," as  applicable,  in  each  Prospectus forming  a part of  the 
Registration  Statement.   Such  description  does not purport to discuss all 
possible  federal  income  tax ramifications of the proposed issuance of  the
Securities, but  with  respect  to  those  federal  income  tax  consequences
described therein, such  description is accurate  in all material respects.

     This opinion is  based on the facts  and circumstances set forth  in the
Registration  Statement  and in  the  other documents  reviewed  by us.   Our
opinion as  to the matters  set forth herein  could change with  respect to a
particular  Series  of   Securities  as a  result  of  changes  in  facts  or
circumstances,  changes in  the terms  of the  documents reviewed  by us,  or
changes in  the law subsequent to the date  hereof.  Because the Prospectuses
contemplate Series of Securities with numerous different characteristics, you
should  be  aware that  the  particular  characteristics  of each  Series  of
Securities  must  be considered  in  determining  the applicability  of  this
opinion to a particular Series of Securities.

     We hereby  consent to  the filing of  this letter as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement  and to the references to  this firm under the heading
"Certain  Material  Federal  Income Tax  Considerations"  in  each Prospectus
forming a part of the Registration  Statement, without admitting that we  are
"experts" within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the Rules and Regulations  of
the  Commission  issued   thereunder,  with  respect  to  any   part  of  the
Registration Statement, including this exhibit.

                                   Very truly yours


                                   /s/ Brown & Wood LLP


	


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission